Maths PDF
Maths PDF
Maths PDF
Composite Functions
Again since g is a function from B to C therefore every f x in set B there exists g f x in set C.
Thus we see that for two functions f and g we get a new function defined from A to C. This function is
said to be a composition of functions and represented by gof . It is defined as follows.
[1]
Definition : If f : A B and g : B C be two functions. Then the composition of f and g, denoted by gof,
is defined as the function gof : A C ,
gof x g f x , x A
A B C
x
f
f x g g f x
gof
Fig. 1.01
Note : By the definition of g o f, when every element x of set A have f(x), element of domain of g. so that
be find image of g. Hence g o f is defind if the range of f is the subset of domain of g is necessary.
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. If A 1, 2,3 , B 4,5 , C 7,8,9 and f : A B and g : B C be the functions defined
as f 1 4, f 2 4, f 3 5; g 4 8, g 5 9 then find g f .
Solution : We have gof : A C
fog x f g x f x 2 sin x 2
Solution : gof x g f x g 2 x 2 x 1 2, x N
exists and defined because range of f is a subset of domain of g. But here fog does not exist as range of
fog x f g x f x 2 2 x 2
fog fog
Note : gof and fog are equal only in specific conditions.
Example : If f : R R, f x x 2
gof x g f x g x 2 x 2
3
and x6
fog x f g x f x3 x3 x 6
2
fog gof
This condition does not occur every time.
(ii) Composite of Functions is Associative
Thorem 1.1 If three functions f , g , h are such that the function f g h and f g h are
defined then
f g h f g h
Proof : Let the three functions f, g, h are such that:
h : A B, g : B C , f : C D
[3]
Clearly the domain A and co-domain D of both the functions are same, hence to compare them we
have to prove that
fo goh x fog oh x , x A
f g y f z (2)
from (1) and (2)
fo goh x fog oh x , x A
fo goh fog oh
This can be shown through the following figure:
( f g ) h or f ( g h) D
f z
A x g h f
f g C
h Z
z g h x
g
B yh x
Fig 1.02
(ii) The composite of two bijections is a bijection
Theorem 1.2 If f and g are bijective functions such that gof is defined then gof is also a bijective
function.
Proof : Let f : A B and g : B C are the two one-one onto functions then composite function
gof is defined from set A to set C such that,
gof : A C
To prove that gof is one-one onto function:
One-one : Let a1 , a2 A be such that
gof a1 gof a2
g f a1 g f a2
[4]
f a1 f a2 [ g is one-one ]
a1 a2 [ f is one-one ]
gof is one-one
Onto : If c C then
c C b B is such that g b c [ g is onto ]
gof a g f a g b c
i.e. every element of C is the image of some element of A, in other words A has the pre-image of every element
of C. Therefore gof is onto.
fo I A f (1)
again f : A B and I B : B B I B of : A B
Let x A and f x y ] where y B
I B o f x I B f x I B y y I B y y, y B
f x (2)
from (1) and (2) IB o f f f I A -
Illustrative Examples
Example 4. If f : R R, f x x3 and g : R R, g x 3x 1 then find gof x and fog x .
Also prove that fog gof .
Solution : Clearly gof : R R and fog : R R
gof x g f x g x3 3x 3 1
fog x f g x f 3 x 1 3x 1
3
again
3x 3
1 3 x 1
3
gof fog
[5]
x
Example 5. If f : R R, f x x 2 2 and g : R R, g x then find gof and fog .
x 1
Solution : Clearly gof : R R and fog : R R both exist
Let x R
x2 2 x2 2
then ( g f )( x ) g[ f ( x)] g[ x 2] 2
2
x 2 1 x2 1
x 2 2 x 1
2 2
x x
and
fog x f g x f
2
x 1 x 1 x 1
2
f : N Z 0 , f x 2 x; g : Z 0 Q , g x 1 and h : Q R , h x e x .
x
Solution : f : N Z 0 , g : Z 0 Q, h : Q R
go f : N Q and h og : Z 0 R
h og of :NR
and h : Q R, go f : N Q ho go f : N R
Thus both the functions h og of and ho go f are defined on the set from N to R . Now we have to show
that
ho g of x ho go f x , x N
1
Now
hog of x hog f x h og 2 x h g 2 x h e1 2 x
2x
(1)
1
h g 2 x h e1 2 x (2)
2x
from (1) and (2)
hog o f x ho go f x .
(i ) f x 2 x 3, g x x 2 5 (ii ) f x x 2 8, g x 3 x 3 1
(iii ) f x x , g x x (iv ) f x x 2 2 x 3, g x 3 x 4.
[6]
2. If A a, b, c , B u, v, w
and f : A B and g : B A are defined as
f a, v , b, u , c, w ; g u, b , v, a , w, c
(i ) f : R R, f x 2 x x 2 , g : R R, g x x 4 2 x 4.
a1
b1
a2
b2
a3
b3
a4
b4
a5
b5
a6
b6
a7
A B
Fig. 1.03
[7]
We see that f 1 b1 a2 ,
f 1 b2 , f 1 b3 a1 ,
f 1 b6 .
x 2 1 5 x 2 4 x 4
x 2i . both are in C.
f 1 8 3,3
f 1 : B A, f 1 b a f a b
[8]
1.05 Domain and Range of inverse function
It is clear from the definition that
Domain of f 1 = Range of f
and Range of f 1 = Domain of f
f 1 2, f 2 5, f 3 10, f 4 17
Clearly f is one-one onto therefore its inverse exists i.e. f 1: B A and
f 1 2,1 , 5,2 , 10,3 , 17, 4 .
For Example : Let f : R R, f x 3 x 4, then we can easily prove that f is one-one onto function.
Therefore f 1: R R exists
Let x R (Domain of f ) and y R (Co-domain of f )
Let f x y, x f 1 ( y )
y4
Now f x y 3x 4 y x
3
y4
f 1 y
3
x4
f 1 : R R, f 1 x is defined.
3
1.06 Properties of Inverse Functions
Theorem 1. The inverse of a bijection is unique.
Proof : Let f : A B is one-one, onto function then to prove that inverse of f is unique.
If possible let g : B A and h : B A, f are two inverse function of f. Let y be any element of B.
Let g y x1 and h y x2
f x1 f x 2 x1 x2 [ f is one-one]
i.e. g y h y, y B
gh
Thus inverse of f is unique.
Theorem 1.5 If f : A B is bijective function and f 1: B A, f is the inverse of f then fof 1
IB
and f 1of I A , where I A and I B respectively are the identity function on A and B.
[9]
Proof : f : A B and f 1: B A
1
fof IB
f 1of I A -
Theorem 1.6 The inverse of a bijection is also a bijection.
Proof : Let f : A B is one-one, onto function and g : B A is the inverse function of f. To prove
that g is also one-one onto function.
Let a1 , a2 A; b1 , b2 B are elements such that
g b1 a1 i.e. f a1 b1 [ g is the inverse of f ]
and g b2 a2 i.e. f a2 b2 [ g is the inverse of f ]
Now g b1 g b2 a1 a2
f a1 f a2 b1 b2
g is one-one
again a A b B for which f a b
Now f a b g b a
a A b B such that g b a
g is Onto
Thus inverse function g is also one-one onto.
Theorem 1.7 If f and g are two one-one, onto functions such that the composite function gof is defined
then there exist an inverse of gof i.e.
Proof : Let f : A B and g : B C are two one-one, onto functions. Given that gof : A C is
defined therefore from theorem 1.2, gof exist and given by
gof 1 : C A
To prove that gof 1 f 1og1
[ 10 ]
Now f : A B is one-one onto function f 1: B A exists
1
Again g : B C is one-one onto function g : C B exists
f 1og1 : C A exists
1 1
similarly domain and co-domain of gof 1 and f og are same.
Let a A, b B , c C are elements such that
f a b and g b c
gof a g f a g b c
gof 1 c a (1)
again f a b f 1 b a (2)
g b c g 1 c b (3)
Illustrative Examples
Example 7. If f : R R, f x x 2 5 x 9 then find the value of f 1 8 and f 1 9 .
x2 5x 9 8 x2 5x 1 0
5 25 4 5 21
x
2 2
f 1 8 5
1
2 1
21 , 2 5 21
again Let f 1 9 x f x 9
x 2 5x 9 9 x 0, x 5
f 1 9 0, 5 .
x 2 1 5 x 2 6 x 6
[ 11 ]
then 6 is not a real number
6 R f 1 5
f 1 26 5,5
Example 9. If f : R R, f x x 3 2 then prove that f is one-one onto function. Also find the inverse of f.
f y 2 y 2 2 y
13
Thus function is onto
f is one-one onto function
since f is bijective then f 1 : R R is defined as
f 1 y x f x y
but f x x3 2 x3 2 y
x y 2
13
f 1 y y 2 f 1 x x 2
13 13
f 1 : R R, f 1 x x 2
13
.
[ 12 ]
again f 1og1 : Q Q
and f 1og1 x f 1 g1 x f 1 x 2 [ from (2)]
f 1 24 , f 1 5 .
3. If f : R R is defined as follows
(i) f x 2 x 3 (ii) f x x 3 5.
then prove that f is bijective and also find f 1 .
4. If A 1,2,3, 4, B 3,5,7,9, C 7,23, 47,79 and f : A B, f x 2 x 1, g : B C , g x x 2 2
then write gof 1 and f 1og 1 in the form of ordered pair..
5. If f : R R, f x ax b, a 0 is defined then prove that f is bijective also find the formula of f 1 .
6. If f : R R, f x cos x 2 then does f 1 exist?
7. Find f 1 (if exist) when f : A B , where
(i) A 0, 1, 3,2 , B 9, 3,0,6 , f x 3 x .
(iii) A B R, f x x 3 .
1.07 Binary operation
Let S be a non-empty set. A function defined from S S to S where S is a binary operation i.e. set S
is defined in such a way that for every ordered pair (a, b) of set S there exist a unique element in S Generally
the binary operation is denoted by symbols , o or . We denote by a * b for all a, b S S .
Definition : A binary operation * on set S is a function * : S S S we denote *(a, b) by a * b
i.e.
aS, bS a * b S , a , b S
For Example :
1. Addition , substraction and multiplication of integers are the binary operation on a set of
integers Z which relates the elements a , b of Z with a b , a b and ab
[ 13 ]
2. For a power set of any set S, the union of sets and intersection are binary operations in P(S)
because
A P S , B P S A B P S and A B P S
3. In a set of rational number Q, *, is defined as
ab
ab , a, b Q
2
Q is a binary operation as for all a Q , b Q ab 2 Q
4. In a set of real numbers R, , where is defined as
a b a b ab , a, b R
R is a binary operation as
a R, b R a b ab R
5. In a set of natural numbers N addition and multiplication are binary operations
a N , b N a b N , a, b N
a N , b N a b N , a, b N
[ 14 ]
a * b * c a * b * c, a, b, c S . If a b c a b c, a, b, c S then operation * is asso-
ciative.
Definition : A binary o peration defined on set S is said to be asso ciat ive if
a b c a b c, a, b, c S.
For Example
1. Addition and multiplication of set of integers Z are associative but difference is not as
a b c a b c, a, b, c Z
a b c a b c, a , b, c Z
but a b c a b c
2. For a power set P(S) of set S the union and intersection of sets are associative as for A, B, C P S we have
A B C A B C
and A B C A B C .
3. If A is a non-empty set and S is a set of all functions defined on A then operation defined on set S is a
composite function and is associative as
fog oh fo goh , f , g, h S.
(iii) Identity element for a binary operation
Let , be a binary operation in set S. If there exist an element e in S such that
a e e a a, a S,
then e is called as identity element in S under the operation *
For Example 1. In a set of integers Z, 0 and 1 are the identity elements of A under addition and
multiplication because
for all a Z 0a a 0 a
and 1 a a 1 a
2. In a set of natural numbers N there is no identity element in addition operation but for mulitplication
operation 1 is the identity element.
3. For power set P(S), S and are the identity elements of Union and Intersection because for all A P S
A S S A A and A A A.
4. For a set of rational numbers Q, * is a binary operation defined
ab
ab , a, b Q
2
Here 2 Q is an identity element as for all a Q
2a a2
2 a a and a 2 a.
2 2
Theorem 1.8 If an identity element of a binary operation in a set exist then it is unique.
Proof : Let e and e' be the identity element in the binary operation in a set S
[ 15 ]
e e e e * e [ e is identity in S and e S] (1)
again e e e e * e [ e' is identity in S and e S ] (2)
from (1) and (2) e e
Thus if the identity element of any operation exists then it is unique.
(iv) Inverse Element
Let , be the binary operation in set S and let e be its identity element. Let a S . Let b be an element
in set S such that
a b b a e
then b is known as the inverse of a and is denoted by a 1 .
The inverse element of a exist in S then a, is known as invertible element, therefore
a S is invertible a 1 S
Note: Let be the binary operation in set S and let e be its identity element then e e e e e.
For Example 1. In a set of integers Z for every element a, a Z , is an inverse element
a a a a 0 (identity)
Thus every element of Z has inverse in addition operation.
2. In a set of rational numbers Q every non-zero number has inverse for multiplication operation and
a Q aa 0 f a1 1 a because a (1/ a ) (1/ a) a 1
3. For positive set of rational numbers Q a binary operation is defined as
a b ab 2 , a , b Q
4 (4 / a) a 4 a (4 / a)
a 2 (identity) and a 2 (identity)
a 2 a 2
Theorem 1.9 : Inverse of any invertible element with respect to a associative operation is uniuqe.
Proof : Let , be a binary operation in Set S, which have identity element e. Let a is an inverse ele-
ment of S. Let b and c are inverse element of a under S, is possible.
Now, b a c b e b c a 1
and ab af c e c c b a 1
But by property of Associativity,
b a c b a c
thus bc
So, inverse of an invertible element is unique.
1.09 Addition and Multiplication operations in modulo system
If a and b are integers and a b is a positive integers divisible by m then a b (mod m) is denoted
by a symbol and read as a is congruent to modulo m.
[ 16 ]
therefore a b (mod m) m a b
For Example : 18 6 (mod 2) 18 6 12, 2 is divisible by 2
14 6 (mod 4) 14 6 20, 4 is divisible by 4
again if m is a positive integer and a, b are two integers then by division algorithm there exist r, q such
that
a b mq r , 0 r m
then r is called as the remainder of addition modulo m of a and b and symbolically a b r mod m
or a m b r
therefore r,
a m b a b, ; if a b m , where r, is the non-negative remainder obtained by dividing
;if a b m
a + b by m
For Example 2 4 3 1 2 3 5 1 4 1
10 4 3 1 10 3 7 2 4 1
similarly m is a positive integer then for two numbers a, b if
a b mq r , 0r m
then r is called as the remainder of multiplication modulo m of a and b, symbolically it is written as
a b r (mod m) or is denoted by a m b r
a m b ab, ; if ab m , Where r is the remainder when (a, b) is divided by m
r , ; if ab m
Example 5 43 3 15 4 3 3
5 36 0 5 6 30 10 3 0
1.10 Composition table for a finite set
When a given set A is finite, we can express a binary operation on the finite set A by a table called the
operation table or composition table for the operation. For example:
Example 1. S 1, , 2 ; x where is the cube root of unity
1 2
1 1 2
2 1
2 2 1
2. S 0, 1, 2, 3 ; 4
4 0 1 2 3
0 0 1 2 3
1 1 2 3 0
2 2 3 0 1
3 3 0 1 2
[ 17 ]
Just like we have following result from composite table:
(i) If table is symmetrical with respect to principle diagonal then defined operation is commutative under
the set.
(ii) If row initiated from ai is superimposed to uppermost row and column initiated from a j is superim-
posed to left most column then, identify element of operation is in set S.
(iii) Any element of S is invertible if there is an identity element in corresponding row and column of table.
Illustrative Examples
Example 11. In a set of real number R, * operation is defined as
a b a b ab , a , b R and a 1
(i) check the commutativity and associativity of *
(ii) find the identity element in * if any
(iii) find the inverse element of * with respect to R
Solution : (i) If a , b R then by definition
a b a b ab b a b a (commutative)
b a
is a commutative
again a b c a b ab c
a b ab c a b ab c
a b ab c ac bc abc
a b c bc ca ab abc (1)
and aab c f aab c bc f
a ab c bc f a ab c bc f
a b c bc ca ab abc (2)
from (1) and (2) it is clear that a b c a b c
is associative
(ii) Let e be the identity element of * then for a R
a e a , by definition of identity
a e ae a e 1 a 0
e 0 R [ a 1 ]
0 is the identity element of *
(iii) Let a R and let x be the inverse element of a then by definition
a x 0 (identity)
a x ax 0 x a 1 a
a
x R, a 1
a 1
a R a 1 is invertible
[ 18 ]
Example 12. If S a, b a, b R, a 0 and an operation * is defined in S in such a way that
a, b c, d ac, bc d then
(i) check the commutativity and associativity of *
(ii) find the identity element in * if any
(iii) find the inverse element of * with respect to R
Solution : (i) Let a, b , c , d S
then a, b c, d ac, bc d and c, d a, b ca, d a b
similarly a, b c, d c, d a, b
operation * is not commutative
again let a, b , c, d , e, f S
now a, b c, d e, f ac, bc d e, f
[ 19 ]
Example 13. If S A, B , C , D where A , B a , b C a , c , D a , b, c prove that the union of
set is a binary operation in S but intersection of set is not a binary operation in S.
Solution : We see that
A B a, b a, b B , A C C , A D D
B D a , b a, b, c a, b, c D , C D D
Thus union of set is a binary operation is S but B C a, b a, c a S therefore intersec-
tion of set is not a binary operation in S
Exercise 1.3
1. Determine whether or not each of the definition of * given below gives a bianry operation. In the event
that * is not a binary operation, give justification for this.
(i) a*b = a, on N (ii) a*b = a + b - 3, on N
(iii) a*b = a + 3b, on N (iv) a*b = a/b, on Q
(v) a*b = a-b, on R
2. For each binary operation * defined below, determine whether it is commutative or associative?
(i) * on N where a * b 2ab (ii) * on N where a * b a b a2 b
(iii) * on Z where a b a b (iv) * on Q where a b ab 1
(v) * on R where a b a b 7
3. If in a set of integers Z an operation * is defined as , a b a b 1, a , b Z then prove that *, is
commutative and associative. Also find its identity element. Find the inverse of any integer.
4. A binary operation defined on a set R 1 is as follows:-
a b a b ab, a, b R l 1q
Prove that * is commutative and associative also find its identity element and find inverse of any element
a.
5. Four functions are defined in set R0 as follows
f1 x x, f2 x x , f3 x 1 x , f 4 x 1 x
Form the composition table for the 'compositive functions f1 , f 2 , f 3 , f 4 also find the identity element
and inverse of every element.
Miscellaneous Exercise – 1
1. If f : R R, f x 2 x 3; g : R R, g x x 3 5 then the value of fog 1 x is
13 13 13 1/ 3
x 7 7 x 2 x 7
(a) (b) x (c) (d) .
2 2 7 2
[ 20 ]
1 x
(a) x (b) x 1 (c) x 1 (d) 2 x 1
x 3
3. If f x then the vlaue of f f f x is equal to
x 1
(a) x (b) 1 x (c) x (d) 1/ x.
14. If f : R R, f x cos x 2 then justify with reason that whether it is invertible or not.
x
15. If two functions f and g are defined on A 1, 1 and A where f x x 2 , g x sin , then
2
prove that g 1 exist but f 1 does not. Also find g 1 .
[ 21 ]
x 4
16. If f : R R and g : R R are functions such that f x 3 x 4 and g x , then find
3
Answers
Exercise 1.1
6- (i) gof x 2 x x 2 2 2 x x 2 4
4
(iii ) fog ( x ) x 6 x 3 14 x 2 15 x 5
4
(iv) gog x 4 x 9
[ 22 ]
Exericse 1.2
1- f1 1, a , 2, b , 3, c , 4, d ; f11 a,1 , b, 2 , c,3 , d , 4
x 3 1
f 1 x , f x x 5
13
f 1 x 3 x , f 1 24 3, f 1 5 2
13
2- 3-
2
x b
4- gof 1 7,1 , 23, 2 , 47,3 , 79, 4 f 1og 1 5- f 1 x
a
6- NO
7- (i) f 1 9, 3 , 3, 1 , 0, 0 , 6, 2 (ii ) f 1 does not exist (iii) f 1 x x1 3
Exercise 1.3
1- (i ) yes (ii ) no (iii ) yes (iv ) no ( v ) yes
2. (i) commutative but not associative (ii) neither commutative nor associative
(iii) neither commutative nor associative (iv) commutative but not associative
(v) commutative and associative
a
3. e 1, a 1 a 2 4. e 0, a 1
a 1
Miscellaneous Exericse 1
1- (d) 2- (d) 3- (a) 4- (b) 5- (b) 6- (d) 7- (c)
8- (a) 9- (c) 10- (a) 11- (c) 13- fog x gof x x 14- No
2 5
15- g 1 x sin 1 x 16- fog x gof x x; gog 1
3
[ 23 ]
02
2.01 Introduction
If sin x then we say x is the sin of and is the sine inverse of x. This statement is written
mathematically as sin 1 x or arcsin x is read as sine inverse x.
2.02 Inverse circular functions
We know that sin , cos , tan are trigonometrical circular functions, which for every value of gives
a fixed value
If sin x then sin 1 x
sin 1 x is said to be an inverse circular function. The simialr inverse function are
cos 1 x, tan 1 x, cos 1 x and cot 1 x
Note:
1. In functions sin 1 x, cos 1 x , –1 is not a exponent but representation of an inverse function as
1
(sin x) 1 therefore sin 1 x (sin x) 1
sin x
2. sin 1 x denotes an angle whereas sin denotes a number where is an angle.
[ 24 ]
Table 2.1
Function Domain Range Curve
y = f(x)
sin x xR y [1, 1]
or
x
3
... , , 2 , 2 ,
2 2
3
2 , 2 ...
cos x xR y [1, 1]
or
... , 0 , 0, , , 2 ...
tan x x R (2n 1) , n Z yR
2
or
3
... , , , ,
2 2 2 2
3
, ...
2 2
cot x x R n n Z yR
or
...( , 0), (0, ), ( , 2 )...
sec x x R 2n 1 nZ y (, 1] [1, )
2
or i.e. range does not exist
[0, ] { / 2},
[ , 2 ] {3 / 2}
[ / 2, 3 / 2] { },...
[ 25 ]
Analysing the above table we see that
(i) Circular functiosn are not bijective in their entire domain.
(ii) tan, cot,sec, cosec functions are not defined on some of its points in their domain.
(iii) In sine and cosine functions range is restricted to [–1, 1] whereas in sec and cosec functions range do
not lie between the interval (–1, 1)
Now if we have to find the inverse of these functions then we have to restrict their domain and make
them one-one onto, for that from the above table the trigonometric fucntions become bijective itself by restricting
their domain to any of the given intervals and then their inverse can be found out.
The following table shows the domain and range of inverse trigonometric functions under these bounded
conditions. Every interval of range have a branch of inverse function. In these branches there is a principal branch,
their range and shape represented by dark black colour.
Table 2.2
Function Domain Range Curve
y
y
3
sin 1 x x [1, 1] ... , ;
2 2
2 , 2 ;
x' x
3
2 , 2 ,...
y'
0, ;
, 2 ,...
3
tan 1 x xR ... , ;
2 2
3
, ; , ,...
2 2 2 2
Note: function is not defined on
3 3
... , , , ,...
2 2 2 2
[ 26 ]
cot 1 x xR ...( , 0);
(0, );
( , 2 ),...
Note: function is not defined on X'
... , 0, , 2 ...
... , 0, ,...
y'
[ 27 ]
General values
We know that sin sin n 1 ] where n Z is the set of integers.
n
Now if sin 1 x then the general value of sin x is n 1 sin 1 x and is denoted by sin 1 x
1 n
1 1
satisifies the equation sin x, cos x For example sin 1 30 , sin 1 . We denote this by
2 2
Note: (i) If x 0 then the principal vlaues of all inverse circular functions lie in the first quadrant [0, / 2]
(ii) If x 0 then the principal vlaues of sin 1 x, tan 1 x and cos ec 1 x lie in the fourth quadrant
1 1
[ / 2, 0] whereas the values of cot x, sec x lie in the second quadrant [ / 2, ]
[ 28 ]
2.03 Relation between Inverse Circular Functions
Let sin 1 x then sin x then cos 1 x 2 sin 2
cos 2 1
cos 1 1 x 2
sin x x
Similarly tan tan 1
cos 1 x 2
1 x2
cos 1 x2 1 x2
cot cot 1
sin x x
1 1 1
sec sec 1
cos 1 x2 1 x2
1 1 1
cos ec cos ec 1
sin x x
1 x2
sin 1 x cos 1 x
1 x 2 tan 1
1 x
2
cot 1
x
1
sec 1
1 x
2
cos ec 1
1
x
tan tan x x
1
tan 1 tan
cot cot x x
1
cot 1 cot
sec sec x x
1
sec1 sec
cos ec cos ec x x
1
cos ec 1 cos ec
1 2 2 2
Note: sin sin Since the principal value of sin 1 x is not
3 3 3
[ 29 ]
2
sin 1 sin sin 1 sin sin 1 sin
3 3 3 3
1
(ii) sin 1 cos ec 1 x, R ~ 1, 1
x
1 1 1
Note: sin
1
sin cos ec x cos ec 1x sin 1 cos ec 1x
x x x
1
cos ec 1 x sin 1 , x 1, x 1
x
1
cos 1 x sec 1 , x 1, x 1
x
1
sec 1 x cos 1 , x 1, x 1
x
1 1
tan 1 x cot 1 ,x0 and cot 1 x tan 1 , x 0
x x
(iii) sin 1 x sin 1 x and cos 1 x cos 1 x, 1 x 1
or sin 1 x sin 1 x
or sin 1 x sin 1 x
or x cos
cos 1 x
or cos 1 x cos 1 x
or cos 1 x cos 1 x
(a)
sin 1 x sin 1 y sin 1 x 1 y 2 y 1 x 2
(b) 2sin 1 x sin 1 2 x 1 x 2
(c)
3sin 1 x sin 1 3 x 4 x3
[ 30 ]
sin 1 x 1 sin 1 x and sin y 2
1
Proof : (a) Let
2 sin 1 2 x 1 x 2
2sin 1 x sin 1 2 x 1 x 2
(c) We know that sin 3 3sin 4 sin 3
or
3sin 1 x sin 1 3 x 4 x 3
(ii) To Prove that
(a)
cos 1 x cos 1 y cos 1 xy 1 x 2 1 y 2
(b)
2 cos 1 x cos 1 2 x 2 1
(c) 3cos 1 x cos 1 4x 3
3x
Proof : (a) Let cos 1 x 1 i.e. cos 1 x
cos 1 x cos 1 y xy 1 x 2 1 y 2
[ 31 ]
(b) Let cos 1 x i.e. cos x 2
cos 2 2 cos 1 2 x 1
2
or
2 cos 1 2 x 2 1
or
2 cos 1 x cos 1 2 x 2 1
(c) We know that cos 3 4 cos3 3cos
3 cos 1 4 cos 3 3cos
or
3cos 1 x cos 1 4 x 3 3 x
(iii) To Prove that
x y
tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1
1 xy
(a)
x y
(b) tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1
1 xy
x y z xyz
(c) tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1 z tan 1
1 xy yz zx
2x
(d) 2 tan 1 x tan 1
1 x 2
1 3x x3
1
(e) 3 tan x tan
1 3x 2
Proof : (a) Let tan 1 x 1 i.e., tan 1 x and tan 1 y 2 i.e., tan 2 y
We know that
tan 1 tan 2 x y
tan 1 2
1 tan 1 tan 2 1 xy
x y
1 2 tan 1
1 xy
or
x y
tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1
1 xy
or
x y
(b) tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1 can be proved in a similar manner as (a)
1 xy
[ 32 ]
x y
tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1
1 xy
(c) Now
x y
tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1 z tan 1 tan 1 z
1 xy
x y / 1 xy z
tan 1
1 z x y / 1 xy
[(a) ls]
x y z xyz
tan 1
1 xy yz zx
2x
2 tan 1
or 1 x 2
2x
2 tan 1 x tan 1
or 1 x 2
3tan tan 3
(e) we know that tan 3
1 3 tan 2
3tan tan 3
3 tan 1
1 3tan
2
3x x3
3 tan 1 x tan 1
1 3x 2
or
xy 1
cot 1 x cot 1 y cot 1
x y
(a)
xy 1
(b) cot 1 x cot 1 y cot 1 .
yx
cot 1 cot 2 1
we know that cot 1 2
cot 1 cot 2
[ 33 ]
cot 1 cot 2 1
or 1 2 cot 1
cot 1 cot 2
xy 1
or cot 1 x cot 1 y cot 1 .
x y
xy 1
(b) cot 1 x cot 1 y cot 1 can be proved as (a)
yx
(iv) To Prove that
1 1
(b) tan x cot x
1 1
(a) sin x cos x (c) sec 1 x cos ec 1 x .
2 2 2
Proof : (a) Let sin 1 x then sin 1 x x sin cos
2
cos 1 x
2
cos 1 x sin 1 x
2
sin 1 x cos 1 x .
2
(b) Let tan 1 x then tan 1 x x tan cot
2
cot 1 x
2
cot 1 x tan 1 x
2
tan1 x cot 1 x .
2
(c) Let sec 1 x then sec 1 x x sec cos ec
2
cos ec 1 x
2
cos ec 1 x sec1 x
2
sec 1 x cos ec1 x .
2
[ 34 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Find the principal value of
1 1
(a) sin
2
1
(b) tan 3 (c) sec
1
2 .
1 1
Solution : (a) Let sin 1 , sin
2 2
since the principal vlaue of sin x lies in the interval
1
sin 1 x
2 2
2 2
But sin is negative
0
2
1
sin sin sin
2 6 6 6
1 1
the principal value of sin is
2 6
1
(b) Let tan 3 , tan 3
1
since the principal value of tan x lies in the interval tan 1 x
2 2
2 2
But tan is negative
0
2
tan 3 tan tan
3 3 3
1
the principal value of tan ( 3) is / 3
Here since x 1 i.e. for 1 x the principal value sec 1 x lies in the interval 0 sec 1 x
2
0
2
[ 35 ]
sec 2 sec / 4 /4
1 1 1 1
Example 2. Prove that 4 tan tan 1 tan 1
5 70 99 4
1 1 1
Solution : L.H.S. 4 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1
5 70 99
1 1 1
2 2 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1
5 70 99
2/5 1/ 70 1/ 99
2 tan 1 tan 1
1 1/ 25 1 1/ 70 1/ 99
5 29
2 tan 1 tan 1
12 6931
2 5 /12 1
tan 1 tan 1
1 25 /144 239
120 1
120 1
tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 119 239
119 239 120 1
1
119 239
28561
tan 1 tan 1 (1) (RHS)
28561 4
Example 3. Prove that
a b x b a cos x
2 tan 1 tan cos 1
a b 2 a b cos x
a b x
Solution : Let tan 1 tan
a b 2
a b x
tan tan
a b 2
1 tan 2
cos 2
1 tan 2
a b x b 1 tan 2 x a 1 tan 2 x
1 tan 2
ab 2 2 2
ab x x x
1 tan 2 a 1 tan 2 b 1 tan 2
ab 2 2 2
[ 36 ]
1 tan 2 ( x / 2)
ba
1 tan 2 ( x / 2)
1 tan 2 ( x / 2) [dividing Nr and Dr by 1 tan 2 x / 2 ]
ab
1 tan 2 ( x / 2)
b a cos x
a b cos x
b a cos x
2 cos 1
a b cos x
a b x b a cos x
2 tan 1 tan cos 1 .
a b 2 a b cos x
1 1 a 1 1 a 2b
Example 4. Prove that tan cos tan cos .
4 2 b 4 2 b a
1 a a
Solution : Let cos 1 , rc cos 2
2 b b
L.H.S. tan tan
4 4
tan tan tan tan
4 4
1 tan tan 1 tan tan
4 4
1 tan 1 tan
1 tan 1 tan
1 tan 1 tan
2 2
1 tan 2 2 2 2b
2 2
R.H.S.
1 tan 1 tan cos 2
2
a
1 tan 2
x y x 2 2 xy y2
Example 5. If cos
1
cos 1 then Prove that 2 cos 2 sin 2 .
a b a ab b
x y
Solution : Given cos 1 cos 1
a b
[ 37 ]
x y x2 y 2
cos 1 . 1 2 1 2
a b a b
xy x2 y2
1 2 1 2 cos
ab a b
x2 y2
2
xy
cos 1 1
a 2 b 2
ab
x 2 y 2 2 xy x2 y 2 x2 y2
cos cos 2
1
a 2b 2 ab a 2 b 2 a 2b 2
x 2 2 xy y2
2
cos 2 1 cos2
a ab b
x 2 2 xy y2
2
cos 2
sin 2 .
a ab b
Example 6. Solve the following equation :
1 a2 1 1 b
2
cos1 cos 2 tan 1 x.
1 a 2
1 b 2
1 a 2 1 tan 2
cos 2
1 a 2 1 tan 2
1 b 2 1 tan 2
cos 2
1 b 2 1 tan 2
from the given equation
cos 1 cos 2 cos 1 cos 2 2 tan 1 x
2 2 2 tan 1 x
tan 1 x
tan 1 a tan 1 b tan 1 x
ab
tan 1 tan 1 x
1 ab
ab
x .
1 ab
Example 7. Prove that
x2 1
cos tan 1 sin cot 1 x
x2 2
.
[ 38 ]
Solution : Let cot 1 x , then cot x
1 1 1
If cot x, sin
cos ec cot 2 1 x2 1
1
cot 1 x sin 1
x2 1
L.H.S.
cos tan 1 sin cot 1 x
1
cos tan 1 sin sin 1
x 2 1
1
cos tan 1
1 x 2
1 1 x2
We know that tan then cos
1 x2 2 x2
1 x2
L.H.S. cos cos 1
2 x2
1 x2 x2 1
R.H.S.
2 x2 x2 2
Example 8. Solve the following equation :
1 1 1
tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 2 .
a 1 x a x 1
1 1 1
Solution : tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 2
a 1 x a x 1
1 1
tan 1 a 1 x tan 1 2
1
1 1 a x 1
a 1 x
x a 1 1
2
ax x 1 a x 1
x a 1 a 2 x 1 ax x 1
[ 39 ]
xa 2 a 3 x 2 a 2 x a 0
a 2 x a x a x a x a 0
x a a 2 x a 1 0
x a a 2 x a 1 0
x a and x a 2 a 1.
Example 9. Solve the following equation :
sin 1 x sin 1 2 x
3
Solution : sin 1 x sin 1 2 x
3
1 1
cos x cos 2 x
2 2 3
2
cos 1 x cos 1 2 x
3
2
cos 1 x.2 x 1 x 2 1 4 x 2
3
2
2 x 2 1 x 2 1 4 x 2 cos
3
1
2 x2 1 x 2 1 4 x 2
2
1
2 x2 1 x2 1 4x 2
2
4 x4
1
4
2x2 1 x 2 1 4x 2 [by squaring]
1
4 x4 2 x 2 1 5x 2 4 x 4
4
3 3 1 3
7x2 x2 x
4 28 2 7
1 3
But x does not satisfy the given equation
2 7
1 3
thus the solution is x .
2 7
[ 40 ]
Exercise 2.1
1. Find the principal value of the following angles:
1 1 x
2
1 2x 1
6. 2 tan x sin cos
1 x2 1 x2
ax bx cx
7. tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 , where a b c x
bc ca ab
1 1 1 x 2 2
8. tan 1 x cos 1 .
2 2 1 x
2
1 1 1
11. If tan x tan y tan z , then prove that xy yz zx 1.
2
1 1 y 1 3 z z
2 3
1 1 2 x 1 1
12. If sin cos tan 5 , then prove that x y z xyz.
2 1 x2 2 1 y2 3 1 3z 2
1 y2
13. If sec 1
1 x 2
1
cos ec
y
1 1
cot 3 , then prove that x y z xyz.
2
[ 41 ]
15. If tan 1 x, tan 1 y , tan 1 z are in A.P., then prove that y 2 x z 2 y 1 xz x z 0
16. If the roots of x 3 px 2 qx p 0 are , , , then prove that (except one situation)
tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 n and also find the situation when it does not happen.
Solve the following equation [Q. 17 to 25]
x x
17. sec 1 sec1 sec 1 b sec 1 a
a b
x 2 1 2 x 2
18. cos 1 2 tan 1 2
x 1 x 1 3
1 1 2
19. tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 2
1 2x 4x 1 x
x7 x 1
20. tan 1 tan 1 tan 1 7
x 1 x
1
21. sin 1 cot 1 x
5 4
1 1 1
22. 3 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1
2 3 x 3
23.
sin 2 cos1 cot 2 tan 1 x 0
1 1 1 1
24. tan 1 2 tan 1 tan 1 tan 1
4 5 6 x 4
2
25. sin 1 x sin 1 y ; cos1 x cos 1 y .
3 3
Miscellaneous Exercise - 2
1. The principal value of tan 1 1 is
(a) 45 (b) 135 (c) 45 (d) 60 -
2. 2 tan 1 1/ 2 equals
1 3 1 3 1 5 1 1
(a) cos (b) cos (c) cos (d) cos -
5 4 3 2
5 3 4 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) -
3 3 3 4
[ 42 ]
4. The value of cot tan 1 cot 1 is
(a) 1 (b) (c) 0 (d) None of these
1 1
5. If sin x , then the general value of x is
2
(a) 2n (c) n (d) n 1
n
(b) -
6 6 6 6
6.
The value of 2 tan tan 1 x tan 1 x 3 is
2x
(a) (b) 1 x 2 (c) 2x (d) None of these
1 x2
If tan 3x tan 2 x
1 1
7. , then the value of x is
4
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) -
6 3 10 2
3 3
8. The value of sin 1 2 cos 1 is
2 2
2
(a) (b) (c) (d) -
2 3 3
1
If tan 1 1 cos 1 sin 1 x , then the value of x is
2
9.
1
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) -
2
1 1 1
10. If cot x tan , then the value of x is
3 2
1
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) (d) None of these
3
11. If 4sin 1 x cos 1 x , then find the value of x
12. Find the value of cos / 2 sin 1 1/ 3
[ 43 ]
1 3 12 16
16. Prove that : sin cos 1 sin 1 -
5 13 65
17. If tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1 z , then prove that x y z xyz.
1 1
18. Prove that : tan tan 2 A tan cot A tan cot A 0 -
2
1 1 2
19.
1 1 1
Prove that : tan x 2 tan cos ec tan x tan cot x .
1
x 3 2x K
20. If tan 1 and tan 1 , then prove that the value of is 30
2K x K 3
sin 2 cos
21. Prove that : 2 tan 1 tan 45o tan cos 1 .
2 1 sin 2 cos
Important Points
1 1 1 1
3. (i) The principal value of sin x, tan x, cot x, cos ec x is to
2 2
1
(ii) The principal value of cos x and sec 1 x lies from 0 to
4. (i) sin 1 x sin 1 x, tan 1 x tan 1 x, cos ec 1 x cos ec 1 x
1 1 1
5. (i) sin 1 x cos ec 1 , cos 1 x sec 1 , tan 1 x cot 1
x x x
1 1 1
(ii) cos ec 1 x sin 1 , sec 1 x cos 1 , cot 1 x tan 1
x x x
6. sin 1 x cos 1 x , tan 1 x cot 1 x , sec 1 x cos ec 1 x
2 2 2
x y
tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1
1 xy
7. (i)
x y z xyz
tan 1 x tan 1 y tan 1 z tan 1
1 xy yz zx
(ii)
1 1 x
2
1 2x 1 2x
8. 2 tan x sin cos tan 1
1 x 2
1 x 2
1 x2
[ 44 ]
9.
sin 1 x sin 1 y sin 1 x. 1 y 2 y. 1 x 2
1 1 1
10. cos x cos y cos xy 1 x
2
1 x 2
1 1
11. (i) 2sin x sin 2 x 1 x
2
(ii) 2 cos x cos 2 x 1
1 1 2
12. (i) 3sin 1 x sin 1 3 x 4 x 3 1 1
(ii) 3cos x cos 4 x 3 x
3
3x x3
(iii) 3 tan 1 x tan 1
1 3x 2
Answers
Exercise 2.1
2 3 2
1. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi)
2 3 4 2 3 6
2
17. x ab 18. x tan 19. x 0, 3, 20. x 11 4 6
12 3
[ 45 ]
03
Matrix
3.01 Introduction
In 1857 a mathematician Aurther kelly studied to find the solutions of system of equations and came to
know about the concept of Matrix. In this method arrange the quantities or objects in a rectangular arrangement.
3.02 Definition and notation
A matrix is an ordered rectangular array of same numbers or quantities. It may be real or complex.
The numbers of functions are called the elements or the entries of the matirx. We denote matrices by capital
letters A, B, C. . .
The following are some examples of matrices.
1 3 1 3 1 3
5 2 , 5 2 , 5 2
0 7 0 7 0 7
Note: In aij , i always represents the row and j represents the column.
3.04 Type of matrix
1. Row matrix
A matrix is said to be a row matrix if it has only one row. For example
(i) 2 5 31 3 (ii) 3 4 0 7 115
[ 46 ]
2. Column matrix
A matrix is said to be a column matrix if it has only one column. For example its order have m × 1
where m number of rows and column is 1.
4
1
3
(i) 0 (ii) 5
2 31 7
6
51
3. Zero or Null matrix
A matrix is said to be zero matrix or null matrix if all its elements are zero. We denote zero matrix by
O. For example
0 0 0 0
0 0
(i) O (ii) O 0 0 0 0
0 0 22 0 0 0 0 34
4. Square matrix
A matrix in which the number of rows are equal to the number of columns, is said to be a square matrix.
Thus a m × n matrix is said to be a square matrix if m = n and is known as a square matrix of order 'n'.
Elements a11 , a22 ,..., ann are called the diagonal elements and also termed as Principal diagonal as the
subscripts of all the elements are equal.
5. Diagonal matrix
A square matrix A aij mn is said to be a diagonal matrix if all its elements are zero except element
of principal diagonal, that is a matrix A aij mn is said to be a diagonal matrix if aij 0 when i j .
For Example
4 0 0
8 0 0 5 0
(i) 511 (ii) (iii)
0 3 2 2 0 0 833
[ 47 ]
6. Scalar matrix
A diagonal matrix is said to be a scalar matrix if its principal diagonal elements are equal, that is, a
square matrix
0 when i j
A aij if aij
m m
1 when i j
3 0 0
5 0
For Example (i) (ii) 0 3 0
0 5 22
0 0 3 33
identity matrix. In other words, the square matirx A aij mm is an identity matrix, if
0 when i j
I n aij , aij
n n
1 when i j
1 0 0
1 0
For Example (i) (ii) 0 1 0
0 1 22 0 0 1 33
8. Triangular matrix
(i) Upper triangular matrix
A square matrix in which all the elements below the principal diagonal elements are zero then it is called
as an Upper Triangular Matrix.
1 2 6
9 5
For Example (i) (ii) 0 4 7
0 2 22
0 0 3 33
(ii) Lower triangular matrix
A square matrix in which all the elements above the principal diagonal elements are zero then it is called
2 0 5 0 0
For Example (i) 1 3 (ii) 6 7 0
22
9 2 4 33
[ 48 ]
3.05 Properties of matrx
1. Transpose of a matrix
If A [ aij ]mn be a m × n matrix, then the matrix obtained by interchanging the rows and columns of
A is called the transpose of A. Transpose fo the matrix A is denoted by AT or A ' . In other words, if
A [ aij ]mn then AT A ' [a ji ]nm . For example,
1 0 2 1 5 3 1 3
1 2
(ii) A 5 0 AT
5
(i) A 5 3 4 A 0 3 8
T
3 0 4 23
3 8 6 33 2 4 6 33 2 4 32
2. Symmetric and skew symmetric matrix
(i) Symmetric Matrix
A square matrix A [ aij ]mn is said to be symmetric if A AT , for example:
2 3 2 3
(i) A ; AT
3 4 22 3 4 22
A is Symmetric matrix
a h g a h g
f ; A h
f
(ii) A h
T
b b
g f c 33 g f c 33
Note: In Symmetric Matrix, All elements are equal at equidisant with respect to principal diagonal means,
aij a ji -
(ii) Skew-Symmetric Matrix
A square matrix A [ aij ]mn is said to be skew symmetric if AT A , for example:
0 2 0 2
(i) A ; AT A
2 0 2 0
0 g
h 0 h g
(ii) A h f ; A h 0
0 T
f A
gf 0 g f 0
Note: (a) In Skew-Symmetric Matrix, aij a ji for all possible values of i and j.
(b) All the diagonal elements of a skew symmetric matrix are zero. If
aij a ji and if i 1, j 1 then
a11 a11
2a11 0
a11 0 a22 ...ann
[ 49 ]
(c) For any matrices A and B of suitable orders, for addition and multiplication, then
(i) A B T AT B T (ii) KAT KAT , (where k is any constant) (iii) AB T BT AT
(d) If A is a square matrix then
(i) A A is a Symmetric matrix (ii) A A is a Skew-Symmetric matrix
T T
T T
(iii) AA and A A is a symmetric matrix (iv) A
T T
A
(e) Any square matrix can be expressed as the sum of a symmetric and a skew symmetric matrix.
A
1
2
1
A AT A AT ]
2
where A is a square matrix
A AT is a symmetric Matrix
and A AT is a skew-symmetric matrix
(f) A matrix is said to be equal if their corresponding elements are equal,
3 4 5
Required matrix is A
5 6 7
0 3 8
Required matrix A 3 0 5
[ 50 ]
Example 3. For what vlaues of x, y and z matrices A and B are equal
2 0 x 3 2 0 6
A B
6 2 z
;
y 4 4 2 4
Solution : A and B are equal matrices, hence their corresponding elemetns are also equal
x 3 6, y 4 2, and 2 z 6
x 3, y 2 and z 3
2x y 3 x 2y 3 3 4
Example 4. If
5 4 1 5
then find the vlaues of x, y, a and b
ab 2a b
Solution : Both are equal matrices, hence their corresponding elements are also equal
2x y 3 (1)
x 2y 4 (2)
Solving (1) and (2) we have
x 2, y 1
again ab 4 (3)
2a b 1 (4)
Solving (3) and (4) we have
a 1, b 3
x 2, y 1, a 1, b 3
Exercise 3.1
1. If the matrix A [ aij ]24 , then find the number of elements of A
2. Find out the unit matrix of order 4 × 4
k 4 1 a 1
3
k 6 3 4
3. If then find the vlaue of a
4. Find the possible orders of matrix with 6 elements.
5. Find a matrix A [ aij ] of order 2 × 2 whose elements
2i j i 2 j
2
1
6. Find a matrix A aij of order 2 × 3 whose elements are aij 2i 3 j .
2
a b 2 6 2
7. If 7 ab 7 8 then find the vlaues of a and b,
3 4 3 4
[ 51 ]
2x 3x y 4 5
8. If x z 3 y 2 p 4 3 then find the vlaues of x, y, z and p.
9. For what values of a, b and c , matrices A and B are equal matrices where.
a 2 3 2c b c 6
A B
bc 3b
;
12c b 2 6b a
3.06 Operations on matrix
1. Addition
In general, if A [ aij ]mn and B [bij ]mn are two matrices of the same order, say m x n. then, the
sum of the two matrices A and B is defined as a matrix A B [ aij bij ]mn , for all possible values for i and j.
a11 a12 b b
For example: (i) If A and B 11 12 then
a21 a22 22 b21 b22 2 2
2 5 3 4 2 1
(ii) If A and B then
4 0 6 2 3 1 3 5 2 3
24 52 3 1 6 7 4
A B
4 1 03 6 5 5 3 11 23
2. Subtraction
In general, if A [ aij ]m n and B [bij ]m n are two matrices of the same order, say m × n. Then, the
subtraction of the two matrices A and B is defined as a matrix A B [ aij bij ]m n , for all possible values of
i and j.
5 3 7 2 4 6
(ii) If A and B then
6 2 1 23 3 4 1 23
5 2 3 4 7 6 3 1 1
AB
6 3 2 4 11 3 2 0 23
[ 52 ]
3. Multiplication
For multiplication of two matrices A and B, the number of columnes in A should be equal to the number
of rows in B. Further more for getting the elements of the product matrix, we take rows of A and columns of
B, multiply them elements-wise and take the sum. The product of two matrices A and B is defined if the number
of columns of A is equal to the number of rows of B. Let A [ aij ]m p be a m × p matrix and B [bij ] pn be
a p × n matrix. Then the product of the matrices A and B is the matrix C of order m × n.
Order of matrix AB = No . of rows in A × No. of columns in B
A [ aij ]m p and B [bij ] pn then
a a12 b b b12
A 11 and B 11 12
b23 23
For example : (i) If then
a21 a22 22 b21 b22
2 3 5 4
(ii) If A then B
1 4 22 6 0 22
2 3 5 4
AB
1 4 6 0
2 5 3 6 2 4 3 0
1 5 4 6 1 4 4 0
10 18 8 0 28 8
5 24 4 0 19 4 22
4. Scalar Multiplication
In general, we may define multiplication of a matrix by a scalar as follows: if A [ aij ]mn is a matrix
and n is a scalar, then nA is another matrix which is obtained
A [ aij ]mn then nA [ naij ]mn
a a12 a13
For example (i) if A 11 then
a21 a22 a23 23
[ 53 ]
a a12 a13 na11 na12 na13
nA n 11
a21 a22 a23 na21 na22 na23
2 3 6 9
(ii) If A rks 3 A
1 5 22 3 15 22
10 15
and 5 A
5 25 22
3.07 Properties of matrix addition
(i) Commutativity
If A and B are matrices of same order then A B B A
Let A [ aij ]mn and B [bij ]mn then clearly A + B and B + A are matrices of same order
[ B A]mn
A B B A
(ii) Associativity
If A, B and C are matrices of same order then A B C A B C
Let A [ aij ]mn ; B [bij ]mn and C [cij ]mn then clearly A B C and A B C are
matrices of same order
A B C mn [ aij ]mn [bij ]mn [cij ]mn
A B C m n
A B C A B C
(iii) Additive identity
A zero matrix O, m n is known as the identity matrix of A as
AO A O A
[ 54 ]
(iv) Additive inverse
For matrix A [ aij ]mn , if A [ aij ]mn then –A is the additive inverse of matrix A
as A A O A A , where O is the zero matrix of order m × n
1 0 1 0
for example let A and B then
1 0 0 0
1 0 0 1 0 1
AB
1 0 0 0 0 1
0 1 1 0 1 0
and BA
0 0 1 0 0 0
AB BA
(b) If A [ aij ]mn and B [bij ]n p then matrix AB can be found but BA cannot be found so no question of
proving commutative law.
(c) If A [ aij ]mn and B [bij ]nm then AB and BA can be found out but their order will not be same so
AB BA
Note: Under certain conditions AB BA is possible.
(ii) Associativity
If matrix A, B and C are favourable for AB and BC then associative law is verified
i.e. AB C A BC
(iii) Identity
If I is an unit matrix and A is a matrix of order m × n then
Im A A AI n
where I m , m is the unit matrix of order m and I n , n is the unit matrix of order n
[ 55 ]
Note: For square matrix, A, AI A IA where I has same order as A.
(iv) Distributivity
If matrices A, B and C are favourable for addition and multiplication then they obey distrbutive law.
(a) A B C AB AC
(b) A B C AC BC
3.09 Properties of scalar multiplication of a matirx
If A and B are two matrices of same order and let k and are two constants then
(i) k A kA A (ii) k A B kA kB
(v) 1 A A
3.10 Multiplicative Inverse Matrix
If the product of two square matrices of same order A and B is a Unit matrix then B is known as the
multiplicative inverse matrix of A and A is known as the multiplicative inverse matrix of B i.e.
If AB I BA then A and B are multiplicative inverse matrix of invertible matrices, for example:
1 2 2 3 4 2
If
A 2 5 4 and B 2 1 0 then
3 7 5 33 1 1 1 33
1 2 2 3 4 2
AB 2 5 4 2 1 0
3 7 5 1 1 1
3 4 2 4 2 2 2 0 2
6 10 4 8 5 4 4 0 4
9 14 5 12 7 5 6 0 5
1 0 0
0 1 0 I3
0 0 1 33
3 4 2 1 2 2
and BA 2 1 0 2 5 4
1 1 1 3 7 5
[ 56 ]
38 6 6 20 14 6 16 10
2 2 0 4 5 0 4 4 0
1 2 3 257 2 4 5
1 0 0
0 1 0 I3
0 0 1 33
1 3 1 1
AB
1 3 1 1
1 1 1 1 0 0
0
3 3 3 3 0 0
A and B are divisors of zero.
3.12 Positive Integral Power of a Square Matrix
If a square matrix A is multiplied by itself then we get A 2 , again if A 2 is multiplied with A then we get
A3 similarly when A n 1 is multiplied with A then we get An i.e.
AA A 2 A2 A A3
and An 1 A An
1 3
If A then
2 4
1 3 1 3 1 6 3 12 7 15
A2 AA
2 4 2 4 2 8 6 16 10 22
7 15 1 3 7 30 21 60 37 81
and A3 A2 A
10 22 2 4 10 44 30 88 54 118
[ 57 ]
Illustrative Examples
2 4 1 2 1 0
Example 5. If A and B
4
then find 2A – 3B
3 2 5 1 3
2 4 1
A
5
Solution:
3 2
2 4 1 4 8 2
2A 2
5 6 10
(1)
3 2 4
2 1 0 6 3 0
and 3B 3
1 3 4 3 9 12
6 3 0
3B
3 9 12
2 A 3B 2 A 3B
4 8 2 6 3 0
6 4 10 3 9 12
46 83 2 0 2 5 2
63 49 10 12 9 5 2
2 2 0 2 0 2
Example 6. If B 7 then find A where 2 A 3B 5C O, and
6
and C
3 1 4 1
Ois a zero matrix of order 2 × 3.
Solution : 2 A 3B 5C O
2 A 3B 5C O
2 2 0 2 0 2 0 0 0
3 5
3 1 4 7 1 6 0 0 0
6 6 0 10 0 10 0 0 0
9 3 12 35 5 30 0 0 0
6 10 0 6 0 0 0 10 0
9 35 0 3 5 0 12 30 0
16 6 10
26 2 18
[ 58 ]
1 16 6 10
A
2 26 2 18
8 3 5
13 1 9
6 7 0
4 2 5
Example 7. If A and B 1 2 5 then find AB, and BA if exists.
1 0 3
1 0 3
6 7 0
4 2 5
AB 1 2 5
1 0 3
1 0 3
1 3 2 1
1 x 1 2 5 1 2 O
15 3 2 x
1 3 2 1
Solution : 1 x 1 2 5 1 2 O
15 3 2 x
1
or 1 2 x 15 3 5 x 3 2 x 2 2 O
x
1
or 2 x 16 5x 6 x 4 2 O
x
or 2 x 16 10 x 12 x 2 4 x O
[ 59 ]
or x 2 16 x 28 0
or x 2 16 x 28 0
or x 2 x 14 0
x2 0 or x 14 0
x 2 or x 14
1 2 3
Example 9. If A 2 I 2 1 1 then find AAT where I is the identity matrix of order 3 × 3.
3 1 0
1 2 3
A 2 I 2 1 1
Solution :
3 1 0
1 2 3 1 0 0
A 2 1 1 2 0 1 0
3 1 0 0 0 1
1 2 3 2 0 0 1 2 3
2 1 1 0 2 0 2 3 1
3 1 0 0 0 2 3 1 2
1 2 3
A 2 3 1
T
3 1 2
1 2 3 1 2 3
AA 2
T
3 1 2 3 1
3 1 2 3 1 2
1 4 9 2 6 3 3 2 6 14 7 1
263 4 9 1 6 3 2 7 14 5
3 2 6 6 3 2 9 1 4 1 5 14
1 1
Example 10. If A then verify the following:
1 1
(i) A 2 A (ii) A3 4 A
2
[ 60 ]
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Solution : (i) L.H.S. A2 AA
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 1 1
2 2 A R.H.S.
2 2 1 1
2 2 1 1
(ii) L.H.S. A3 A2 A
2 2 1 1
2 2 2 2 4 4 1 1
4 4 A R.H.S.
2 2 2 2 4 4 1 1
2 3 1 2 2 2 3 6
Example 11. If A ;B and C
1
then verify the following.
1 2 3 2 4 1 4
A B C AB AC
Solution : L.H.S. A B C
2 3 1 2 2 2 3 6
1 2 3 2 4 1 4 1
2 3 3 1 8 6 12 2 18 16 15
1 2 4 6 5 3 8 1 12 8 10
6 20 31
(1)
5 13 18
R.H.S. AB AC
2 3 1 2 2 2 3 2 3 6
1 2 3 2 4 1 2 1 4 1
2 9 4 6 4 12 4 3 6 12 12 3
1 6 2 4 2 8 2 2 3 8 6 2
7 2 16 1 18 15
5 2 10 0 11 8
6 20 31
(2)
5 13 18
from (1) and (2) L.H.S. = R.H.S.
[ 61 ]
Exericse 3.2
3 2 1 3 5 2
1. If A
7
and B 1 4 2 then find A B and A B .
1 4
7 0 3 2
2. If A B and A B 0 3 then find matrices A and B.
2 5
1 3 2 1
3.
If A 2 1 B 1 2 then find matrix C where A 2B C O and O is a zero
and
3 1 1 0
matrix.
2 1 0 4
4. If A and B then find the value of 3 A 2 B .
2
3 2 1 7
0 3
1 2
0 1 2 3 B
If A 2 1 then show that AB BA .
1 0
5. and
3 2
3 0
cos x sin x 0
6. If f x sin x cos x 0 then show that f A f B f A B .
0 0 1
6 7 0
4 2 5
7. If A and B 1 2 5 then prove that: AB T BT AT
1 0 3
1 0 2
a h g x
8. Prove that x y z h b f y ax 2 by 2 cz 2 2hxy 2 fyz 2 gzx .
g f c z
1 2 3
9. If A 2 3 1 and I is the identity matrix of third order then prove that
3 1 2
6 1 2
A 3 A 9I 5 4 4
2
2 8 3
[ 62 ]
2 1 2 a
10. If a 4 1 1 0 2 4 O , where O is a zero matrix then find the value of a.
0 2 4 1
1 1 a 1
If A , B and A B A B then find the values of a and b
2 2 2
11.
2 1 b 1
x
0 tan
2
12. If A and I is a unit matrix of order 2 × 2 then prove that
tan x 0
2
cos x sin x
I A I A
sin x cos x
1 0 1 0
13. If A and I then find the value of K where A2 8 A KI .
1 7 0 1
1 0 1 4 3
14. If 2 1 A 2 10 6 then find the value of A.
3 4 13 20 9
cos n
15. , where n is a positive integer
sin cos sin n
Miscellaneous Exericse - 3
1 1
1. If matrix A then find A2 .
1 1
4 2
2. If A then find A 2 I . A 3I .
1 1
1 2 5
3. If A and B then find AB .
3 4 1
i o o i
4. If A and B i o , where i 1 then find BA .
o i
1 1 1 3 5 7
5. If A B 1 1 0 and A B 1 1 4 then find matrices A and B.
1 0 0 11 8 0
[ 63 ]
2 3 1 x 2 3 1
6. If then find the values of x and y.
y 2 1 4 5 1 4
7. The order of matrix A is 3 × 4 and B is a matrix such that AT B and AB T both are defined then find the
order of B.
2 1 1
8. If A 1 7 4 is a symmetric matrix then find the value of x.
1 x 3
1 2
2 3 4
10. If A and B 3 4 then find A BT .
1 2 3
5 6
6 2
11. Express the matrix A as the sum of symmetric and skew-symmetric matrix where A .
5 4
2 1 1
12. If A 1 0 2 then prove that
0 1 3
(i) ( AT )T A .
(ii) A AT is a symmetric matrix.
(iii) A AT is a skew-symmetric matrix.
T
(iv) AAT and A A are symmetric matrices.
4 2 2 1
13. If A ; B 3 2 and 3 A 2B C is a zero matrix then find matrix C.
1 3
(i 2 j ) 2
14. Write a matrix B [bij ] of order 2 × 3 whose elements are bij .
2
1 0 0 1
1 0 1
If A ; B 0 1 2 and C 0 then find the elements of first row of the matrix
2
15.
2 3
0 5 7 1
ABC.
cos sin
If matrix A
T
cos
16. then find AA .
sin
[ 64 ]
1 2 3 1
17. If 1 x 1 4 5 6 2 O then find the value of x
3 2 5 3
a b 1 0
If B then prove that B a d B bc ad I 2 , where I 2
2
18. .
c d 0 1
1 0 0 1
19. If A and B then write aA bB aA bB in the form of matrix A.
0 1 1 0
2 1 1 4
If A and B then prove that A B A2 2 AB B 2 .
2
20.
1 2 1 1
3 2
21. If A and A kA 2 I 2 , then find the value of k.
2
4 2
i o 0 1 o i
22. If A , B , C where i 1 then verifty the following expression.
o i 1 0 i o
(i) A2 B 2 C 2 I 2 .
(ii) AB BA C .
3 1
If A and f A A 5 A 7 I then find f A .
2
23.
1 2
24. Prove that
where 2m 1 ; m N .
2
[ 65 ]
IMPORTANT POINTS
1. A matrix is an ordered rectangular array of number or functions.
2. Types of Matrices: Row Matrix, Column Matrix, Zero Matrix, Square Matrix, Diagonal Matrix, Scalar
Matrix. Unit Matrix, Upper Triangular Matrix, Lower Triangular Matrix, Symmetric and Skew-Symmetric
Matrices.
3. Addition and substraction of matrices. Addition and substration of two matrices of same order is obtained
by addtiion and substraction of their respective elements.
4. Multiplication of Matrices : Let two matrices A and B, their multiplication AB is possible when number
of column in A is equal to number of row in B and element of AB is obtained by sum of product of
element of ith column in A with element of jth row in B.
5. Scalar Multiplication : When a non zero scalar is multiplied with matrices A then we have new matrices
nA in which all elements is nth time of element of A.
6. Addition of matrices follows commutative and associative law while substraction is not.
7. Multiplication of matrices follows associative law but it doesn't follow commutative law.
8. A matrix having m rows and n columns is called a matrix of order m × n.
9. A m × n matrix is a square matrix if m = n.
10. Transpose Matrix: If A [ aij ]mn then AT [a ji ]nm
(iv) A
1
2
1
A AT A AT
2
14. If A and B are two matrices then
(i) A B T AT B T
(ii) ( AT )T A
(iii) ABT B T . AT
kA k . AT , where k 0
T
(iv)
[ 66 ]
Answers
Exericse 3.1
1 0 0 0
0
1. 8 2. 0 1 0 3. a 8 4. 1 6, 6 1, 2 3, 3 2
0 0 1 0
0 0 0 1
1/ 4 0 9 / 2 25 / 2 1 4 1/ 2 2 7 / 2
5. (i) ; (ii) 4 ; (iii) 6.
3 / 7 1/ 4 9 1 2 1/ 2 1 5 / 2
7. a 4, b 2 or a 2, b 4 8. x 2, y 1, z 2, p 0 9. a 1, b 6, c 3
Exericse 3.2
5 5
0 7 1 6 3 3 2 1 5 1
1. A B , A B 2. A ,B 3. 4 5
0 0 5 2 8 9 1 1 1 4
1 1
3 20
4. 10. a 2, 3 11. a 1, b 4 13. k 7 1 4 .
38 11
1 4 3
A
4 2 0
Miscellaneous Exercise - 3
2 3 4 1 2 3
1 1 3 0 1
1. A 2
2
2. O 3. 4. 5. A 0 1 2 , B 1 0 2
1 1 11 1 0
6 4 0 5 4 0
1 2 3
1 6 9
6. x 4, y 7 7. 3 4 9. 2 4 6 10.
3
8. –4
1 6
3 6 9
6 7 / 2 0 3 / 2 16 4 9 / 2 25 / 2 49 / 2
11. 7 / 2 4 3 / 2 0 14.
32
13. 15. 8
3 5 8 18
1 0 0 0
16. or I 2 17. –9 / 8
19. a 2 b 2 A 21. k 1 23.
0 1 0 0
[ 67 ]
04
Determinants
4.01 Introduction
Consider the following pair of equations
a 1 x b1 y c1
a 2 x b2 y c2 ,
The equations can be solved to find the unique solution if we find a1b2 b1a2 . Therefore number
a1b2 b1a2 is very important and it can be represented as the matrix obtained from the cofficient of x and y
a1 b1
a b2
2
The number a1b2 b1a2 which determines uniqueness of solution is associated with the matrix A =
a1 b1 a1 b1
a and is called the determinant of A or det A or symbolically we write | A | =
2 b2 a2 b2 This determinant
has two rows and two columns hence it is of order 2.
Note :
1. Only square matrices have determinants
2. A matrix A is said to be Singular matrix if its A 0
3. For matrix A, | A | is read as determinmant of A and not modulus of A.
4.02 Definition of determinant
Let A aij is a square matrix of order n we can associate a unique number | aij | (real or complex)
called determinant of the square matrix A, where aij (i, j ) the element of A. it is denoted by | A |.
4.03 Value of determinant
(i) Determinant of a matrix of order one
Let A a is a square matrix of order one then determinant of A A a,
a b1
Let A 1 is a matrix of order 2, then determinant
a2 b2
[ 68 ]
a1 b1
A A
a2 b2
a1 b2 b1 a2
2 3
Example : A , then
1 4
2 3
Determinant A A 2 (4) 3 (1)
1 4
8 3 11.
(iii) Determinant of a matrix of order 3 × 3
a1 b1 c1
Let A a2 b2 c2 is a matrix of order 3, then
a3 b3 c3
a1 b1 c1
Determinant A A a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
b2 c2 a c2 a b2
a1 b1 2 c1 2
b3 c3 a3 c3 a3 b3
Here numbers a 1 , b1 , c1 ; a 2 , b2 , c2 ; a 3 , b3 , c3 are called the elements of the determinant. There are a
total of 32 9 elements in a matrix of order 3. Thus the determinant of a square matrix of order 3 is the sum
of the product of elements aij in first row with (–1)1 + j times the determinant of 2 × 2. Sub-matrix obtained by
leaving the first row and column passing through the element.
4.04 Rules to expand third order determinant
(i) Write the elements of first row in consecutive positive and negative sign.
(ii) Multiply first element with the second order determinant obtained by deleting the elements of first row
(R1) and first column (C1). Then multiply 2nd element and the second order determinant obtained by
deleting elements of first row (R1) and 2nd column (C2). Now multiply third element and the second
order determinant obtained by deleting elements of first row (R1) and third column (C3) and third column
(C3). To get the value of the determinant add all the three terms.
[ 69 ]
(iii) The result will be the value of the determinant of order 3.
1 2 0
Example : Evaluate the determinant 2 3 1
3 0 2
1 2 0
3 1 2 1 2 3
Solution : 2 3 1 1 2 0
0 2 3 2 3 0
3 0 2
1 3 2 1 0 2 2 2 3 1 0 2 0 3 3
1 6 2 1 0
62
4.
1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
Example : Determinant 3 5 7 3 5 7 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4
30 28 12 10 28 36
46 54 8.
[ 70 ]
4.07 Minors and cofactors of a determinant
Minors : Minor of an element aij of a determinant is the determinant obtained by deleting its ith row and
jth column in which element aij lies. Minor of an element aij is denoted by Aij .
a1 b1 c1
Example : = a2 b2 c2 . Here element a2 , lies in the second row and first column then leaving the
a3 b3 c3
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2 a1 b1
or a2 b2
a3 b3 c3
1 2 3
7 0 2 3
The minor of element 3 in the determinant 7 0 5 is and element 7 is
3 1 1 4
3 1 4
F ij (1)i j Aij ,
here Aij and Fij denotes the Minors and Cofactors of element aij
Aij ; i j is even
i.e., Fij
A ij ; i j is odd
7 4 1
Example: If 2 3 0 then
1 5 2
3 0
1
11
Cofactor of 7 60 6
5 2
7 1
1 0 2 2
3 2
Cofactor of 5
2 0
2 0
1 4 4
1 2
Cofactor of 4 1 2
[ 71 ]
Note: For easy calculation in a matrix of order 2 and 3 the signs of elements to find the cofactor is
,
2 4
Solution : 6 8 14.
2 3
cos sin
Example 2. Evaluate the determinant
sin cos
cos sin
Solution : cos2 sin 2
sin cos
cos 2 sin 2 1.
[ 72 ]
3 11 1
Example 3. Evaluate the determinant 5 2 0
10 3 0
3 11 1
Solution : 5 2 0 expanding alogn third column
10 3 0
5 2
1 0 0 15 20 5.
10 3
k 8
Example 4. If determinant 4 , then find the value of k.
2 4
k 8
Solution : Given 4
2 4
4k 16 4
k 5.
k 3
Example 5. If determinant 7 then find the vlaue of k.
1 k
k 3
Solution : Given 7
1 k
k 2 3 7 k2 3 7
k2 4 k 2.
2 4 1
Example 6. Evaluate the determinant A 8 5 2 and write the cofactors and minors of elements of
1 3 7
second row.
2 1 2 4
6 4 10
4 1
Solution: Minors : A21 28 3 25, A22 14 1 15, A23
3 7 1 7 1 3
Cofactors F21 A21 25, F22 A22 15, F23 A23 10
200 75 20 145.
[ 73 ]
3 7 13
Example 7. Evaluate the determinant 5 0 0
0 11 2
3 7 13
7 13
5 0 0 5 1 00
11 2
0 11 2
x y
2. If 0 then find the ratio x : y .
2 4
2 3 x y
3. If 4 and 7 then evaluate x and y.
y x 4 2
x 1 x 2
4. If 0 then find the value of x .
x x 3
5. Evaluate the determinant and also find the minors and cofactors of elements of first row
a h g
1 3 2
h b f
(i) 4 1 2 (ii)
g f c
3 5 2
3 11 1
6. Evaluate the determinant 5 0 0
10 3 0
1 a b
7. Prove that a 1 c 1 a2 b2 c2
b c 1
[ 74 ]
4.09 Properties of Determinants
(i) The value of the determinant remains unchanged if its rows and columns are interchanged.
a1 b1 c1
Proof : Let a2 b2 c2 ,
a3 b3 c3
a1 a2 a3
and 1 b1 b2 b3 ,
c1 c2 c3
a1 b1 c1 a1 b1
a2 b2 c2 a2 b2
(by Sarrus figure)
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3
a1 a2 a3 a1 a2
and 1 b1 b2 b3 b1 b2 (by Sarrus figure)s
c1 c2 c3 c1 c2
a1 b1 c1
Proof : Let a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
b1 a1 c1
and 1 b2 a2 c2 ,
b3 a3 c3
a1 b1 c1 a1 b1
a2 b2 c2 a2 b2
(by Sarrus figure)
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3
[ 75 ]
b1 a1 c1 b1 a1
and 1 b2 a2 c2 b2 a2 (by Sarrus figure)
b3 a3 c3 b3 a3
a b c a b c a b
Proof : a b c a b c a b (by Sarrus figure)
x y z x y z x y
x a x x a x x a
and y b y y b y y b (by Sarrus figure)
z c z z c z z c
(iv) If each element of a row (or a column) of a determinant is multiplied by a constant k, then its
value gets multiplied by k.
a1 b1 c1
Proof : Let a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
a1 b1 c1
and 1 a2 b2 c2 ,
ka3 kb3 kc3
a1 b1 c1 a1 b1
and 1 a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 (by Sarrus figure)
ka3 kb3 kc3 ka3 kb3
[ 76 ]
1 a1b2 kc3 b1c2 ka3 c1a2 kb3 ka3b2 c1 kb3c2 a1 kc3 a2 b1
b c2 b c b c b c2 b c b c
a1 2 a2 1 1 a3 1 1 d1 2 d 2 1 1 d3 1 1
b3 c3 b3 c3 b2 c2 b3 c3 b3 c3 b2 c2
a1 b1 c1 d1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2 d 2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3 d3 b3 c3
(vi) If the elements of any row or column of a determinant is added or substracted with any of other
row (or column) with a multiple of constant, then the value of the determinant does not changes.
a1 b1 c1
Proof : Let a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
a1 kc1 b1 c1
and 1 a2 kc2 b2 c2 ,
a3 kc3 b3 c3
[ 77 ]
a1 b1 c1 kc1 b1 c1
1 a2 b2 c2 kc2 b2 c2
[ Property (v) ]
a3 b3 c3 kc3 b3 c3
c1 b1 c1
k c2 b2 c2
[ Property (iv) ]
c3 b3 c3
k 0
[ Property (iii) ]
.
(vii) If elements of one row (or column) are multiplied with cofactors of elements of any other row
(or column), then their sum is zero.
a11 F11 a12 F12 a13 F13 (Expanding along first rows) (2)
substituting in (1) of a11 , a12 and a13 by a21 , a22 and a23
thsu from (1) and (3) 0 a21 F11 a22 F12 a23 F13
similarly 0 a31 F11 a32 F12 a33 F13 etc.
(viii) If the elements of any row or column of a determinant are zeroes then the vlaue of the
determinant is zero.
a1 b1 c1
Proof : 0 0 0 expanding along second row
a3 b3 c3
b1 c1 a c a b
0 0 1 1 0 1 1
b3 c3 a3 c3 a3 b3
0
[ 78 ]
(ix) In a Triangular matrix the value of the determinant is the product of the elements of the
diagonals.
a b
For example: (i) ac 0 ac
0 c
a 0
(ii) ac 0 ac
b c
a b c
a b
(iii) 0 x y ax ax
0 x
0 0
a 0 0
x 0
(iv) b x 0 a a x 0 a x
y
c y
1 0 0
1 0
1 0 1 0
0 1
0 0 1
(x) If a determinant has polynomial with variable x and if by substituting a in place of x the value
of determinant is zero then x–a will be a factor of the determinant.
1 x x2
For example : In 1 a a if by substituting x a and x b the value of becomes zero
2
1 b b2
1 x x2
a x a 2 x2
0 a x a 2 x2
b x b2 x2
0 b x b x 2 2
1 ax
a x b x
1 bx
a x b x b x a x
a x b x b a
x a x b b a
[ 79 ]
4.10 Elementary operations
If the order of is n 2 then R1 , R2 , R3 , represents first row, second row, third row. . . and
C1 , C2 , C3 , represents first columns, second column, third column . . . etc.
(i) Operation Ri R j means ith and jth rows are mutually interchanged and Ci C j means that ith and
jth columns are mutually interchanged.
(ii) Operation Ri kRi means that every element of ith row is multiplied by k whereas Ci kCi means
that every element of ith column is multiplied by k.
(iii) Operation Ri Ri kR j refers that every element of ith row is added to k times the elements in jth row
similarly C i Ci kC j refers that every element of ith row is added to k times the elements in jth column
4.11 Product of determinants
I. The product of second order determinant can be done as given below:
AT A
II. The product of third order determinant can be done as given below:
a1 b1 c1 1 1 1 a11 b1 2 c1 3 a1 1 b1 2 c1 3 a1 1 b1 2 c1 3
a2 b2 c2 2 2 2 a21 b2 2 c23 a2 1 b2 2 c2 3 a2 1 b2 2 c2 3
a3 b3 c3 3 3 3 a31 b3 2 c3 3 a3 1 b3 2 c3 2 a3 1 b3 2 c3 3
1 2 3
1 2
For example : 1 and 2 2 1 3
2 1
1 2 4
1 2 3
1 2
1 2 2 1 3
2 1
1 2 4
1 0 0 1 2 3 1 2 3
0 1 2 2 1 3 4 5 11
0 2 1 1 2 4 5 4 10
[ 80 ]
1 50 44 2 40 55 3 16 25
6 30 27 9. (1)
1 2
Now 1 1 4 3. (2)
2 1
1 2 3
and 2 2 1 3 1 4 6 2 8 3 3 4 1
1 2 4
2 10 9 3. (3)
from (1)] (2) and (3)
1 2 9.
Illustrative Examples
49 1 6
Example 8. Evaluate the determinant 39 7 4 without cxpansion.
10 2 1
1 1 6
7 7 4 0 [ C1 C2 Property (iii)]
2 2 1
1 a bc
Example 9. Evaluate the determinant 1 b c a without expansion.
1 c ab
1 a bc 1 a abc
Solution : 1 b ca 1 b c a b ( C 3 C3 C2 )
1 c a b 1 c abc
1 a 1
a b c 1 b 1 [Property (iv)]
1 c 1
a b c 0
[ C1 C3 Property (iii)]
0
[ 81 ]
a b mn x y
Example 10. Evaluate the determinant b c n p y z without expansion.
ca pm zx
a b mn x y
Solution : bc n p yz
ca pm zx
Using operation R 1 R1 R2 R3
0 0 0
bc n p yz 0 [ Using Property (viii) ]
ca p m zx
1 x x2
1 y y 2 x y y z z x
1 z z2
1 x x2
Solution : L.H.S. = 1 y y2
1 z z2
Usign R 1 R1 R2 and R2 R2 R3
0 x y x2 y 2
0 yz y2 z2
1 z z2
0 1 x y
x y y z 0 1 yz [property (iv)]
1 z z2
1 x y
x y y z 0 0 1
1 yz
x y y z y z x y
x y y z z x .
= R.H.S.
[ 82 ]
Example 12. Without expanding, prove that
2c c a ab
2r r p pq (Property C1 C1 C2 C3 )
2z z x x y
c ca ab
2 r r p pq [Property (iv)]
z z x x y
c a a b
2 r p pq (operation C2 C2 C1 )
z x x y
c a b
2 r p q (operation C3 C3 C2 )
z x y
a c b
2 p r q (operation C1 C2 )
x z y
a b c
2 p q r (operation C2 C3 )
x y z
x x2 1 x3
y y 2 1 y3 0
z z2 1 z3
[ 83 ]
Solution :
x x2 1 x3
y y2 1 y3 0
given
z z2 1 z3
x x2 1 x x2 x3
y y2 1 y y2 y3 0
[property (v)]
z z2 1 z z2 z3
x 1 x2 1 x x2
y 1 y 2 xyz 1 y y2 0
[property (ii) and (iv)]
z 1 z2 1 z z2
1 x x2 1 x x2
1 y y 2 xyz 1 y y2 0
[property (ii)]
1 z z2 1 z z2
1 x x2
1 xyz 1 y y2 0
[from example (11)]
1 z z2
1 xyz x y y z z x 0
x y z x y 0, y z 0 rFkk z x 0
1 xyz 0 xyz 1
1/ a a 2 bc
2
Example 14. Evaluate the determinant 1/ b b ca
1/ c c 2 ab
1/ a a 2 bc 1 a3 abc
1
Solution : 1/ b b 2
ca 1 b 3
abc (Operation R1 aR1 , R2 bR2 and R3 cR3 )
2 abc 3
1/ c c ab 1 c abc
1 a3 1
abc
1 b3 1 0
abc [ C1 C3 , property (iii)]
1 c3 1
[ 84 ]
Example 15. Prove that
a b 2c a b
2a b c
3
c b c 2a b
c a c a 2b
a b 2c a b
Solution : L.H.S. c b c 2a b
c a c a 2b
2 a b c a b
2 a b c b c 2a b (opration C1 C1 C2 C3 )
2 a b c a c a 2b
1 a b
2 a b c 1 b c 2a b [property (iv)]
1 a c a 2b
1 a b
2a b c 0 bca 0
(operation R2 R2 R1 and R3 R3 R1 )
0 0 c a b
b c a 0
2 a b c 1
0 c a b
abc 0
2a b c
0 abc
2 a b c a b c
2
2a b c
3
= RHS~
Example 16. Prove that
1 a 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 b 1 abc 1
1 1 1 c a b c
[ 85 ]
1 a 1 1
Solution : L.H.S. 1 1 b 1
1 1 1 c
1 1 1
1
a a a
1 1 1
abc 1
b b b (taking a, b and c from first, second and third row)
1 1 1
1
c c c
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
a b c a b c a b c
1 1 1
abc 1
b b b (operation R1 R1 R2 R3 )
1 1 1
1
c c c
1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
abc 1 1
a b c b b b [property (iv)]
1 1 1
1
c c c
0 0 1
1 1 1 1
abc 1 1 1
a b c b (Using operation C1 C1 C2 and C2 C2 C3 )
1
0 1 1
c
1 1 1 1 1
abc 1 0 0 1
a b c 0 1
1 1 1
abc 1 1 0
a b c
[ 86 ]
1 1 1
abc 1
a b c
= R.H.S.
xa b c
Example 17. Solve the equation c xb a 0
a b xc
xa b c
Solution : c xb a 0
a b xc
xa bc b c
xa bc xb a 0 (operation C1 C1 C2 C3 )
xa bc b xc
1 b c
or x a b c 1 xb a 0
1 b xc
0 x ca
or
x a b c 0 x a xc 0
(using operation R1 R1 R2 and R2 R2 R3 )
1 b xc
x ca
or x a b c 0 ( expanding C1 )
x a xc
0 x
or x a b c 0 (operation R1 R1 R2 )
x a xc
x a b c 0 x2 0
x2 x a b c 0
x 2 0 or xa bc 0
x 0 or x a b c
[ 87 ]
Example 18. Prove that
x y z 1 1 1
x2
y2
z x
2 2
y 2
z 2 y z z x x y yz zx xy
yz zx xy x3 y3 z3
x y z
Solution : L.H.S. x 2
y 2
z2
yz zx xy
x2 y2 z2
1
x3 y3 z3
xyz (operation C1 xC1 , C2 yC2 , C3 zC3 )
xyz xyz xyz
x2 y2 z2
xyz
x3 y3 z3
xyz (taking out xyz from the operation R3 )
1 1 1
x2 y2 z2
1 1 1
(operation R2 R3 )
x3 y3 z3
1 1 1
x2 y2 z2
(operation R1 R2 )
x3 y3 z3
0 0 1
x y 2 2
y z
2 2
z2
(operation C1 C1 C2 and C2 C2 C3 )
x3 y 3 y3 z 3 z3
x2 y2 y2 z2
(Epanding R1 )
x3 y 3 y3 z 3
x y x y y z y z
x y x 2 xy y 2 y z y 2 yz z 2
x y yz
x y y z
x xy y
2 2
y yz z 2
2
[ 88 ]
x y zx
x y y z (operation C2 C2 C1 )
x xy y
2 2
yz z 2 x 2 xy
x y zx
x y y z
x 2 xy y 2 z x z x y z x
x y zx
x y y z
x xy y
2 2
z x z x y
x y 1
x y y z z x
x 2 xy y 2 zx y
x y y z z x x y z x y x 2 xy y 2
x y y z z x zx x 2 xy yz xy y 2 x 2 xy y 2
x y y z z x xy yz zx
= R.H.S.
1 log x y log x z
Example 19. Evaluate the following log y x 1 log y z without expansion.
log z x log z y 1
log m
Solution : We know that log n m
log n
log y log z
1
log x log x
1 log x y log x z
log x log z
log y x 1 log y z 1
log y log y
log z x log z y 1
log x log y
1
log z log z
log x log y log z
1
log x log y log z
log x log y log z
log x log y log z
(operation R1 log x R1; R2 log y R2 ; R3 log z R3 )
1
0 ¼ R1 R2 R3 ½
log x log y log z
=0
[ 89 ]
Example 20. Prove that
b c
2
a2 a2
c a 2abc a b c
2 3
b2 b2
a b
2
c2 c2
b c
2
a2 a2
c a
2
Solution : L.H.S. b2 b2
a b
2
c2 c2
b c
2
a2 0 a2
c a b2
2
0 b2
(operation C1 C1 C3 and C2 C2 C3 )
c2 a b c2 a b a b
2 2 2
b c a b c a 0 a2
0 c a b c a b b2
c a b c a b c a b c a b a b
2
bca 0 a2
a bc
2
0 c a b b2
(Taking out ( a b c ) from C1 and C2 )
a b
2
c a b c a b
bca 0 a2
a b c
2
0 c a b b2
(operation R3 R3 R1 R2 )
2b 2a 2ab
a2
bc a2
b
b2
a b c
2
ca b2 C3 C3
a (operation C1 C1 and C2 C2 )
0 0 2ab a b
[ 90 ]
a2
bc
2
a b c 0 0 2ab b
b2 (Expanding along R3 )
c a
a
a b c 2ab b c c a ab
2
a b c 2 ab bc ab c 2 ca ab
2
a b c 2ab bc c 2 ca
2
a b c 2abc b c a
2
2abc a b c R.H.S.
3
a b c
2
2bc a 2 c2 b2
b c a c2 2ac b 2 a2
c a b b 2
a 2
2ab c 2
2
a b c a b c a b c
Solution : L.H.S. b c a b c a b c a
c a b c a b c a b
a b c a c b
b c a 1 b a c ( C2 C3 )
c a b c b a
a b c a c b
b c a b a c
c a b c b a
a 2 bc bc ab ab c 2 ac b 2 ac
ab c 2 ab b 2 ac ac bc bc a 2
(multiply row by row)
ac ac b 2 bc a 2 bc c 2 ab ab
2bc a 2 c2 b2
c2 2ac b 2 a2
b2 a2 2ab c 2
= R.H.S.
[ 91 ]
Exercise 4.2
m
1. If 0 then find the ratio : m
2 3
2 3 4
2. Find the minor of the elements of second row of determinant 3 6 5
1 8 9
13 16 19
3. Evaluate the determinant 14 17 20
15 18 21
4. If the first and the third columns of the determinant are interchanged then write the change in the determinant?
5. Prove that
1 yz y z
1 zx z x x y y z z x
1 xy x y
0 b 2 a c 2a
2
6. Evaluate the determinant a b 0 c 2b
a 2c b 2c 0
x 2 2 x 3 3x 4
x 4 2 x 9 3 x 16 0
x 8 2 x 27 3 x 64
a b c x y z y b q
x y z p q r x a p
p q r a b c z c r
9. Prove that
bc ab a
c a b c b a 3 b3 c3 3abc
ab ca c
12 22 32
10. Evaluate the determinant 22 32 42
32 42 52
[ 92 ]
1 3 2
If is the cube root of unity then find the value of the determinant 1
3
11. .
2
1
12. Prove that :
a2 bc ac c 2
a 2 ab b2 ac 4 a 2b 2 c 2
ab b 2 bc c2
a1 b1 c1
13. If in the determinant a2 b2 c2 A1 , B1 , C1 , are the cofactors of elements a1 , b1 , c1 , then
a3 b3 c3
Prove that
A1 B1 C1
A2
2
B2 C2
A3 B3 C3
a1 b1 c1 A1 B1 C1
[HINT : a2 b2 c2 A2 B2 C2 ,
a3 b3 c3 A3 B3 C3
0 0
0 0 3
0 0
3 or 2
Miscellaneous Exericse – 4
cos80 cos10
1. The vlaue of the determinant is
sin 80 sin10
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) –1 (d) none of these.
5 20
2. The cofactors of first column in the determinant are
3 1
(a) –1, 3 (b) –1, –3 (c) –1, 20 (d) –1, –20.
1 2 3 2 4 6
3. If 4 5 6 then the value of the determinant 8 10 12 is
1 2 4 2 4 8
(a) –2 (b) 8 (c) –8 (d) –6.
[ 93 ]
1 0 2
4. Which among the below given determinants is same as determinant 3 2 1 ?
2 5 4
2 5 4 1 3 2 2 1 4 2 0 1
(a) 3 2 1 (b) 2 1 4 (c) 0 2 5 (d) 1 2 3 .
1 0 2 0 2 5 1 3 2 4 5 2
1 bc a b c
6. The value of the determinant 1 ca b c a is
1 ab c a b
1 4 8
If is the root of unity then the value of the determinant
4 8
7. 1 is
8
1 4
(a) (b)
2
(c) 1 (d) 0.
2
8. If 4 1
3 2
x 3 then the value of x is
2 1 1 x 2 1
(a) 6 (b) 7 (c) 8 (d) 0.
x y yz zx
10. The value of the determinant z x y is
2 2 2
[ 94 ]
1 2 3
11. Solve the following equation 4 x 6 0.
7 8 9
1 3 9
12. Evaluate the determinant 3 9 1 .
9 1 3
1 a b c
13. Evaluate the determinant a 1 b c .
a b 1 c
a 2 ab ac
ab b 2 bc 4a 2b 2c 2 .
ca cb c 2
15. Prove that one root of the equation is x 2 and hence find the remaining roots
x 6 1
2 3x x 3 0.
3 2 x x 2
a bc c b
16. c a bc a 2 a b b c c a .
b a cab
a b c 2a 2a
a b c .
3
17. 2b bca 2b
2c 2c cab
yz x y
x x y z x z .
2
18. zx z
x y y z
1 1 1
19. a b c b c c a a b a b c .
a3 b3 c3
[ 95 ]
a 2 b2
c c
c
b2 c 2
20. a a 4abc (Hint: using operation R 1 cR1 , R 2 aR2 and R 3 bR3 )
a
c2 a2
b b
b
ax c b
c b x a 0.
b a c x
a a b a 2b
a 2b a a b 9 a b b2
a b a 2b a
pa qb rc a b c
qc ra pb pqr c a b
rb pc qa b c a
x4 2x 2x
x 4 2 x 5 x 4 x 4
2
2x
2x 2x x 4
[ 96 ]
IMPORTANT POINTS
a1 b1
1. Second order determinant a1b2 a2b1
a2 b2
2. Third order determinant =
a1 b1 c1
b c2 a c2 a b
a2 b2 c2 a1 2 b1 2 c1 2 2
b3 c3 a3 c3 a3 b3
a3 b3 c3
a1 b1 c1 a1 b1
a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 (From Sarrus diagram)
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3
a1b2 c3 b1c2 a3 c1a2b3 a3b2c1 b3c2 a1 c3a2b1
[ 97 ]
(iv) Multiplying a determinant by k means multiply elements of only one row (or one column) by k.
(v) If elements of a row or a column in a determinant can be expressed as sum of two or more elements,
then the given determinant can be expressed as sum of two or more determinants.
(vi) If each element of a row or a column of a determinant the equimultiples of corresponding elements
of other rows or columns are added or subtracted, then value of determinant remains same.
(vii) If all rows are converted into columns or all columns converted in rows in any determinant the
value of determinant remains same.
(viiii) If any row or column contains all its element as zero then the value of determinant will be zero.
(ix) Value of Determinant of triangular matrices is equal to product of element of principal diagonal.
(x) Multiplication of determinant is done by row to column and row to row law.
Answers
Exericse 4.1
8 5 3
1. 2. 1 : 2 3. x , y 3 4.
3 2 2
5. (i) A11 12, A21 16, A31 4
F11 12, F21 16, F31 4, 40
6. 15
Exercise 4.2
3 4 2 4 2 3
1. 2 : 3 2. Minor of 3 , Minor of 6 and Minor of 5
8 9 1 9 1 8
3. 0 4. The sign of the determinant changes 6. 2a3b3c3
7. x = 4 10. = –8 11. 3
Miscellaneous Exericse . 4
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (d)
8. (a) 9. (c) 10. (d) 11. 5 12. –676 13. 1 a b c
15. 1, –3 21. 0,
2
a b c
3 2 2 2
[ 98 ]
05
Inverse of a Matrix and Linear Equations
2 4
For Example : A is a non-singular matrix
3 5
2 4
A 10 12 2 0
3 5
5.02 Singular matrix
If the determinant of any square matrix A is zero i.e. | A | 0 then matrix A is termed as singular matrix.
1 2 1 2
For Example : A is a singular matrix as A 66 0
3 6 3 6
is the cofactor of the element aij Adjoint of the matrix A is denoted by adjA.
Cofactors of elements of A
2 3 2 3
For Example : (i) Matrix A A
4 5 22 4 5 22
[ 99 ]
Elements of A = cofactor of a11 2 , 5 5
cofactor of a12 3 , 4 4
cofactor of a21 4 , 3 3
cofactor of a22 5 , 2 2
5 4
Matrix of cofactors of determinant A is B
3 2 2 2
5 3
Adjoint matrix of matrix A is adjA BT
4 2
Note: The adjoint can be found directly of a 2 × 2 matrix by interchanging the diagonal elements and changing
the sign of the off-digonal elements.
1 2 0 1 2 0
(ii) Matrix A 3 1 1 A 3 1 1
4 6 4 4 6 4
1 1
Cofactors of a11 1 is 10
6 4
3 1
Cofactors of a12 2 is 8
4 4
3 1
Cofactors of a13 0 is 22
4 6
2 0
Cofactors of a21 3 is 8
6 4
1 0
Cofactors of a22 1 is 4
4 4
1 2
Cofactors of a23 1 is 2
4 6
2 0
Cofactors of a31 4 is 2
1 1
1 0
Cofactors of a32 6 is 1
3 1
[ 100 ]
1 2
Cofactors of a33 4 is 7
3 1
10 8 22
Matrix of cofactors B 8 4 2
2 1 7
10 8 2
Adjoint of a matrix adjA BT 8 4 1
22 2 7
5.04 Inverse of a matrix of invertible matrix
If A is a square matrix of order m, and if there exists another square matrix B of the same order m,
such that AB I BA, then B is called the inverse matrix of A and it is denoted by A1 . In that case A is
said to be invertible.
Thus, B A1 AA1 I A1 A , from the relation AB = BA it is clear that A is the inverse of B i.e.
if two matrices A and B are such that AB = I = BA then matrix A and B are inverse matrices of each other.
5.05 Some Important Theorems
Thorem 1. A square matrix A is invertible if and only if A is non singular matrix i.e. |A| 0
Proof : Let A be invertible matrix of order n and I be the identity matrix of order n. Then, there exists
a square matrix B of order n such that AB BA I
AB I
A . B 1 I 1
A 0
A adjA A I adjA . A
diving by A
adjA
I
adjA . A
A. A O
A A
adjA
A1
A
Thus A is an invertible matrix.
[ 101 ]
Theorem 2. If A is a square matrix of order 3 then
A adjA A I 3 adjA A, where I 3 is an identity matrix of order 3
1 0 0
A 0 1 0 A I 3
(1)
0 0 1
similarly, we can prove that
adjA A A I3 (2)
Hence from (1) and (2), we have
A adjA A I3 adjA A ~
Note: If A and B are square matrices of order n then
(i) A. adjA A I n adjA . A
adj adjA A
n 2
(ii) A
adjAT adjA
T
(iii)
(iv) adj AB adjB.adjA
Theorem 3. Inverse matrix of non-singular matrix is unique.
Proof : Let A [ aij ] be a non-singular matrix of order m. If possible, let B and C be two inverse
matrices of A. We shall show that B = C. We know that Since B is the inverse of A.
AB BA I (1)
and AC CA I (2)
then AB I C AB CI CA B CI
I B CI [using (2)]
BC
Thus Inverse of a non-singular matrix, is unique
[ 102 ]
Theorem 4. If A and B are non-singular matrices of the same order, then AB B 1 A 1 .
1
AB A B 0
AB is non-singular square matrix.
let a matrix C be such that C B 1 A1
AB C AB B 1 A1
A. BB 1 A1
A.I . A1 [ BB 1 I ]
AA1 I
similarly
C AB B 1 A1 AB
B 1 A1 A B B 1IB [ A1 A I ]
B 1 B I
AB C C AB
AB
1
B 1 A1
Theorem 5. If A is a non-singualr matrix then matrix AT will also be non singualr matrix and
( AT )1 ( A1 )T
Proof : A AT A 0 ¼ A is non-singular)
AT 0
( AT )1 ( A1 )T
[ 103 ]
Illustrative Examples
1 3
Example 1. If matrix A then
2 4
(i) Find the adjoint of A adjA
1 3
Solution : (i) Given matrix A
2 4
Cofactor of a11 1 is = 4
Cofactor of a12 3 is = –2
Cofactor of a21 2 is = –3
Cofactor of a22 4 is = 1
4 2 4 3
T
adjA (1)
3 1 2 1
1 3
(ii) A 4 6 2 .
2 4
1 3 4 3 4 6 3 3
A adjA .
2 4 2 1 8 8 6 4
2 0 1 0
2 A I2 (2)
0 2 0 1
4 3 1 3 4 6 12 12
adjA .A
2 1 2 4 2 2 6 4
2 0 1 0
2 A I2 . (3)
0 2 0 1
adjA 1 4 3 2 3 / 2
A 1
(iii) A 2 2 1 1 1/ 2 (4)
[ 104 ]
2 3 / 2
(iv) A1
1 1/ 2
2 1
( A1 )T (5)
3 / 2 1/ 2
1 2 1 2
and AT AT 4 6 2 0
3 4 3 4
( AT )1 Exists.
4 3 4 2
T
adj A
T
2 1 3 1
adj AT 1 4 2
A
1
T
AT 2 3 1
2 1
(6)
3 / 2 1/ 2
from (5) and (6) ( A1 )T ( AT ) 1 . Hence Proved.
cos sin 1
Example 2. If matrix A then find A .
sin cos
cos sin
Solution : A
sin cos
cos sin
A cos 2 sin 2 1 .
sin cos
adjA
sin cos sin cos
cos sin
adjA sin cos cos sin
A 1 .
A 1 sin cos
[ 105 ]
1 2 3
Example 3. If matrix A 2 3 1 then find A1 and prove that A A I 3 .
1
3 1 2
1 2 3
Solution : Given matrix A 2 3 1
3 1 2
1 2 3
A 2 3 1 1 6 1 2 4 3 3 2 9 5 2 21 18 0 .
3 1 2
A1 exists
5 1 7 5 1 7
T
Now adjA 1 7 5 1 7 5
7 5 1 7 5 1
5 1 7
1 7 5
adjA 1
A 1
A 18
7 5 1
5 1 7 1 2 3
A A 1 7 5 2 3 1
1
1
18
7 5 1 3 1 2
5 2 21 10 3 7 15 1 14
1 14 15 2 21 5 3 7 10
1
18
7 10 3 14 15 1 21 5 2
18 0 0 1 0 0
0 18 0 0 1 0 I3
1
18 .
0 0 18 0 0 1
[ 106 ]
3 7 6 8
Example 4. If matrix A and B then prove that ( AB)1 B 1 A1 .
2 5 7 9
3 7
Solution : Here A 1 0 (1)
2 5
A1 exists
6 8
and B 2 0 (2)
7 9
B 1 exists
3 7 6 8 18 49 24 63
AB
2 5 7 9 12 35 16 45
67 87
(3)
47 61
1 61 87
AB
1
(4)
2 47 67
1 5 7
A1
1 2 3
(5)
1 9 8
B 1
2 7 6
and (6)
1 9 8 5 7
B 1 A 1
2 7 6 2 3
1 45 16 63 24
2 35 12 49 18
1 61 87
2 47 67
(7)
[ 107 ]
2 3 0 0 1 0
Example 5. If matrix A then prove that A2 4 A I 0, where O and I
1 2 0 0 0 1
1
and find A .
2 3
Solution : A
1 2
2 3 2 3 4 3 6 6 7 12
A2
1 2 1 2 2 2 3 4 4 7
7 12 2 3 1 0
A2 4 A I 4
4 7 1 2 0 1
7 12 8 12 1 0
4 7 4 8 0 1
7 8 1 12 12 0
4 4 0 7 8 1
0 0 2 3
0 . Here A 43 1 0.
0 0 1 2
A1 Exists
Now A2 4 A I 0 A2 4 A I A A 4I I
A1 A A 4 I A1 I
A1 A A 4 I A1 I A 4 I A1
A 4 I A 1 A 1 4 I A
1 0 2 3 4 0 2 3 2 3
A1 4 .
0 1 1 2 0 4 1 2 1 2
Exercise 5.1
1 2 3
1. For what value of x is the matrix 1 2 1 singular?
x 2 3
1 1 2
2. If matrix A is 3 0 2 then find adjA and prove that A adjA A I3 adjA A .
1 0 3
[ 108 ]
3. Find the non-singualr matrix of the following:
1 2 5 1 3 3 0 1 1
(i) 1 1 1 (ii) 1 4 3 (iii) 4 3 4
2 3 1 1 3 4 3 3 4
cos sin 0
0 then find A1 and prove that
4. If matrix A F ( ) sin cos
0 0 1
(i) A 1 A I 3 (ii) A1 F ( ) (iii) A (adjA) A I (adjA) A
8 1 4
1
5. If A 4 4 7 then prove that A1 AT
9
1 8 4
1 1
6. If matrix A the prove that A1 A3
2 1
5 0 4 1 3 3
7. If A 2 3 2 and B 1 4 3 then find ( AB )1 .
1
1 2 1 1 3 4
2 3
9. Prove that the matrix A satisfies the equation A2 6 A 7 0 and find A1 .
3 4
8 5
If matrix A then prove that A 4 A 42 I 0 then find A1 .
2
10.
2 4
5.06 Applications of Determinants
1. Area of a triangle
If the coordinates of vertices of a triangle are x1 , y1 , x2 , y2 and x3 , y3 then we know that
1
area of triangle x1 y2 y1 x2 y3 y1 x3 y1 y2
2
(1)
x1 y1 1
y2 1 y1 1 y1 1
x2 y2 1 x1 x2 x3
and y3 1 y3 1 y2 1 (Expanding, along first column)
x3 y3 1
[ 109 ]
x1 y2 y3 x2 y3 y1 x3 y1 y2 (2)
x1 y1 1
1
x2 y2 1
from (1) and (2) 2
x3 y3 1
x1 y1 1
1
Thus area of triangle is x2 y2 1 -
2
x3 y3 1
Note: Since area is always positive hence the value of the determinant is always taken positive.
For Example : Find the area of the triangle if the vertices are A 3, 3 , B 2, 3 and C 2, 2 .
3 3 1
1
Solution : 2 3 1
2
2 2 1
1 3 1 2 1 2 3
3 3 1
2 2 1 2 1 2 2
3 3 2 3 2 2 1 4 6
1
2
1
15 0 10
2
25
12.5 sq. Units
2
Area is positive therefore 12.5 sq. units
2. Condition of collinearity of three points
If the points A x1 , y1 , B x2 , y2 and C x3 , y3 are collinear then the area of triangle ABC is zero
x1 y1 1
1
x2 y2 1 0
2
x3 y3 1
x1 y1 1
x2 y2 1 0
x3 y3 1
[ 110 ]
For Example : Points A 3, 2 , B 5, 2 and C 8, 8 are collinear hence
3 2 1
1
5 2 1
2
8 8 1
1
2
3 2 8 2 5 8 1 40 16
1
18 6 24 0
2
3. Equation of a line passing through two points
Let there be two points A x1 , y1 and B x2 , y2 and let P x, y , AB lies on a line passing through
AB then P, A and B are collinear, if
x y 1
x1 y1 1 0
x2 y2 1
x y 1
For Example : Equation of line passing through A 3, 1 and B 9, 3 is 3 1 1 0
9 3 1
x 1 3 y 3 9 1 9 9 0
2 x 6 y 0
x 3y 0
5.07 Solution of system of linear equations
If a given system of equations
a11 x a12 y a13 z b1
a21 x a22 y a23 z b2
a31 x a32 y a33 z b3
b1 b2 b3 0 then it is said to be homogeneous otherwise it is called non-homogeneous
Here we shall find the solution of non-homogenous system of linear equations.
[ 111 ]
1. Cramer's Rule:
(i) Solution of system of linear equations of two variables
System of linear equation with two variables
a1 x b1 y c1 (1)
a2 x b2 y c2 (2)
solving through Cramer's rule
1 2
x , y
x y 1
or , 0 (Symmetric form)
1 2
a1 b1 c b1 a c1
where , 1 1 and 2 1
a2 b2 c2 b2 a2 c2
a1 b1
Proof :
a2 b2
a1 b1 a1 x b1
x x
a2 b2 a2 x b2
a1 x b1 y b1
x 1 (operation C1 C1 yC2 )
a2 x b2 y b2
c1 b1
x 1 (using equation (1) and (2) )
c2 b2
a1 c1
similarly y 2
a2 c2
1
x and y 2 , where 0
Special case : This equation represents two equations of straight line
a1 b1
(A) If a b then solution of the equation is unique and the equation is consistent and independent
2 2
a1 b1 c1
(B) If a b c then there is no solution and the equation is inconsistent.
2 2 2
a1 b1 c1
(C) If a b c then there are infinite solutions and the equation is consistent but not independent
2 2 2
[ 112 ]
(ii) Solution of system of linear equation for three variables
System of equations with three variables
a1 x b1 y c1 z d1 (1)
a2 x b2 y c2 z d 2 (2)
a3 x b3 y c3 z d3 (3)
1
Solving by Cramer's rule x , y 2,z 3
x y z 1
or ; 0 [symmetric form]
1 2 3
a1 b1 c1 d1 b1 c1 a1 d1 c1 a1 b1 d1
where a2 b2 c2 , 1 d 2 b2 c2 , 2 a2 d2 c2 and 3 a2 b2 d2
a3 b3 c3 d3 b3 c3 a3 d3 c3 a3 b3 d3
a1 b1 c1
Proof : a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
a1 b1 c1
x x a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3
a1 x b1 y c1 z b1 c1
or x a2 x b2 y c2 z b2 c2 ( C1 C1 yC2 zC3 )
a3 x b3 y c3 z b3 c3
d1 b1 c1
or x d 2 b2 c2 1 [using equation (1), (2) and (3)]
d3 b3 c3
a1 d1 c1 a1 b1 d1
Similarly y a2 d2 c2 2 and z a2 b2 d 2 3
a3 d3 c3 a3 b3 d3
1 3
x , y 2 and z if 0
[ 113 ]
Special case :
(i) If 0 then equation is consistent and the solution is unique.
(ii) If 0 and 1 2 3 0 then system of equations can be consistent or inconsistent, if it is
consistent then the solution are infinite.
(iii) If 0 and amongst 1 , 2 , 3 any one is non-zero then equations are inconsistent with no solution.
2. Solution of system of linear equations using matrix method:
Consider the system of equations
or AX B (3)
( A1 A) X A1B
I X A 1 B
X A 1 B
Note: (i) A 0 , then A1 exists
(ii) A 0 , then A1 does not exist, that does not mean the equation cannot be solved.
Example : x 3y 5
2 x 6 y 10,
1 3
Here A 0 but it will have infinite solutions.
2 6
[ 114 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 6. Find the area of the triangle whose vertices are A 2, 3 , B 5, 4 and C 4, 3 .
Solution : Area of triangle ABC
2 3 1
1
5 4 1
2
4 3 1
1
2(4 3) 5(3 3) 4(3 4)
2
1
2 0 4
2
1
= 1 (numerical value) square units
Example 7. If points ( x, 2), (5, 2), (8, 8) are collinear then find the value of x.
Solution : Given points ( x, 2), (5, 2) and (8, 8) are collinear
x 2 1
5 2 1 0
8 8 1
x 2 8 2 5 8 1 40 16 0
6 x 6 24 0
6 x 18 0
x 3-
Example 8. Prove that [bc, a(b c )] , [ca, b(c a)] and [ ab, c(a b)] are collinear..
Solution : Three points are collinear
bc a b c 1 bc ab ca a b c 1
ca b c a 1 ca bc ab b c a 1
( C1 C1 C2 )
ab c a b 1 ab ca bc c a b 1
1 a b c 1
ab bc ca 1 b c a 1
1 c a b 1
[ 115 ]
Example 9. Find the equation of line joining the points A(4, 3) and B(–5, 2) also find the value of k if the area
fo the triangle ABC is 2 Sq. units where, C(k, 0).
Solution : Let P x, y be any point on AB then area of triangle ABC = 0
4 3 1
1
5 2 1 0
2
x y 1
1
4 2 y 3 5 x 1 5 y 2 x 0
2
8 4 y 15 3 x 5 y 2 x 0
x 9 y 23 0 .
which is the required equation of AB
Now area of triangle ABC = 2 Sq. units
4 3 1
1
5 2 1 2
2
k 0 1
1
4 2 0 3 5 k 1 0 2k 2
2
1
8 15 3k 2k 2
2
23 k 4
k 4 23
k 19, 27
Example 10. If the solution of two below given equation is possible then solve using the Cramer's rule.
(i) 2 x 3 y 3 (ii) x 2 y 5
2x 3y 9 2 x 4 y 10
Solution : (i) 2x 3 y 3
2x 3 y 9
2 3 3 3 2 3
Here 6 6 12 0 , 1 9 27 36 0 and 2 18 6 12 0
2 3 9 3 2 9
0, 1 0, 2 0
Equation is consistent and independent so its solution is finite.
[ 116 ]
Now using Cramer's rule
1 36 2 12
x 3, y 1
12 12
x 3, y 1 -
x 2y 5
(ii) 2 x 4 y 10
1 2 5 2 1 5
4 4 0 , 1 20 20 0 and 2 10 10 0
2 4 10 4 2 10
0, 1 0, 2 0
Equation is inconsistent so its solution is infinite.
Let y k then x 2k 5 x 5 2k therefore x 5 2k , y k are the solutions where k is a
real number
Example 11. Prove that the system of equations is inconsistent with no solution.
x y z 2
x 2 y 3z 5
2 x 3 y 4 z 11.
1 1 1
Solution : Let 1 2 3 1 8 9 1 4 6 1 3 4 1 2 1 0 .
2 3 4
2 1 1
1 5 2 3 2 8 9 1 20 33 115 22 2 13 7 4 0 .
11 3 4
1 2 1
2 1 5 3 1 20 23 2 4 6 111 10 13 4 1 8 0 .
2 11 4
1 1 2
3 1 2 5 1 22 15 111 10 2 3 4 7 1 2 4 0 .
2 3 11
0 and 1 0, 2 0, 3 0 .
system of equations is inconsistent with no solution.
[ 117 ]
Example 12. Solve the following system of equations using Cramer's rule
x y z 9
2 x 5 y 7 z 52
2x y z 0
1 1 1
Solution : Here 2 5 7 1 5 7 1 2 14 1 2 10 12 16 8 4 0 .
2 1 1
9 1 1
1 52 5 7 9 5 7 1 52 0 1 52 0 108 52 52 4 0 .
0 1 1
1 9 1
2 2 52 7 1 52 0 9 2 14 0 104 52 144 104 12 0 .
2 0 1
1 1 9
3 2 5 52 1 0 52 1 0 104 9 2 10 52 104 72 20 0 .
2 1 0
5 3 x 2
1 2 y 3
i.e. AX B
5 3 x 2
where A , x rFkk B
1 2 y 3
5 3
A 10 3 13 0
1 2
A1 exists
[ 118 ]
adjA 1 2 3
A1
A 13 1 5
1 2 3 2
X A1 B
13 1 5 3
1 4 9 1 13 1
13 2 15 13 13 1
x 1
y 1
x 1, y 1 .
Example 14. Write the following system of equations in matrix form
2 x y 3z 9
x y z 6
x y z 2.
2 1 3
If A 1 1 1 then find A1 and solve the equations.
1 1 1
2 1 3 x 9
Solution : AX B , where A 1 1 1 , X y and B 6
1 1 1 z 2
Matrix form of the equation is
2 1 3 x 9
1 1 1 y 6
1 1 1 z 2
2 1 3
here A 1 1 1 2 1 1 11 1 3 1 1 4 0 6 2 0
1 1 1
A1 exists
2 2 4 1 1 2
0 1 1 0 1/ 2 1/ 2
1adjA 1
A
A 2
2 1 3 1 1/ 2 3 / 2
[ 119 ]
X A 1 B
x 2 2 4 9 18 12 8
y 1 0 1 1 6 1 0 6 2
2 2
z 2 1 3 2 18 6 6
x 2 1
y 1 4 2
2
z 6 3
x 1, y 2, z 3.
1 1 0 2 2 4
Example 15. If A 2 3 4 and B 4 2 4 then find AB and solve the following equations
0 1 2 2 1 5
x y 3; 2 x 3 y 4 z 17, y 2 z 7 .
1 1 0 2 2 4 6 0 0
AB 2 3 4 4 2 4 0 6 0
Solution :
0 1 2 2 1 5 0 0 6
1 0 0
6 0 1 0 6 I 3
0 0 1
1
A B I3
6
2 2 4
A B 4 2 4
1
1 1
6 6 (1)
2 1 5
1 1 0 x 3
2 3 4 y 17
0 1 2 z 7
AX C
X A1C
[ 120 ]
2 2 4 3
X 4 2 4 . 17
1
6
2 1 5 7
x 6 34 28 12 2
y 1 12 34 28 1 6 1
6 6
z 6 17 35 24 4
x 2, y 1, z 4 .
Example 16. Solve the following system of equations
3 0 3 x 8 2 y
2 1 0 y 1 z
4 0 2 z 4 3 y
3 0 3 x 8 2 y
2 1 0 y 1 z
4 0 2 z 4 3 y
3 x 3 z 8 2 y
2 x y 1 z
4 x 2 z 4 3 y
3x 3z 8 2 y 3 x 2 y 3z 8
2x y 1 z 2 x y z 1
(1)
4 x 2 z 4 3 y 4 x 3 y 2 z 4
3 2 3 x 8
2 1 1 y 1
4 3 2 z 4
i.e. AX B
X A 1 B
1 5 1 8
adjA
8 6 9 1
1 1
17 A
10 1 7 4 A
[ 121 ]
8 5 4 17 1
64 6 36 34 2
1 1
17 17
80 1 28 51 3
x 1
y 2
z 3
x 1, y 2, z 3 .
Exercise 5.2
1. Find the area of triangle using the determinats whose vertices are:
(i) (2, 5), (–2, –3) and (6, 0)
(ii) (3, 8), (2, 7) and (5, –1)
(iii) (0, 0), (5, 0) and (3, 4)
2. Usign determinants find the area of the triangle with vertices (1, 4), (2, 3) and (–5, –3), are the given
points collinear?
3. Find the value of k if the area of triangle is 35 Sq. units and the vertices are (k, 4) (2, –6) and (5, 4).
4. Usign determinants find the value of k if the points (k, 2 –2 k), (–k + 1, 2k) and (–4 – k, 6 –2k) are
collinear.
5. If points (3, –2), (x, 2) and (8, 8) are collinear then find the vlaue of x using determinant.
6. Using determinants, find the equation of line passing through the points (3, 1) and (9, 3) and also find
the area of the triangle if the third point is (–2, –4).
7. Solve the following system of equations using Cramer's rule.
(i) 2 x 3 y 9 (ii) 2 x 7 y 13 0
3x 2 y 7 5x 6 y 9 0
8. Prove that the following system of equations are incosnstent:
(i) 3x y 2 z 3 (ii) x 6 y 11 0
2 x y 3z 5 3 x 20 y 6 z 3 0
x 2y z 1 6 y 18 z 1 0
9 Solve the equations using Cramer's rule:
(i) x 2 y 4 z 16 (ii) 2 x y z 0
4x 3 y 2z 5 x y z 6
3x 5 y z 4 x 2y z 3
[ 122 ]
10. Solve the equations using determinants :
(i) 6 x y 3 z 5 (ii) 2 3 10 4
x 3 y 2z 5 x y z
2x y 4 z 8 4 6 5
1
x y z
6 9 20
2
x y z
1 2 0
If A 2 1 3 then find A and solve the system of equations:
1
12.
0 2 1
x 2 y 10, 2 x y 3 z 8, 2 y z 7.
4 4 4 1 1 1
13.
Find the product of matrices 7 1 3 and 1 2 2 and solve the system of equations
5 3 1 2 1 3
xyz4
x 2 y 2z 9
2 x y 3z 1 .
1 1 1
14. Find the inverse of the matrix 2 1 3 and with the help of this solve the system of equations
1 1 1
1 0 1 x 2 y 2
2 1 0 y 1 6 z 2 0
2
0 1 1 z 2 x 1
2
15. If the side of an equilateral triangle is a and vertices are x1 y1 2
x1 , y1 , ( x2 , y2 ) and x3 , y3 then prove that x2 y2 2 3a 4
x3 y3 2
[ 123 ]
Miscellaneous Exercise - 5
1 1
1. If A 1
then find A .
2 3
0 1 1
1
2. If A 1 0 1 then find A .
1 1 0
1 2 3
3.
If Matrix A 1 2 1 is a singualr matrix then find the vlaue of x
x 2 3
5. Solve the equations using Cramer's rule and show that the equation are inconsistent:
(i) 2 x y 5 (ii) x y z 1
4x 2 y 7 x 2 y 3z 2
3x 4 y 5 z 3
1 2 6 0
A
1 4 0 6
8 5 1
7. If A then prove that that A 4 A 42 I 0 and using this find A .
2
2 4
2 3 1
8. If A then prove that A1 A .
5 2 19
1 3 3
9. If A 1 4 3 then find A1 and show that A1 A I 3 .
1 3 4
[ 124 ]
1 2 2
If A 2 1 2 then prove that A 4 A 5I 0 and using this find A1 .
2
10.
2 2 1
11. Solve the following system of equations using the matrix method.
12. Find the area triangle ABC for the vertices given below:
(i) A 3, 5 , B 3, 6 , C 7, 2 (ii) A 2, 7 B 2, 2 C 10, 8
13. I f the points 2, 3 , , 2 and 0, 5 are collinear then find the vlaue of .
14. Find the matrix A where
1 2 4 7 1 0
2 3 A 3 5 0 1
1 1 1
15. If A 1 2 3 then find A1 and using this solve the equations:
2 1 3
x y 2 z 0, x 2 y z 9, x 3 y 3 z 14
a b
16. If A
c
1 bc then find A and solve that aA a bc 1 I aA .
1 1 2
a
17. Solve the system of equations using determinants
x y z 1
ax by z k
a2 x b2 y c2 z k 2 .
1 2 3
18. If A 2 3 2 then find A1 then using this solve the following system of equations
3 3 4
x 2 y 3 z 4, 2 x 3 y 2 z 2, 3x 3 y 4 z 11.
1 4 16 6
If
2
19. then find the value of X.
3 2 7
[ 125 ]
20. If the system of equations have infinite solutions then find the vlaues of a and b
2 x y az 4
bx 2 y z 2
5 x 5 y z 2.
Important Points
1. Singular matrix: A Square matrix A, whose |A | = 0
2. Non-Singular matrix: A Square matrix A, whose A 0
3. Adjoint of a matrix: Adjoint of a matrix is a transpose of a matrix, obtained by co-factors of elements
of |A| adjoint of the matrix A is written as adjA
1 adjA
4. Inverse of a matrix: If a square matrix is non-singualr i.e. A 0 then A
A
5. Important theorems:
(i) For a matrix A to be non-singualr A 0
(iii) AB 1 B 1 A1
(iv) ( AT )1 ( A1 )T
6. For variables x, y , z the system of equations are
the solutions can be found out using the determinants or matrix method
(i) Cramer's rule usign determinants
For the above equation (1)
x y z 1
Case-I: when 0 then solution is unique
1 2 3
[ 126 ]
a11 a12 a13 x b1
(ii)
M at r ix met hod: a21
a22 a23 y b2
a31 a32 a33 z b3
i.e. AX B
adjA
X A1 B , where A1 .
| A|
Answers
Exercise 5.1
0 3 2 4 17 3 7 3 3 0 1 1
11 1 8 1 1 1 0 4 3 4
1. x 1 2. 3. (i) 1 11 6 ; (ii) ; (iii)
27
0 1 3 1 0 1
5 1 3 3 3 4
Exercise 5.2
1. (i) 26 Sq. Units; (ii) 11 / 2 Sq. Units; (iii) 10 Sq. Units 2. 13 / 2 Sq. Units, No
3. x 2, 12 4. k 1, 1/ 2 5. x 5 6. x 3 y 0, 10 Sq. Units
7. (i) x 3, y 1 (ii) x 3, y 1 9. (i) x 2, y 1, x 3 ; (ii) x 2, y 1, z 3
10. (i) x 1, y 2, z 1 ; (ii) x 2, y 3, z 5
5 12 9 7 1 1 1
11. (i) x , y ; (ii) x , y ; (iii) x 2, y 1, z 2 ; (iv) x , y , z
11 11 2 2 2 3 5
7 2 6 8 0 0
13. 0 8 0 , x 3, y 2, z 1
1
1
12. A 2 1 3 ; x 4, y 3, z 1
11
4 2 5 0 0 8
4 2 2
1
14. 5 0 5 , x 2, y 1, z 1
10
1 2 3
[ 127 ]
Miscellaneous Exercise - 5
1 1 1
1 3 1 1
1. 2. 1 1 1 3. x 1
5 2 1 2
1 1 1
2
4. (i) x 7, y 3 ; (ii) x 2, y ; (iii) x y z 1
a
7 3 3 3 2 2
4 1 1 4 5 1
9. 1 1 0
1
6. 10. A 2 2 3 2
42 2 8
7.
1 1 5
2 2 3
1 0 1
11 1
11. (i) x ,y ; (ii) x 1, y 1, z 1 ; (iii) x 1, y 1, z 2
24 24
7 21 29
12. (i) 46 Sq. Units; (ii) 20 Sq. Units 13. 14. A
4 13 18
3 4 5 1 bc
b
15. A 9 1 1 , x 1, y 3, z 2
1
16. A a
1 1
11
5 3 1 c a
c k k b , k c a k , z b k k a
17. x y
c a a b b c a b b c c a
6 17 13
1
14 5 8 , x 3, y 2, z 1 6 2
20. a 2, b 1
1
18. A 19. X
67 11/ 2 2
15 9 1
[ 128 ]
06
6.01 Introduction
Graphically, a function is continuous in the given interval, if its graph can be drawn at this point without
raising the pencil (or pen), otherwise it is discontinuous in that interval. But, only graphical understanding of the
concept of continuity is not sufficient. So we must have an analytical approach to analyse the continuity of a
function. We shall understand this approach with the help of limits.
6.02 Cauchy's definition of continuity
Let f (x) be a function, then it is continuous at a point a in its domain, if for a small positive number ,
there exists a positive number such that
f x f a when x a
In other words, function f (x) is called a continuous function at a point a in its domain if for every 0 ,
for every point in interval a , a the numerical difference of f (x) and f (a) may be lesser than .
6.03 Alternate definition of continuity
Let f (x) is a real function on a subset of the real numbers and let a be a point in the domain of f , then
f is continuous if and only if lim f x exists and is equal to f (a), i.e.
x a
lim f ( x ) f (a )
x a
lim f ( x) lim f ( x) f ( a)
x a x a
or f a 0 f a 0 f a
i.e., Right hand limit of f (x) at a = Left hand limit of f (x) at a = Value of function at a
6.04 Continuity at a point from left and right
Any function f (x) at a point a of its domain.
(i) is continuous from left, if
lim f x f a
x a
or f a 0 f a
(ii) is continuous from right, if
lim f x f a
x a
or f a 0 f a
6.05 Continuous function in an open interval
A function f (x) is called continuous in open interval (a, b) if it is continuous at every point in the interval.
[ 129 ]
6.06 Continuous function in a closed interval
Function f (x) is called continuous in closed interval [a, b] if it is
(i) Continuous from right at point a
(ii) Continuous from left at point b
(iii) Continuous in open interval (a, b)
6.07 Continuous function
If a function is continuous at every point of its domain then it is called a continuous function. Some
examples of continuous function are
(i) Identity function f x x,
1 1
(v) f x sin , cos discontinuous at x = 0
x x
(vi) f x e1/ x discontinuous at x 0
1
(vii) f x , discontinuous at x 0
x
6.09 Properties of continuous function
(i) If f (x) and g (x) are two continuous functions in domain D then f ( x ) g ( x), f ( x) g ( x ), cf ( x) will
f x
be continuous in D However will be continuous for all points in D where g x 0, x D -
g x
(ii) If f (x) and g (x) are two continuous functions in their respective domains then their composite function
( g f )( x ) will be continuous.
[ 130 ]
Illustrative Examples
x | x |
,x0
Example 1. Examine the continuity of function f ( x) x at x = 0.
1 , x 0
x, if x 0
Solution : We know that | x |
x, if x 0
0 , x 0
f ( x ) 2 , x 0
then the given function may be defined as
1 , x 0
continuity at x = 0
From definition of function
f (0) = 1
f (0 0) lim f (0 h) 2
0
f (0 0) lim f (0 h) 0
0
f (0) f (0 0) f (0 0)
hence f (x) is not continuous at x = 0
Example 2. Examine the continuity of f ( x ) | x | | x 1| at x = 0 and x = 1
1 2 x, if x 0
f ( x) 1, if 0 x 1
Solution : f (x) may be written as
2 x 1, if x 1
Continuity at x = 0
Here f (0) 1 2(0) 1
f (0 0) lim f ( x) lim (1 2 x )
x 0 x 0
f (0 0) lim f ( x ) lim 1 1
x 0 x 0
so f (0 0) f (0 0) f (0)
hence function f(x) is continuous at x = 0
Continuity at x = 1
From deinition of function
f (1) 2(1) 1 1
[ 131 ]
f (1 0) lim f ( x ) lim1
1
x 1 x 1
f (1 0) lim f ( x) lim(2
x 1)
x 1 x 1
lim[2(1
h) 1] 1
x 1
so f (1 0) f (1 0) f (1)
f (x) is continuous at x = 1.
Example 3. Show that the following function f (x) is not continuous at x = 0.
e1/ x
; x0
f ( x ) 1 e1/ x
; x0
0
e1/(0 h )
lim
h 0 1 e1/(0 h )
1 1
lim 1/ h
1
h 0 e 1 0 1
e1/(0 h )
lim
h 0 1 e1/(0 h )
e1/ h 0
lim
0
h 0 1 e 1/ h
1 0
so f (0 0) f (0 0)
hence f (x) is not continuous at x = 0
Example 4. Examine the continuity of function f (x) at x = 2.
x2 ; x 1
f ( x) x ; 1 x 2
3
x ; x2
4
23
Solution : From definition of function f (2) 2
4
Right hand limit at x 2 f (2 0) lim f (2 h)
h0
[ 132 ]
(2 h)3
lim
h 0 4
(2 0) 3
2
4
Left hand limit at x 2 f (2 0) lim f (2 h)
h 0
lim(2 h) 2
h 0
so f (2 0) f (2 0) f (2) 2
Hence f (x) is continuous at x = 2.
Example 5. If the following function is continuous at x = 0, find the vlaue of c.
1 cos(cx)
x sin x ; x0
f ( x)
1
; x0
2
1
Solution : From definition of function f (0) (1)
2
at x = 0 finding limit of f (x)
1 cos(cx)
lim f ( x ) lim
x 0 x 0 x sin x
2 sin 2 cx / 2
lim
x 0 x sin x
c / 2 cx / 2
2
sin cx / 2
2
lim
x 0 sin x / x
c 2
/ 2 12
c2
(2)
1 2
f (x) is continuous at x = 0, so
lim f ( x ) f (0)
x 0
[ 133 ]
Example 6. Find the values of a and b if the given function is continuous in [4, 6]
3 ; x4
f ( x ) ax b ; 4 x 6
7 ; x6
Solution : Given that function is continuous is [4, 6]
Right hand limit of f (x) at x = 4
f (4 0) lim f (4 h)
h0
lim{a (4 h) b}
h 0
4a b (1)
and f (4) 3 (2)
Left hand limit of f (x) at x = 6
f (6 0) lim f (6 h)
h 0
lim{a (6 h) b}
h 0
6a b (3)
and f (6) 7 (4)
function f (x) is continuous at left extreme point at x = 4 of [4, 6], so f (4 0) f (4)
4a b 3 (5)
Similarly f (x), is continuous at right extreme point at x = 6 of [4, 6], so f (6 0) f (6)
6a b 7 (6)
solving equations (5) and (6)
a 2, b 5
which are required values of a and b.
Example 7. Find the condition for m, for which the funcion f (x) is continous at x = 0.
x m sin(1/ x) ; x 0
f ( x)
0 ; x0
[ 134 ]
Similarly f (0 0) 0, if m 0
So f (0 0) f (0 0) f (0) 0, if m 0
have f (x) is continuous at x = 0, only when m > 0
Example 8. Examine the continuity of function f (x) at x = 0.
(sin x) / x cos x ; x 0
f ( x)
2 ; x0
Solution : From definition of function
f (0) 2
f (0 0) lim f (0 h)
h 0
sin(h)
lim cos( h)
h 0
( h)
sin h
lim cos h 1 1 2
h 0
h
and f (0 0) lim f (0 h)
h 0
sin h
lim cos h 1 1 2
h 0
h
so f (0 0) f (0 0) f (0) 2
Hence f (x) is continous at x = 0.
Exercise 6.1
1. Examine the continuity of following functions
e1/ x
; x0
(b) f ( x) x
0 ; x0
at x = 0
1 x ; x 3
(c) f ( x)
7 x ; x 3
at x = 3
sin x ; x0
2
(d) f ( x)
tan x ;
0 x
2
[ 135 ]
at x = 0
cos 1/ x ; x 0
(e) f ( x)
0 ; x0
at x = 0
1
.cos ec ( x a ) ; x a
(f) f ( x) ( x a )
; xa
0
at x = a
x2
a a, x a ; x a
(g) f ( x) 0 ; xa
3
a a2 ; xa
x
at x = a
2. Examine the continuity of f ( x ) x [ x] at x = 3.
3. Find the vlaue of k is the following function is continuous at x = 2
x 3 x 2 16 x 20
; x2
f ( x) ( x 2)2
; x2
k
x2 ; 1 x 0
f ( x) 4 x 3 ; 0 x 1
5 x 2 4 x ; 1 x 2
6.10 Differentiability
In previous class we had defined the derivative of a real value function and first principle of derivatives.
Here we shall study a method of find derivative with special limit method. if equation of curved is y = f (x) then
this function is differentiable at x = a if a tangent to the curve can be drawn through this point. If curve has a
break or changes its direction then f (x) is not differentiable at x = a. Mathematically we will study differentiability
as follows:
[ 136 ]
f ( x ) f (c )
1. A function f : ( a, b) R is differentiable at c ( a , b ) if lim exists. This limit of f (x) at
x c xc
point c is called derivative of f and is expressed as f ' (c).
2. Function f is differentiable at c is for every 0 , 0 so that
f ( x ) f (c )
f ( c) where x c
xc
f ( x ) f (c )
i.e. f (c ) f (c )
xc
6.11 Left hand derivative of a function
A function f (x) is said to be differentiable from left hand side at a point c in its domain if
f ( c h) f ( c )
lim , h 0 exists and is finite.
h 0 h
The value of this limit is represented by LDf (c) or Lf (c) or f (c 0) and it is called the left hand
derivative of f at c.
6.12 Right hand derivative of a function
A function f (x) is said to be differentiable from right hand side at a point c in its domain if
f (c h ) f ( c )
lim , h 0 exists and is finite.
h 0 h
The value of this limit is represented by RDf (c) or R f ' (c) or f ' (c + 0) and it is called the right hand
derivative of f at c.
6.13 Differentiable function
A function f is differentiable at a point c in its domain if both left hand derivative and right hand derivative
are finite and equal.
i.e. f (c 0) f (c 0)
f ( c h) f ( c ) f (c h ) f (c )
lim lim
h 0 h h0 h
Note: In the following cases f (x) is not differentiable at a point c if
(i) f (c 0) f (c 0)
(ii) f (c 0) and f (c 0) either or both infinite
(iii) f (c 0) and f (c 0) either or both do not exists.
6.14 Differentiability in an interval
1. Function f is differentiable in open interval (a, b) if f (x) is differentiable at every point of interval.
2. Function f is differentiable is closed interval [a, b] if
(i) f '(c) exists when c ( a, b)
(ii) Right hand derivative of f (x) exists at poitn a
(iii) Left hand derivative of f (x) exists at point b
[ 137 ]
6.15 Some important results
(i) If a function f is diferentiable at a point c, then it is also continuous at that point but the converse of
above statement needs not to be true. It is clear that if a function is not cotinuous then surely it will not
be differentiable.
Note:
(i) While examining differentiability of any function, Firstly its continuity should be examined.
(ii) Every polynomial, exponential and constant functions are alway differentiable in R
(iii) Logarithmic and trigonometric functions are differentiable in their domains.
(iv) Composite functions, sum, difference, product and quotient (when denominator is not zero) of two
differentiable functions are always differntiable.
Illustrative Examples
Example 9. If the following function is continuous at x = 0 then examine its differentiablity at x = 0
2 e1/ x e 1/ x
x ; x0
f ( x) e1/ x e1/ x
; x0
0
e1/ h e ( 1/ h)
( h)2 1/ h ( 1/ h ) 0
lim e e
h 0 h
e 2 / h 1
lim h 2/ h
h 0
e 1
0 1
0 0
0 1
and Right hand derivative of f (x) at x = 0
f (0 h) f (0)
f (0 0) lim
h 0 h
e1/ h e 1/ h
(h)2 1/ h 1/ h 0
lim e e
h 0 h
1 e 2/ h
lim h 2 / h
h 0
1 e
[ 138 ]
1 0
0 0
1 0
so f (0 0) f (0 0)
hence function f (x) is differentiable at x = 0
Example 10. If the following function is continuous everywhere then examine its differentiability at x = 0
1 2
x 1 sin(log x ) ,x0
f ( x) 3
0 ,x0
Solution : Right hand derivative of f (x) at x = 0.
f (0 h) f (0)
f (0 0) lim
h 0 h
h 1 1/ 3.sin(log h 2 ) 0
lim
h 0 h
lim{1 1/ 3.sin(log h 2 )}
h 0
This limit does not exist because lim sin(log h 2 ), 1 , is between –1 and 1 hence lim{1 1/ 3.sin(log h 2 )}, 2 / 3
h 0 h 0
m 1
x sin ,x0
f ( x) x
0 ,x0
1
h 0
m
sin
lim
h
h 0 h
1
lim( 1) m h m 1 sin (1)
h 0 h
right hand derivative of f (x) at x = 0
f (0 h) f (0)
f (0 0) lim
h 0 h
[ 139 ]
1
h m sin 0
lim h
h 0 h
1
lim h m 1 sin (2)
h 0 h
If f (x) is differentiable at x = 0 then f (0 0) f (0 0) , which is possible only when m 1 0 or
m 1 hence the given functionis differentiable at x = 0 if m > 1.
Test of continuity at x = 0
f ( x ) mx m1 sin 1/ x x m 2 cos 1/ x 0
f (0) 0
f' (x) is continuous at x = 0 if m > 2
Hence required condition is m > 2.
Example 12. If the function f ( x ) | x 1| 2 | x 2 | 3 | x 3 |, x R is continuous at points x 1, 2, 3
then examine the differentiability of function at these points.
Solution : We can write the function as
14 6 x, if x 1
12 4 x, if 1 x 2
f ( x)
4, if 2 x 3
6 x 14, if x 3
differentiability at x = 1
Let hand derivative of f (x) at x = 1
f (1 h ) f (1)
f (1 0) lim
h0 h
lim
14 6(1 h) 14 6(1)
h 0 h
lim
6h 6
(1)
h 0 h
Right hand derivative of f (x) at x = 1
f (1 h) f (1)
f (1 0) lim
h 0 h
lim
12 4(1 h) 14 6(1)
h 0 h
[ 140 ]
4h
lim 4 (2)
h 0 h
lim
h 0 h
sin(1/ h)
lim 2 (1)
h 0
he1/ h
sin(1/ h)
Now, lim
h 0 1 1
h 1 2 4
...
h 2h
1 1 1
= (a finite number between –1 and 1 ) @ lim h . 3 ... 0 (2)
h 0
h 2 h
Right hand limit of f (x) at x = 0
f (0 h) f (0)
f (0 0) lim
h 0 h
2
e1/ h sin(1/ h) 0
lim
h 0 h
sin1/ h
lim
he1/ h
2
h 0
= 0 (as above)
so f (0 0) f (0 0) 0
Hence f (x) is differentiable at x = 0.
Example 14. Is function f ( x ) | x 2 |, differentiable at x = 2?
Solution : Left hand derivative of f (x) at x = 2
[ 141 ]
f (2 h) f (2)
f (2 0) lim
h 0 h
| 2 h 2 | 0 | h |
lim lim
h 0 h h0 h
h
lim lim( 1) 1 (1)
h 0 h h 0
h
lim lim(1) 1 (2)
h 0 h h 0
From (1) and (2)
Hence f (x) is not differentiable at x = 2.
Exercise 6.2
1. Prove that following functions are differentiable for every value of x.
(i) Identity function f ( x) x
(ii) Constant function f ( x ) c , where c is constant
(iii) f ( x) e x
(iv) f ( x ) sin x.
2. Prove that function f ( x) | x | is not differentiable at x = 0.
3. Examine the differentiability of the function f ( x ) | x 1| | x |, at x = 0 and 1.
4. Examine the differentiability of the function f ( x) | x 1| | x 2 |, in [0, 2].
x tan 1 x ; x 0
5. Examine the differentiability of f ( x )
0 ; x0
1 cos x
; x0
6. Examine the differentiability of f ( x ) 2 2
x 2x ; x0
2
[ 142 ]
(i) is continuous at x = 0, if m > 0
(ii) is differentiable at x = 0 if m >1
8. Examine the differentiability of following function at x = 0
1
; x0
f ( x) 1 e1/ x
2
x0
0 ;
9. Examine the differentiability of following function at x = 0.
| x |
; x0
f ( x) x
1 ; x0
x 2 3 x m, when x 1
f ( x)
nx 2, when x 1
if differentiable at every point
Miscellaneous Exercise 6
If f ( x ) x 9 is continuous at x = 3 then the value of f (3) will be
2
1.
x 3
(a) 6 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) 0.
sin 3x
; x0
2. If f ( x) x , x 0 is continuous at x = 0 then the value of m
m ; x0
log 1 mx log 1 nx
; x0
3. If f ( x ) x , is continuous at x = 0, the value of k will be
; x0
k
x ; x3
4. I f f ( x) 4 ; x 3 , is continuous at x = 3, then the vlaue of is
3 x 5 ; x 3
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1.
[ 143 ]
n
5. If f ( x) cot x, is not continuous at x when
2
(a) n Z (b) n N (c) n / 2 Z (d) only n 0 -
6. The set of those points on f ( x ) x | x | , where the function is differentiable
(a) (0, ) (b) ( , ) (c) ( , 0) (d) ( , 0) (0, )
7. Which of the following function is not differentiable at x = 0
(a) x | x | (b) tan x (c) e x (d) x + | x |
1 x, when x2
8. The value of left hand derivative of f (x) at x = 2 is; f ( x )
5 x, when x2
(a) –1 (b) 1 (c) –2 (d) 2-
9. Function f ( x) [ x] is not differentiable at
(a) every integer (b) every rational number
(c) origin (d) everywhere
sin x2
, when x 0
10. The vlaue of right hand derivative of f (x) at x = 0 is; f ( x) x ,
0, when x 0
(a) –1 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) Infinite
11. Examine the continuity of following function f ( x ) | sin x | | cos x | | x |, x R
12. Find the value of m, when the following function is continous at x = 0
sin(m 1) x sin x
; x0
x
f ( x) 1/ 2 ; x0
x 1
3/ 2
; x0
2
13. Find the values of m and n when the following function is continuous
x 2 mx n ; 0 x 2
f ( x) 4 x 1 ; 2 x4
mx 2 17 n ; 4 x 6
tan x
; x0
14. Examine the continuity of the function f ( x) sin x , at x = 0
1 ; x0
[ 144 ]
| x 3| ; x 1
2
15. Examine the continuity of following function at x = 1 and 3. f ( x ) x 3 x 13 ,
; x 1
4 2 4
16. Find the values of a, b and c when the following is continuous at x = 0
sin(a 1) x sin x
, if x0
x
f ( x) c, if x0
x bx x , if
2
x0
bx x
| 3x 4 | 4
17. Examine the continuity of f ( x ) at x
3x 4 3
18. Examine the continuity of f ( x) | x | | x 1| in the interval [–1, 2]
1 x 3 1 x
19. Find the value of f (0) if the following function is continuous at x = 0; f ( x )
x
e1/ x 1
x0
Examine the continuity of f (x) at x = 0 when f ( x) e1/ x 1
, when
20.
x0
1 when
x 2 sin x ; x 0
22. Examine the differentiability of f ( x) , when x R also find the value of f ' (0).
0 ; x0
23. Examine the differetiability of following function at x = a
1
( x a) sin ; x a]
2
f ( x) xa
; xa
0
24. Prove that the following function uis not differentiable at x = 1
x2 1 ; x 1
f ( x) ,
1 x ; x 1
25. Examine the diferentiablity of following function at x = 0
x ; x 0
f ( x) ,
x ; x0
[ 145 ]
26. Prove that the following function is differentiable at x = 0
x log e cos x
; x0
f ( x) log e (1 x 2 )
; x0
0
x 1 ; x 2
30. If f ( x ) then find f ' (2 0) .
2 x 3 ; x 2
IMPORTANT POINTS
1. Cauchy's definition of continuity
Let f (x) be a function, then it is continuous at a point a in its domain if for a small positive number
there exists a positive such that | f ( x) f ( a ) | when | x a | .
2. Alternate definition of continuity:
A function f (x) is continuous at a point a in its domain if lim f ( x ) f (a )
x a
or f ( a 0) f ( a 0) f ( a )
3. Continuous function in domain.
Any function f (x) is called continuous in its domain if f (x) is continuous at every point of domain D.
4. Now continuous function
(i) A function f (x) is called non continuous at a point a if f (x) is not continuous at this point.
(ii) Function f (x) is called non continuous in its domain D if it is not continuous at at least one point
of D.
5. Properties of continuity
(i) If f (x) and g (x) are two continuous functions in domain D then f ( x) g ( x) , c f ( x), will be
f ( x)
continuous in D. How ever , D will be continuous for all points in D where g ( x ) 0 .
g ( x)
(ii) If f (x) and g (x) are two continuous functions in their respective domains then their composit
function ( f g )( x) will be continuous.
6. Differentiability.
A function f (x) is derivable at x = a, if
or, f (c 0) f (c 0)
f ( c h) f ( c ) f (c h ) f (c )
or, lim lim
h 0 h h0 h
[ 146 ]
7. Non-differentiablity at a point
f (x) is not differentiable at a point c if
(i) f ' (c 0) f ' (c 0)
or
(ii) f ' ( c 0) and f ' ( c 0) either or both infinite
or
(iii) f ' ( c 0) or f ' ( c 0) either or both do not exist.
Answers
Exercise 6.1
1. (a) continuous ; (b) not continuous ; (c) continuous ; (d) not continuous ;
(e) not continuous ; (f) not continuous ; (g) continuous
2. Not continuous 3. k 7 4. Not continuous
Exercise 6.2
3. Not differentiable 4. Not differentiable 5. Not differentiable
6. Not differentiable 7. Not differentiable 8. Not differentiable
9. Not differentiable 10. Not differentiable 11. m 3, n 5
Miscellaneous Exercise - 6
1. (a) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (d)
8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (b)
3
11. Everywhere continuous in R 12. m 13. m 2, n 1 14. continuous
2
15. continuous 16. a 3 / 2, c 1/ 2 and b R 17. not continuous
18. continuous in [–1, 2] 19. 1 / 6 20. Not continuous 21. R
22. differentiable for every x R and f ' (0) 0 23. Not differentiable
25. Not differentiable 27. Not differentiable at x = 2 28. 12 30. 1
[ 147 ]
07
Differentiation
7.01 Introduction
In the previous class, we have learnt the differentiation by using first principle and derived some formulae
given below:-
Standard Results
d n d x
(i) ( x ) nx n 1 (ii) (e ) e x
dx dx
1
log e x
d x d
(iii) ( a ) a x log e a (iv)
dx dx x
d d
(v) (sin x) cos x (vi) (cos x ) sin x
dx dx
d d
(vii) (tan x ) sec 2 x (viii) (cot x ) cos ec 2 x
dx dx
d d
(ix) (sec x) sec x tan x (x) (cos ecx ) cos ecx cot x
dx dx
By using the above formulae the derivative of various other functions can be found.
7.02 Derivative of composite functions
Theorem : If the functions f and g are differentiable at any point c in the interval then f g , fg and
f / g are also differentiable at point c and
(i) D ( f g )(c) f (c ) g ( c)
(ii) D ( fg )(c ) f (c) g ( c) f (c) g ( c)
g (c ) f (c) g (c ) f (c) , when g (c) 0
(iii) D{ f g}(c)
[ g (c)]2
f ( x ) f (c )
Proof : Since functions f and g are differentiable at point c [ a, b] and lim f (c)
x c xc
g ( x ) g (c )
and lim g (c )
x c xc
( f g )( x ) ( f g )( c)
(i) D ( f g )(c) lim
x c xc
f ( x ) f (c ) g ( x) g ( c)
lim lim f (c ) g (c ) .
x c xc x c xc
[ 148 ]
( fg )( x ) ( fg )(c )
(ii) D ( fg )(c ) lim
x c xc
f ( x ) g ( x ) f (c ) g (c )
lim
x c xc
f ( x ) g ( x ) f (c ) g ( x ) f (c ) g ( x ) f (c ) g (c )
lim
x c xc
g ( x){ f ( x) f (c )} f (c){g ( x ) g (c)}
lim
x c xc
f ( x ) f (c ) g ( x ) g (c )
lim g ( x).lim f ( c) lim
x c xc xc xc xc
g (c ) f (c) f ( c) g (c ) .
( f g )( x) ( f g )(c)
(iii) D ( f g ) lim
x c xc
f ( x) g ( x) f ( c) g ( c)
lim
x c xc
f ( x ) g (c ) g ( x ) f (c )
lim
xc g ( x) g (c )( x c )
f ( x ) g (c ) f (c ) g (c ) f (c ) g (c ) g ( x ) f (c )
lim
xc g ( x ) g (c)( x c )
g (c ){ f ( x) f (c )} f (c){g ( x) g (c )}
lim
xc g ( x ) g (c )( x c )
dy dy du
or .
dx du dx [ 149 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Differentiate the following functions with respect to x
(iii) tan log e 1 x 2
Solution : (i) Let y log e log e x 2
Let log e x 2 u , x 2 v
dy 1 du 1 dv
, , 2x
du u dv v dx
dy dy du dv 1 1 1 1 2
Now . . . .2x 2
. 2 .2 x
dx du dv dx u v log e x x x log e x 2
dy d 1 d
log e log e x 2 2
log e x 2
dx dx log x dx
2 x2 2
1 1 d 2x 2
2
log x x dx x log x x log x 2
2
2
(ii) Let y esin x
dy d sin x 2
dx dx
e
esin x
d
sin x 2 esin x cos x 2
d 2
2 2
x
dx dx
2 2
esin x (cos x 2 )(2 x ) 2 x cos x 2 .esin x
(iii) Let
y tan log e 1 x 2
tan(log 1 x )
dy d 2
e
dx dx
d
sec2 (log e 1 x 2 ) (log e 1 x 2 )
dx
1d
sec 2 (log e 1 x 2 ) ( 1 x2 )
1 x 2 dx
1 1 d
.sec 2 (log e 1 x 2 ). . (1 x 2 )
1 x 2
2 1 x 2 dx
[ 150 ]
1 1
.sec 2 (log e 1 x 2 ). (0 2 x)
1 x2 2 1 x2
x
.sec2 (log e 1 x 2 ).
(1 x )
2
dy d sin( ax b)
dx dx cos(cx d )
d d
cos(cx d ) sin(ax b) sin(ax b) cos(cx d )
dx dx
cos 2 (cx d )
d d
cos(cx d ).cos(ax b) (ax b) sin(ax b){ sin(cx d )} (cx d )
dx dx
cos (cx d )
2
[ 151 ]
d
sec(tan x ).tan(tan x ). (tan x )
dx
d
sec(tan x ).tan(tan x ) sec 2 x ( x)
dx
1
sec(tan x ) tan(tan x ) sec 2 x . x1/ 2 1
2
1 1
sec(tan x ) tan(tan x ) sec 2 x . .
2 x
Example 3. Diferentiate the following functions with respect to x
(i) 2 cot x 2 (ii) cos x
Solution : (i) Let y 2 cot( x 2 )
dy d
2 ( cot x 2 )
dx dx
1 d
2. . (cot x 2 )
2 cot x 2 dx
. cos ec 2 ( x 2 )
1 d 2
(x )
cot x 2 dx
cosec 2 ( x 2 ) 2 x tan x 2
.(2 x )
cot x 2 sin 2 ( x 2 )
2 x sin x 2 2 x
sin 2 ( x 2 ) cos x 2 sin( x 2 ) sin x 2 cos x 2
2 2 x 2 2 x
.
2 2 2
sin( x ) 2 sin x cos x sin( x 2 ) sin(2 x 2 )
[ 152 ]
Exercise 7.1
Differentiate the following functions with respect to x
1. sin x 2 2. tan(2 x 3)
3. sin cos x
2
4.
sec x 1
sec x 1
1 x 1 x 1 cos x
5. 6. sin x o 7. log e 8. sec x o
1 x 1 x 1 cos x
1 sin x x x 2 a 2 x 2 x 1
9. log 10. log e 11. log e 2
1 sin x a x x 1
12. tan log e 1 x
2
13. a tan 3x 14. log e (sec x tan x) 15. sin 3 x.sin 3 x
dy 1
. . . (1)
dx cos(sin 1 x )
dy
here , exists only when cos y 0
dx
cos(sin 1 x) 0
sin 1 x or x 1, 1 x ( 1, 1)
2 2
dy 1 1
from (1) sin y x
dx 1 sin 2 y 1 x2
[ 153 ]
Note : Derivatives of remaining inverse trigonometric functions can be derived in the similar manner.
(i)
d
cos 1 x
1
(ii)
d
tan 1 x
1
dx 1 x2 dx 1 x2
(iii)
d
dx
cot 1 x
1
1 x2
(iv)
d
sec 1 x
1
dx x x2 1
1
(v)
d
cos ec 1 x
dx x x2 1
dy
Example 5. Find :
dx
2x
(i) y sin 1 (ii) y sin1 cos x
1 x 2
1 3 x x 1 1
3
(iii) y cos 1
x (iv) y tan 2
, x ,
1 3x 3 3
2x
y sin 1
Solution : (i) Given 1 x 2
Here putting x tan
2 tan
y sin 1
1 tan
2
dy 2
dx 1 x 2
y sin 1 u
dy 1
du 1 u2
u cos x
du 1 d sin x
cos x
dx 2 cos x dx 2 cos x
dy dy du 1 sin x
. [using (1) and (2)]
dx du dx 1 u 2 2 cos x
[ 154 ]
putting the value of u,
dy 1 sin x sin x
dx 1 cos x 2 cos x 2 1 cos x cos x
(iii) y cot 1 x
y t , t cot 1 u and u x
dy 1 dt 1 du 1
, ,
dt 2 t du 1 u dx 2 x
2
dy dy dt du
.
dx dt du dx
1 1 1 1
. 1 u2
2 t 2 x 4 t x 1 u 2
1
[ t cot 1 u ]
4 cot u x 1 u
1 2
dy 1
[ u x ]
dx 4 x (1 x) cot 1 x
3x x3
(iv) Given that y tan 1 2
1 3x
Let x tan
3 tan tan 3
y tan 1 tan 1 tan 3
1 3 tan 2
1 1
x ,
3 3
1 1 1 1
x tan
3 3 3 3
3 3
3
6 6 6 6
3
2 2
[ 155 ]
y tan 1 (tan 3 ) 3
2 2
y 3 y 3 tan 1 x
dy 3
dx 1 x 2
Example 6. Differentiate the following with respect to x
1
(i) tan sin e
x
(ii) sin
1
sin x 2 1 a b cos x
(iii) sin
b a cos x
dx 1 sin 2 e x 1 sin 2 e x
y sin 1 u , u v, v sin , x2
dy 1 du 1 dv d
, , cos , 2x
du 1 u2 dv 2 v d dx
dy dy du dv d 1 1
now, . . . .cos .2 x
dx du dv d dx 1 u 2 v
2
dy 1 1 x cos x 2
. .(cos x 2 )(2 x )
dx 1 sin x 2 sin x
2 2
sin x 1 sin x
2 2
a b cos x
y sin 1
b a cos x
(iii) Let
[ 156 ]
a b cos x
here put u
b a cos x
a b cos x
y sin 1 u, u
b a cos x
d d
dy 1 (b a cos x ) (a b cos x) (a b cos x) (b a cos x)
du dx dx
2 ;
du 1 u dx (b a cos x ) 2
dy b a cos x
du (b a cos x ) 2 ( a b cos x) 2
du (a 2 b 2 ) sin x
dx (b a cos x )2
dy dy du
.
dx du dx
b a cos x
.
a 2
b 2 sin x
b a cos x 2 a b cos x 2 b a cos x
2
(b 2 a 2 ) sin x (b 2 a 2 )
(b a cos x) (b 2 a 2 ) sin 2 x (b a cos x )
1 1 x2 a x 1 x 2 1
(i) tan (sec x tan x ) (ii) sin 1
(iii) tan 1
(iv) tan 1
1 x 2
a x x
x x
2
cos s in
1 1 sin x 1 2 2
ta n ta n
cos x cos2
x
s in 2
x
2 2
x
c o s 2 s in
x
x
ta n 1
2
tan 1 tan
4 2
x x
c o s s in
2 2
y ( /4) (x / 2).
[ 157 ]
Differentiating with respect to x
dy 1 1
0
dx 2 2
1 x2
y sin 1
1 x 2
(ii) Let
1 tan 2
y sin 1
1 tan 2
1 1
sin (c o s 2 ) s in sin 2
2
2 2 tan 1 x
2 2
Differentiating with respect to x
dy 2 2
0 .
dx 1 x 2
1 x2
a x
(iii) Let y tan 1
a x
a a cos 2 1 cos 2
y tan 1 tan 1
1 cos 2
a a cos 2
2 sin 2
tan 1 tan (tan )
1
2 cos 2
1 1
cos 1 x / a [ x a cos 2 cos 1 x / a ]
2 2
Differentiating with respect to x
dy 1 1 1 1
. .
dx 2 1 x / a a
2 2
2 a2 x2
1 x 2 1
(iv) Let y tan 1
x
here putting x tan
1 tan 2 1
1 1 sec 1
y tan tan
tan tan
[ 158 ]
1 cos 1 2sin 2 ( / 2)
tan 1 tan
sin 2sin( / 2) cos( / 2)
1
tan 1 tan( / 2) tan 1 x [ x tan ]
2 2
Differentiating with respect to x
dy 1
.
dx 2 1 x 2
Example 8. Differentiate the following functions with respect to x
3a 2 x x3 1 x 1 x
(i) tan 1 (ii) tan 1
2
a a 3x
2
1 x 1 x
1 x 2 1 x2 1 sin x 1 sin x
(iii) tan 1 (iv) tan 1
1 x2 1 x 2 1 sin x 1 sin x
3a 2 x x 3
y tan 1 2
Solution : (i) Let
a a 3x
2
Here putting x a tan
3 tan tan 3 1 x
y tan 1 tan tan 3 3 3 tan
1
1 3 tan a
2
dy 1 1 3a
3 2 2 .
dx 1 x / a a x a2
2
1 x 1 x
(ii) Let y tan 1
1 x 1 x
1 cos 1 cos
y tan 1
1 cos 1 cos
1
tan 1 tan cos 1 x. [ cos x]
4 2 4 2 4 2
Differentiating with respect to x
dy 1 1 1
0
dx 2 1 x 2 1 x2
2
[ 159 ]
1 x2 1 x2
(iii) Let y tan 1
1 x2 1 x 2
1 cos 1 cos
y tan 1
1 cos 1 cos
2 cos( / 2) 2 sin( / 2)
tan 1
2 cos( / 2) 2 sin( / 2)
1 tan / 2 1 1
tan 1 1 2
tan tan cos x
1 tan / 2 4 2 4 2 4 2
[ x 2 cos ]
Diferentiating with respect to x
dy 1 1 x
0 .2 x
dx 2 1 x 4
1 x4
1 sin x 1 sin x
(iv) Let y tan 1
1 sin x 1 sin x
2 2
x x x x
co s s in co s s in
1 2 2 2 2
ta n
2 2
x x x x
co s s in co s s in
2 2 2 2
x x x x
c o s s in c o s s in
1 2 2 2 2
ta n
x x x x
c o s s in c o s s in
2 2 2 2
x
1
2 cos 2 1 x 1 x x
ta n ta n co t ta n ta n
2 s in
x
2 2 2 2 2
2
dy 1 1
0 .
dx 2 2
[ 160 ]
Exercise 7.2
Differentiate the following functions with respect to x
1 1 1 1 1
(a) sin 1{2 x 1 x 2 }, x (b) sin (3 x 4 x ) x ,
3
1.
2 2 2 2
2x 1 x2
(a) cos 1 , x ( 1, 1) (b) cos 1 , x (0, 1)
1 x 2
2.
1 x 2
1 1 x
3. (a) cos 1 (4 x3 3 x), x , 1 (b) cos 1 (Hint : x cos )
2 2
1 x2
(a) sec1 2 ; x 0,
1 1 , x 0,
4. (b) cos1 2
2x 1 2 1 x
1 x2 1 1 x
2
1 1
5. (a) sin 1 cos (b) cos (2 x) 2 cos 1 4x2
1 x 2 1 x 2
a x 2 x 1
6. (a) tan 1
(Hint : x tan , a tan ) (b) tan 1
x (Hint :
2 x tan )
1 ax 1 4
7.
1 x
(a) sin 2 tan 1
(Hint : x cos )
1 x
(b) cot
1
1 x 2 x (Hint : x tan )
1
(i) Equation x 2 y 4 0 can be expressed as y ( x 4) . Thus this function is Explicit function.
2
(ii) Equation x 3 y 3 3axy c cannot be expressed independently as x in terms of y or y in terms of x,
so this function is Implicit function.
Illustrative Examples
dy
Example 9. Evaluate
dx
(i) x 3 x 2 y xy 2 y 3 81 (ii) sin 2 y cos xy
(iii) sin 2 x cos 2 x 1 (iv) 2 x 3 y sin x
[ 161 ]
Solution : (i) Given x 3 x 2 y xy 2 y 3 81
Differentiating with respect to x
dy dy dy
3x2 x 2 y (2 x) x 2 y y 2 3 y 2 0
dx dx dx
x 2
2 xy 3 y 2
dy
dx
3 x 2 2 xy y 2
dy (3 x 2 2 xy y 2 )
2 .
dx x 2 xy 3 y 2
(ii) sin 2 y cos xy
Differentiating with respect to x
d d
2sin y (sin y ) ( sin xy ) ( xy ) 0
dx dx
dy dy
2sin y cos y sin( xy ) x y 0
dx dx
dy
(2sin y cos y x sin xy ) y sin xy
dx
dy y sin xy y sin xy
.
dx 2sin y cos y x sin xy sin 2 y x sin xy
(iii) sin 2 x cos 2 y 1
Differentiating with respect to x
d d
2sin x (sin x ) 2 cos y (cos y ) 0
dx dx
dy
2sin x cos x 2 cos y ( sin y ) 0
dx
dy
sin 2 x sin 2 y 0
dx
dy sin 2 x
dx sin 2 y
(iv) 2 x 3 y sin x
Differentiating with respect to x
dy
23 cos x
dx
dy cos x 2
.
dx 3
[ 162 ]
dy
Example 10. Find :
dx
(i) xy y tan x y
2
(ii) ax by 2 cos y
Solution : (i) xy y 2 tan x y
Differentiating with respect to x
dy dy dy
x y 2y sec 2 x
dx dx dx
dy
( x 2 y 1) sec 2 x y
dx
dy sec 2 x y
dx x 2 y 1
7.06 Logarithimic Differentiation
When the function is of the form [ f (x)]g ( x) , where f(x), g(x) > 0, then to find its derivative we take
logarithm both the sides and get the results. This method is called as logarithmic differentiation. This method is
applicable even if the function is algebraic.
Working method : Let y u v , where u and v, are the function of x
log e y v log e u
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy 1 du dv
v. log e u.
y dx u dx dx
dy v du dv
y log e u
dx u dx dx
dy v du dv
uv log e u
dx u dx dx
Illustrative Examples
Example 11. Differentiate the following functions with respect to x
x x log x
(i) x (ii) (sin x ) (iii) x e (iv) x sin x
Solution : (i) Let y xx
taking log both the sides
log e y log e ( x x )
log e y x log e x
[ 163 ]
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy 1
x log e x
y dx x
dy
y{1 log e x} x x {1 log e x} x x log e ex
dx
(ii) Let y (sin x) x
taking log both the sides log e y x log e sin x
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy 1
x. .cos x 1.log e sin x
y dx sin x
dy
y x cot x log e sin x
dx
dy
(sin x) x x cot x log e sin x
dx
(iii) Let y x log e x
taking log both the sides
log e y log e x.log e x
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy 1 1
.log e x .log e x
y dx x x
dy 2 y 2 x loge x
.log e x 2 x e .log e x
log x 1
log e x
dx x x
(iv) Let y xsin x
taking log both the sides
log e y sin x log e x
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy 1
sin x. (cos x) log e x
y dx x
dy sin x
y cos x.log e x
dx x
sin x
x sin x cos x.log e x
x
x sin x 1 .sin x x sin x .cos x.log e x.
[ 164 ]
Example 12. Differentiate the following functions with respect to x
( x 1)( x 2)
(i) cos x.cos 2 x.cos3x (ii) (log x)cos x (iii)
( x 3)( x 4)( x 5)
dy
y{tan x 2 tan 2 x 3 tan 3 x}
dx
cos x.cos 2 x.cos 3 x{tan x 2 tan 2 x 3 tan 3 x}
(ii) Let y (log x)cos x
taking log both sides
log y cos x log(log x )
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy d d
cos x log(log x ) log(log x) (cos x)
y dx dx dx
1 1
cos x. . sin x.log(log x)
log x x
dy cos x
y sin x.log(log x )
dx x log x
cos x
(log x )cos x sin x log(log x)
x log x
( x 1)( x 2)
(iii) Let y
( x 3)( x 4)( x 5)
taking log both the sides
1
log y log( x 1) log( x 2) log( x 3) log( x 4) log( x 5)
2
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy 1 1 1 1 1 1
y dx 2 ( x 1) ( x 2) ( x 3) ( x 4) ( x 5)
[ 165 ]
dy y 1 1 1 1 1
dx 2 ( x 1) ( x 2) ( x 3) ( x 4) ( x 5)
1 ( x 1)( x 2) 1 1 1 1 1
( x 1) ( x 2) ( x 3) ( x 4) ( x 5)
2 ( x 3)( x 4)( x 5)
dy
Example 13. Determine
dx
dy x y
log x log y
dx y x
dy y ( x log y y )
.
dx x( y log x x )
y x y
y2 x y
Differentiating with respect to x
dy dy
2y 1
dx dx
dy
(2 y 1) 1
dx
dy 1
dx 2 y 1
[ 166 ]
1 dy cos y dy
y. ( sin x ) log(cos x ) x. log(sin y ).1
cos x dx sin y dx
dy log(sin y ) y tan x
dx log(cos x) x cot y
(iv) Here x y.y x k
taking log both the sides
log x y log y x log k
y log x x log y log k
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy 1 dy
y. log x x. log y.1 0
x dx y dx
x dy y
log x y dx log y x
dy y ( x log y y )
.
dx x ( y log x x )
dy
Example 14. Find :
dx
(iii) x 1 y y 1 x 0 (iv) 1 x 1 y a ( x y )
2 2
b a b dy a b a
y x y dx x y x
b( x y ) y (a b) dy x (a b) a ( x y )
y( x y) dx x( x y )
dy y
.
dx x
[ 167 ]
(ii) Here x 2 y 2 log( x 2 y 2 )
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy 1 dy
2x 2 y 2 2x 2 y
2 x2 y2 dx x y
2
dx
y 2 y dy 2x x
2 2 2
x y
2 x y dx x y
2 2
x2 y 2
dy 2 x x y x x y
2 2 2 2
.
dx y x 2 y 2 2 y x 2 y 2
(iii) Here x 1 y y 1 x 0
x 1 y y 1 x
squaring both the sides
x 2 (1 y ) y 2 (1 x )
x 2 y 2 x 2 y xy 2 0
( x y )( x y ) xy ( x y ) 0
( x y )( x y xy ) 0
If x y 0 or x y , which does not satisfy the given equation, x y 0
x y xy 0
Differentiating with respect to x
dy dy
1 1. y x 0
dx dx
dy
(1 x ) (1 y )
dx
dy 1 y
dx 1 x
(iv) Here 1 x 2 1 y 2 a( x y )
dy 1 y2
dx 1 x2
dy
Example 15. Find :
dx
... x e x ...
x e
(i) y log x log x log x ... (ii) y (sin x)(sin x ) (iii) y e
or y log x y
Squaring both the sides y 2 log x y
Differentiating both the sides with respect to x
dy 1 dy
2y
dx x dx
dy 1
(2 y 1)
dx x
dy 1
.
dx x(2 y 1)
...
(ii) Here y (sin x)(sin x )
(sin x) y
taking log both the sides
log y y log(sin x)
Differentiating with respect to x
1 dy 1 dy
y. .cos x log(sin x ).
y dx sin x dx
[ 169 ]
1 dy
log(sin x) y cot x
y dx
dy y 2 cot x
.
dx 1 y log(sin x)
1 dy
1 1
y dx
dy y
.
dx 1 y
Exercise 7.3
dy
Find :
dx
1. (a) 2 x 3 y sin y (b) x 2 xy y 2 200
x
4. (a) ( x 2 y 2 )2 xy (b) sin( xy ) x2 y
y
(a) y e e .... e
2 5
x x x
7. (b) y e x , x 0
...
cos x x x
[ 170 ]
7.07 Derivative of parametric functions
When x and y are represented in terms of other variable like x f (t ), y (t ) then variable t is said
to be parameter and equations of such type are known as parametric equations. The below given formula is
dy
also used to find ,
dx
dy dy / dt dx
, where 0.
dx dx / dt dt
Illustrative Examples
dy
Example 16. Find , when
dx
4
(i) x 2at 2 , y at 4 (ii) x sin t , y cos 2t (iii) x 4t , y
t
dx
Solution : (i) Here x 2at 2 4at
dt
dy
and y at 4 4at 3
dt
dy dy / dt 4at 3
t2.
dx dx / dt 4at
dx
(ii) Here x sin t cos t
dt
dy
and y cos 2t 2 sin 2t
dt
dy dy / dt 2sin 2t 2.2sin t cos t
4 sin t
dx dx / dt cos t cos t
dx
(iii) Here x 4t 4
dt
4 dy 4
and y 2
t dt t
dy dy / dt 4 / t 2 1
2
dx dx / dt 4 t
[ 171 ]
dy
Example 17. Find , when
dx
2t 1 t 2 3at 3at 2
(i) x sin 1 2
, y cos1 2
(ii) x , y
1 t 1 t 1 t3 1 t3
1 1
(iii) x e , y e
2t
1 1 t2
1
Solution: (i) x sin 2
, y cos 2
1 t 1 t
Here putting t tan
2 tan dx
x sin 1 sin (sin 2 ) 2
1
2
1 tan d
2
1 tan 2 dy
and y cos 1 2
cos 1 (cos 2 ) 2 2
1 tan d
dy dy / d 2
1.
dx dx / d 2
3at 3at 2
(ii) Here x , y
1 t3 1 t3
differentiating with respect to t
dx 1 t 3a 3at 0 3t 3a 6at 3
3 2
1 t 3 1 t 3
2 2
dt
3
dy 1 t 6at 3at 0 3t
2 2
6at 3at 4
and
2 2
dt 1 t3 1 t3
dy dy / dt 6at 3at 4 t 2 t
3
dx dx / dt 3a 6at 3 1 2t 3
1 1
(iii) Here x e , y e
differentiating with respect to
dx 1 1 2 1 3
e . e 1 2 e
d 2
[ 172 ]
dy 1 1 2 1 3
e e 1 2 e
d 2
dy dy / d e 1
2 3
.
dx dx / d e 2 1 3
1 1 dy
Example 18. If x 2 y 2 t and x y t 2 , then prove that x y 0
4 4 2
t t dx
1 1
Solution : Given t x 2 y 2 and t 2 2 x 4 y 4
t t
2
1 1
t t 2 2
2
t t
( x2 y2 )2 x4 y4 2
x4 y4 2x2 y 2 x4 y 4 2
x 2 y 2 1
differentiating with respect to x
dy
x 2 .2 y 2 x. y 2 0
dx
dy
2 xy x y 0
dx
dy
x y 0.
dx
Exercise 7.4
dy
Find , when
dx
1. (a) x a sec t , y b tan t (b) x log t sin t , y et cos t
2. (a) x log t , y et cos t (b) x a cos , y b sin
3. (a) x cos cos 2 , y sin sin 2 (b) x sin , y a(1 cos )
sin 3 t cos3 t t
4. (a) x ,y (b) x a cos t log tan , y a sin t
cos 2t cos 2t 2
[ 173 ]
7.08 Second Order Derivative
Let y f ( x)
dy
then f ( x) (1)
dx
Now if f ( x) is derivable then we can differentiate equation (1) with respect to x. Then left hand side
d dy d2y
becomes which is known as second order derivative of f (x) and is written as dx 2 , or f ( x ) .
dx dx
Derivatives of higher orders can also be found like this
Illustrative Examples
Example 19. Find the second order derivative of the following functions
3
(i) x 20 (ii) x log x (iii) e6 x .cos 3x
1
(iv) log(log x ) (v) sin(log x) (vi) tan x.
Solution : (i) Let y x 20
dy
20 x19
dx
d2y
2
20.19 x18 380 x18 .
dx
d2y 1
2 x 3 x 2 . log x.2 x
x
2
dx
2 x 3( x 2 x log x ) 5 x 6 x log x x (5 6 log x).
(iii) Let y e6 x cos 3x
dy
e 6 x ( sin 3 x).3 cos 3 x.e 6 x .6
dx
6e 6 x .cos 3x 3e6 x .sin 3x
d2y
2
6{e6 x ( sin 3x ).3 cos 3x.e6 x .6} 3{e6 x .cos 3 x.3 sin 3 x.e6 x .6}
dx
18e6 x sin 3x 36e6 x cos3x 9e6 x cos3x 18e6 x sin3x
9e 6 x (3cos 3 x 4 sin 3x ).
(iv) Let y log(log x )
[ 174 ]
dy 1 1
.
dx log x x
d2y 1 1 1 d 1
dx 2
log x x 2 x dx log x
1
log x.(0) 1.
1 1 x 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
x log x x (log x) x log x x x(log x )
1 1 1 1
2
2 2
2 1 .
x log x x (log x) x log x log x
(v) Let y sin(log x)
dy 1
cos(log x).
dx x
d2y 1 1 1
cos(log x) 2 { sin(log x)}.
x x
2
dx x
cos(log x ) sin(log x ) 1
2
2
2 {cos(log x ) sin(log x )}.
x x x
(vi) Let y tan 1 x
dy 1
dx 1 x 2
d 2 y (1 x 2 )(0) 1.(0 2 x) 2 x
dx 2
(1 x )
2 2
(1 x 2 )2
d2y dy
( x 2 1) 2
x m 2 y 0.
dx dx
Solution : Given y ( x x 2 1) m
Differentiating with respect to x
2x
dy m 1
m x x2 1 1
2 x 1
dx 2
( x 2 1 x) m( x x 2 1) m my
m( x x 2 1)m 1
x 1
2
x 1
2
x2 1
[ 175 ]
squaring both the sides
2
x 1 dy
2
m y
dx
2 2
x 1 2 dy d y dy
2
dy
2
. 2 x m2 2 y
dx dx 2
dx dx
dy
dividing by 2
dx
d2y
x 2 1 dx 2
dy
x m 2 y 0.
dx
Example 21. If x 3 y 3 3ax 2 0
d 2 y 2a 2 x 2
0.
dx 2 y5
Solution : Here x 3 y 3 3ax 2 0 (1)
Differentiating with respect to x
dy
3x2 3 y 2 3a.2 x 0
dx
dy x 2 2ax
2 (2)
dx y
Again differentiating with respect to x
2 dy
y (2 x 2 a ) ( x 2
2 ax )2 y
dx
2
d y
2
2 2
dx (y )
dy
Substituting the value of from (2)
dx
d2 y 1 x2 2ax
dx 2
y3
y 2 x 2 a x 2
2 ax
2.
y2
2 3
y5
y ( x a) x 4 4a 2 x 2 4ax 3
from equation (1) putting
y 3 3ax 2 x 3
d2y
dx 2
y
2
5 3ax 2 x 3 ( x a ) x 4 4a 2 x 2 4ax3
2
y 53ax3 x 4 3a 2 x 2 ax 3 x 4 4a 2 x 2 4ax 3
[ 176 ]
y5
2 2 2
a x
d 2 y 2a 2 x 2
0
dx 2 y5
Example 22. If y sin a sin 1 x , then prove that
1 x y
2
2 xy1 a 2 y 0
Solution : Here y sin(a sin 1 x)
Differentiating with respect to x
y1 cos a sin 1 x . a
1 x2
Squaring both the sides (1 x 2 ) y12 a 2 cos 2 ( a sin 1 x) a 2 {1 sin 2 ( a sin 1 x)}
(1 x 2 ) y12 a 2 (1 y 2 )
Again differentiating with respect to x
(1 x 2 )2 y1 y 2 2 xy12 a 2 (0 2 yy1 )
Dividing by 2 y1 ,
(1 x2 ) y2 xy1 a 2 y 0.
Exercise 7.5
d2y
1. Find , when
dx 2
(a) y x tan x (c) y x cos x
3
(b) y x 2 3 x 2
(d) y 2 sin x 3 cos x (e) y e x cos x (f) y a sin x b cos x
2. If y a sin x b cos x, then prove that
d2y
y 0.
dx 2
3. If y sec x tan x, then prove that
d2y cos x
.
dx 2
(1 sin x )2
4. If y a cos nx b sin nx, then prove that
d2y
2
n 2 y 0.
dx
d2y
5. If x a cos 3 , y a sin 3 , then find 2 at
dx 4
6. If x 3 y 3 3axy 0 , then prove that
d2y 2a 2 xy
.
dx 2 ( ax y 2 )3
[ 177 ]
d2y
If y sin x, then prove that : 1 x 2 x
dy
7. 1 2
0.
dx dx
d2y
If y (sin x) ,then prove that : 1 x 2 x 2 0.
1 2 dy 2
8.
dx dx
7.09 Rolle's theorem
If a real valued function f is defined in the interval [a, b], such that
(i) f is continuous in the closed interval in [a, b]
(ii) f is derivable in the open interval in (a, b)
(iii) f (a) = f (b)
then in the open interval (a, b) there exists a point c such that f (c) 0
7.10 Geometrical meaning of Rolle's Theorem
We can define Rolle's Theorem under two conditions:
Case I: when the function f is constant then
f ( x ) c, x [ a, b]
The graph of the function will be paralel to x-axis. Thus for every point in the open interval (a, b)
f '( x) 0 (see fig : 7.01)
Case II: When function f is not constant then Y
as per Rolle's theorem let f be continuous in a
closed interval [a, b] and derivable in the open interval f (x) = c
(a, b), then f is derivable.That means tangents can be
drawn at x a, b to the curve y=f(x) .Also f (a) = f(b), f (a) f (b)
it is clear from this that the value of the function f (x) will
either increase or decrease (see fig 7.02), under both the X’
O x=a
X
x=b
conditions there exists a point which will always be parallel
to x-axis i.e. at that point f ( x ) 0 , i.e. at these points Y’
Y
f c()
O a c
X‘ X X‘ X
O a c b c b
Y‘
Y‘
(a) (b)
Fig 7.02
[ 178 ]
7.11 Lagrange's mean value theorem
If a real valued function f is defined in the closed interval [a, b] such that
(i) f is continuous in [a, b]
(ii) f is differentiable in (a, b)
f ( b) f ( a )
then there exists a point c in (a, b) such that f (c)
ba
Note : Mean value yheorem is the extension of Rolle's theorem.
7.12 Geometrical meaning of Lagrange's mean value theorem (LMVT)
Y
The graph of function y f ( x ) is shown in fig. 7.03.
Also f ( c) is the slope of y f ( x ) at point (c, f (c)) . It is (b, f (b))
f (b) f ( a )
clear from the fig 7.03 that is the slope of the
ba
))
f (a
(c, f (c))
line drawn from the points ( a, f ( a )) and (b, f (b)) . According
(a,
to the LMVT there exists a point c in ( a, b) such that the
X‘ X
tangent drawn at point (c, f (c)) is parallel to the line drawn a c b
Fig. 7.03
from the points ( a, f ( a )) and (b, f (b)) . Y‘
[ 180 ]
1
(ii) f ( x) ; x 0 [ 1, 1] is not continuous so f (x) is also not continuous in the interval [–1, 1], thus
x
LMVT is not verified.
1 1
(iii) Here f ( x ) x ; x [1, 3], which is continuous at [1, 3] and f ( x) 1 2 , which exists and finite
x x
in the interval (1, 3) thus f (x) is derivable in the interval (1, 3). Hence function f (x), satisfies the conditions of
Lagrange's MVT
f (3) f (1)
Now f (c)
3 1
1 1
3 1
1 3 1
1 2
c 2
1 4
1
c2 3
1 1
c2 3
c 3
x 3 (1, 3)
Thus LMVT is verified.
(iv) Here f ( x ) x 2sin x; x [ , ] clearly f (x), is continuous and derivable in the interval [ , ] thus
f (x) satisifes both the conditions of MVT in the interval [ , ] , hence their exists a point c in the interval
( , ) such that
f ( ) f ( )
f (c)
( )
( ) 2
1 2 cos c 1
2 2
cos c 0
3
c , c ( , )
2 2 2
Thus LMVT is satisfied.
[ 181 ]
Exercise 7.6
1. Verify Rolle's theorem for the functions given below:
(a) f ( x) e x (sin x cos x); x / 4, 5 / 4 (b) f ( x) ( x a )m ( x b)n ; x [a, b], m, n N
(c) f ( x ) | x |; x [1, 1] (d) f ( x) x 2 2 x 8; x [4, 2]
x2 1 ; 0 x 1
(e) f ( x ) (f) f ( x) [ x]; x [ 2, 2]
3 x ; 1 x 2
2. Verify Rolle's theorem for the functions given below :
(a) f ( x ) x 2 5 x 6; x [3, 2] (b) f ( x ) e x sin x; x [0, ]
x
(b) sin log(1 x 2 ) (c) log tan
o
(a) cos x
4 2
x
y cos
180
differentiating with respect ot x
dy x d x x
sin sin sin x o .
dx 180 dx 180 180 180 180
(b) Let
y sin log 1 x 2
dy
dx
cos log 1 x 2
d
dx
log 1 x 2
[ 182 ]
cos log 1 x 2 .
1 d
1 x dx
2
1 x2
cos log(1 x 2 ) (0 2 x)
1 2x
cos log(1 x 2 )
1 x
2
1 x 2
dy 1 d
{tan( / 4 x / 2)}
dx tan( / 4 x / 2) dx
1 d
sec2 ( / 4 x / 2) ( / 4 x / 2)
tan( / 4 x / 2) dx
1
2sin( / 4 x / 2) cos( / 4 x / 2)
1 1 1
sec x.
sin 2( / 4 x / 2) sin( / 2 x) cos x
dy 1 d
( x x2 a2 )
dx ( x x a ) dx
2 2
1 2x
. 1
( x x 2 a2 ) 2 x2 a 2
2
x a x
2
1 1
.
x x2 a2 x 2 a 2 x2 a2
1
(e) Let y log 7 (log x) {log e (log x)}, (Base change formula)
log e 7
defined for x > 1,
dy 1 d
{log(log x )}
dx (log 7) dx
1 1 d 1
. (log x ) .
log 7 log x dx x log 7.log x
[ 183 ]
Example 27. Differentiate the following functions with respect to x
2 x 1 x1/ 3 a1/ 3
(a) sin 1 x
(b) tan 1 1/ 3
(c) sin 1 ( x 1 x x 1 x 2 ).
1 4 1 (ax)
2 x 1
Solution : (a) y sin 1 x
1 4
2x 2 2 tan
sin 1 x 2
sin 1 [let 2 x tan ]
1 (2 ) 1 tan
2
dy 1 d x 2 2 x 1 log 2
2 (2 ) .2 x
log 2 .
dx 1 (2 x )2 dx (1 4 x ) 1 4x
x1/ 3 a1/ 3
(b) Let y tan 1 1/ 3
1 ( ax)
A B
(Using formula, tan 1 tan 1 A tan 1 B )
1 AB
y tan 1 ( x1/ 3 ) tan 1 (a1/ 3 )
dy 1 d 2/3
(x ) 0
dx 1 ( x ) dx
1/ 3
(1/ 3) x 2 /3 1
2 /3 .
1 x 2 /3
3x (1 x 2/ 3 )
dy 1 1 d
( x)
dx 1 x 2
1 ( x ) 2 dx
1 1 1 1 1
.
1 x2 1 x 2 x 1 x2 2 x 1 x
[ 184 ]
dy
when x t 1/ t and y a , where a is a constant
a t 1/ t
Example 28. Find
dx
Solution : It is clear that both x and y are functions of t and t 0 defined for all real numbers
a 1 a 1
dx 1 d 1 1 1
Now at t a t 1 2 .
dt t dt t t t
dx 1
Here 0 If 1 2 0 t 1
dt t
dy d t 1/ t d 1
and (a ) a t 1/ t .log a t 1/ t a t 1/ t log a 1 2
dt dt dt t
now for, t 1
1
a (t 1/ t ) 1 2 log a
dy dy / dt t a (t 1/ t ) log a
.
dx dx / dt a (t 1/ t )a 1 (1 1/ t 2 ) a(t 1/ t ) a 1
d 2 p a 2 b2
Example 29. If p a cos b sin then prove that p
2 2 2 2 2
3 .
d 2 p
b 2 a 2 sin 2 (2)
again differentiating with respect to
2
d2p dp
2 p 2 2 2 b a cos 2
2 2
d d
d 2 p b a
2 2 2
p p
4 3
sin 2 2 p 4 p 2 (b 2 a 2 ) cos 2
d 2
4
[ 185 ]
d2p
p p
4 3
(b 2 a 2 ) sin 2 cos2 p 2 { p 2 (b 2 a 2 )(cos 2 sin 2 )}
d 2
d2 p
p p
4 3
a 2b 2 (sin 4 cos4 ) a 4 sin 2 cos2 b 4 sin 2 cos 2 (b 2 a 2 ) 2 sin 2 cos 2
d 2
a b (sin 4 cos 4 2 sin 2 cos 2 ) a 2b 2 (sin 2 cos 2 ) a 2b
d 2 p a 2b 2
p 2 3
d p
Example 30. If x a cos b sin , y a sin b cos then prove that y 2 y2 xy1 y 0
Solution : From given equation, x a cos b sin , y a sin b cos
x
y1 (1)
y
again differentiating with respect to x
y.1 xy1 y x x / y
y2 [from (1)]
y
2
y2
y 2 x2
(2)
y3
y2 x2 x
y y2 xy1 y y
2 2
x y
y
3
y
1
{ y 2 x 2 x 2 y 2 } 0.
y
[ 186 ]
Example 31. Verify Rolle's theorem for the functions given below:
x 2 ab
(i) f ( x ) log ; x [a, b], x 0 (ii) f ( x) tan x; x [0, ]
x ( a b)
x 2 ab
Solution : (i) f ( x) log ; x [a, b], x 0
x ( a b)
2x 1 x 2 ab
interval (a, b) as f '( x) 2
x ab x x ( x 2 ab)
a 2 ab
now f (a) log log1 0
a ( a b)
b 2 ab
f (b) log log1 0
b( a b
f ( a ) f ( b)
f (x), satisfies all the three conditions of Rolle's theorem
f ( c) 0
c 2 ab
0
c(c 2 ab)
c ab ( a, b)
Thus Rolle's theorem is verified.
(ii) f ( x) tan x, x / 2 is not continuous as / 2 [0, ] i.e f (x), is not continuous in the interval
[ 0, ], thus for f ( x) tan x; x [0, ] Rolle's theorem is not verified.
Miscellaneous Exercise–7
Differentiate the following functions with respect to x (Q 1-8)
cos1 x / 2
1.
1
sin ( x x ); 0 x 1 2. ; 2 x 2
2x 7
1 sin x 1 sin x
3. cot 1 ; 0 x 4. x 3 .e x .sin x
1 sin x 1 sin x 2
x
5. log x 6. ( x log x) log x
a
2
3 2
7. x
x
( x 3) x ; x3 8- sin 1 x sin 1 1 x 2
[ 187 ]
y x2 dy dy
9. If log x tan 1 2 , then find 10- If y 12(1 cos t ), x 10(t sin t ) , then find
x dx dx
1 x y
2 2
dy y
11. If cos x y
2 2
tan 1
a , then prove that
dx x
dy sin 2 ( a y )
12. If sin y x sin( a y ) , then prove that
dx sin a
dy
13. If y (sin x cos x) (sin x cos x ) , then find .
dx
14. If y sin(sin x ) , then show that
d2y dy
2
tan x. y cos 2 x 0.
dx dx
sin 1 x
(b) If y , then prove that
1 x2
(1 x 2 ) y 2 3ay1 y 0.
16. Verify Rolle's theorem for the functions
(a) f ( x) ( x 2) x ; x [0, 2] (b) f ( x) ( x 1)( x 3); x [1, 3]
17. Examine the applicability of Lagrange's mean value theorem for the functions given below.
1 x ; x 2
(a) f ( x) ( x 1)( x 2)( x 3); x [0, 4] (b) f ( x ) ; x [1, 3]
5 x ; x 2
Important Points
1. If the functions f and g are differentiable at any point c in the interval [a, b] then f g , fg and f / g
are also differentiable at point c and
(i) D ( f g )(c) f (c ) g ( c) (ii) D ( fg )(c ) f (c) g ( c) f (c) g ( c)
g (c) f (c ) g (c ) f (c )
(iii) D ( f / g )(c ) ; when g (c) 0
[ g (c )]2
dy dy du
2. If y f (u ) and u ( x ) then .
dx du dx
[ 188 ]
d 1 d 1 d 1
3. (i) (sin 1 x) ; (ii) (cos1 x) ; (iii) (tan1 x)
dx 1 x2 dx 1 x 2
dx 1 x2
1
(iv)
d
(cot 1
x )
1
; (v)
d
(sec 1
x )
1 d
; (vi) dx cos ec1
x
dx 1 x2 dx x x2 1 x x2 1
4. A real valued functions is continuous at a point in its domain if the limit of the function at that point
equals the value of the function at that point. A function is continuous if its continuous on the whole of
its domain. Every differentiable function is continuous, but the converse is not true.
5. For the function of the type y u v solve it by taking log on both the sides.
dy dy / dt
6. x f (t ), y g (t ) in this t is the parameter, we get where dx / dt 0
dx dx / dt
7. If f ( x) is also a continuous function of x then it can be again differentiated.
8. Rolle's Theroem:
If Real valued function f is defiend in the interval [a, b], such that,
(i) f is continuous in the closed interval [a, b]
(ii) f is differentiable in the open interval (a, b)
(iii) f (a) = f (b)
then in the open interval (a, b) there exists a point c such that f (c) 0
9. Lagrange's mean value theorem:
If a real valued function f is defiend in the closed interval [a, b] such that
(i) f is continuous in [a, b]
(ii) f is differentiable in (a, b)
f (b) f ( a )
then there exists a point c in (a, b) such that f (c)
ba
10. Lagrange's Mean Value Theorem:
If we take b a h, h 0, c a h, 0 1 and c (a, b) a h (a, a h) , in lagrange
mean value theorem then it takes the form as shown below.
If the real valued function f is defiend in the interval [a, a + h] such that
(i) f is continuous in the closed interval [ a, a ]
(ii) f is differentiable in the open interval ( a, a ) then there exists a real number in the interval
(0, 1) such that f ( a ) f ( a ) f ( a )
[ 189 ]
ANSWERS
Exericse 7.1
1 1 x2
1. 2 x cos x 2 2. 2sec 2 (2 x 3) 3. 2 x sin x 2 cos cos x 2 4.
2sin x
(1 cos x) 2
5.
x2 1 x2
1 2(1 x 2 )
6. cos x o 7. cos ecx 8. sec x o tan x o 9. sec x 10. 11.
180 180 x2 a2 1 x2 x4
x
12. 2
1 x
sec 2 log 1 x 2 13. 3.a tan3 x .sec 2 3x.log a 14. sec x 15. 3sin 2 x.sin 4 x
Exercise 7.2
2 3 2 2 3 1
1.(a) (b) 2. (a) (b) 3. (a) (b)
1 x 2
1 x 2
1 x2 1 x2 1 x 2
2 1 x2
2 2 2 1 2 x1.log 2
4. (a) (b) 5. (a) 0 (b) 6. (a) (b)
1 x2 1 x2 1 4x 2 1 x2 1 4x
x 1
(b)
7. (a)
1 x 2
2 1 x2
Exercise 7.3
2 (2 x y ) y sec 2 ( x y ) sec 2 ( x y )
1. (a) (b) 2. (a) (b)
cos y 3 x 2y x sec2 ( x y ) sec 2 ( x y )
cos x y y y 2 x 4 x 3 4 xy 2 y
y 2 xy 1 y 2 cos( xy )
3. (a)
2sin 2 y x
(b) x
x 2 y
4. (a)
x 4 x 2 y 4 y3
(b)
y x cos( xy) x y
2 2
ay x 2 yx y 1 y x log y y2 y
5. (a) 2 (b) x 1 6. (a) (b)
y ax xy x log x x(1 y log x )
y
x
x
x2 2 x3 3 x4 4 x5
e
7. (a) e 2 xe 3 x e 4 x e 5 x e
x
(b) x
4 x.e
[ 190 ]
Exercise 7.4
t (et sin t ) b
b
1. (a) .cos ec t (b) 2. (a) t et sin t (b) cot
a 1 t cos t a
4 2
(f) a sin x b cos x 5.
3a
Exericse 7.6
1- (a) valid (b) valid (c) invalid (d) valid (e) invalid a (f) invalid
3. (a) valid (b) invalid (c) invalid (d) valid (e) valid (f) invalid
Miscellaneous Exercise – 7
3 x 2 x 7 4 x 2 cos 1 x / 2
1. 2. x
2 1 x3 4 x 2 (2 x 7) 3/ 2
1
3.
2
4.- x 3e x cos x x 3e x sin x 3 x 2 e x sin x
x2 3 x2 x
2
2
3
7. x
x
2 x log x x 3 2 x log( x 3)
x x 3
8. 0
9. 2 x 1 tan(log x) x sec2 (log x )
6 t
10. cot
5 2
13. (sin x cos x) sin x cos x .(cos x sin x){1 log(sin x cos x)};sin x cos x
[ 191 ]
08
Application of Derivatives
8.01 Introduction
In previous chapter we have studied derivative of composite functions, inverse trigonometric functions,
implicit functions, exponential functions and logarithemic functions. In this chapter we will study applications of
the derivative in various disciplines, e.g. in engineering, science, social science and many other fields. For instance
we will learn how the derivative can be used to determine rate of change of quantities or to find the equations
of tangent and normal to a curve at a point.
8.02 Rate of change of quantities
Let P be a variable quantity, that changes with respect to time. Let small change in time t is t , then
P
corresponding change in P is P . Then , is average rate of change in P,, and the instantaneous rate of
t
dP dP P
change in P is where lim .
dt dt t 0 t
dP
Where, , rate of change in P with respect to time t. Further, if two variable v and r are functions
dt
of another variable t, then
dv dv dr
.
dt dr dt
Thus, the rate of change of any one of v and r can be calculate using the rate of change in other qantity
with respect to time t.
Illustrative Examples
Example 1: Find the rate of change of volume of a sphere with respect to its surface area when radius of
sphere is 2 cm.
4 dV
Solution : Volume of sphere = V r 3 4 r 2
3 dr
ds
Surface area of sphere s 4 r 2 8 r
dr
dV dV / dr 4 r 2 r
ds ds / dr 8 r 2
dV 2
ds 2 1 cm.
r 2
[ 192 ]
Example 2. A ladder 10 m, long is leaning against a wall. The bottom of the ladder is pulled along the ground,
away from the wall, at the rate of 1.2 m / s. How fast is its height on the wall decreasing when the foot of the
ladder is 6 m. away from the wall. B
Solution : Let AB be position of ladder at time t
Let OA = x, OB = y then x2 + y2 = 102 (1)
dx
1.2 m/s
10
It is given
dt
me
y
te
r
Diferentiating (1) with respect to t
dx dy
2x 2y 0 (2)
dt dt
For x = 6, from (1) 62 y 2 102 y 8 m. O A
x
dy Fig. 8.01
From (2) 2 6 1.2 2 8 0
dt
dy 14.4
0.9 m/s. (towards ground)
dt 16
Example 3. The volume of a cube is increasing at a rate of 9 cubic centimetres per second. How fast is the
surface area increasing when the length of an edge is 10 centimetres?
Solution : Let x be the length of a side, V be the volume and s be the surface area of the cube. Then,
V x 3 , S 6 x 2 , where x is a function of time t.
dV
Now, 9 cm3 / s.
dt
d 3 d dx dx
9 ( x ) ( x3 ) 3x2
dt dx dt dt
dx 3
(1)
dt x 2
dS d d dx 3 36
and (6 x 2 ) (6 x 2 ) 12 x 2 [From (1) ls]
dt dt dx dt x x
x 10 cm.
dS 36
3.6 cm2 / s.
dt 10
Example 4. The surface area of a bubble is increasing at the rate of 2 cm2 / s. At what rate is the volume of
the bubble increasing when the radius is 6 cm.
Solution : Let surface area and volume of a bubble of radius r be S and V respectively.
dS
Then S 4 r 2 8 r
dr
[ 193 ]
4 dV
and V r3 4 r 2
3 dr
dS
Given that 2 cm2 / s
dt
dS dS dr dr dr 1
. 2 8 r
dt dr dt dt dt 4 r
dV dV dr 1
. 4 r 2 . r
dt dr dt 4 r
dV
Hence dt 6 cm3 / s
r 6
Example 5. The length x of a rectangle is decreasing at the rate of 3 cm / minute and the width y is increasing
at the rate of 2 cm / minute. When x = 12 and y = 6. Find the rate of change of the perimeter and the area of
the rectange.
Solution : Since the length x is decreasing and the width y is increasing with respect to time, we have
dx dy
3 cm / minute, 2 cm / minute
dt dt
Perimeter of rectnage p 2 x y
dp dx dy
2 2 3 2 2 cm / minute
dt dt dt
and area of rectange A x. y
dA dy dx
x .y
dt dt dt
(12)(2) ( 3).6
24 18
6 cm2 / minute
Example 6. Water is dripping out from a conical funnel at uniform rate 4 cm3 / s through a tiny hole at the
vertex in the bottom. When the slant height of the water is 4 cm. Find the rate of the decrease of the slant
height of the water, given that the semi vertical angle of the funnel is 60o.
Solution : Let volume of water at time t is V. O
A B
The volume of cone of water PEF is V and slant height PE
3
O ' E sin 60 .
2
E O’ F
1
and O ' P cos 60 .
2 60o
[ 194 ] P
Fig. 8.02
1
V O ' E .O ' P
2
3
2
1 3
.
3 2 2
3
V
8
dV 3 2 d
dt 8 dt
dV
It is given that 4
dt
3 2 d
So 4
8 dt
d 32
dt 3 2
d 32 2
So, at 4 cm / s.
dt 3 (4) 2
3
Exercise 8.1
1. Find the rate of change of the area of a circle with respect to radius r, when r = 3 cm and r = 4 cm.
2 3
2. A particle is moving along the curve y x 1 . Find the points on the curve at which the y-coordinate
3
is changing twice as fast as the x coordinate.
3. A ladder 13 m long is leaning against a wall. The bottom of the ladder is pulled along the ground, from
the wall, at the rate of 1.5 m / s. How fast is its height on the wall decreasing when the foot of the ladder
is 12 m away from the wall?
4. An edge of a variable cube is increasing at the rate of 3 cm / s. Fnd the rate at which the volume
of the cube increasing when the edge is 10 cm long?
5. A ballon which always remains spherical on inflation, is being inflated by pumping at the rate of
900 cm3 /s. of gas. Find the rate at whcih the radius of ballon increases when the radius is 15 cm.
3
6. A ballon, which always remains spherical has a variable diameter 2 x 1 . Find the rate at which its
2
volume is increasing with respect to x.
7. The total cost C(x) rupees, associated with the production of x units of an item is given by
C(x) = 0.005 x3 – 0.02 x2 + 30 x + 5000
Find the marginal cost when 3 units are produced, here by marginal cost we mean the instantaneous rate
of change of total cost at any level of output.
8. The radius of a soap bubble is increasing at the rate of 0.2 cm / s. Find the rate of increase in surface
area when the radius is 7 cm. Also find the rate of change in volume when the radius is 5 cm.
[ 195 ]
9. Sand is pouring from a pipe at the rate of 12 cm3 / s. The falling sand forms a cone on the ground in such
a way that the height of the cone is always one-sixth of the radius of base. How fast is the height of the
sand cone increasing when the height is 4 cm?
10. The total revenue in rupees received from the sale of x units of a product is given by
R(x) = 13x2 + 26 x + 15
Find the marginal revenue when x = 15.
8.03 Increasing and Decreasing Functions
In this section, we will use differentiation to find out wheather a function is increasing or decreasing.
Increasing Function : A function f (x) is called an increasing function in open interval (a, b) if
x1 x2 f ( x1 ) f ( x2 ), x1 , x2 (a, b)
Strictly Increasing Function : A function f (x) is called a strictly increasing function is open
interval (a, b) if
x1 x2 f ( x1 ) f ( x2 ), x1 , x2 ( a , b )
i.e. if x increases in open interval (a, b) then f (x) will also increase.
Decreasing Function : A function f (x) is called a decreasing function in open interval (a, b) if
x1 x2 f ( x1 ) f ( x2 ), x1 , x2 ( a, b)
Strictly Decreasing Function : A function f (x) is called a strictly decreasing function in open
interval (a, b) if
x1 x2 f ( x1 ) f ( x2 ), x1 , x2 ( a , b )
i.e. in open interval (a, b) when x increases f (x) decreases.
Y Y
X’ X X’ X
O O
Y’ Y’
Increasing function Strictly increasing function
(i) (ii)
Y Y Y
X’ X X’ X X’ X
O O O
Y’ Y’ Y’
Decreasing function Strictly decreasing function Neither increasing nor decreasing function
(iii) (iv) (v)
Fig. 8.03
[ 196 ]
8.04 Theorem
Let f be continuous on [a, b] and differentiable in the open interval (a, b). Then
(i) f is increasing in [a, b] if f ( x ) 0 for each x [ a, b]
(ii) f is decreasing in [a, b] if f ( x ) 0 for each x [ a, b]
(iii) f is constant function in [a, b] if f ( x ) 0 for each x [ a, b]
Proof : (i) Let x1 , x2 [ a, b] be such that x1 x2
Then by Lagrange’s mean value theorem there exist a point c between x1 and x2 such that
f ( x2 ) f ( x1 ) f (c )( x2 x1 )
f ( x2 ) f ( x1 ) 0 ( f ( c) 0)
f ( x2 ) f ( x1 )
So, x1 , x2 [ a , b ]
x1 x2 f ( x1 ) f ( x2 )
So, f (x) is increasing function in [a, b]
Similary parts (ii) and (iii) can be proved.
Illustrative Examples
Example 7. Find the intervals in whcih the function f ( x) 2 x3 9 x 2 12 x 3 ]
(a) increasing (b) Decreasing
Solution : f ( x) 2 x 3 9 x 2 12 x 3
f ( x ) 6 x 2 18 x 12 1 2
Fig. 8.04
6( x 2 3x 2)
Now f ( x ) 0 6( x 2 3 x 2) 0
( x 2)( x 1) 0
x 1, 2 are critical points.
(a) f (x) is increasing and f ( x ) 0
6( x 2 3 x 2) 0
( x 1)( x 2) 0
x 1 or x 2
x ( , 1) (2, )
Hence, f (x) is increasing in ( , 1) (2, )
(b) f ( x) is decreasing then f ( x ) 0
6( x 2 3 x 2) 0
( x 1)( x 2) 0
[ 197 ]
x 1 or x 2
x (1, 2)
Hence, f (x) is decreasing in interval (1, 2)
Example 8. Show that the function f given by f ( x) x3 3 x 2 4 x, is strictly increasing on R.
Solution : f ( x) 3 x3 3 x 2 4 x
f ( x) 3x 2 6 x 4
3( x 2 2 x 1) 1
3( x 1) 2 1 0, x R
Therefore, the function f is strictly increasing on R
Example 9. Find the intervals is which the function f ( x ) 2 x 3 3 x 2 12 x 25
(a) Increasing (b) decreasing
Solution : f ( x ) 2 x 3 3 x 2 12 x 25
f ( x ) 6 x 2 6 x 12
–1 2
6( x 2 x 2)
Fig. 8.05
So, f ( x ) 0 6( x 2 x 2) 0
x2 x 2 0
( x 1)( x 2) 0
x 1, 2 are critical points.
(a) If f ( x) is increasing then f ( x ) 0
6( x 2 x 2) 0
x2 x 2 0
( x 1)( x 2) 0
x 1 or x 2
x ( 1, 2)
Hence f ( x) , is increasing in ( 1, 2)
(b) If f (x) is decreasing f ( x ) 0
6( x 2 x 2) 0
x2 x 2 0
( x 1)( x 2) 0
x 1 or x 2
x ( , 1) (2, )
Hence, f (x) is decreasing in ( , 1) (2, )
[ 198 ]
Example 10. Find the interval in which function f ( x ) sin x cos x is increasing or decreasing.
Solution : f ( x ) sin x cos x
f ( x ) cos x sin x
f '( x) 0
cos x sin x 0
sin / 2 x sin x 0
2sin / 4 x cos / 4 0
sin / 4 x 0 sin
/4 x
x 3 / 4 , which is a critical point.
when f (x) is increasing then f ( x ) 0
cos x sin x 0
2sin / 4 x cos / 4 0
sin / 4 x 0
sin / 4 x 0
sin 3 / 4 x 0
3 / 4 x 0
x 3 / 4
x 0, 3 / 4
2sin / 4 x cos / 4 0
sin / 4 x 0
sin / 4 x 0
sin 3 / 4 x 0
3 / 4 x 0
x 3 / 4 x 3 / 4,
Hence f ( x ) is decreasing if x 3 / 4,
[ 199 ]
x
Example 11. Find the values of x for which f ( x) is increasing or decreasing?
1 x2
x 1 x2
Solution : Given f ( x) f ( x )
1 x2 (1 x 2 ) 2
1 x2
f ( x) 0 0
(1 x 2 )2 –1 1
Fig. 8.06
x2 1 0
( x 1)( x 1) 0
x 1, 1 are critical points.
If f ( x) is increasing then f ( x ) 0
1 x2
0
(1 x 2 ) 2
1 x2 0
( x 2 1) 0
x 2 1 0
( x 1)( x 1) 0
x ( 1, 1)
Hence f (x) is increasign for x ( 1, 1)
If f ( x) is decreasign then f ( x ) 0
1 x2
0
(1 x 2 ) 2
1 x2 0
x2 1 0
( x 1)( x 1) 0
x ( , 1) (1, )
Hence f (x) is decreasing for x ( , 1) (1, )
Example 12. Find the intervals in whcih the following functions are increasing or decreasing
(a) x 2 2 x 5 (b) 10 6 x 2 x 2 (c) x 1 3 x 3 3
[ 200 ]
Case-I: When x 1
x 1 0
f ( x ) 2( ve) Negative 0
Hence f (x) is decreasing in ( , 1)
Case-II: When x 1
x 1 0
f ( x ) Positive 0
Hence f (x) is increasing in ( 1, )
(b) Let f ( x) 10 6 x 2 x 2
f ( x) 6 4 x 2(3 2 x )
f ( x ) 0 2(3 2 x) 0
x 3 / 2
Case-I: When x 3/ 2
3 2x 0
f '( x) 2( ve) Positive 0
Hence f ( x ) is increasing in , 3/ 2
Case-II: When x 3 / 2
3 2x 0
f ( x ) 2( ve) Negative 0
Hence f ( x) is decreasing in 3 / 2,
f ( x ) x 1 x 3
3 3
(c) Let
f ( x ) 3( x 1) 2 ( x 3)3 3( x 1)3 ( x 3) 2
3( x 1) 2 ( x 3) 2 {x 3 x 1}
6( x 1) 2 ( x 3) 2 ( x 1)
If f ( x ) is increasing then f ( x ) 0
6( x 1) 2 ( x 3) 2 ( x 1) 0
x 1 0 [ 6( x 1) 2 ( x 3)2 0]
x 1
Hence f ( x ) is increasing in (1, )
f ( x ) is decreasing function then f ( x ) 0
6( x 1)2 ( x 3) 2 ( x 1) 0
x 1 0
x 1
Hence f (x), is decreasing in ( , 1)
[ 201 ]
4 sin
Example 13. Show that y is an increasing function of in [0, / 2]
2 cos
4sin
Solution : Let f ( ) y
2 cos
(2 cos ).4cos 4sin ( sin )
f ( ) 1
(2 cos ) 2
cos 4 cos
f 0 0
2 cos
2
cos 0
/2
When 0 / 2 then f ( ) 0
Hence y f ( ) is increasing in (0, / 2)
Example 14: Prove that the function f given by f ( x) x 2 x 1 is neither increasing nor decreasing in
(–1, 1)
Solution : Here f ( x) x 2 x 1
f ( x ) 2 x 1
f ( x) 0 2 x 1 0 x 1/ 2
Case-I: When 1 x 1/ 2 then f ( x ) 0
Hence f ( x ) is decreasing in 1, 1/ 2
Case-II: When 1/ 2 x 1 then f ( x ) 0
Hence f ( x ) is increasing in (1/ 2, 1)
Hence f (x) is neither increasing nor decreasing in ( 1, 1)
Example 15: Find the value of a for which the function f ( x) x 2 ax 1 is increasing on [1, 2].
Solution : Given f ( x) x 2 ax 1
f ( x ) 2 x a
If f ( x) is increasing in [1, 2] then f ( x ) 0 x R
Now f ( x ) 2 x a
f ( x ) 2 0, x R
f (x) is increasing at x R
f '( x) is increasing at [1, 2]
[ 202 ]
The least value of f ’ (x) is f ' (1) at [1, 2]
f ( x ) 0 x [1, 2]
f (1) 0 2 a 0
a 2
a ( 2, )
Exercise 8.2
Show that f ( x) x is increasing in (0, ) and decreasing in ( , 0)
2
1.
2. Show that f ( x ) a x , o a 1, R is decreasing in R
Prove that the following functions are increasing in given intervals.
3. f ( x ) log sin x, x (0, / 2) 4. f ( x) x100 sin x 1, x (0, / 2)
5. f ( x) x 1 e x 1, x0 6. f ( x) x 3 6 x 2 12 x 1, xR
Prove that the following functions are decreasing in given intervals
7. f ( x ) tan 1 x x, xR 8. f ( x ) sin 4 x cos 4 x, x (0, / 4)
9. f ( x) 3 / x 5, x R, x 0 10. f ( x) x 2 2 x 3, x 1
Find the intervals in which the following functions are increasing or decreasing
11. f ( x) 2 x 3 3 x 2 36 x 7 12. f ( x) x 4 2 x 2
13. f ( x) 9 x3 9 x 2 12 x 5 14. f ( x ) 2 x 3 3x 2 12 x 5
15. Find the least value of a function f ( x) x3 9 x 5, when f (x) is increasing in the interval [1, 2]
16. Prove that the function f ( x) tan 1 sin x cos x , is increasing function in the interval (0, / 4)
8.05 Tangents and normals
In this section, we shall use differentiation to find the equation of the tangent line and the normal line to
a curve at a given point.
y = f (x)
The slope of the tangent to the curve y f ( x ) at the point ( x1 , y1 ) Y
dy P (x1, y1)
is given by . So the equation of the tangent at ( x1 , y1 ) to the curve
dx ( x1 , y1 )
X’ X
O
y f ( x ) is given by
Y’
dy Fig. 8.04
y y1 ( x x1 )
dx ( x1 , y1 )
Also, since the normal is perpendicular to the tangent, the slope of the normal to the curve y f ( x )
1
at ( x1 , y1 ) is , if f '( x1 ) 0
dy
dx ( x1 , y1 )
[ 203 ]
Therefore, the equation of the normal to the curve y f ( x ) at ( x1 , y1 ) is given by
1
y y1 ( x x1 )
dy
dx ( x1 , y1 )
dy
( y y1 ) x x1 0
dx x1 , y1
Note: If a tangent line to the curve y f ( x ) makes an angle with x-axis in the positive direction, then
dy
slope of the tangent tan
dx
8.06 Particular cases
dy
(i) If 0 means the tangent line is parallel to x-axis then tan 0 0 . In this case, the equation
dx
of the tangent at the point ( x1 , y1 ) is given by y y1
(ii) If 90 , means the tangent line is perpendicular to the x-axis, i.e. parallel to the y-axis. In this case,
the equation of the tangent at x1 , y1 is given by x x1
Illustrative Examples
Example 16. Find the equations of the tangent and normal to the curve x y 2 at (1, 1).
2/ 3 2/ 3
Solution : x2 / 3 y 2 / 3 2
Differentiating with respect to x
2 1/ 3 2 1/ 3 dy
x y 0
3 3 dx
1/ 3
dy y
dx x
dy
Slope of the tangent at (1, 1) is 1
dx 1,1
x y20 (1)
So, the equation of the tangent at (1, 1) is
1
y 1 x 1
dy
dx 1,1
[ 204 ]
1
x 1 x 1
1 (2)
yx0
(1) and (2) are required equations of tangent and normal.
Example 17. Find points on the curve x 2 y 2 2 x 3 0 at whcih the tangents are
(i) Parallel to x-axis
(ii) Perpendicular to x-aaxis
(iii) Making equal angle with axes.
Solution : Equation of curve x2 y2 2x 3 0 (1)
Differentiating with respect to x
dy
2x 2 y 20
dx
dy 1 x
dx y
(i) When tangent is parallel to x-axis, then
dy
0 tan 0 0
dx
1 x
0 1 x 0
y
x 1
put x 1 in (1)
y 2 4 0 y 2
Hence required points are (1, 2) and (1, –2)
(ii) When tangent is perpendicualr to x-axis then
dy
90o tan 90
dx
1 x
y
y0
Put y 0 in (1)
x2 2x 3 0
( x 3)( x 1) 0
x 3, 1
Hence required points are (3, 0) and (–1, 0) .
[ 205 ]
(iii) When tangents make equal angle with axes, then
4
dy
Hence slope of tangent tan 1
dx 4
1 x
1 y 1 x (2)
y
Put y 1 x in (1)
x 2 (1 x )2 2 x 3 0
x2 2 x 1 0
x 1 2
Put this value of x in (2)
y 2
Hence required points are (1 2, 2) and (1 2, 2) .
Example 18. Find the point on the curve y x 11x 5 at which the tangent is y x 11.
3
1
Solution : Here y (1)
x 2x 3
2
[ 206 ]
dy
2 x 2
2
dx x2 2x 3
Here slope 0
dy
0
dx
(2 x 2)
0
( x 2 2 x 3)2
2x 2 0
x 1
Put x 1 in (1)
1 1
y
1 2(1) 3 2
2
Hence at point (1, 1/ 2) the slope of tangent 0 and the equation of tangent is
1 1
y 0 x 1 y , which is required equation of tangent.
2 2
Example 20. Find the equation of normal for the curve 2 x 2 y 2 14 , which is parallel to the straight line
x 3y 6 .
Solution : Let a point P x1 , y1 on 2 x 2 y 2 14 , where normal is parallel to x 3 y 6
2 x 2 y 2 14
dy
4x 2 y 0
dx
dy 4 x 2 x
dx 2 y y
dy 2x
1
dx x1 , y1 y1
1 1
dy 3
dx x1 , y1
[ 207 ]
y1 1 2
y1 x1
2 x1 3 3
2
Put y1 x1 , in (1)
3
2
2
2 x1 x1 14
2
3
14 2
x1 14 x1 3
9
2
at x1 3 , y1 3 2
3
2
and at x1 3 , y1 3 2
3
Hence at (3, 2) and (–3, –2) normal is parallel to x 3 y 6 . Hence the equation of normal at (3, 2)
is
y 2 1/ 3( x 3) x 3 y 9
Equation of normal at (–3, –2) is
y 2 1/ 3 x 3 x 3 y 9 0.
[ 208 ]
Slope of a line whcih is perpendicualr to 5 y 15 x 13 is –1/3
dy 1
dx 3
2( x 1) 1/ 3
6 x 6 1
x 5/6
When x 5 / 6 then from (1)
2
5 5 217
y 2 7
6 6 36
5 217
Hence the equation of tangent at , will be
6 36
217 1 5
y x
36 3 6
36 y 217 1 6x 5
36 3 6
12 x 36 y 227 0
Which is the required equation of tangent.
x y
2 ] touches the curve x / a y / b 1
n n
Example 22. Prove that for every value of x, the straight line
a b
at point (a, b).
x / a y / b 1
n n
Solution : Equation of curve
Differentiating with respect to x
1 n 1 1 n 1 dy
nx n ny 0
an b dx
dy b n x n1
n n1
dx a y
dy b n a n 1 b
n n 1
dx ( a ,b ) ab a
Hence the equation of tangent at (a, b) is
b
y b ( x a)
a
ay ab bx ab
bx ay 2ab
x y
2
a b
[ 209 ]
Exericse 8.3
1. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y x 3 x .
x 1
2. Find the slope of the tangent to the curve y , x 2 at x 10 .
x2
3. Find the point at which the tangent to the curve y (4 x 3) 1 has its slope 2 / 3.
2
4. Find the equation of all lines having slope 2 and being tangent to the curve y 0.
x3
x2 y 2
5. Find points on the curve 1 at which the tangent are
4 25
(i) parallel to x-axis (ii) parallel to y-axis
Find the equation of tangent to the curve given by x a sin t , y b cos t at a point where t / 2 .
3 3
6.
3
Find the equation of normal to the curve y sin x at a point , .
2
7.
3 4
8. Find the equations of the tangent and normal to the given curves at the indicated points:
(a) y x 2 4 x 1 at x = 3 (b) y 4ax, at
2
x=a
a a 2a
(c) xy a , at at , (d) y 4ax, at 2 ,
2 2
t m m
x2 y2
(e) 1, at (a sec , b tan ) (f) y 2 x 2 3x 1, at (1, 2)
a 2 b2
(g) x at 2 , y 2at , at t 1 (h) x sin , y 1 cos , at / 2
8.07 Approximation
In this section, we will use differential to approximate values of certain quantities.
Let y f ( x ) be the equation of given curve. Let x denote a small increment is x, whereas the
increment in y corresponding to the increment in x, denoted by y, is given by y f ( x x ) f ( x) .
We define the followign (i) The differential of x, denoted by x is defined by dx x . (ii) The differential
dy
by dy, is defined by dy f ( x) dx or dy .x
dx
In case dx x is relatively small when compared with x, dy is a good approximation of y
and we denote it by dy y .
Illustrative Examples
Example 23. Use differential to approximate 26 .
Solution : Let y x
Where x 25, x 1 and x x 26
y x x1/ 2 (1)
[ 210 ]
dy 1
dx 2 x
dy 1 1 1
y .x x 1 0.1
dx 2 x 2 5 10
From (1) y y ( x x )1/ 2
x1/ 2 y ( x x)1/ 2
Putting the value (25)1/ 2 0.1 (26)1/ 2
26 5 0.1 5.1.
Example 24. Use diferential to approximate (66)1/ 3
Solution : Let y x1/ 3 (1)
Where x 64, x 2 and x x 66
y x1/ 3
dy 1
2/3
dx 3 x
dy 1 1
y .x 2 / 3 .x 2
dx 3x 3 (64) 2 / 3
1 1
2
3 (4) 2
24
Now From (1)
y y ( x x )1/ 3
1
x1/ 3 (66)1/ 3
24
1
(64)1/ 3 (66)1/ 3
24
1
(43 )1/ 3 (66)1/ 3
24
4 0.041 (66)1/ 3
(66)1/ 3 4.041.
Example 25. Use differential to approximate the following
(i) log10 (10.2) when log10 e 0.4343
(ii) log e (4.04) when log e 4 1.3863
(iii) cos 61o when 1o 0.01745 Radian
[ 211 ]
Solution : (i) Let y log10 x (1)
Where x 10, x 0.2
x x 10.2
y log10 x log10 e.log e x
dy 0.4343
y .x (0.2) 0.008686
dx 10
From (1)
y y log10 ( x x)
dy 1
dx x
dy x 0.04
y .x 0.01
dx x 4
From (2)
y y log e ( x x)
3
0.1745 0.01511 ( 3 1.73205)
2
From (3)
y y cos( x x )
cos x y cos( x x )
cos 60o ( 0.01511) cos(61o )
1
cos 61o 0.01511
2
0.48489.
Example 26. Prove that the approximation percentage error in calculating the volume of a sphere is almost
three times the approximation percentage error in calculating the radius of sphere.
Solution : Let radius of sphere = r and volume = V
4 dV
V r3 4 r 2
3 dr
dV
V .r
dr
V 4 r 2 r
V 4 r 2 r 4 r 2 r r
3
V V 4 / 3 r 3
r
V r
100 3 100
V r
Percentage error in volume = 3 (percentage error in radius).
Example 27. Find the approximate vlaue of f (5.001) , where f ( x) x3 7 x 2 15
Solution : Let y f ( x) (1)
Where x 5, x 0.001 and x x 5.001
From (1)
y y f ( x x )
dy
f ( x) .x f ( x x ) (2)
dx
y f ( x) x3 7 x 2 15
[ 213 ]
dy
3 x 2 14 x
dx
Using in equation (2)
( x 3 7 x 2 15) (3x 2 14 x ).x f ( x x )
Putting the value of x
(5)3 7(5) 2 15 {3(5)2 14(5)} (0.001) f (5.001)
f (5.001) 125 175 15 (75 70)(0.001)
34.995
Example 28. Find the approximate change in the volume of a cube of side x metres caused by increasing the
side by 1%.
Solution : Let volume of cube is V
x
x x of 1%
100
dV
V x3 3x 2
dx
Hence change in volume of cube
dV
dV x
dx
x 3 3
3x2 x
100 100
0.03x 3 m3
Example 29. If the radius of a sphere is measured as 7 cm with an error of 0.02 cm, then find the approximate
error in calculating its volume.
Solution : Radius of sphere = 7 cm
Error in measuring radius r 0.02 cm
Let the volume of sphere be V
V (4 / 3) r 3
dV
4 r 2
dr
dV
dV r 4 r 2 .r
dr
4 (7) 2 .002 3.92
Exercise 8.4
Using differentials, find the approximate value of each of the following.
1
1. (0.009)1/ 3 2. (0.999)1/10 3. 0.0037 4.
(2.002) 2
[ 214 ]
5. (15)1/ 4 6. 401 7. (3.968)3/ 2 8. (32.15)1/ 5
[ 215 ]
(ii) Absolute maximun and minimum value
Absolute maximum value: Any function f (x) has its absolute maximum value at any point x =a in its
domain when.
f ( x ) f ( c), xD
Absolute minimum value : Any function f (x) has its absolute minimum value at any point x =a in its
domain when
f ( x) f (c ), x D
Note: For a real valued function f(x) in a domain the maximum and minimum value of function may be more than
one but absolute maximum and absolute minimum is only one.
8.10 Necessary condition for the extreme value of a function
Theorem : If f (x) is a differentiable function then at x = c, necessary condition for the extreme value
is f (c) 0
Note: For a function f (x) at any point x = c, f (c) 0 is only necessary condition for maximum and
minimum value of function, it is not sufficient conditiion.
For example if f ( x) x3 then at x = 0, f (0) 0 but f (0) is not extreme valeu of function
because when x 0 f ( x ) f (0) and when x 0 f ( x ) f (0) and when f (0) is neither minimum
nor maximum.
Sufficient condition for the extreme value of a funciton
Theorem : (i) f(x) will have its maximum value at x = c if f (c) 0 and f (c ) 0
(ii) f (x) will have its minimum value at x = c if f (c) 0 and f (c ) 0
Note: For a function f (x) at any point x = c, f (c) 0, f (c) 0 but f ( c) 0 then this point is known
as inflection point.
8.11 Properties of maxima and minima of a function
If f (x) is continuous function and if its graph could be drawn then we may consider the following
properties.
(i) There is at least one maxima or minima between two equal values of f (x).
(ii) The maxima and minima of a function always occur alternatively.
(iii) If f ( x) changes sign from positive to negative as x increases then f (x) passes through maxima
and when f ( x) changes sign from negative to psotive then f (x)passes through minima.
(iv) If f ( x) does not change its sign then this point is called point of inflexion.
(v) At maxima and minima f ( x ) 0 then the line point is parallel to x – axis.
8.12 Working method to find maxima and minima
dy
1. First of all write the given function in the form of y f ( x ) and find
dx
dy
2. Solve 0 , let the solutions are x a1 , a2 ,...
dx
[ 216 ]
d2y
3. Find and find its value at x a1 , a2 ,...
dx 2
d2y
4. If 0 at x ar (r = 1, 2, . . .) then x ar function f (x) will have maximum value.
dx 2
d2y d2y
5. If 2 0 at x ar (r = 1, 2, . . .) then at x ar function f(x) will have minimum value. If 2 0
dx dx
then we continue the process of differentiation.
d2y d3y d4y
6. If 0 x ar (r = 1, 2, . . .) then find the values of , ....... until x ar becomes zero.
dx 2 dx 3 dx 4
d3y d5y
(i) If non zero differential coefficient is of odd degree like , .... then at x ar . Function has
dx 3 dx5
neither maxima nor minima.
d4y d6y
(ii) If non zero differential coefficient is of even degree like , .... , then repeat the same
dx 4 dx 6
d2y
process as 0.
dx 2
8.13 Stationary point
All points on which the rate of change of f (x) with respect to x is zero i.e. f ( x ) 0, are called stationary
points.
Note: Every extreme point is a stationary point but vice versa is not always true.
Illustrative Examples
Example 30. Find maximum and minimum value of following function (if exist)
(a) y (2 x 1) 2 3 (b) y 9 x 2 12 x 2
(c) y ( x 1)2 10 (d) y x3 1
Solution : (a) Minimum value of (2 x 1)2 is zero hence minimum value of (2 x 1) 2 3 is 3. It is clear that
there is not maximum value of function.
(b) y 9 x 2 12 x 2
(3 x 2) 2 2
3
(c) It is clear that the minimum value of ( x 1)2 is zero. Hence the maximum value of function
y ( x 1)2 10 is 10. There is no minimum value of function.
[ 217 ]
(d) at x , y
and x , y
Hence given function has neither maximum nor minimum value.
Example 31. Find the minimum and maximum value of following functions:
(a) x 5 5 x 4 5 x 3 2 (b) ( x 2)6 ( x 3)5 (c) ( x 1) 2 e x
Solution : (a) Let y x5 5 x 4 5 x 3 2
dy
5 x 4 20 x3 15 x 2
dx
d2y
and 2
20 x 3 60 x 2 30 x
dx
dy
For extreme point of function 0
dx
5 x 4 20 x3 15 x 2 0
5 x 2 ( x 2 4 x 3) 0
5 x 2 ( x 1)( x 3) 0
x 0, 1, 3
d2y
Now at x 0 , 0
dx 2
d3y
So, 60 x 2 120 x 30
dx 3
d3y
at x 0 , 30 0
dx 3
So, at x 0 , there is no extreme value of function.
d2y
at x 1 2
20(1)3 60(1)2 30(1) 10 0
dx
So at x 1 function has maximum value and maximum value of function is
(1)5 5(1)4 5(1) 3 2 1
d2y
Similarity at x 3 , 20(3)3 60(3)2 30(3)
dx 2
540 540 90 90 0
So, at x 3 function has minimum value and minimum value of fucntion is
(3)5 5(3) 4 5(3) 3 2
29
[ 218 ]
(b) Let y ( x 2)6 ( x 3) 5
dy
6( x 2)5 ( x 3) 5 ( x 2) 6 5( x 3) 4
dx
( x 2) 5 ( x 3) 4{6 x 18 5 x 10}
( x 2) 5 ( x 3) 4 (11x 28)
dy
For maxima and minima 0
dx
( x 2)5 ( x 3)4 (11x 28) 0
x 2, 3, 28 /11
dy dy
at x 2 , changes its sign from positive to negative ( when x 2 then 0 and x 2 then
dx dx
dy
0)
dx
So at x 2 functions has maximum value and maximum value = 0
dy dy dy
at x 3 , does not change its sign ( when x 3 then 0 and x 3 then 0½
dx dx dx
at x 3 function has neither maxima nor minima
28 dy 28 dy
0 and
again at x , changes its sign from negative to positive ( when x then
11 dx 11 dx
28 dy
x then 0½
11 dx
6 5
28 28 28 65.55
Hence at x function has minimum value 2 3 11
11 11 11 11
(c) Let y ( x 1) 2 e x
dy
{( x 1) 2 2( x 1)}e x
dx
d2y
and 2
{( x 1) 2 4( x 1) 2}e x
dx
dy
For extreme value 0
dx
{( x 1)2 2( x 1)}e x 0
( x 1) 2 2( x 1) 0 { e x 0}
[ 219 ]
x2 1 0
x 1
d2y
Now at x 1 , 2
{0 4(0) 2}e1 2e 0
dx
So at x 1 function has minimum value and minimum value (1 1) 2 e1 0
d 2y
again at x 1 2
{(1 1) 2 4(1 1) 2}e 1
dx
2
{4 8 2}e 1 0
e
2 1 4
So, at x 1 function has maximum value and maximum value is ( 1 1) e -
e
Exercise 32. Find the maximum value of function (1/ x ) x
Solution : Let y (1/ x) x
1
log y x log
x
x log x z Let
Function y has maximum or minimum value if z has maximum or minimum value.
dz 1
Now, x. 1.log x (1 log x)
dx x
d 2z 1
ad 2
dx x
So, for maximum or minimum value
dz
0 1 log x 0
dx
log x 1
1
x e 1
e
d 2z 1
at x 1/ e 2
e 0
dx 1/ e
1/ e
1
So at x 1/ e , y has maximum value and maximum value e1/ e .
1/ e
Example 33. Find the shortest distance of the point (0, a) from the parabola x 2 y where a [0, 5] .
Solution : Let a point ( h, k ) is on the parabola, let the distance between (0, a) and ( h, k ) is D, then
[ 220 ]
D ( h o) 2 ( k c ) 2 h 2 ( k c ) 2 (1)
D k (k c) 2
D (k ) k (k c) 2
{1 2( k c)}
D (k )
2 k (k c )2
(2)
2c 1
Now D (k ) 0 k
2
2c 1
when k then 2( k c) 1 0
2
D( k ) 0 [ from equation (2)]
2c 1
and when k then 2( k c) 1 0
2
D( k ) 0 [ from equation (4)]
2c 1
So at k , D is minimum and the minimum distance
2
2
2c 1 2c 1 4c 1
c .
2 2 2
Example 34. Find the absolute maximum value and the absolute minimum value of the following functions in
the given intervals:
1 2
(a) f ( x) x3 , x [2, 2] (b) f ( x) 4 x x , x 2, 9 / 2
2
(c) f ( x) ( x 1)2 3, x [3, 1] (d) f ( x ) sin x cos x, x [0, ]
Solution : (a) Given f ( x ) x 3 , x [2, 2]
f ( x ) 3 x 2
f ( x ) 0 3 x 2 0 x 0 f (0) 0
Now f (2) (2) 3 8 ; f (0) (0)3 0 and f (2) (2)3 8
The absolute maximum value of f (x) is 8 which is obtained at x = 2 and absolute minimum value
is –8 which is obtained at x = –2.
x2
(b) Given f ( x) 4 x
2
[ 221 ]
2x
f ( x ) 4 4 x
2
for extreme value of f ( x) f ( x ) 0
4 x 0
x4
Now, we find the value of function at points –2] 4 and 9 / 2.
x2 (2) 2 (4)2
Given function is f ( x) 4 x So, f (2) 4(2) 10; f (4) 4(4) 8
2 2 2
(9 / 2)2
and f (9 / 2) 4(9 / 2) 9 / 4
2
Hence in the given interval [–2, 9/2] absolute maximum value = 8 and minimum value 10
(c) Given function f ( x ) ( x 1) 2 3, x [3, 1]
f ( x) 2( x 1)
for extreme value of f ( x) , f ( x ) 0
2( x 1) 0
x 1
The values of f (x) at x 1, 3, 0 , and 0 are
f (1) (1 1)2 3 0 3 3 ; f (3) (3 1)2 3 16 3 19 and f (0) (0 1) 2 3 1 3 4
Hence in the given interval [–3, 1] absolute maximum value is 19 which is obtained at x 3
and absolute minimum value is 3 which is at x 1 .
(d) Given function is f ( x) sin x cos x, x [0, ]
f ( x) cos x sin x
For maxima and minima of f ( x) f ( x ) 0
cos x sin x 0
sin x cos x
tan x 1
x /4
Now f (0) sin 0 cos 0 0 1 1
1 1
f sin cos 2
4 4 4 2 2
and f ( ) sin cos 0 ( 1) 1
Hence maximum and minimum values of f (x) are 2 and –1 respectively, for given interval [0, ]
Example 35. Find two positive numbers x and y such that
[ 222 ]
(a) x + y = 60 and xy 3 is maximum (b) x + y = 16 and x 3 y 3 is minimum
dp
180 y 2 4 y 3
dt
d2 p
and 2
360 y 12 y 2
dy
dp
For extreme value of p, 0
dy
180 y 2 4 y 3 0
4 y 2 (45 y ) 0
y 45 { y 0 is not possible y 0}
d2p
Now 2 360(45) 12(45) 2 8100 0
dy y 45
[ 223 ]
d2p
From equation (3) 96 0
dx 2
Hence at x 8 , p is minimum.
Hence required positive numbers and 8 and 8.
Exercise 8.5
1. Find maximum and minimum value of following functions:
(a) 2 x 3 15 x 2 36 x 10 (b) x 1 x 2 x 3
(c) sin x cos 2 x (d) x 5 5 x 4 5 x3 1
2. Find the maximum and minimum value, if any :
(a) | x 1| 3 (b) | x 2 | 1 (c) sin 4 x 3 (d) sin 2 x 5
3. Find the maximum and minimum value of following function if any, in the given intervals.
(a) 2 x3 24 x 107, x [1, 3] (b) 3 x 4 2 x 3 6 x 2 6 x 1, x [0, 2]
(c) x sin 2 x, x [0, 2 ] (d) x 3 18 x 2 96 x, x [0, 9]
4. Find extreme value of following functions
(a) sin x cos 2 x (b) a sec x b cos ecx, o a b
1
(c) x1/ x , x 0 (d) .log x, x (0, )
x
x
5. Prove that function f(x) = has maximum value at x cos x .
1 x tan x
Prove that sin x (1 cos x ) has maximum value at cos x 1/ 3
2
6.
Prove that function y sin cos has maximum value at tan
p q
7. p/q
8.14 Applications of maxima and minima
With the help of following examples we shall use the application of derivatives in other branches as
(i) Plane Geometry; (ii) Solid geometry; (iii) Mechanics; (iv) Commerce and Economics.
Illustrative Examples
Example 36. Show that of all the rectangles inscribed in a given fixed circle, the square has maximum area.
Solution : PQRS is a rectangle, centre of circle is O and its radius is a
Let PQ 2 x, QR 2 y
In right PQR S R
PQ QR PR
2 2 2
2a 2y
O
(2 x) (2 y ) (2a)
2 2 2
P Q
2x
x y a
2 2 2
y a2 x2 (1)
Fig. 8.06
Let area of rectangle PQRS is A
A (2 x ) 2 a 2 x 2 4 x a 2 x 2
[ 224 ]
dA x2 4(a 2 2 x 2 )
4 a 2 x2 (2)
dx a 2 x2 a2 x2
dA
For maximum or minimum value of A 0
dx
4(a 2 2 x 2 )
0
a 2 x2
a2 2 x2 0
a
x
2
From (2)
d2A 4 x x( a 2 2 x 2 )
4 2
dx 2 a x
2 (a 2 x2 )3/ 2
d2A
at x a/ 2, 16 0
dx 2
So, at x a / 2 , A is maximum.
Put x a / 2 , in (1) y a / 2
So x y a / 2 hence area is maximum when x y
2 x 2 y hence rectangle is a square.
Example 37. Show that the semi-vertical angle of the cone of the maximum volume and of given slant height is
tan 1 2 .
Solution : Let slant height of cone = and the semi vertical angle of cone =
In right OO ' B
OO cos h (height of cone)
O
OB sin r (radius of cone)
Volume of cone
1
V r 2
3
h
1
2 sin 2 . cos
3
r
A B
1 O’
3 sin 2 cos
3 Fig. 8.07
dV 1 3
{sin 2 ( sin ) 2sin cos cos }
d 3
[ 225 ]
1
3 2 sin cos 2 sin 3
3
d 2V 1 3
and (2cos .cos2 4sin cos sin 3sin 2 cos )
d 2 3
1
3 (2 cos3 7 sin 2 cos )
3
dV
For maximum volume 0
d
sin (2 cos 2 sin 2 ) 0
sin {2(1 sin 2 ) sin 2 } 0
sin {2 3sin 2 } 0
sin 0, 2 / 3, 2 / 3
d 2V 1 3 1 2 1
3 2
2 7 3 .
d 2 3 3 3
1 2 14 1 3 12
3 0
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
sin 2/3
Then tan 2
cos 1/ 3
V
S 2 4
[ 226 ]
dS 4V d 2S 2.4V
2 2 and 2 3
d d 2
dS
For minimum surface area 0
d
4V
2 0
2
3 2V
(2V )1/ 3
d 2S 8V
when (2V )1/ 3 then 2 0
d 2
(2V )
Hence inner surface is minimum.
From (1)
V 1 2V 1 1
(2V )1/ 3 .
2
2 (2V ) 2/ 3
2 2
1
2
Depth of tank : Length of tank 1: 2
x
Example 39. Manufacturer can sell x items at a price if rupees 5
100
each. The cost price of x items is
rupees 500 . Find the number of items he should sell to earn maximum profit.
x
5
Solution : Let S be the selling price of x items and let c be the cost price of x items. Then, we have
x x2
S 5 x 5 x
100 100
x
and C 500
5
Let profit function be p then
p S C
x2 x
5x 500
100 5
24 x2
x 500
5 100
[ 227 ]
dp 24 x d2 p 1
and 2
dx 5 50 dx 50
dp 24 x
0 0
dx 5 50
x 240
d 2 p 1
and dx 2 0
x 240
50
Hence the manufacture can earn maximum profit if he sells 240 items.
Exercise 8.6
1. Prove that the maximum area of isosceles triangle, that can be inscribed in a circle, is an equilaterla triangle.
2. The sum of perimeter of a square and circumference of a circle is given. Prove that the sum of their areas will
be minimum if the side of square is equal to the diameter of cirlce.
3. A cone is made from a sphere. Prove that the volumeof cone is maximum when height of cone is two third of
diameter of sphere.
4. The expense for a steamer per hour is proportional tot he cube of its velocity. If velocity of stream is x km / h
then prove that the maximum velocity of steamer per hour will be (2/3) x when the steamer runs against the
direction of stream.
5. The sum of the length of the hypotenuse and any side of a right angled triangle is given. Prove that the
area of the triangle is maximum when the angle between is then / 3.
6. A circle of radius a is inscribed in an equilateral triangle. Prove that the minimum perimeter of triangle is 6 3a .
x2 y2
7. A normal is drawn to a point P on an ellipse 1 . Prove that the maximum distance from centre of
a 2 b2
ellipse to normal is a b .
Miscellaneous Exercise – 8
1. The radius of a cyclinder is r and height is h then find the rate of change in surface area of cylinder with respect
to radius.
2. Find the values of x and y for function y x 2 21 , where the rate of change in y is thrice the rate of
change in x.
x
3. Prove that exponential function e is an increasing function.
4. Prove that the function f ( x) log(sin x ), is increasing in 0, / 2 and decreasing in / 2,
5. If tangents OX and OY at a point on the curve x y a cut the axes at P and Q, then prove that
OP OQ a, where O is the origin.
6. Find the equations of tangents to the curve y cos( x y ), x [2 , 2 ] , which is parallel to line
x 2y 0 .
7. If the edge of a cube is measured with an error of 5%, then find the approximate error to calculate its volume.
8. A circle disc of radius 10 cm is being heated. Due to expansion, its radius increases 2%. Find the rate at which
its area is increasing.
9. Prove that the volume of the largest cone inscribed in a sphere is 8 / 27 of the volume of sphere.
[ 228 ]
10. Show that the semi-vertical angle of right circular cone of given surface area and maximum volume is
sin 1 (1/ 3) .
Important Points
1. If a function f (x) is differentiable then at any point x = c for extreme point / value it is necessary that
f '( c) 0
2. Function f (x) will have maximum value at a point c if f '( c) 0 and f "(c) 0
3. Function f (x) will have minimum value at a point c if f '( c) 0 and f "(c) 0
ANSWERS
Exercise 8.1
1. 6 cm2 / s, 8 cm2 / s 2. (1, 5 / 3), ( 1, 1/ 3) 3. –3 / 10 radian / s
27
4. 900 cm3 / s 5. 1 / cm / s 6. (2 x 1) 2
8
1
7. 30.02 (approx) 8. 35.2 cm3 / sec., 20 cm3 / s 9. 10. 126
48
Exercise 8.2
11. increasing in ( , 2) (3, ) and decreasing in ( 2, 3)
12. increasing in ( 1, 0) (1, ) and decreasing in ( , 1) (0, 1)
13. increasing in ( , 1) (0, 1) and decreasign in (1, 2)
14. increasing in ( 1, 2) and decreasing in ( , 1) (2, )
15. –2
Exercise 8.3
1. 11 2. – 1 / 64 3. (3, 2) 4. y 2 x 2 0, y 2 x 10 0
5. (i) (0, 5) and (0, 5) ; (ii) (2, 0) and ( 2, 0) 6. y 0 7. 24 x 12 3 y 8 9 3
8. tangent Normal
(a) 10 x y 8 0 x 10 y 223 0
(b) y xa 0 y x 3a 0
(c) x yt 2 2at xt 3 yt at 4 a
a a
(d) y mx my x 2a
m m2
x y
(e) sec tan 1 ax cos by cot a 2 b2
a b
(f) x y3 0 x y 1 0
(g) x ya 0 x y 3a 0
(h) 2x 2 y 0 2x 2 y 4 0
[ 229 ]
Exercise 8.4
1. 0.2083 2. 0.9999 3. 0.0608 4. 0.2495 5. 1.968 6. 20.025 7. 7.904
8. 2.00187 9. 0.8 10. 1.004343 11. 2.3046 12. 0-6 14. 80 cm3
Exercise 8.5
1. (a) maximum at x 2 and minimum at x 3
6 3 6 3
(b) maximum at x and minimum at x
3 3
3
(c) maximum at x sin 1 1/ 4, sin 1 1/ 4 and minimum at x ,
2 2
(d) maximum at x 1 and minimum at x 3
2. (a) maximum value = 3, minimum value = does not exist
(b) maximum value = does nto exist, minimum value = –1
(c) maximum value =4, minimum value = 2
(d) maximum value = 6, minimum vlaue = 4
3. (a) maximum value = 160, at x = 4
minimum value = 75, at x 2
(b) maximum value = 21, at x 0
minimum value = 1, at x = 0
(c) maximum value = 2p, at x 2
minimum value = 0, at x = 0
(d) maximum value = 160, at x 4
minimum = 0, at x = 0
4. Maximum value Minimum value
2 2
(a) 1, ] 1,
3 6 3 6
(b) (a 2 / 3 b 2 / 3 )3/ 2 (a 2/ 3 b 2 / 3 )3/ 2
(c) e1/ e
(d) 1/ e
Miscellaneous Exercise – 8
1. 4 r 2 h 2. x 1, y 22, 2 6. 2 x 4 y 3 0 and 2 x 4 y 0
7. 15% 8. 4 cm2
[ 230 ]
09
Integration
9.01 Introduction
We have already studied how to find the derivative of a given function. As a consequence, a natural
question arises : given a function say f (x), can we find a function g (x) such that g' (x) = f (x). If such a
functions g (x) exist, we shall call it anti-derivative of f (x) or indefinite integral of f (x). Therefore, integration
is an inverse process of differentiation. It is also called antiderivative or primitive.
9.02 Integration of a function
If the given function is f ( x ) and its integral is F ( x) , then
d
[ F ( x)] f ( x ) (1)
dx
Here, F ( x) is called integration of function f ( x) with respect to x. In symbols, it is expressed as
f ( x)dx F ( x ) (2)
where symbol is used for integration and dx means to integrate with respect to variable x. Also, the
d
For example:
dx
(sin x) cos x so cos x dx sin x
d 2
( x ) 2x 2xdx x
2
so
dx
Remark : If f ( x)dx F ( x ) , then f ( x ) is called integrand, F (x) is called integral and the process of find-
ing the integral is known as integration.
9.03 Indefinite integral and constant of integration
We know that differential coefficient of any constant is zero.
d
That means, (c) 0, where c is any constant
dx
[ 231 ]
d
Let [ F ( x)] f ( x )
dx
d d d
then, [ F ( x) c ] [ F ( x)] (c )
dx dx dx
f ( x) 0
d
so [ F ( x) c] f ( x)
dx
On integrating both sides with respect to x,
d
dx {F ( x) c} dx f ( x)dx
or f ( x)dx F ( x) c , (by definition)
where c is an arbitrary constant, which is called coefficient of integration. This is independent of x.
Antiderivative of any continuous function is not unique. Actually, there exist infinitely many anti-derivatives of
each of these functions which can be obtained by choosing c arbitrarily from the set of real numbers. In fact, c
is the parameter by varying which one gets different antiderivatives (or integrals) of the given function.
d 2
For example, ( x 1) 2 x 2 xdx x 2 1
dx
d 2
( x 4) 2 x 2 xdx x 2 4
dx
but ( x 2 1) and ( x 2 4) are not same, they are differ by a constant.
Remark : In indefinite integration, the constant of integration should be added at the end of the pro-
cess of integration.
9.04 Theorems on Integration
Theorem 1: For any constant k, f ( x) dx f ( x )dx
The integration of product of a constant function and variable function is equal to the product of con-
stant function and integral of variable function.
Proof : We know by theorem of differentiation
d d
k f ( x) dx k f ( x )dx k f ( x ) [by definition]
dx dx
Integrating both sides,
d
dx k f ( x)dx dx k f ( x)dx
k f ( x) dx k f ( x ) dx
or k f ( x )dx k f ( x ) dx
[ 232 ]
Theorem 2 : f ( x) f
1 2 ( x) dx f1 ( x) dx f 2 ( x )dx
The integral of sum or difference of any two variable functions is equal to the sum or difference of their
integrals.
Proof : Let f ( x)dx F ( x)
1 1 and f 2 ( x )dx F2 ( x)
d d
[ F1 ( x)] f1 ( x ) and [ F2 ( x )] f 2 ( x )
dx dx
d d d
Also, [ F1 ( x ) F2 ( x)] [ F1 ( x)] [ F2 ( x)]
dx dx dx
f1 ( x) f 2 ( x )
Integrating both the sides,
d
dx [ F ( x) F ( x)]dx [ f ( x) f
1 2 1 2 ( x)] dx
or, F1 ( x) F2 ( x) [ f1 ( x ) f 2 ( x)]dx
or [ f ( x) f
1 2 ( x )]dx F1 ( x ) F2 ( x )
f1 ( x) dx f 2 ( x) dx
This rule can be applied for two or more terms but not necessarily applicable on sum of infinite terms.
Generalization
[k1 1 f ( x ) k2 f 2 ( x)] dx k1 f1 ( x) dx k 2 f 2 ( x ) dx
k1 f1 ( x) dx k 2 f 2 ( x ) dx
9.05 Standard formulae of Integration
We already know the formulae for the derivatives of many important functions. From these formulae,
we can write down the corresponding formulae for the integrals of these functiosn, as listed below which will
be used to find integrals of other functions.
d n
For example ( x ) nx n 1 ( n o)
dx
nx
n 1
dx x n c
Putting n as (n +1)
x n 1
x dx c(n 1)
n
n 1
[ 233 ]
Similarly following formulae can be proved
Derivatives Integrals
d
1.
dx
(c ) 0 0 dx c
d n x n 1
( x ) nx n 1 , n 0 x dx n 1 c, n 1
n
2.
dx
d 1 1
3.
dx
(log | x |) ,
x
x0 x dx log | x | c, x0
d x
(e ) e x e dx e c
x x
4.
dx
d x ax
(a ) a x log e a a dx c
x
5. log e a
dx
d
6.
dx
(sin x) cos x cos xdx sin x c
d
7.
dx
( cos x) sin x sin xdx cosx c
d
(tan x ) sec 2 x sec xdx tan x c
2
8.
dx
d
( cot x ) cos ec 2 x cosec x dx cot x c
2
9.
dx
d
10.
dx
(sec x) sec x tan x sec x tan xdx sec x c
d
11.
dx
( cosec x ) cosec x cot x cosec x cot x dx cosec x c
d 1 1
12. dx
(sin 1 x )
1 x2
, (| x | 1) 1 x 2
dx sin 1 x c
d 1 1
13. dx
(cos 1 x )
1 x2
, (| x | 1) 1 x 2
dx cos 1 x c
d 1 1
14.
dx
(tan 1 x)
1 x2
1 x 2
dx tan 1 x c
d 1 1
15.
dx
( cot 1 x )
1 x2
1 x 2
dx cot 1 x c
d 1 1
16. dx
(sec 1 x)
x x2 1
x x 12
dx sec 1 x c
[ 234 ]
d 1 1
17. dx
( cosec 1 x)
x x2 1
x x 1
2
cosec 1 x c
d | x| |x|
18. | x | , x 0 dx | x | c, x 0
dx x x
d
Particularly
dx
( x) 1 1.dx x c
d d
dx dx f ( x)dx f ( x) c
Note (a) f ( x) dx f ( x ) (b)
hence there is a difference of integral constant between differentiation of integral and integral of deriva-
tive.
Remarks :
(1) We should not conclude for formula 12 and 13 that sin 1 x cos 1 x because they are differ by con-
stant term only, because we know that sin 1 x cos 1 x / 2 .
(2) In practice, we normally do not mention the interval over whcih the various functions are defined. How
ever, in any specific problem one has to keep it in mind.
9.06 About Differentiation and Integration
(1) Both are operations on functions, the result of each is also a function.
(2) Both satisfy the property of linearity.
(3) All functions are not differentiable and integralble.
(4) The derivative fo a function, when it exist, is a unique function. The integral of a function is not so due to
integral constant.
(5) We can speak of the derivastive at a point. We never speak of the integral at a point, We speak of the
integral of a function over an interval on whcih the integral is defined.
(6) The derivative of a function has a geometrical meaning, namely, the slope of the tangent to the corre-
sponding curve at a point similarly, the indefinite integral of a function represents geometrically, are of
some region, or area under curve.
(7) The derivative is used for finding some physical quantities like the velocity of a moving particle, accelera-
tion whereas integration is used for finding, centre of mass, momentum etc.
(8) The process of differentiation and integration are inverse operation of each other.
9.07 Methods of Integration
Some prominent methods to find out the integration are :
(I) Usign standard formulae
(II) Integration by substitution
(III) Integration using Partial fractions
(IV) Integration by parts
I Integration by the use of standard formulae
Here by using the standard formulae or other trigonometric formulae, We can find integral of given func-
tion. We can illustrate with the following examples.
[ 235 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Integrate the following functions with respect to x
x2 1 1
(i) x 6 (ii) x (iii) (iv)
x4 x
xn 1
x dx n 1 c, n 1
n
Solution : We know that
x 6 1 x7
(i) Let I x 6dx c c
6 1 7
x1/ 21 x 3/ 2 2
(ii) Let I xdx x1/ 2 dx c c x 3/ 2 c
(1/ 2) 1 3/ 2 3
x2 1 x2 1 1 1
(iii) Let I 4
dx 4 4 dx 2 dx 4 dx
x x x x x
x 2 1 x 4 1
x 2 dx x 4dx c
2 1 4 1
x 1 x 3 1 1
c 3 c
1 3 x 3x
1 x 1/ 21
(iv) Let I dx x 1/ 2 dx c
x 1/ 2 1
x1/ 2
c 2 x c
(1/ 2)
ax 2 bx c
Example 2. Evaluate dx
x
ax 2 bx c ax 2 bx c
Solution : x
dx x x x dx
c
ax b dx
x
c
ax dx b dx dx
x
1
a x dx b dx c dx
x
ax 2
bx c log | x | k
2
[ 236 ]
sin 2 x
Example 3. Evaluate dx
1 cos x
sin 2 x 1 cos 2 x
Solution : 1 cos x 1 cos x dx
dx
1 cos x1 cos x dx
1 cos x
1 cos x dx 1.dx cos x dx
x sin x c
x2
Example 4. Evaluate x 1
dx
x2
x2 1 1
Solution : x 1
dx
x 1
dx
x2 1 1
dx
x 1 x 1
1 1
x 1 dx x 1 dx
x 1 1 x
x2
x log x 1 c, x 1
2
sin x cos x 2 dx
sin x cos x dx
cos x sin x c
1 cos 2 x
Example 6. Evaluate 1 cos 2 x dx
1 cos 2 x 2sin 2 x
Solution : 1 cos 2 x 2cos 2 x dx
dx [ cos 2 x 1 2sin 2 x 2 cos 2 x 1]
tan 2 x dx (sec 2 x 1) dx
tan x x c
[ 237 ]
1
Example 7. Evaluate 1 sin x dx
1 1 1 sin x
Solution : 1 sin x dx 1 sin x 1 sin x dx
1 sin x 1 sin x
dx dx
1 sin x
2
cos 2 x
1 sin x
2 dx
cos x cos x
2
tan x sec x c
dy 3
Example 8. The slope of a curve is given by 2 x 2 . It passes through (1, 1). Find the equation of
dx x
curve.
dy 3
Solution : 2x 2
dx x
Integrating both the sides with respect tot x
dx dx 2 x 3x dx
dy 2
dy 2 xdx 3 x
2
dx
2x2 x 1
y 3 c
2 1
3
y x2 c
x
It passes through (1, 1)
3
1 (1)2 c c 3
(1)
required equation of curve
3
y x2 3
x
[ 238 ]
Exercise 9.1
1. Integrate the following functions with respect to x
2 x3 1
2. 5cos x 3sin x 2 dx 3. 2 dx 4. sec2 x cos ec 2 x dx
cos x x
x2
5. (1 x) x dx 6. a x da 7. dx
1 x2
cos 2 x
8. 1 sin x dx 9. sec x(sec x tan x) dx
x2 1
10. (sin 1 x cos 1 x) dx 11. x 2 1 dx
dx
12. tan x dx
2
13. cot x dx
2
14. 1 x x
sin x 1
15. (tan 2 x cot 2 x) dx 16. 1 sin x dx 17. 1 cos x dx
1 3
18. 1 1 x 2
x x 1
2
2 x dx
19. cot x(tan x cosec x)dx
2
1
20. x dx 21. log x x dx 22. 1 cos 2x dx
x
cos 2 x 3cos x 4
23. sin 2
x cos 2 x
dx 24. sin 2 x
dx
II Integration by substitution
(a) Substitution of Variables : The given variable cna be transformed into antoher form or in-
dependent variable, then doing integrationis called integration by substitutiion.
Theorem : If x is substituted by new variable in f ( x) dx then x (t )
d
f ( x ) dx f {t} (t ) dt , where (t )
dt
d d
Proof : Let f ( x ) dx F ( x ) then
dx f ( x) dx
dx
F ( x ) (From differentiation) (1)
dx
Now if x (t ) then (t ) (2)
dt
[ 239 ]
d d dx
again F ( x) F ( x) . (Chain rule)
dt dx dt
f ( x) . (t ) [From (1) and (2)]
f (t ) t
Now by definition of integration
dx F x dt f t . t dt
d
Or F x f t . t dt
Or f x dx f t . t dt
Some integrands for substitution
f ( x )
(a) f ( x)
dx log | f ( x) | c (Let f ( x) t etc.)
[ f ( x)]n 1
[ f ( x)] f '( x)dx n 1 c (Let f ( x) t etc.)
n
(b)
whereas f x dx F x c
Formulae for linear functions
If a o then
ax b
n 1
ax b dx c, n 1
n
(i)
a(n 1)
1 1
(ii) ax b dx a log ax b c, a0
e ax b
e
ax b
(iii) dx c
a
cos ax b
(iv) sin ax b dx a
c
sin ax b
(v) cos ax b dx a
c
Remark : There is no general ruel for substitution, it depends on the nature of integral. The success of
substitution method depends that we make a substitution such that a function whose derivative also occurs in
the integrand in product form.
[ 240 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 9. Integrate the following functions with respect to x
1
cos[log( x)] esin x
sin x 1
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
x 1 x 2
x cos (5 x 2)
2
1
Solution : (i) Let log x t then dx dt
x
cos(log x)
I dx cos t dt sin t c sin log x c
x
1
esin x
(ii) Let I dx
1 x2
1
Let sin 1 x t dx dt
1 x2
I et dt et c esin
1
x
c
sin x
(iii) I dx
x
1 1
Let x t dx dt dx 2dt
2 x x
2 ( cos t ) c 2 cos x c
1
(iv) I dx
cos 5 x 2
2
sec 2 5 x 2 dx
1
Let 5 x 2 t 5dx dt dx dt
5
1
I sec 2 t dt
5
1 1 1
5 sec 2 t dt tan t c tan(5 x 2) c
5 5
Example 10. Integrate the following functions with respect to x
log[ x 1 x 2 ] 1
(i) (ii) sec x log(sec x tan x ) (iii)
1 x 2 1 tan x
[ 241 ]
log[ x 1 x 2 ]
Solution : (i) I dx
1 x2
Let log[ x 1 x 2 ] t
1 2x
1 dx dt
x 1 x2 2 1 x2
1 [ 1 x 2 x]
dx dt
[ x 1 x2 ] 1 x2
1
dx dt
1 x2
I t dt
t2
c
2
1
[log{x 1 x 2 }]2 c
2
t2 1
I t dt c log(sec x tan x ) c
2
2 2
1 1 cos x
(iii) I dx dx dx
1 tan x sin x cos x sin x
1
cos x
1 1 cos x sin x
2 dx
2 cos x sin x
dx
[ 242 ]
In second integral, Let cos x sin x t
( sin x cos x ) dx dt
1 1 dt 1 1
I
2 dx x log | t | c
2 t 2 2
x 1
log cos x sin x c
2 2
(b) Integration of trigonometric functions tan x, cot x, sec x and cos ecx
sin x
(i) Let I tan x dx dx
cos x
Let cos x t sin x dx dt sin xdx dt
dt
I log | t | c log | cos x | c
t
log sec x c
dt
I log | t | c log | sec x tan x | c . . . (1)
t
1 sin x
log c
cos x cos x
1 sin x
log c
cos x
x x x x
sin 2 cos 2 2sin cos
log 2 2 2 2 c
2 x 2 x
cos sin
2 2
[ 243 ]
2
x x
cos sin
log 2 2
c
x x x x
cos 2 sin 2 cos 2 sin 2
1 tan x / 2
log c
1 tan x / 2
x
log tan c
4 2
x
sec x dx log sec x tan x c log tan c
4 2
dt
I log | t | c log cosec x cot x c
t
1 cos x 1 cos x
log c log c
sin x sin x sin x
1 1 2sin 2 ( x / 2) x
log c log tan c
2sin ( x / 2) cos ( x / 2) 2
1 1
Solution : Let I dx dx
1 cos 2 x 2 cos 2 x
1 1 1
2 cos x
dx
2
sec x dx
1
log | sec x tan x | c
2
[ 244 ]
Example 12. Integrate sec x 1 with respect to x
1
Solution : Let I sec x 1dx 1 dx
cos x
2 cos ( x / 2) dx 2 dt
2dt
I 2sin 1 t 2sin 1 ( 2 sin x / 2) c
1 t 2
1
I cos 3 x cos 4 x dx
2
Solution :(i) Let 2 cos 4 x cos 3 x dx
1 1 sin 7 x
2 (cos 7 x cos x ) dx
2 7
sin x c
1 cos 2 x 1
(ii) Let I sin 2 x dx dx (1 cos 2 x ) dx
2 2
1 sin 2 x
x c
2 2
1
I cos 3 x dx
4
(iii) Let (cos 3 x 3cos x) dx
cos 3x 4 cos 3
x 3cos x cos 3 x 1/ 4(cos 3 x 3cos x )
1 sin 3 x
3sin x c
4 3
2
1 cos 2 x
(iv) Let I sin 4 x dx (sin 2 x ) 2 dx dx
2
1
4 (1 cos 2 2 x 2 cos 2 x) dx
[ 245 ]
1 1 cos 4 x 1
4 1
2
2 cos 2 x dx (3 cos 4 x 4 cos 2 x) dx
8
1 sin 4 x
3 x 2 sin 2 x c
8 4
Exercise 9.2
Integrate the following functions with respect to x
e x sin x ex
2. (i) x (ii)
e cos x 1 ex
e x cos e x
3. (i) e 1
x (ii)
x
1 (1 log x)3
4. (i) (ii)
x 1 log x x
1
em tan x sin p x
5. (i) (ii)
1 x2 cos p 2 x
1 1 cos x
6. (i) (ii)
1 cos 2x sin x cos x
7. (i) sin 3x sin 2 x (ii) 1 sin x
8. (i) cos 4 x (ii) sin 3 x
1 (1 x )e x
9. (i) (ii)
sin x cos3 x cos 2 ( xe x )
1 1
10. (i) (ii)
1 tan x 1 cot x
sec 4 x 1 tan x
11. (i) (ii)
tan x 1 tan x
sin( x a ) sin x
12. (i) (ii)
sin( x a ) sin( x a)
sin 2 x sin 2 x
13. (i) sin 5 x sin 3x (ii)
sin x sin x
6 6
[ 246 ]
1 1
14. (i)
3sin x 4 cos x
Hint: 3 r cos , 4 r sin (ii)
sin( x a) sin( x b)
1 cos 2 x cos 2
16. (i) cos x sin( x a)
(ii)
cos x cos
3
1 1 1 1
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
a x2
2
a x
2 2
x a
2 2
x a2
2
1
(i) Let, I dx
a x2
2
1 sec 2 1 1 1 x
a sec
2
d d ( ) c tan 1 c
a a a a
1 1 x
a 2
x 2
dx tan 1 c
a a
1
(ii) Let I dx
a 2 x2
If x a sin then dx a cos d
a cos d a cos d x
I d c sin 1 c
a 2 a 2 sin 2 a cos a
1 x
a2 x2
dx sin 1
a
c
1
(iii) Let I dx
x2 a2
a sec 2 d a sec 2
I d
a 2 tan 2 a 2 a sec
[ 247 ]
x2 x
log 1 c1
a2 a
x2 a2 x
log c1 log x x 2 a 2 log a c1
a
1
x a
2 2
dx log | x x 2 a 2 | c
1
(iv) Let I dx
x 2 a2
Let x a sec dx a sec tan d
1 a sec tan
I a sec tan d
a 2 sec2 a 2 a tan
x x2 x x2 a 2
log 1 c1 log c1
a a2 a
1
x a
2 2
dx log | x x 2 a 2 | c
1
(ii) a 2 x 2 or x a sin or x a cos
a x2
2
1
(iii) x 2 a 2 or x a sec
x a2
2
ax a x
(iv) or x a cos 2 or x a cos
ax a x
(v) xa x a cos 2 or x a cos
[ 248 ]
(vi) 2ax x 2 x 2a sin 2 or x a 1 cos 2
a2 x2
(vii) x 2 a 2 cos 2
a2 x2
xa x
(viii)
x
or
xa x a tan 2
Illustrative Examples
Example 14. Integrate the following with respect to x
x 1
(i) (ii)
1 x4 9 25x 2
x
Solution : (i) Let I dx
1 x4
dt
Let x 2 t xdx
2
1 dt 1 1
I
2 1 t 2
tan 1 (t ) c tan 1 ( x 2 ) c
2 2
1 1 1
(ii) Let I dx dx
9 25 x 2 5 (3 / 5) 2 x 2
1 x 1 1 5 x
sin 1 c sin c
5 3/ 5 5 3
1
Example 15. Integrate with respect to x
x2 4x 5
1 1
Solution : I dx dx
x 4x 5
2
( x 2) 2 1
log | ( x 2) ( x 2) 2 1 | c
log | ( x 2) x 2 4 x 5 | c
1
Example 16. Evaluate: x 2
2x 5
dx
1 1
Solution : Let I dx dx
x 2x 5
2
( x 1) 2 (2) 2
1 x 1
tan 1 c
2 2
[ 249 ]
1
Example 17. Integrate with respect to x
5x 6 x 2
1 1
Solution : Let I dx dx
5x 6 x2 6 ( x 2 5 x )
1 1
dx dx
(25 / 4 6) ( x 5 x 25 / 4)
2
(1/ 2) ( x 5 / 2) 2
2
x 5/ 2 2x 5
sin 1 c sin 1 c
1/ 2 1
(1 x)2
Example 18. Integrate with respect to x
x x3
(1 x) 2 1 x2 2x
Solution : Let I dx dx
x x3 x(1 x 2 )
(1 x 2 ) 2x 1 2
2
dx dx dx
x (1 x ) x(1 x ) 1 x2
2
x
log | x | 2 tan 1 x c
sin 2 x cos 2 x
Example 19. Integrate with respect to x
9 cos 4 2 x
sin 2 x cos 2 x
Solution : Let I dx
9 cos 4 2 x
Let cos 2 2 x t 2 cos 2 x.( sin 2 x)2.dx dt
dt
sin 2 x cos 2 x dx
4
1 dt 1 t
I
4 9 t2
sin 1 c
4 3
1 cos 2 2 x
sin 1 c
4 3
2x
Example 20. If 1 4 x
dx k sin 1 2 x c , then find the vlaue of k
[ 250 ]
2x 2x
Solution : Let I dx dx
1 4x 1 (2 x ) 2
dt
Let 2 x t 2 x log e 2dx dt 2 x dx
log e 2
1 dt 1
I
log e 2 1 t 2
log e 2
sin 1 (t ) c log 2 e.(sin 1 2 x ) c
2x
1 4 x
dx log 2 e.(sin 1 2 x ) c
2x
but it is given that 1 4 x
dx k (sin 1 2 x ) c
On comparison, k log 2 e
Exercise 9.3
Integrate the following function with respect to x
1 1
1. (i) (ii)
50 2x 2 32 2x 2
1 1
2. (i) (ii)
1 e 2x
1 4x 2
1 1
3. (i) (ii)
a b x
2 2 2
2 x
2
1
x2 x4
4. (i) (ii)
x6 4 1 x10
1 1
5. (i) (ii)
x 6x 8
2
2x2 x 2
ex 1 tan 2 x
6. (i) 2 x (ii)
e 2e x cos 1 tan 2 x 3
1 1
7. (i) (ii)
3x 2 x 2
4 8 x 5x 2
sin x cos x 1
8. (i) (ii)
sin 2 x x 2ax b2
2
ax ax
9. (i) (ii)
x ax
[ 251 ]
x 1
10. (i) (ii)
a x
3 3 ( a x 2 )3/ 2
2
1 x 1
11. (i) (ii)
(1 x 2 )3/ 2 x2 1
1 1
12. (i) (ii)
( x )( x) 2x x 2
1 cos x
13. (i) (ii)
( x 1)( x 2) 4 sin 2 x
III. Integration by resolving into partial fractions
(a) Rational algebraic function
f ( x)
Definit ion : If f (x) and g (x) are polynomials of x then fraction is called rational algebraic
g ( x)
function.
x2 x 6 2x 1 x2 2 x3 x4
, , , ,
For example:
x 3 x 2 3 x 4 2 x 2 x 1 x 2 1 x 1 x 2 1 x 3 2 x 4
Proper Rational Fraction : If in a rational algebraic fraction the power of numerator is less than the
power of denominator then it is called a proper rational fraction.
Improper Rational Fraction : If in a rational algebraic fraction the power of numerator is more than or
equal to the power of denominator then it is called an improper rational fraction.
2x 3
For example : , is a proper fraction.
3x 2 x 4
3 x3 x 2 5 x 4 3x 2 x 2
For example :
x2 x 2
and
x 1 x 3 are improper fractions.
Remark : An improper rational fraction can be expressed into a proper rational fraction by division
process.
3x 3 2 x 7 50 x 142
For example 3( x 5) 2
x 5x 9
2
x 5x 9
The above rational algebraci function may be expressed or convert into partial fraction and then integrate
each fraction.
Partial Fraction : It is always possible to write the integrand as a sum of simpler rational functiosn by
a method called partial fraction decomposition.
2x 5 1 1
For example
x 5x 6 x 2 x 3
2
[ 252 ]
Rules of resolving a rational fraction into partial fraction
[A] First of all if the fraction is not proper then convert it into a proper fraction by using division method. So
that an improper fraction will be decompose into a polynomial and proper fraction. Keep the polynomial
same and decompose the real fraction into partial fraction.
[B] If denominator of proper fraction is not in the form of factors then factorize it.
[C] Now assume the constant term as equal to the power of denominator. The following indicates the types
of simpler partial fraction that is associated with various kind of rational functions.
(a) If denominator contains linear factors without repetition then the form of partial fraction will be
according tot he following example:
x A B C
x 1 x 2 x 3 x 1 x 2 x 3
(b) If denominaot rcontains linear factors with repetition then the form of partial fraction will be ac-
cording tot he following example:
x A B C
x 1 x 3
2
x 1 x 1 x 3
2
(c) If denominator contains quadratic factors then the form of partial fraction will be according to the
following example:
x A Bx C
2
x 1 x 2 x 1 x 2
2
Remark : If in a partial fraction both numerator and denominator contain x 2 i.e. quadratic then x 2
must be considedred as linear and the partial fraction may be written as
x2 2 A B
2 2
x 1 x 3
2 2
x 1 x 3
[D] Finding the values of constant A, B and C
(a) As discussed in [C] take LCM of denominators of partial fractions in RHS and find their sum.
(b) Fractions of both the sides are equal and denominators are also equal. hence by comparing their
numerators and factors of all powers of x and constant terms find equations. The number of such
equations should be same as number of unknown constants. Find the vlaues of unknown constants
from equations and get the required partial fraction.
Let 2x 3 A B
x 2 x 1 x 2 x 1
2x 3 A x 1 B x 2
or
x 2 x 1 x 2 x 1
or 2 x 3 A x 1 B x 2 (1)
or 2 x 3 A B x A 2B
[ 253 ]
On comparision of coefficients of equal terms
A B 2 on solving
A 2 B 3 A 1, B 1
2x 3 1 1
so
( x 2)( x 1) ( x 2) ( x 1)
Alternative Methods :
(i) Short Method : In the above example the corresponding vlaues of x of factors (x + 1) and (x + 2) as
x = –1 and x = –2 can be substituted in equation (1) to find the values of A and B.
(ii) Division Method : Division method is more sutiable for repeatign factors of denominator in fractions, in
this repeathin factor may be considered as y and the division process id done so that we can get inte-
grable terms.
x2
For example Let x 1 y then
x 1 3 x 2
x2
y 1
2
1 2 y y2
x 1 3 x 2 y3 y 1 y3 1 y
1 4 y3
1 3 4 2
1 y
y y
y3
1 3 4 4
2
y 3
y y 1 y
1 3 4 4
x 1 3
x 1 2
x 1 x 2
which can easily be integrated
(iii) By inspection : If there is 1 as numerator in a real fraction and the difference of parts is a constant
quantity then this methdo can be used. For this divide by difference of parts and subtract the reciprocal
of bigger part from the reciprocal of smaller part.
1 1 1 1
For example x 2 x 3 5 x 3 x 2 here difference of parts x 2 x 3 5
Some Standard Integrals
dx 1 xa
(i) x 2
a 2
2a
log
xa
c ( x a)
dx 1 ax
(ii) a 2
x 2
2a
log
ax
c ( x a)
[ 254 ]
Proof :
1 1 1 1 1
( x a )( x a ) 2a x a x a
(i) (By insepection)
x a
2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
x 2
a 2
dx dx
2a x a x a 2a x a x a
dx
1 1 1 1
2a x a
dx
2a x a
dx
1 1
log | x a | log | x a | c
2a 2a
1 xa
log c
2a xa
Similarly
1 1 1 1 1
(ii) a x
2 2
a x a x 2a a x a x
1 1 1 1
a 2
x 2
dx
2a a x a x
dx
1 log | a x |
log | a x | c
2a 1
1
log | a x | log | a x | c
2a
1 ax
log c
2a ax
Remark : In some cases substittion makes the task easy. Specially when there is any power of x, Let
x n 1 is a part of numerator and remaining fraction is a rational function of x n then substitute x t and then
n
1
Let 4 x t 4dx dt or dx dt
4
[ 255 ]
1 dt 1 1 t 3
I
4 t 3
2 2
4 2 3
log
t 3
c
1 4x 3
log c
24 4x 3
1 1
Solution : (ii) Let I dx 2 dx
9 4x 2
3 2 x 2
dt
Let 2 x t dx
2
1 dt 1 1 3t
I
2 3 t
2 2
2 2 3
log
3t
c
1 3 2x
log c
12 3 2x
1
Example 22. Integrate with respect to x.
x x2
2
1 1 1 1 1
Solution : x x 2 x 2 x 1 3 x 2 x 1
2 (by mathod of
inspection )
1 1 1 1
x 2
x2
dx
3 ( x 2) ( x 1)
dx
1
log | ( x 2) | log | x 1| c
3
1 x2
log c
3 x 1
x2 x 2
Example 23. Evaluate: ( x 1)( x 2) dx
x2 x 2 4x
1
Solution :
x 1 x 2 x 1 x 2 (on dividing)
4x A B
Let
x 1 x 2 x 1 x 2
or 4 x A( x 2) B ( x 1) (1)
Now in (1)
[ 256 ]
Put x=2 8 B 2 1 or B 8
Put x=1 4 A or A 4
4x 4 8
( x 1)( x 2) x 1 x 2
x2 x 2 4 8
1
x 1 x 2 x 1 x 2
x2 x 2 4 8
or x 1 x 2 dx 1 x 1 x 2 dx
x 4 log x 1 8log x 2 c
x 4 2 log x 2 log x 1 c
x 4 log
x 2
2
c .
x 1
1
Example 24. Integrate with respect to x.
x 1 2
x 2
1
1 A B Cx D
2
Solution : Let x 1 2
x 2
1
x 1 x 1 x 2 1
1 A x 1 x 2 1 B x 2 1 Cx D x 1
2
1 A x 3 x 2 x 1 B x 2 1 Cx 3 2Cx 2 Dx 2 2 Dx Cx D
1 x3 A C x 2 A B 2C D x A C 2 D A B D
On comparison
AC 0 (1) A B 2C D 0 (2)
A C 2D 0 (3) A B D 0 (4)
From (1) and (3), 2D O D 0
From (1) and (2), BC D 0 on solving, 2C 1 C 1/ 2 A 1/ 2
From (1) and (4), B C D 1
From (4), 1/ 2 B 0 1 B 1/ 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 x
. . . 2
x 1 x 1 2 x 1 2 x 1 2 x 1
2 2 2
[ 257 ]
1 1 1 1 1 1 2x
x 1 x
2 2
1
dx
2 x 1
dx
2 x 1 2
dx 2
4 x 1
dx
1
2
log x 1
1 1 1
log x 2 1 c
2 x 1 4
[here x 2 1 t 2 xdx dt ]
1
2
1
log x 1 log x 2 1
4
1
2 x 1
c
x2 x 1
Example 25. Integrate with respect to x.
x 13
x2 x 1 y 1 y 1 1
2
Solution : Let x 1 y
x 1 3 y3
y 2 3y 3 1 3 3
3
2 3
y y y y
1 3 3
x 1 x 1 x 13
2
x2 x 1 1 3 3
x 1 3
dx
x 1
dx
x 1
2
dx
x 1
3
dx
3 3
log x 1 c
x 1 2 x 1 2
1
Example 26. Integrate with respect to x.
sin x sin 2 x
1
Solution : Let I dx
sin x sin 2 x
1 sin x
dx 2 dx
sin x 1 2cos x sin x 1 2 cos x
sin x
dx
(1 cos x)(1 2 cos x )
2
dt
[where cos x t sin x dx dt ]
1 t 1 2t
2
dt
1 t 1 t 1 2t
[ 258 ]
1 A B C
Again, let
1 t 1 t 1 2t 1 t 1 t 1 2t
or 1 A 1 t 1 2t B 1 t 1 2t C 1 t 1 t
1 1 1 1 1 4 1
. . .
1 t 1 t 1 2t 6 1 t 2 1 t 3 1 2t
1 1 1 1 4 1
I . . . dt
6 1 t 2 1 t 3 1 2t
1 log |1 t | 1 4 log |1 2t |
log |1 t | c
6 (1) 2 3 2
1 1 2
log |1 cos x | log |1 cos x | log | 1 2 cos x | c
6 2 3
2x
Example 27. Integrate with respect to x
( x 1)( x 2 3)
2
2x
Solution : Let I dx
( x 1)( x 2 3)
2
dt
[where x 2 t 2 xdx dt ]
(t 1)(t 3)
1 1 1
2 t 1 t 3
dt
1
log t 1 log t 3 c
2
1 t 1 1 x2 1
log c log 2 c
2 t3 2 x 3
[ 259 ]
1
Exampler 28. Integrate with respect to x.
x( x n 1)
1
Solution : Let I dx
x xn 1
x n 1
n n n 1
x x 1 (multiplying numerator and denominator by x )
dt
Again, let x n t nx n 1dx dt x n 1dx
n
1 dt 1 1 1 1
I dt [log | t 1| log | t |] c
n t (t 1) n t 1 t n
1 t 1 1 xn 1
log c log c
n t n xn
Exercise 9.4
Integrate the following functions with respect to x.
1 1 3x 3x 2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
16 9x 2 x 36
2
( x 1)( x 2) ( x 1) 2 ( x 3)
x2 x2 1 x2
(5) (6) 4 (7) 3 (8)
( x 1)( x 2)( x 3) x x 2 12 x x x 1
2
( x 1)( x 2)
x2 x 1 x 2 8x 4 1
(9) 2 (10) 3 (11) (12)
( x a 2 )( x 2 b 2 ) x x2 6x x3 4 x ( x 1) ( x 2)
2
1 3x 1 x2 x 2 5x 3 x 1
(13) (14) 5 (15) 2 (16)
1 x x 2 x3 x x x 3x 2 ( x 1)( x 2 1)
1 1 ex sec 2 x
(17) (18) (19) 2 x (20)
(1 e )(1 e x )
x
(e 1)2
x
e 5e x 6 (2 tan x )(3 tan x)
1 1 8 (1 cos x)
(21) (22) (23) (24)
x( x 1)
5
x(a bx n ) ( x 2)( x 2 4) cos x (1 cos x )
(b) Integration of special forms of rational functions
1 px q
(i) ax 2
bx c
dx (ii) ax 2
bx c
dx
[ 260 ]
b b 2 4ac
2
a x
2a 4a 2
1 dt b b 2 4ac
a t 2
2 (where x
2a
t and
4a 2
etc.)
1 1 t
. log c
a 2 t
Case : (2) : When b 2 4ac o
dx 1 dt
then ax 2
2
bx c a t 2
1 t
tan 1 c
a
on again substituting the values of t and the required integration can be done
(ii) Let numerator px q (differential coefficient of denominator + µ)
or px q 2ax b
On comparing the coefficients of equal terms
p
2a p
2a
bp
b q q
2a
px q p 2ax b bp dx
Hence the given integral ax 2
bx c
dx
2a ax bx c
2
dx q 2
2a ax bx c
p bp dx
log | ax 2 bx c | q 2
2a 2 a ax bx c
Where secodn integral can be solved by method (i)
(C) Integration of irrational algebraic function
Irrational function : A function in which power of variable is fraction :
x2 x
For example ; f ( x) x 3/ 2 x 1, g ( x) 2 x 3, h( x) etc.
1 x1/ 3
[ 261 ]
Integration of standard irrational functions
1 px q
(i) ax 2 bx c
dx (ii) ax 2 bx c
dx
1
First Method : (i) Term I dx m there are two methods of integration.
ax 2 bx c
1 dx 1 dx
(a) where a > o then I
b b 2 4ac
2
a bx c a
x2
a a x 2a 4a 2
It has three steps :
(i) where b 2 4ac o then
, where t x b , b 42 ac
1 dt 2
I
a
t2 2 2a 4a
1
log t t 2 2 c
a
1 dt
I
a 2
b 4ac b2
2
2a
x
2a
1 dt 4ac b 2
a
t2 2
b
, where t x ,
2a 2a
1
.log | t t 2 2 | c
a
(iii) when b 2 4ac o
1 dx 1 b
then, I
a x b
a
log x
2a
c
2a
(b) when a o let a
dx 1 dx
then, I
x 2 bx c b 2 4c b
2
x
4 2
2
[ 262 ]
1
, where t x b , 2 b 4 c
dt 2
2 t2 2 4 2
1 t
sin 1 c
px q
Second method : I dx
ax 2 bx c
d
Let px q A (ax 2 bx c ) B
dx
or px q A 2ax b B
p bp
on comparing and solving A , B q
2a 2a
p 2ax b bp 1
then, I
2a ax bx c
2
dx q
2a ax bx c
2
dx,
where in I integral put ax 2 bx c t and II integral can be solved by case I discussed earlier..
Illustrative Examples
1
Example 29. Integrate with respect to x.
x 4x 1
2
1 1
Solution : Let I dx dx
x 4x 1
2
( x 2)2 3
1 1 x2 3
dx log c.
( x 2) ( 3)
2 2
2 3 x2 3
1
Example 30. Integrate with respect to x.
1 6x 9x2
1 6x
Solution : Here 1 6 x 9 x 2 9 x2
9 9
2 2 x 1
9 x2
9 3 9
9 2 / 9 ( x 1/ 3) 2
1
I dx
1 6x 9x2
1 1 1 1
9 2 / 9 ( x 1/ 3) 2
dx
9 ( 2 / 3) ( x 1/ 3) 2
2
dx
[ 263 ]
1 2 / 3 x 1/ 3
log c
2 2 / 3 x 1/ 3
9 2
3
1 2 1 3x
log c.
6 2 2 1 3x
5x 2
Example 31. Integrate with respect to x.
3x 2 x 1
2
d
Solution : Let 5x 2 A (3x 2 2 x 1) B
dx
or 5 x 2 A(6 x 2) B
5
on comparing 6 A 5 A and B 2 2 A 2 5 / 3 11/ 3
6
5 11
5x 2 6x 2
6 3
5x 2
I dx
3x 2 x 1
2
5 / 6(6 x 2) 11/ 3 5 6x 2 11 1
dx 2 dx 2 dx
3x 2 x 1
2
6 3x 2 x 1 3 3x 2 x 1
5 11 1
log | 3x 2 2 x 1|
6
3 3 x 2 x / 3 1/ 3
2
dx
5 11 1
log | 3x 2 2 x 1| dx
6 9 ( x 1/ 3) ( 2 / 3) 2
2
5 11 1 x 1/ 3
log | 3x 2 2 x 1| tan 1 c
6 9 2/3 2 /3
5 11 3x 1
log | 3x 2 2 x 1| tan 1 c.
6 3 2 2
1
Example 32. Integrate with respect to x.
x 2 8 x 15
1 1
I dx dx
Solution : Here x 2 8 x 15 x 4 1
2
log | ( x 4) x 2 8 x 15 | c
[ 264 ]
1
Example 33. Integrate with respect to x
1 3x 4 x2
1
Solution : Let I dx
1 3x 4 x 2
1 dx
2 1/ 4 3 x / 4 x 2
1 dx
2 25 / 64 ( x 2 3x / 4 9 / 64)
1 dx
2 2 2
5 3
x
8 8
1 x 3/8 1 1 8 x 3
sin 1 c sin c
2 5/8 2 5
2x 5
Example 34. Integrate with respect to x
x 2 3x 1
Solution : Let 2 x 5 2 x 3 2
(On changing numerator into differential coefficient of ( x 2 3x 1) by inspection)
2x 5 2x 3 2
dx dx dx
x 3x 1
2
x 3x 1
2
x 3x 1
2
dt 2
, where x 2 3 x 1 t
t ( x 3 / 2) ( 5 / 2)
2 2
2 t 2 log ( x 3 / 2) x 2 3x 1 c
2 x 2 3 x 1 2 log x 3 / 2 x 2 3 x 1 c
Exercise 9.5
Integrate the following functions with respect to x
1 1 1 1
(1) (2) (3) (4)
x 2 x 10
2
2x x 1
2
9 x 12 x 8
2
3 2x x 2
x cos x x 3 3x 1
(5) (6) (7) (8)
x x2 1
4
sin x 4 sin x 5
2
x 2x 4
2
2x 2 x 3
2
[ 265 ]
x 1 (3sin x 2) cos x 1 1
(9) (10) (11) 2 x (12)
x 4x 5
2
5 cos x 4 sin x
2
2e 3e x 1 4 x2 5x 1
1 1 1 x2
(13) (14) (15) (16)
5x 6 x 2 1 x x2 4 3x 2 x 2 x2 2 x 4
x 1 x3 sin x
(17) (18) (19) sec x 1 (20) sin x
x x 1
2
x 2x 2
2
x3 ex
(21) (22)
x2 x 1 e 2 x 6e x 5
IV Integration of Parts:
We have studied the methods of integration by substitution, trigonometric identities and algebraic meth-
ods. But integral of some functions is either difficult or impossible with above methods. Such functions can be
expressed in parts and then their integration is can be found.
Here the main functions are non algebraic functions like exponential, logarithmic and inverse trigonomet-
ric functions.
Rule of integration by parts or integration of product of functions:
T heor em : If u and v are two functions of x then
f x . g x f x g x g x
d d d
f x
dx dx dx
integrating both sides with respect to x
d d
f x .g x f x g x g x f x dx
dx dx
d d
or f x dx g x dx f x g x g x dx f x dx (1)
d
Now let f x u, g x v g x v dx
dx
Put this value in (1)
du
u.v dx u v dx dx v dx dx
If we take u as first function and v as the second function, then this formula may be stated
as follows:
"The integral of the product of two functions = (First function) × (second function) dx–
(Differential coefficient of first function) × integral of second function dx.
[ 266 ]
Remark : The success of integration by parts method depends on selection of first and sec-
ond function. Function should be selected in a manner so that the integral of second function can
be done easily. Although there is no specific rule for selection of functions but following points
may be kept in mind.
(i) if integrand is a product of algebraic function of x and exponential or trigonometric function
them exponential or trigonometric function should be selected as second function.
(ii) In integration of single inverse trigonometric functions or logarithmic functions, unit (1) should be
taken as second function.
(iii) If integral obtained in original form in right hand side then integration should be done by transposing.
(iv) Integration by parts may be used more than once in an integral as per necessity.
Note : We can select the function as they appear in word 'ILATE'
Where : I = Inverse trigonometric functions sicj as sin 1 x, cos 1 x, tan 1 x
L = Logarithmic functions such as log x, log( x 2 a 2 )
f ( x ).e x f ( x) e x dx e x f ( x) dx c
(Integration by parts of first integral)
e f ( x) c
x
e [ f ( x) f ( x)] dx e f ( x) c
x x
similarly
x f ( x) dx f ( x) dx
I II
put f ' (x) as second function in first integral and then integrating by parts
x f ( x) 1 f ( x ) dx f ( x) dx
x f ( x) c
[ x f ( x) f ( x )] dx x f ( x) c
[ 267 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 35. Integrate x 2 e x with respect to x
Solution : Let I x 2 e x dx
I II
x 2 e x 2[ xe x 1 e x dx]
x 2 e x 2 xe x 2e x
e x ( x 2 2 x 2) c
Example 36. Integrate x log x with respect to x
x2 1 x2
I (log x) dx
2 x 2
x2 1
log x xdx c
2 2
x2 x2
log x c
2 4
Example 37. Integrate x 2 sin 2 x with respect to x
x2
cos 2 x x cos 2 x dx
2 I II
x2 x cos 2 x
cos 2 x sin 2 x c
2 2 4
Example 38. Integrate log x with respect to x
[ 268 ]
Taking one as second function, Integration by parts gives
1
(log x)( x) x dx
x
x log x x c
x (log x 1) c
x[log x log e] c x log( x / e) c
Example 39. Integrate tan 1 x with respect to x
I 1 tan 1 x dx
II I
tan 1 x x
1
1 x2
x dx
1 2x
2 1 x2
x tan 1 x dx
1
x tan 1 x log 1 x 2 c
2
(where, let 1 x 2 t )
x
Example 40. Integrate cos1 dx with respect to x
a x
x
Solution : Let I cos1 dx
a x
Let x a tan 2 dx 2a tan sec 2 d
a tan 2
I cos 1 2a tan sec d
2
a a tan
2
tan
cos 1 2a tan sec d
2
sec
2a cos 1 (sin ). tan sec 2 d
2a cos 1[cos( )].tan sec 2 d
2
2a ( ).tan sec 2 d
2
Taking ( ) as I and tan sec 2 as II function, integration by parts gives
2
[ 269 ]
tan
2
tan 2
I 2a 1 d
2 2 2
tan 2
2
tan sec
2
d
a( ) tan 2 a (sec2 1) d
2
a( ) tan 2 a[tan ] c
2
x x tan 1 x / a ax a tan 1 x / a c
2
;k I x (a x ) tan 1 x / a ax c
2
1 2x
I log[ x x 2 a 2 ].x 1 x dx
[ x x2 a 2 ] 2 x2 a 2
1 ( x 2 a 2 x)
x log[ x x 2 a 2 ] x dx
( x x2 a 2 ) x 2 a2
x
x log[ x x 2 a 2 ] dx
x a2
2
x log[ x x 2 a 2 ] x 2 a 2 c
x2
Example 42. Integrate with respect to x
( x sin x cos x) 2
x2
Solution : Let I dx
( x sin x cos x ) 2
[ 270 ]
x x cos x
. dx (Put x 2
x
x cos x in numerator)
cos x ( x sin x cos x) 2 cos x
x
Taking as I and remaining as II function, integration by parts gives
cos x
x x cos x d x x cos x
I dx dx dx
cos x ( x sin x cos x ) 2
dx cos x ( x sin x cos x )
2
Let x sin x cos x t x cos x dx dt
1 cos x sin x x
x 1
dx
cos x x sin x cos x cos x2
x sin x cos x
x
sec 2 x dx
cos x x sin x cos x
x
tan x c
cos x x sin x cos x
x sin x
c
cos x x sin x cos x cos x
x 1 sin 2 x sin x cos x
c
cos x x sin x cos x
sin x x cos x
c
x sin x cos x
x sin x
Example 43. Integrate with respect to x.
1 cos x
1
x sec 2 x / 2 dx tan x / 2 dx
2 I II
[ 271 ]
Taking x as I function in first integral, integration by parts gives
1
2 x tan x / 2 1 2 tan x / 2 dx tan x / 2 dx
2
x tan x / 2 tan x / 2 dx tan x / 2 dx
x tan x / 2 c
xe x
Example 44. Evaluate ( x 1)2 dx
I
xe x
dx
x 1 1 e x
dx
Solution : Let
x 1 2 x 1 2
1 1 x
2
e dx
x 1 x 1
ex ex
dx dx
x 1 x 1 2
1
(Taking as I function in first integral, Integration by parts gives)
x 1
1 1 ex
ex e x
dx dx
x 1 x 1 2 x 1 2
ex ex ex ex
dx x 12 dx c
x 1 x 1 x 1
2
Exercise 9.6
Integrate the following functions with respect to x
1. (i) x cos x (ii) x sec 2 x 2. (i) x3 e x (ii) x 3 sin x
2 x
3 x 2x e
3. (i) x 3 (log x )2 (ii) x e 4. (i) e e (ii) (log x) 2
xa
6. (i) sin 1 3 x 4 x3
1 x
5. (i) cos 1 x (ii) cos ec (ii)
x 1 cos x
1 x
7. (i) tan
1
Hint: x cos (ii) cos x
1 x
x
8. (i) (ii) x 2 tan 1 x
1 sin x
x sin 1 x x tan 1 x 2 x sin 2 x
9. 10. 11. e x cot x log sin x 12.
1 x
1 x 1 cos 2 x
2 32
2
[ 272 ]
1 sin x x 1
13. ex 14. e log x 2 15. e x [log(sec x tan x) sec x]
1 cos x x
1 x
2
1 x
2
1 2x
Hint 2 2
x
e 2 2
1 x (1 x ) (1 x )
18.
1 x
2
cos sin x2
19. cos 2 .log 20.
cos sin ( x cos x sin x) 2
21. cos1 1/ x 22. (sin 1 x) 2
9.08 Some special type of Integral
Many times while integrating the product of two functions, integration does not come to an end, whaterver
the first or second function is. This happens in the case of exponential and trigonometric functions. In such cases
using transpose we can calculate the integral.
For Example :
Integration of e ax sin bx and e ax cos bx
Let, I e ax sin bx dx
II I
e ax e ax
I sin bx
b cos bx dx
a a
1 ax b
or I e sin bx e ax cos bx dx
a a II I
ax
Taking cos bx as I and e as II function, Integration by parts gives.
1 ax b e ax e ax
a
I e sin bx cos bx. b sin bx dx
a a a
1 ax b b2
or I e sin bx 2 e ax cos bx 2 e ax sin bx dx
a a a
1 ax b b2
or I e sin bx 2 e ax cos bx 2 I
a a a
b 2 e ax
or I 1 2 2 a sin bx b cos bx [transposing the last term]
a a
e ax
or I a sin bx b cos bx c
a2 b2
[ 273 ]
e ax
e sin bx dx a 2 b2 a sin bx b cos bx c
ax
or
e ax
similarly e cos bxdx
ax
a2 b2
a cos bx b sin bx c
9.09 Three Important Integrals
(i) x 2 a 2 dx (ii) x 2 a 2 dx (iii) a 2 x 2 dx
(i) Let I x 2 a 2 dx x 2 a 2 1 dx
I II
x2
or I x x 2 a2 dx
x2 a2
x x a
2 2 x 2
a2 a2
dx
x2 a2
1
x x 2 a 2 x 2 a 2 dx a 2 dx
x a2
2
or I x x 2 a 2 I a 2 log | x x 2 a 2 | c1
or 2 I x x 2 a 2 a 2 log | x x 2 a 2 | c1
x 2 a2 c
or I x a 2 log | x x 2 a 2 | 1
2 2 2
x 2 a2
or x 2 a 2 dx
2
x a 2 log | x x 2 a 2 | c
2
(where c1 / 2 c )
similarly
x 2 a2
(ii) x 2 a 2 dx
2
x a 2 log | x x 2 a 2 | c
2
x 2 2 a2 x
a x dx a x sin 1 c
2 2
(iii)
2 2 a
Illustrative Examples
3x
Example 45. Integrate e sin 4 x with respec tot x
[ 274 ]
Solution : Let I e3 x sin 4 x dx
II I
1 3x 4 e3 x e3 x
3
I e sin 4 x cos 4 x. 4 sin 4 x dx
3 3 3
1 4 16
or I e3 x sin 4 x e3 x cos 4 x e3 x sin 4 x dx
3 9 9
e3 x 16
or I 3sin 4 x 4cos 4 x I c1
9 9
25 1
or I e3 x 3sin 4 x 4 cos 4 x c1
9 9
e3 x
or I 3sin 4 x 4 cos 4 x c
25
sin log x
Example 46. Evaluate x3
dx
sin log x
Solution : Let I dx
x3
Let log x t x et dx et dt
(sin t )et dt
t 3
e2 t sin t dt
(e )
e 2 t
[2 sin t cos t ] c
(2) 2 (1) 2
e ax
[ a sin bx b cos bx ]
ax
e sin bx dx
a b
2 2
x 2
2sin log x cos log x c
5
1
I 2 sin log x cos log x c
5 x2
[ 275 ]
1
xesin x
Example 47. Integrate with respect to x.
1 x2
1
xesin x
Solution : Let I dx
1 x2
Let sin 1 x t x sin t dx cos t dt
sin t.et
cos t dt et sin t dt
cos t
1
et esin x
sin t cos t c x 1 x2 c
2 2
1 4 e3 x e3 x
I e3 x cos 4 x 5 sin 4 x 5 4 cos 4 x 5 dx
3 3 3 3
1 4 16
or I e3 x cos 4 x 5 e3 x sin 4 x 5 e3 x cos 4 x 5 dx
3 9 9
1 16
or I e3 x 3cos 4 x 5 4sin 4 x 5 I c1
9 9
25 1
or I e3 x 3cos 4 x 5 4sin 4 x 5 c1
9 9
e3 x
or 3cos 4 x 5 4sin 4 x 5 c
I
25
Example 49. Integrate the following functions with respect to x
( x 1) (2)2
( x 1) 2 (2)2 log ( x 1) ( x 1)2 22 c
2 2
[ 276 ]
x 1 2
x 2 x 5 2 log x 1 x 2 2 x 5 c
2
(ii) I 3 2 x x 2 dx 4 x 2 2 x 1dx
2 2 x 1 2 dx
x 1 2
2
x 1 c
2 x 1
2 2
sin 1
2 2 2
x 1 x 1
3 2 x x 2 2 sin 1 c
2 2
(iii) Let I x 2 8 x 6 dx
x 4
2
22 dx
x4 22
x 4 2 22 log x 4 x 4 2 22 c
2 2
x 4 x 2 8x 6 11log x 4 x2 8x 6 c
2
Example 50. Integrate sec3 x with respect to x
Solution : Let I sec x.sec2 x dx
I 1 t 2 .dt
t 1
1 t 2 log t 1 t 2 c
2 2
tan x 1
1 tan 2 x log tan x 1 tan 2 x c
2 2
1 1
tan x sec x log tan x sec x c
2 2
[ 277 ]
I 4 t 2 dt
t 4 t
4 t 2 sin 1 c
2 2 2
1 sin x esin x
e 4 e 2sin x 2 sin 1 c
2 2
Exercise 9.7
Integrate the following functions with respect to x
1
e a tan x
cos( x )
2x
1. e cos x 2. sin(log x) 3. 4. e x / 2
(1 x 2 )3/ 2
7. cos b log x / a
1
a sin x
5. e x sin 2 x 6. e 8. e 4 x cos 4 x cos 2 x
1
Solution : Let I dx
a cos x b 2 sin 2 x
2 2
dt 1 dt
I 2 2
a b t
22 2
b t (a / b)2
1 1 t
tan 1 c
a/b
2
b (a / b)
1 bt
tan 1 c
ab a
1 b
tan 1 tan x c
ab a
1
Example 53. Integrate with respect to x
x1/ 2
x1/ 3
[ 278 ]
1
Solution : Here I dx
x 1/ 2
x1/ 3
Let x t 6 dx 6t 5 dt
6t 5
I 3 2 dt
t t
6t 3 1
dt 6 t 2 t 1 dt
t 1 t 1
t3 t2
6 t log | t 1| c
3 2
x x1/ 3
6 x1/ 6 log( x1/ 6 1) c
3 2
1
Let x t dx dt dx 2t dt
2 x
I cos t 2t dt
2 t cos t dt
I II
2 t sin t cos t c
2 x sin x cos x c
tan x
Example 55. Integrate dx with respect to x
sin x cos x
tan x tan x
Solution : Let I dx dx
sin x cos x tan x cos 2 x
On multiplying and dividing by cos x in denominator
sec 2 x
dx Let tan x t sec2 xdx dt
tan x
dt
2 t c 2 tan x c
t
[ 279 ]
Example 56. Integrate
tan x cot x dx with respect to x
sin x cos x
Solution : Let I
tan x cot x dx
cos
sin
dx
x x
sin x cos x sin x cos x
dx 2 dx
sin x cos x 2sin x cos x
dt
I 2 2 sin 1 t c
1 t 2
( x 5 x)1/ 5
Example 57. Integrate with respect to x
x6
(1 1/ x 4 )1/ 5
dx
x5
1 4 1 dt
Let 1 4 t 5 dx dt 5 dx
x x x 4
1 1/5 1 t 1/ 51
4
I t dt c
4 (1/ 5 1)
6/ 5
1 5 5 1
t 6 / 5 c 1 4 c
4 6 24 x
Miscellaneous Exercise 9
Integrate the following functions with respect to x
3. x log(1 x )
2 2
1. 1 2 tan x (tan x sec x )
x 3
2. e sin x
x a sin 8 x cos8 x x
4. Hint : x a tan 2 5. 6.
( x a) 1 2sin 2 x cos 2 x 1 sin x
1 2x 1 1
7. 8. 9. 10. sin 1 2 x
x a x 2 2
(1 x)2 cos 2 x cos 2 1 x
2
[ 280 ]
sin x cos x sin 2 x
11. 12.
sin 2 x sin x cos 4 x
4
1 1 1
16. 17. 18.
sin x sin 2 x
2
4x 4 x 3
2
x[6(log x ) 7(log x ) 2]
2
1 cos 2 x
22. 1 cos 2 x dx =
(a) tan x x c (b) cot x x c (c) tan x x c (d) cot x x c
1
23. 32 2 x 2
dx =
1 2x
(a) sin 1 ( x / 4) c (b) sin 1 ( x / 4) c (c) sin 1 c (d) cos 1 ( x / 4) c
2 4
24. log x dx =
(a) x log( xe) c (b) x log x c (c) x log( x / e) c (d) log x / e
1
25. x( x 1) dx
x x 1 1 x 1 x 1
(a) log c (b) log c (c) log c (d) log c
x 1 x 2 x 1 2 x
IMPORTANT POINTS
d
1. If given function is f (x) and its integral is F (x) then by definition of integration F x f x -
dx
2. Integration is called antiderivative or primitive, it is a inverse process of differentiation.
3. For a constant k, k f ( x )dx k f ( x ) dx
4. f x f x dx f x dx f x dx
1 2 1 2
ax
(iii) e x dx e x c (iv) a dx c
x
log a
[ 281 ]
(v) sin xdx cos x c (vi) cos xdx sin x c
1 1
(xi) 1 x 2
dx sin 1 x c cos 1 x c (xii) 1 x 2
tan 1 x c cot 1 x c
1 |x|
(xiii) x x2 1
sec 1 x c cosec 1 x c (xiv) x
dx | x | c, x o
(xv) dx x c (xvi) o dx c
6. Integration by substitution
f x [ f ( x )]n 1
f x dx log f ( x) c (ii) f x f x dx
n
(i) c
n 1
ax b
n 1
(iii) ax b dx
n
c 1 1
a n 1
(iv) ax b dx a log | ax b | c
e ax b cos( ax b)
(v) e dx
ax b
c (vi) sin ax b dx c
a a
sin( ax b )
(vii) cos ax b dx c
a
7. Use of substitituon method in standard formulae
1 1 x 1
(i) a 2
x 2
dx tan 1 c
a a
(ii) a x2 2
dx sin 1 x / a c
1 1
(iii) x a
2 2
dx log | x x 2 a 2 | c (iv) x a
2 2
dx log | x x 2 a 2 | c
8. Standard Integrals
1 1 xa 1 1 ax
(i) x 2 a 2 2a log x a c (ii) a 2
x 2
dx
2a
log
ax
c
x 2 a2 x
(iii) a 2 x 2 dx
2
a x 2 sin 1 c
2 a
x 2 a2
(iv) a 2 x 2 dx
2
a x 2 log | x a 2 x 2 | c
2
x 2 a2
x a dx x a log | x x 2 a 2 | c
2 2 2
(v)
2 2
[ 282 ]
(vi) tan xdx log | sec x | c (vii) cot xdx log | sin x | c
x
(viii) sec x dx log | sec x tan x | c log tan c
2 4
du
i.e. u v dx u dx dx dx dx
I II
e ax eax
(ii) e sin bx dx
ax
a sin bx b cos bx c sin[bx tan 1 b / a ] c
a 2 b2 a 2 b2
e ax e ax
(iii) e cos bx dx
ax
a cos bx b sin bx c cos bx tan 1 b / a c
a b
2 2
a b
2 2
e [ f ( x) f ( x)] dx e f ( x) c
x x
(iv)
(v) [ x f ( x ) f ( x)] dx x f ( x) c
(vi) [ f (log x) f (log x)] dx xf (log x) c
Answer
Exercise 9.1
3 5/ 3 e3 x (1/ 2) x x3
1. (i) x c (ii) c (iii) c (iv) c
5 3 (log1/ 2) 3
2. 5sin x 3cos x 2 tan x c 3. x 2 / 2 1/ x c 4. tan x cot x c
a x 1
5. 2 / 3 x 3/ 2 2 / 5 x 5/ 2 c 6. c 7. x tan 1 x c 8. x cos x c
x 1
9. tan x sec x c 10. ( / 2) x c 11. x 2 tan 1 x c 12. tan x x c
2 2
1 x x3/ 2 c
3/ 2
13. cot x x c 14. 15. tan x cot x c
3 3
16. x tan x sec x c 17. cot x cot x cos ec x c
1 2x 1
18. x tan x 3sec x c 19. x cosec x c 20. x 2 / 2 log | x | 2 x c
log 2
[ 283 ]
Exercise 9.2
1 2
1. (i) (1/ 2) cos x 2 c (ii) ( x 1) 3/ 2 c 2. (i) log | e x cos x | c (ii) 2 1 e x c
3
ex 1
1 log x c
4
3. (i) 2 e x 1 log c (ii) 2sin(e x ) c 4. (i) log |1 log x | c (ii)
ex 2 4
1
e m tan x
(tan x ) p 1
5. (i) c (ii) c
m p 1
1
6. (i) log | sec x tan x | c ; (ii) log | cosec2 x cot 2 x | log | cosec x cot x | c
2
1 1
7. (i) sin x sin 5 x c (ii) 2(sin x / 2 cos x / 2) c
2 5
1 1 3 1
8. (i) 3x 2 sin 2 x sin 4 x c ; (ii) cos x cos 3 x c
8 2 4 12
1
9. (i) log | tan x | tan 2 x c ; (ii) tan( xe x ) c
2
1 1
10. (i) x log | sin x cos x | c ; (ii) 2 x log | sin x cos x | c
2
2
11. (i) 2 tan x tan x c (ii) log | sin x cos x | c
5/ 2
3
12. (i) x cos 2a sin 2a.log | sin( x a) | c ; (ii) x cos a sin a.log | sin( x a ) | c
1 1
13. (i) log | sin 3x | log | sin 5 x | c ; (ii) log | sin( x / 6) sin( x / 6) | c
3 5
1 x tan 1 (4 / 3) sin( x a )
14. (i) 5 log tan c ; (ii) cosec( a b) log c
2 sin( x b)
1
15. (i) log(a cos2 x b sin 2 x) c ; (ii) 2 sec tan x cos sin c
2(b a )
2
16. (i) tan x cos a sin a c ; (ii) 2[sin x x cos ] c
cos a
Exercise 9.3
1 x 1 x 1
1. (i) tan 1 c ; (ii) sin 1 c 2. (i) log |1 1 e 2 x | c ; (ii) log 2 x 4 x 2 1 c
10 5 2 4 2
[ 284 ]
1 1 bx
3. (i) sin c ; (ii) log | (2 x ) x 2 4 x 5 | c
b a
1 1 1 5
4. (i) log | x 3 x 6 4 | c ; (ii) sin ( x ) c
3 5
1
5. (i) tan 1 ( x 3) c ; (ii) log x 1/ 4 x 2 1/ 2 x 1 c
2
1 e x cos
6. (i) tan 1 c ; (ii) log | tan x tan 2 x 3 | c
sin sin
1 5x 4
7. (i) sin 1 (2 x 3) c ; (ii) sin 1 c
5 6
2 1 1 x
10. (i) sin ( x / a) 3/ 2 c ; (ii) 2 . 2 c
3 a x a2
x
c ; (ii) x
11. (i) x 2 1 log( x x 2 1) c 12. (i) 2sin 1 1
c ; (ii) sin ( x 1) c
1 x x
2
sin x
13. (i) log ( x 3 / 2) x 2 3 x 2 c ; (ii) sin 1 c
2
Exercise 9.4
1 4x 3 1 x6
1. log c 2. log c 3. log | x 1| 2 log | x 2 | c
24 4x 3 12 x6
11 x 1 5 1 1 4 9
4. log log c 5. log | x 1| log | x 2 | log | x 3 | c
4 x3 2 x 1 6 5 10
1 x2 3 x 1 x 1 1
6. log tan 1 c 7. log c
7 x2 7 3 4 x 1 2( x 1)
1 ( x 2) 4 1
8. x log c 9. [a tan 1 ( x / a) b tan 1 ( x / b)] c
3 | x 1| a b
2 2
1 3 2
10. log | x | log | x 2 | log | x 3 | c 11. log | x | 3log | x 2 | log | x 2 | c
6 10 15
[ 285 ]
1 x2 1 (1 x )2 1 x 1
12. log c 13. log tan 1 x c 14. log | x | log c
9 x 1 3( x 1) 1 x2 2 x 1
x2 1 1 ex 1
15. x 3log | x 2 | log | x 1| c 16. log c 17. 2 log c
| x 1| ex 1
2 ex 2 tan x
20. log
ex 1
18. log x x c 19. log c c
e 1 e 1 3 ex 3 tan x
1 1 xn
21. log | x | log | x 5 1| c 22. a n log c
a bx
n
5
1 1
23. log | x 2 | log( x 4) tan ( x / 2) c
2
24. log | sec x tan x | 2 tan( x / 2) c
2
Exercise 9.5
1 1 x 2 1 1 2x 1 1 3x 2 1 x 1
1. tan c 2. log c 3. tan 1 c 4. log c
3 2 3 2x 2 6 2 4 3 x
1 2 x 1
2
1 1 2 x 1 5
5. tan c 6. tan 1[sin( x 2)] c 7. log | x 2 2 x 4 | log c
3 3 2 5 x 1 5
3 5 2 x 1 1
8. log | 2 x 2 2 x 3 | tan 1 c 9. log | x 2 4 x 5 | tan 1 ( x 2) c
4 2 5 2
4 1 3 e x 1
10. 3log | 2 sin x | c 11. | e 2 x 3e x 2 | log x c
2 sin x 2 2 e 2
1 2x 1
12. log | x 5 / 8 x 2 5 x / 4 1/ 4 | c 13. sin 1 (2 x 5) c 14. sin
1
c
2 5
1 4x 3
15. sin 1 c 16. x 2 2 x 4 3log | ( x 1) x 2 2 x 4 | c
2 41
3
17. x 2 x 1 log | ( x 1/ 2) x 2 x 1 | c 18. x 2 2 x 2 2 log | ( x 1) x 2 2 x 2 | c
2
19. log | (cos x 1/ 2) cos 2 x cos x | c
cos x
20. cos sin 1 sin .log | sin x sin x sin | c
2 2
cos
1 2 2 2x 1 1 ex 1
21. x x tan 1 c 22. log c
2 3 3 4 ex 5
[ 286 ]
Exercise 9.6
1. (i) x sin x cos x c ; (ii) x tan x log sec x c
x
2. (i) e ( x 3 x 6 x 6) c ; (ii) x 3 cos x 3 x 2 sin x 6 x cos x 6sin x c
3 2
x4 1 1 1 x2 2
e ( x 1) c
3. (i) (log x ) 2
log x c ; (ii)
4 2 8 2
1
5. (i) x cos1 x 1 x2 c ; (ii) ( x a ) tan x / a ax c
x(1 sin x ) x3 x6 1
8. (i) log(1 sin x ) c ; (ii)
1
tan x log(1 x 2 ) c
cos x 3 6 6
tan 1 x x
9. (i) sin 1 x.cos(sin 1 x) x c 10. c
1 x 2
1 x2
ex ex
15. e log | sec x tan x | c 16. e x sec x c c c
x
17. 18.
x2 1 x2
2 1 ex ex
4. e x / 2
2 cos( x ) sin( x ) c 5. [cos 2 x 2sin 2 x] c
3 2 10
1
ea sin x x
6. [ x a 1 x2 ] c 7. [cos(b log x / a ) b sin(b log x / a )] c
1 a 2
1 b2
e4 x 1
4cos 6 x 6sin 6 x 4 cos 2 x 2sin 2 x c x 1
1 1
8. 9. 2 x x 2 sin 1 x 1 c
8 13 5 2 2
x2 2
10. x 4 x 6 log | ( x 2) x 2 4 x 6 | c
2
[ 287 ]
11.
x 3 x 2 6 x 4 13
log | ( x 2) x 2 6 x 4 | c
2 2
4x 3 2 23 4x 3 2 3 1 3 2 6 a 2 1 x 3
12. 2x 3x 4 log ( x x 2) c 13. x a x sin c
8 16 2 4 2 3 2 a
5 1 x 2 x 2
1 2
x 1
x 2 1
3/ 2
14. x 1 log | x x 2 1 | c 15. sin 2 1 4x x c
2
3 2 2 2 5
4 x 3 4 3x 2 x 2
41 2 4x 3
sin 1
16. c
8 32 41
Miscellaneous Exercise – 9
ex
1. 2(tan x sec x) x c 2. [sin 3 x 3cos 3x 20sin x 20 cos x ] c
30
x3 2 x3 1 1 x
3. 3 log |1 x 2
|
3
x log
3 3 1 x
c 4. x 2 ax 2 ax a 2 a log
a x x c
sin 2 x
5. c 6. x(tan x sec x ) log | sec x | log | sec x tan x | c
2
1
[sin 1 ( x / a ) log | x a 2 x 2 |] c 2
7. 2 8. 2 log | (1 x ) | c
1 x
1 (x
9. cos ec 2 log c 10. 2 x tan 1 x log(1 x 2 ) c
2 (x )
1
11. log | (sin x cos x) sin 2 x | c 12. tan 1 (tan 2 x ) c 13. log | x 2 | c
2 x
1 2x 1 2 log x 1 1 1 sin 2 2 x
17. tan 1 c 18. log c 19. sin c
2 2 3log x 2 4 2
1 5 4 sin x cos x 5
20. log c 21. 3log x 2 c
40 5 4 sin x cos x x2
[ 288 ]
10
Definite Integral
10.01 Definite Integral
The definite integral is a powerful tool in mathematics, physics, mechanics, and other disciplines.
Calculation of areas bounded by curves of arc lengths, volumes, work, velocity, path length, moments of inertia
and so forth reduce to the evaluations of a definite integral. The definite integral has a unique value. A definite
b
integrals is given by a function f (x) in the interval [a, b] and denoted by f ( x )dx where a is called the
a
lower limit of the integral and b is called the upper limit of the integral. The definite integral is introduced either
as the limit of a sum or if it has an anti derivative F in the interval [a, b], then its value is the difference between the
values of F at the end points, i.e., F (b) – F (a).
(i) Definite Integral as a limit of a sum
(ii) Fundamental theorem of Integral Calculus
(iii) To find the value of common definite Integral
(iv) Basic properties of definite Integral
10.02 Definite integral as a limit of sum
In a series if the number of terms approaches to infinity and each term approches to zero, then definite
integral is defined as limit of sum.
Definition : Let f (x) be a continuous function defined on close interval [a, b] and interval [a, b] is
divided into n equal parts by the points a h, a 2h, a 3h, ..., a ( n 1) h (where h is the length of each
part), then
a h 0
and nh b a )
ba
or nh b a h
n
let y f ( x ) when x a, y f (a )
According to figure, coordinates of B will be ( a, f ( a ))
i.e. AB f (a )
[ 289 ]
similarly
A1 B1 f (a h), A2 B2 f (a 2h),..., An Bn f (a nh)
Let the area of rectangular blocks below the curve in the given figure be 1 then&
Y
y = f (x)
Cn–1 Bn
Bn–1
Dn
C2 B3
C1 B2
D3
B1
C D2
h
D1
B
h
h
h
X
O a A1 A2 A3 . . . An –1 An
A
f ( a) h f ( a h) h f ( a 2h ) h .... f (a n 1 h ) h
and if we denote y f ( x), x - axis and two ordinates x = a, x = b and the area bounded by
AAn Bn BA then the vlaue of 1 will be less then again let
2 Rectangle AA1 B1C Rectangle A1 A2 B2C1 .... Rectangle An 1 An Bn Cn 1
A1 B1 AA1 A2 B2 A1 A2 .... An Bn An 1 An
f ( a h) h f (a 2h) h .... f (a nh) h
h f (a h) f (a 2h) .... f (a nh)
This area will be greater then therefore the vlaue of will be greater than 1 and less than 2 i.e.
1 2
again 2 1 h f (a nh) h f (a )
h f (b) f (a ) a nh b
[ 290 ]
clearly as the rectangular strips become narrower and narrower, h will be minimum and h 0 then
the value of 1 and 2 will be close to
ba
where h clearly n then h 0
n
ba
f ( x)dx lim h f (a h) f (a 2h) ... f (a nh) , where h
b
(ii) a h 0
n
Any of the above given formula can be used to find the integration.
Some Important Results:
n n 1
(i) r 1 2 3 ... n 2
n n 1 2n 1
(ii) r 2
12 22 32 ... n 2
6
n n 1
2
(iii) r 1 2 3 ... n 2
3 3 3 3 3
(v) 2r 1 1 3 5 ... 2n 1 n 2
n
(vi) a ( a d ) ( a 2d ) ... ( a n 1 d ) 2a (n 1)d
2
a(r n 1)
(vii) a ar ar 2 ... ar n1 , r 1
(r 1)
Illustrative Examples
2
Example 1. Find
0
(2 x 1) dx as the limit of a sum.
where nh b a
[ 291 ]
a 0, b 2, f ( x) 2 x 1, nh 2 0 2
n(n 1)
lim h 2h n lim h2 n(n 1) nh
h 0
2 h 0
2(2 0) 2 4 2 6.
1
Example 2. Find
1
e x dx as the limit of a sum.
1 (e h ) n 1
lim h.e h . n
e h 0 e 1
1 e nh 1 1 e2 1
lim e h .h h
e h 0
lim he h h
e 1 e h0 e 1
nh 2
e2 1 h 1
lim e h .lim h e 1/ e eo .lim h
e h 0 h 0 e 1 h 0
(e 1) / h
1 1 1
e 1 e .
e 1 e
[ 292 ]
1
Example 3. Find
0
x 2 dx as the limit of a sum.
Solution : Here f ( x ) x 2 , a 0, b 1 nh b a 1 0 1
n n 1 2n 1
lim h3
h 0 6
nh nh h 2nh h
lim
h 0 6
11 h 2 1 h
lim
h 0 6
1 0 2 0 2 1 .
6 6 3
Exercise 10.1
Evaluate the following definite integrals as a limit of sums
3
b
x 2 dx ( x 2 5 x) dx
5
1.
3
2.
a
x 2 dx 3.
1
0 x 4 dx 2x 5 dx
2
b 3
4. e x dx 5. 6. 2
a 1
ba
lim h f (a h) f (a 2h) ... f ( a nh) , h
h 0 n
where F (b) – F (a), gives the value of the definite integral and it is unique.
10.04 Definition
If f (x) is a continuous function defined on an interval [a, b] and the integration of f (x) is F (x) then
f x dx F ( x)
b
F (b) F (a ),
b
a a
[ 293 ]
where a is called the lower limit of the integral and b is called the upper limit of the integral. The definite
integrals is introduced either as the limit of a sum or if it has an anti derivative F(x) in the interval [a, b], then
its value is the difference between the values of F (x) at the end points, i.e. F(b) – F(a).
10.05 To Find the value of definite integrals
To find the definite Integral, firstly we find the integration by the known method and then the limits are
substituted in place of variable. The following examples show the procedure:-
/2
cos x dx sin x 0
/2
(i) 0
sin
2
sin 0 1 0 1
2
2 x 4 24 14 1 15
x dx 4 .
3
(ii) 1
4 1 4 4 4 4
1 dx 1
(iii) 0
1 x 2
sin 1 x sin 1 (1) sin 1 (0)
0 2
0
2
We can find the vlaue of definite integral by the methods used to solve the indefinite integral, usually the
methods are used:
(i) Using standard formula
(ii) Substitution
(iii) Partial fraction
(iv) Integration by Parts
10.06 Evaluation of definite integral by substitution
b
(i) Consider the integral without limits and substitute, the independent variable (say x) with new variable t
to convert the given integral to a known form.
(ii) Integrate the new integrand with respect to the new variable t without mentioning the constant of
integration.
(iii) Resubstitute for the new variable and write the integration in terms of the original variable and solve it
for given limit.
Illustrative Examples
Example 4. Evaluate the following definite integrals
2 dx /2
dx sin(tan 1 x ) 2x
(i) 1 (ii) / 4
1
3x 2 1 cos 2 x
(iii)
0 1 x2
dx (iv) 1 x
0 4
dx.
2 dx 1 1
Solution : (i) Let I [log | 3 x 2 |]21 [log 4 log | 5 |]
1 (3x 2) 3 3
1 1 4
log 4 log 5 log .
3 3 5
[ 294 ]
/2 dx /2 dx 1 /2
(ii) Let I cos ec 2 x dx
/ 4 1 cos 2 x / 4 2 sin 2 x 2 / 4
1 1 1 1
cot x / 4 cot / 2 cot / 4 0 1
/2
2 2 2 2
(iii) Let I
sin tan 1 x dx
0 1 x 2
1
Let tan 1 x t dx dt when x 0 then t 0 ; x , t / 2
1 x2
/2
I sin t dt [ cos t ]0 / 2 cos / 2 cos 0 0 1 1.
0
1 2x
(iv) Let I dx , Let x 2 t 2 x dx dt
0 1 x 4
when x 0 then t 0 ; x 1 , t 1
1 dt
I [tan 1 t ]10 tan 1 (1) tan 1 (0) 0 .
0 1 t 2
4 4
Example 5. Evaluate the following definite integrals.
/4 ex
1
(ii) 0
1
(2sec x x 1)dx
2 3
(i) dx (iii) x e x dx
0 1 e2x 0
/4
Solution : (i) Let I (2 sec2 x x 3 1) dx
0
/4
x4 1
4
2 tan x x 2 tan 0 0 0
4 0 4 4 4 4
1 4 4
2 1 2 .
4 256 4 1024 4
ex1
(ii) Let I dx Let e t e dx dt
x x
0 1 e2 x
when x 0 then t e o 1
when x 1 then t e1 e
e dt
I [tan 1 t ]1e tan 1 e tan 1 (1) tan 1 e
1 1 t 2
4
1
(iii) Let I x e x dx (Integralsting by parts taking e x as second function)
0 I II
1
[ xe x ]10 1 e x dx [1.e1 0] [e x ]10
0
e [ e1 e 0 ] e e e 0 e0 1
[ 295 ]
Example 6. Evaluate the following definite integrals:
/2 cos x dx 1 x log x
e
(i) 0 (1 sin x )(2 sin x)
(ii)
1
ex
x
dx
/2 cos x dx
Solution : (i) Let I Let sin x t cos x dx dt
0 (1 sin x)(2 sin x )
when x 0, t 0 and when x / 2 , t 1
1 dt 1 1 1
I dt
0 (1 t )(2 t ) 0
1 t 2 t
[log | (1 t ) | log | 2 t |]10
1
1 t 2 1 2 2
log log log log log 4 .
2 t 0 3 2 3 1 3
1 x log x
I ex
e
(ii) Let 1 x dx
1
e x log x dx
e
1
x
e x [ f ( x) f '( x)]dx e x f ( x)
e
e x log x
1
ee log e e1 log1 ee 1 e 0 ee
Example 7. Evaluate the following definite integrals.
/4 sin 2 x dx
(i)
0 sin x cos 4 x
4
dx (ii) a
x4 a2 x2
/4 sin 2 x
Solution : (i) Let I dx
0 sin x cos 4 x
4
/4 2sin x cos x
dx
0 sin 4 x cos 4 x
4
Dividing Nr and Dr by cos x , we get
/4 2 tan x sec 2 x
I dx
0 1 tan 4 x
[ 296 ]
Let x a tan dx a sec 2 d
when x a then / 4 and x then / 2
/2 a sec 2 d
I
/4
a 4 tan 4 a 2 a 2 tan 2
/2 a sec 2 d
/4 a 4 tan 4 a sec
/2 sec d 1 /2 1/ cos
4 d
/4 a tan a
4 4 /4 sin 4 / cos 4
1 /2 cos3 1 /2 (1 sin 2 ) cos d
a4 /4 sin
4
d 4
a
/4 sin 4
d
1 1 (1 t 2 )dt 1 1 1 1
I
a4 1/ 2 t4
4
a 1/ 2 4 2 dt
t t
1 1 1
1
1 1 1 1 1
3t 3 t 3 1
a4 1/ 2 a4 3 1/ 2 2 1/ 2
1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2
2 4 2
a4 3 3 a 3 3
1 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2
4 3a 4
a4 3 a 3
/2 dx
Example 8. Evaluate
0 a cos x b 2 sin 2 x
2 2
/2 dx
Solution : Let I
0 a cos x b 2 sin 2 x
2 2
1 1
[tan 1 tan 1 0] [ / 2 0] .
ab ab 2ab
[ 297 ]
/2
Example 9. Evaluate 0
( tan x cot x ) dx
/2
Solution : Let I ( tan x cot x ) dx
0
/2 sin x cos x
dx
cos x sin x
0
/2 sin x cos x
dx
0
sin x cos x
/2 (sin x cos x ) dx
2
0
2sin x cos x
/2 (sin x cos x )dx (sin x cos x )dx
2 2 2
0
1 (1 2 sin x cos x) 0
1 (sin x cos x)2
Let sin x cos x t cos x sin x dx dt , Also when x 0 then t 1, x / 2 then t 1
1 dt 1
I 2 2 sin 1 t
1 1
1 t 2
2 sin 1 (1) sin 1 (1) 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
Exercise 10.2
Evaluate the following definite integrals:
/2 sin x cos log x
2 x 1
3 3
3
1. dx 2. dx 3. dx
1 0 1 cos 2 x 1 x
x /2
e y
1 c
4. 0
x
dx 5.
0
1 sin x 6.
o
yc
dy
1
e tan x (1 log x) 2 dx
,
2
7. o 1 x2
dx 8.
1 x
dx 9. ( x )( x )
/4 (sin x cos x) e dx /4
10. 0 9 16sin 2 x
11. 1/ e x(log x)1/ 3
12. 0
sin 2 x cos 3xdx
e2 1 1 1 x3 1 sin x
13. e log x (log x) 2 dx
14. 0
1 x 2
dx 15. /2 1 cos x
dx
[ 298 ]
/4 dx /2 sin x
1
16. 0 4sin x 5 cos2 x
2 17.
0 sin x cos x
dx 18.
1
x tan 1 xdx
1 x sin 1 x x2 2
19. 0
1 x2
20.
0 ( x 2 a 2 )( x 2 b 2 )
dx 21.
1
log x dx
1x2
0 1 x2 dx
2 1
25. 26.
1 (x 1)(x 2)
dx
f x dx f t dt
b b
i.e.
a a
Proof : Let f x dx F x f t dt F t
f x dx F x F b F a
b b
a a
f t dt F t F b F a f x dx
b b b
and a
a a
f x dx f t dt
b b
a a
Property-II If the limits are interchanged then the sign of the integral changes while value remain same.
f x dx f x dx
b a
i.e.
a b
Proof : Let f x dx F x
f x dx F x F b F a
b b
a a
f x dx F x F a F b F b F a f x dx
a a a
and b
b b
f x dx f x dx
b a
similarly
a b
Property-III If a c b
f x dx f x dx f x dx
b c b
a a c
Proof : Let f x dx F x
f x dx F x F b F a
b b
a a
(1)
[ 299 ]
f x dx f x dx F x F x c
c b c b
again a
a c
F c F a F b F c
F b F a (2)
b
f ( x)dx f ( x)dx f ( x )dx
c b
from (1) and (2)
a a c
Generalization
If a c1 c2 .... cn b,
f x dx f x dx f x dx .... f x dx
b c1 c2 b
a a c1 cn
Note: This property is used when integrand is obtained from more than one rule for given interval of
integration say [a, b].
f x dx f a b x dx
b b
Property-IV
a a
LHS f a b x dx
b
Proof:
a
Let a b x y dx dy
when x a then y b and when x b then y a
LHS f y dy f y dy
a b
b a
(by property-II)
f x dx =RHS
b
(by property-I)
a
f x dx f a b x dx
b b
i.e.
a a
f x dx f b x dx
b b
0 0
If a fucntion f (x) does not change by putting (b – x) in place of x then this property is used. For using
this property the lower limit has to be zero.
Illustrative Examples
/2 1
Example 10. Evaluate
0
1 cot x
dx .
/2 1
Solution : Let I dx
0
1 cot x
/2 sin x
or, I dx (1)
0
sin x cos x
[ 300 ]
sin x
/2 2
dx
0
sin x cos x
2 2
/2 cos x
or I dx (2)
0
cos x sin x
adding (1) and (2)
/2 sin x /2 cos x
2I dx dx
0
sin x cos x 0
cos x sin x
/2 sin x cos x /2
or, 2I dx dx [ x]0 / 2
0
sin x cos x 0 2
/2 1
I
4
or
0
1 cot x
dx
4
Note: Similarly using property IV, the value of the following integrals will also be / 4.
/2 sin n x /2 cos n x /2 1
(i) 0 sin n x cosn x
dx (ii) 0 sin n x cosn x
dx (iii) 0 1 tan n x
dx
/2 1 /2 sec n x /2 cos ec n x
(iv) 0 1 cot n x
(v) 0 sec n x cos ec n x
dx (vi) 0 sec n x cos ec n x
dx
a
f ( x) dx f ( x ) dx -
a
Example 11. Prove that:
a a
I f ( x ) dx
a
Solution : Let
a
I f (a a x)dx f ( x) dx
a a
By Property-IV,
a a
4 x
Example 12. Evaluate 1
5 x x
dx
4 xdx
Solution : Let I (1)
1
5 x x
4 5 x
or, I dx
1
5 (5 x ) 5 x
4 5 x
or, I dx (2)
1
x 5 x
[ 301 ]
Adding (1) and (2),
4 x 5 x
2I dx
1
x 5 x
dx x 1 4 1 3
4 4
1
I 3/ 2 -
a.
Proof : By property III
f x dx f x dx f x dx f x dx ... f x dx
2a 3a
na a na
o o a 2a ( n 1) a
2a
f x dx f a t dt f a x dx f x dx f a x f x
a a a
a o o o
Now
f x f x a f x 2a ..... f x na
f x dx f x dx f x dx ... f x dx
na a a a
f x dx
a
o o o
n o
n times o
f x dx f x dx f x dx
a o a
a a o
a 0 a
I1 f x dx
a
(1)
o
I1 f x dx
o
where
a
Let x y dx dy
when x a then y a, x 0 then y 0
I1 f y dy f y dy
o a
a o
(Property II)
f x dx
a
(Property I)
o
[ 302 ]
f x dx f x dx f x dx
a a a
(2)
a o o
f x dx f x dx f x dx 2 f x dx
a a a a
then
a o o o
f x dx f x dx f x dx 0
a a a
then
a o o
2 a f x dx ; If f (2a x) f ( x)
f x dx 0
2a
Property-VII: 0
0 ; If f (2a x) f ( x)
f x dx f x dx f x dx
2a 2a
a
Proof : [property III o a 2a ]
o o a
f x dx I1
a
(1)
o
f x dx
2a
here I1
a
I1 f 2a y dy f 2a y dy
o a
a o
(property II)
f 2a x dx
a
(property I)
o
f x dx f x dx f 2a x dx
2a
a a
o o o
f x dx f x dx f x dx 2 f x dx
2a a a a
then o o o o
f x dx f x dx f x dx 0
2a a a
then o o o
2 a f x dx ; If f (2a x) f ( x)
f x dx 0
2a
0
0 ; If f (2a x) f ( x)
[ 303 ]
Note: (i) when f (2a – x) = f (x) then f (x) should not be considered as even function f (x) is even function
only when f (–x) = f (x).
(ii) If the lower limit is zero then we use property-IV i.e. we substitute x with f (a + b – x) but some time f (x)
doesn't change then we use property VII.
10.08 Special property (Eliminating x)
b
If f (a + b – x) = f (x) then eliminating x from x f ( x) dx
a
ab b
x f x dx f x dx
2 a
b
I f x dx
b
Proof : Let
a
Using Property IV
a b x f a b x dx
b
but given f a b x f x
I a b x f x dx
b
a
a b f x dx x f x dx
b b
a a
I a b f x dx I
b
or
a
ab b
2 I a b f x dx I f x dx
2 a
b
or a
Illustrative Examples
x sin x
Example 13. Evaluate 0 1 cos 2 x
dx
x sin x
Solution : Let I dx
0 1 cos 2 x
sin x
or, I x. dx
1 cos x
0 2
sin x
here, f x
1 cos 2 x
sin( x ) sin x
f ( x) f ( x)
1 cos ( x) 1 cos 2 x
2
Eliminating x,
sin x
2 0 1 cos 2 x
I dx
[ 304 ]
Let cos x t sin x dx dt x 0 then t 1 and x then t 1
1 dt 1 1
I
2 1 t
1 2
2 1 t
1 2
dt (tan 1 t )11
2
-
tan 1 (1) tan 1 (1)
2
2 2 4 4 2 2 4
Important standard integral
/2 /2
I log sin x dx log 2 log cos x dx
0 2 0
/2
Solution : Let I log sin x dx (1)
0
/2
or I log cos x dx (2)
0
/2
log(sin x cos x )dx
0
/2 sin 2 x /2
log dx 0 (log sin 2 x log 2)dx
0
2
/2 /2
log sin 2 x dx log 2 dx
0 0
/2
log sin 2 x dx (log 2)[ x ]0 / 2
0
or 2 I I1 (log 2) (3)
2
/2
when I1 log sin 2 x dx
0
dt
Let 2 x t dx
2
when x 0 then t 0 and x / 2 then t
1 1 /2
I1
2 0
log(sin t ) dt 2 log sin t dt
2 0
(Property VII)
/2
log sin x dx (Property I) (Using equation (1))
0
[ 305 ]
from equation (3) 2I I log e 2 I (log e 2)
2 2
/2 /2
or 0
log sin x dx
0
log cos x dx
2
log 2 -
/2 /2
0
log cosec x dx
0
log sec x dx
2
log 2 -
Illustrative Examples
Example 14. Evaluate the following definite Integrals
4 4 x 3, 1 x 2 2 1
(i) 1
f ( x) dx when f ( x )
3x 5, 2 x 4
(ii)
0
|1 x | dx (iii)
1
e|x| dx
f x dx f x dx f x dx
4 2 4
Solution : (i)
1 1 2
4x 3 ; 1 x 2
4 x 3 dx 3 x 5 dx f x
2 4
1 2
3 x 5 ; 2 x 4
4
3x22
2 x 3x
2
5x
2 2
1
8 6 2 3 24 20 6 10 9 28 37 .
2 1 2
(ii) 0
|1 x | dx |1 x | dx |1 x | dx
0 1
1 x x 1
| 1 x |
(1 x ), x 1
1 x dx 1 x dx
1 2
0 1
1 2
x x 2 / 2 x x 2 / 2
0 1
x, x 0
| x |
1 0 1
(iii) 1
e|x| dx e| x|dx e|x| dx
1 0
x, x 0
0 1
e x dx e x dx
1 0
[ e x ]0 1 [e x ]10 ( e o e1 ) ( e e o ) 2e 2 .
[ 306 ]
Example 15. Evaluate the following definite integrals
2 e
(i)
0
x 2 3x 2 dx (ii) 1/ e
log e x dx (iii)
0
cos x dx
0 1 2
x 2 3x 2, 0 x 1
| x 3 x 2 |
2
x 3 x 2 , 1 x 2
2
2 1 2
0
| x2 3x 2 | dx | x 2 3x 2 | dx | x 2 3x 2 | dx
0 1
x 2 3 x 2 dx x 2 3 x 2 dx
1 2
0 1
1 2
x 3 3x 2 x3 3 x 2
2x 2x
3 2 0 3 2 1
5 2 5 5 2
1
6 3 6 3 3
e 1 e
(ii) 1/ e
| log e x | dx | log e x | dx | log e x | dx
1/ e 1
1 e log e x, If 1/ e x 1
log e x dx log e x dx | log e x |
1/ e 1
log e x, If 1 x e
/2 cos x ; 0 x /2
cos x dx ( cos x) dx | cos x |
0 /2 cos x ; / 2 x
[sin x ]0 / 2 [sin x] / 2
[ 307 ]
Example 16. Evaluate the following definite integrals:
/2 /2 sin x cos x
(i)
0
log cot x dx (ii)
0 1 sin x cos x
dx
/2
Solution : (i) Let I log cot x dx (1)
0
/2
or, I log cot( / 2 x) dx (using property IV)
0
/2
or, I log tan x dx (2)
0
/2
log cot x log tan x dx
0
/2
log cot x tan x dx
0
/2 /2
log(1) dx (0) dx
0 0
or, 2I 0 I 0
/2 sin x cos x
(ii) Let I dx (1)
0 1 sin x cos x
using property IV
/2
s in ( x ) cos ( x)
I 0
2
2
dx
1 s in ( x ) c o s ( x )
2 2
/2 cos x sin x
or, I dx (2)
0 1 sin x cos x
adding (1) and (2)
2I 0 I 0
Example 17. Evaluate the following definite Integrals:
8 x dx
a
(i) dx (ii)
0
x 8 x 0
x a2 x2
8 x
Solution : (i) Let I dx (1)
0
x 8 x
using property IV,
8 8 x
I dx
0
8 x 8 8 x
[ 308 ]
8 8 x
or I dx (2)
0
8 x x
adding (1) and (2)
x 8 x
dx dx x 0 8 ,
8 8
2I
8
I 4
0
8 x x 0
dx
I
a
(ii)
0
x a2 x2
Let x a sin dx a cos d
/2 a cos d /2 cos
I d (1)
0 a sin a cos 0 sin cos
/2
cos( ) d
I 2
Property-(IV) 0
sin( ) cos( )
2 2
/2 sin d
I (2)
0 cos sin
/2 sin cos
2I d
0
sin cos
/2
d [ ]0 / 2 0
0 2
I
4
/2 sin 2 x
Example 18. Evaluate
0 sin x cos x
dx
/2 sin 2 x
Solution : Let I dx (1)
0 sin x cos x
sin 2 x
I
/2
2 dx
using property IV 0
sin x cos x
2 2
[ 309 ]
/2 cos 2 x
or, I dx (2)
0 cos x sin x
Adding (1) and (2),
/2 sin 2 x cos2 x
2I dx
0 sin x cos x
1 /2 1
I
2 0 sin x cos x
dx
1 /2 1
2 0 2 tan x / 2 1 tan 2 x / 2
1 tan x / 2 1 tan x / 2
2 2
1 /2 1 tan 2 x / 2
2 0 2 tan x / 2 1 tan 2 x / 2
dx
1 /2 sec 2 x / 2
2 0 1 2 tan x / 2 tan 2 x / 2
or I dx
x 1 x
Let tan t sec 2 dx dt
2 2 2
when x 0 then t 0; when x / 2 then t 1
1 dt 1 dt
I
0 1 2t t 2 0 2 (t 1) 2
1
1 2 (t 1)
log
2 2 2 (t 1) 0
1 2 2 1
log log
2 2 2 2 1
1 2 1 1
log
2 1 2 1
0 log
2 2 2 1 2 2
2 1 2 1
2
2 1
2 2
1
log
2 1
2
2 2
log
2 1
1
2
log
2 1 -
[ 310 ]
Example 19. Evaluate the followng Integral
ax
a
dx
a a x
ax
I
a
Solution : Let dx
a a x
ax
a
dx
a
a2 x2
a a a x
dx dx (1)
a a
a x
2 2
a x2
2
or, I1 I 2
a a a 1
where I1 dx 2a dx ( f ( x) is an even function)
a
a x
2 2 0
a x2
2
using property VI
x
I2
a
and dx 0
a
a x2
2
a
from (1), I a 0 a
Example 20. Prove that:
/4
0
log e (1 tan x) dx
8
log e 2 -
/4
Solution : Let I log e (1 tan x ) dx
0
1 tan x
log e 1
4
dx
0
1 tan x
/4 2
log e dx
0
1 tan x
[ 311 ]
/4
0
loge 2 log e (1 tan x) dx
/4 /4
(log e 2) dx log e (1 tan x ) dx
0 0
or 2I log e 2 I log e 2
4 8
/4
0
log(1 tan x) dx
8
log e 2 , Hence proved.
Example 21. Prove that: I log(1 cos x) dx log e (1/ 2) -
0
Solution : Let I log 1 cos x dx . . . (1)
0
or, I log 1 cos x dx . . . (2)
0
log (1 cos x)(1 cos x ) dx
0
log(1 cos 2 x) dx
0
or 2 I log sin 2 x dx 2 log sin x dx
0 0
or I log sin x dx
0
/2
or I 2 log sin x dx (property VII)
0
/2
or I 2 I1 , and I1 log sin x dx . . . (3)
0
/2
or I1 log cos x dx (Using property IV) . . . (4)
0
[ 312 ]
/2
log sin x cos x dx
0
/2 sin 2 x
or 2 I1 log dx
0
2
/2 /2
or 2 I1 log sin 2 x dx log 2 dx
0 0
or 2 I1 I 2 log 2 [ x]0 / 2
or 2 I1 I 2 log 2 . . . (5)
2
/2
where I2 log sin 2 x dx
0
1 /2
or, I 2 2 log sin x dx (property VII)
2 0
/2
or, I2 log sin x dx I1
0
2 I1 I1 log 2
2
1
or I1 log
2 2
1 1
I 2 I1 2 log log
2 2 2
/2 1
or log 1 cos x dx log
0 2
Example 22. Prove that
x tan x
dx ( / 2) 1
0 sec x tan x
x tan x sin x
Solution : 0 sec x tan x
dx x.
0 1 sin x
dx
sin x
Here, f x
1 sin x
[ 313 ]
sin x sin x
f x f x
1 sin x 1 sin x
then,
ab b
x f x dx f x dx
2 a
b
Eliminating x rule, a
x tan x sin x
0 sec x tan x
dx
2 0 1 sin x
dx
1 1 sin x
1
2 0 1 sin x
dx 1
2 0
dx
cos 2 x
2 0
1 sec2 x sec x tan x dx
2
x tan x sec x 0 0 1 0 0 1
2
2 / 2 1 . Hence Proved
2
Exercise 10.3
Evaluate the following definite integrals:
2 2
1. 2
2 x 3 dx 2. 2
1 x 2 dx
7 x 3 ; 1 x 3
f ( x ) dx, where f x [ x] dx when . is the greatest integer function
4 3
3. 1
8 x ; 3 x 4
4.
0
/4 sin x cos x
5.
/ 4
x 5 cos2 x dx 6. 1 cos 2 x
dx
3 / 4 sin x e cos x
7. / 4
cos x sin x
dx 8. 0 ecos x e cos x
dx
/2 1 2 x
9.
0
sin 2 x.log tan x dx 10. 1
log
2 x
dx
1 /3 dx
1
11. 0 log x 1 dx 12.
/6
1 tan x
/2 sin x /2
13. 0 sin x cos x
dx 14. 0
log sin 2x dx
x
/44
log 1 cos x dx
15. / 4
2 cos 2 x
dx 16. 0
[ 314 ]
/4 x
17. / 4
sin 2 x dx 18.
0 1 sin x
dx
/2
19. x sin 3 x dx 20.- log tan x cot x dx
0 0
/2cos x b f ( x)
21. / 2 1 e x dx 22.
a f ( x) f ( a b x )
dx
Miscellaneous Examples
Example 23. Prove that:
x dx
0
1 cos sin x sin
1
Solution : Let f x
1 cos sin x
1 1
f x f x
1 cos sin x 1 cos sin x
eliminating x rule
x 1
0 1 cos sin x
dx
2 0 1 cos sin x
dx
1
2 0
dx
2 tan x / 2
1 cos
1 tan x / 2
2
sec 2 ( x / 2)
2 0 1 tan 2 x / 2 2 cos tan x / 2
dx
1
Let tan x / 2 t sec 2 x / 2 dx dt
2
when x 0 then t 0 and when x then t
x 2
0 1 cos sin x
dx
2 0 1 t 2t cos x
2
dx
dt
t cos sin
0 2 2
1 1 t cos
tan sin
sin 0
[ 315 ]
tan 1 tan 1 cot
sin
/ 2 / 2 cot tan / 2
sin
sin sin
dx
Example 24. Evaluate x0 2
a x 2 b2
2
dx
Solution : Let I
0
x 2
a 2
x 2
b2
1 1 1
2 0 2
2 2 dx (Partial fractions)
a b
2
x b x a
2
1 1 x 1 x
2 2 tan 1 tan 1
a b b b a
a 0
1 1 1
2
tan 1 tan 1 0 0
a b b
2
a
1 1 1
. .
a b b 2 a 2
22
a b
a b
2
2 a b ab 2 a b a b
2
ab 2ab a b
/2
Example 25. Evaluate
/4
cos 2 x log sin x dx
/2
Solution : Let I cos 2 x log sin x dx
/4 II I
/2
sin 2 x /2 sin 2 x
log sin x. cot x dx
2 / 4 / 4 2
1 1 /2 2
2 / 4
0 log cos x dx
2
1 1 1 /2
1 cos 2 x dx
2 2 / 4
log
2
[ 316 ]
/2
1 1 sin 2 x
log 2 x
4 2 2 / 4
1 1 sin sin / 2
log 2
4 2 2 2 4 2
1 1 1
log 2
4 2 4 2
1 1
log 2 -
4 8 4
log (1 x 2 )
Example 26. Evaluate
0 1 x2
dx .
/2 log 1 tan 2
I sec2 d
0
1 tan
2
log 1 tan 2 d
/2 /2
log sec2 d
0 0
/2 /2
2 log sec d 2 log cos d
0 0
/2
2 log cos / 2 d (Property IV)
0
/2
2 log sin d 2 / 2 log 2 (standard integral)
0
log e 2
Miscellaneous Exericse –10
/4
1. The value of
0
1 sin 2x dx is
a
(A) 2 sin 3 x.x dx
2
(B) 0 (C) a (D) 1
0
5 x
2. The value of
2
x 7x
dx is
[ 317 ]
b c
3. The value of f x c dx is
a c
b 2c
f x c dx f x dx f x dx f x 2cdx
b b
b
(A) (B) (C) (D)
a a a 2c a
x 3 dx
2 2 xe x
5. 1 x x 2 6. 1 x
1 2
dx
/2 1 sin x 1( x x3 )1/ 3
7.
0
ex dx
1 cos x
8. 1/ 3 x 4 dx
/2 1
9.
0
x2 cos2 x dx 10. 0
tan 1 x dx
/4 2
11. 0
sin 3 x sin 2 x 12. 2
|1 x 2 | dx
2 x (1 sin x ) sin 1 x
1/ 2
13. (1 cos2 x)
dx 14. 0 (1 x 2 )3/ 2
dx
dx
1
15. 0
(cos 1 x ) 2 dx 16. 0 1 2a cos x a 2
, a 1
xdx 2
17. Prove that 0
a 2 cos2 x b 2 sin 2 x 2ab
IMPORTANT POINTS
1. The vlaue of definite integral is unique.
a f ( x) ( x) dx a
b
k f ( x )dx k f ( x) dx
b b b
f ( x )dx ( x )dx
b
2. (i) (ii)
a a a
a
(iii) f ( x )dx 0
a
b b b
3. (i) a
f ( x)dx lim f ( x )dx
b a
(ii)
f ( x)dx lim f ( x )dx
a a
f ( x)dx lim f ( x )dx
a
(iii) a a
f x dx f t dt f x dx f xdx
b b b a
(i) (ii)
a a a b
[ 318 ]
f x dx f x dx f x dx,
b c b
(iii) where a c b
a a c
Generalisation: a c1 c2 c3 ... cn b
b
a a c1 c2 cn
f x dx f a b x dx f x dx f a x dx
b b a a
(iv)
a a 0 0
2 a f x dx, If f 2a x f x
f x dx 0
2a
(vii)
If f 2a x f x
0
0,
ab b
x f x dx f x dx
b
a 2 a
/2 /2
6. 0
log sin x dx
2
log 2 log cos x dx
0
/2 /2
and 0 2
log 2 log sec x dx
log cos ecx dx
0
7. Definite Integral as a limit of sum : If f (x) is continuous function in given interval [a, b] then divide
interval [a, b] in n equal parts having width h .
To evaluate definite integral from this is called "Integration from first principal".
Answers
Exericse 10.1
1. 4 2.
3
1 3
b a3 3. 86 / 3
a
4. e e
b
5. 10 6. 82 / 3
Exercise 10.2
1. 290 2. / 4 3. sin log 3 4. 2 e 1
5. 2 6.
2
3
2 2 c3/ 2 /2
7. e 1 8.
1
3
1 log 2
3 1
3
[ 319 ]
1 3 24
9. 10. log e 3 11. 0 12.
20 10
13. e 2
/ 2 e 14. 2 / 3 15. log e / 2 16.
1
2 5
tan 1
2
5
2
17. / 4 18.
2
19. 1
20. 2 a b
1
21. log 4 / e 22. 23. log 9 / 8 24. 3 / 2
2 4 2 2
1 2 1
13. p / 4 14. log 15. 16. log
2 2 6 3 2
1 2
17. 18. 19. 20. log 2
4 2 3
ba
21. 1 22.
2
Miscellaneous Exercise 10
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (A)
1 e
5. log 6 6. 2e 3 7. e
/2
8. 4
2 6
1
9.
48
2 6 10. log 2
4 2
11.
3 2
10
12. 4
1
13. 2 14. log 2 15. 2 16. , a 1
4 2 a 1
2
[ 320 ]
11
Proof : Let the equation of curve PQ be y = f (x) where f (x) is single valued real and continuous
function of x in domain [a, b]. According to figure, we need to find the area of figure PRSQP.
Let E(x, y) is any point on curve and F x x, y y is a point in the neighbourhood. EA and FB
are ordinates of E and F respectively.
Draw a perpendicular EC from E to FB and a perpendicualr FD from F to extended AE
AB OB OA x x x x
FC FB CB y y y y
Let area RAEPR A
Now if the increment in x is x and the increment in corresponding area is A, then
A = area ABFEA
From figure, (area of rectangle ABCE) < area (ABFEA) < (area of rectangle ABFD)
y x A y y . x Y
A Q
y y y y f ( x)
x
D F
When, F E then x o and y y y E C
P
A x=b
lim y lim lim y y
x 0 x 0 x x 0
x=a
dA
y y X’ X
dx O R A B S
b
Y’
dA
y dA ydx dA f x dx Fig. 11.01
dx
Integrating both the sides with respect to x and within the limits x = a and x = b.
b
dA f ( x)dx
b
a a
b
or [ A]ba f ( x) dx
a
[ 321 ]
Y
b
Y’
x-axis is f ( x)dx or
b
and y dx Fig. 11.02
a a
Similarly, the area between curve x y ] y-axis and the abscissa y c , y d is given by
( y )dy or x dy
d d
c c
Remark : To find out the area of figure, a rough sketch should be made so that it is easy to determine
the limits of curve and symmetry of curve with respect to axes.
11.03 Symmetrical Area
If the curve is symmetrical with respect to any axis or any straight line, then find the area of one
symmetrical part and then by multiplying with number of symmetrical parts in order to get area.
For example : Find the area enclosed by circle x 2 y 2 a 2
Solution : Clearly the centre of circle is (0, 0) and radius is a and it is also symmetrical about both the
axes.
Total area of circle = 4 × [area of OABO in first quandrant]
a
x 2 a2 x
4 a x sin 1
2
2 2 a 0 O dy
X
A (a, 0)
a2
4 o . o o a 2
2 2
Fig. 11.03
11.04 Area of a curve around x-axis Y
Area is always considered as positive. It may happen that some
is below the x-axis (which will be negative). Therefore the total area
can be calcualted by adding up the numerical values of both the areas. A
For Example : Find the area enclosed by the curve y cos x and x-
axis when o x - B
X
–/2 O /2 D 3/2
Solution : It is clear from the graph that the required area's portion is
above x-axis and some portion is below x-axis.
C
Fig. 11.04
[ 322 ]
/ 2
So required area cos x dx cos x dx
0 / 2
1 1 2 sq. units
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Find the area bounded by the parabola y 2 4 x and line x 3 .
Solution : On tracing the given parabola and line Y
Required area = area AOBMA A
= 2 × area AOMA ( Parabola is symmetrical about x-axis) y2 = 4x
3
2 y dx x=3
0
3 3 X’ X
2 4 x dx 2 2
O dx M
x dx
0 0
3
2 8
4 x3/ 2 33/ 2 0 B
3 0 3
Y’ Fig. 11.05
8
3 3 8 3 Sq. units.
3 Y
B
Example 2. Find the area enclosed above x-axis by curve y 2 1 x
2
y=2
and x-axis.
x=1
Solution : On simplifying y 2 1 x 2
x2 y2 X’ X
y 2 4(1 x 2 ) or 1 (1) O dx A
1 4
1
4 0 . o o sq. unit.
2 2
[ 323 ]
Example 3. Find the area enclosed by y 2 4ax , x-axis, line x = 2a and latus rectum.
Solution : We have know that the equation of latus rectum of parabola y 2 4ax is x a . This is presented
by LSL' in figure and line PMQ is x = 2a.
So required area = area SMPL
2a 2a Y
y dx 4ax dx P
a a
L
2a
2a 2
2 a x dx 2 a x3/ 2 x=a
x = 2a
a
3 a
X’ X
O S dx M
2 2
2 a (2a) 3/ 2 a3/ 2
3 3
L’
4 2 2 Q
2 a a a a a
Y’
3 3
Fig. 11.07
4a 2
2 2 1 .
3
Example 4. Find the area enclosed by parabola y 4 x 2 and lines, y 1 and y 4 .
1
Solution : Parabola y 4 x so x y and lines y 1 and y 4 will be traced as followed.
2 2
4
Y
So, required area = area PQRSP A
x2
y
4
= 2 × area RQLM
4
2 x dy S
M y=4
R
1
4 1 4 dy
2 y dy y dy
1 2 1
P L y=1 Q
X’ X
2 4 2 O
( y )3/ 2 43/ 2 13/ 2
3 1 3
Y’
2 14
8 1 sq. units. Fig. 11.08
3 3
x2 y2
Example 5. Find the area bounded by the ellipse 2 2 1 and the ordinates x = 0 and x ae , where
a b
b 2 a 2 (1 e 2 ), e 1.
Solution : The required area of the region BPSQB'OB is enclosed by the ellipse and the lines x o and x ae
The area is symmetrical about x-axis. So
[ 324 ]
So, by the equation of ellipse
x2 y 2 y2 x2 y 2 a 2 x2 Y
1 1 or 2
a2 b2 b2 a2 b a2
B
2 P
b b 2
y 2 a 2 x2 or y a x2
2
or
a a xx==ae1
X’ X
b 2 O dx S (ae,0) A
2
ae
So, required area a x 2 dx
o a
ae
Q
2b x 2 a2 x B’
a x 2
sin 1
a 2 2 a o
Y’
Fig. 11.09
2b ae 2 a2 ae
a a 2 2
e sin 1 o o
a 2 2 a
2b ae a2
.a 1 e sin 1 e
2
a 2 2
2a 2b
e 1 e 2 sin 1 e
2a
Example 6. Find the area of the region in the first quadrant enclosed by x-axis, line x 2 y and the circle
x2 y2 9 .
Solution : The centre of circle x 2 y 2 9 is (o, o) and radius is 3 unit. Straight line x 2 y passes through
origin and cuts the circle at P. On solving the equations of circle and line.
x2
x2 9 x 2 6 x 6 then y 3
2
Y
Coordinates of P ( 6, 3) , Q (3, 0) and M ( 6, 0) .
required area = area OMPO + area PMQP
6 3 P ( 6, 3)
y dx y dx
0( y from line ) 6 ( y from circle )
X’ X
O dx M
6 x 3 Q (3, 0)
dx 9 x 2 dx
0 6
2
P’
6
x2
3
x 9 1 x
2 9 x 2 sin 3
2 Y’
2 2 0 6 Fi.g 11.10
[ 325 ]
3 9 6 9 6
0 0 sin 1 1 3 sin 1
2 2 2 2 3
3 9 3 9 1 2 9 2
sin 2sin 1 sq. units.
2 4 2 2 3 4 3
a
Example 7. Find the area of the smaller part of the circle x y a cut by the line x
2 2 2
.
2
Solution : On solving the equations of circle and line,
Y
a2 a2 a a a
y a y
2 2 2
y ,
2 2 2 2 2
P
dx
Coordinates of P a / 2, a / 2
X’ X
required area = area PSQRP O S R
= 2 × area PSRP
Qxa
a a
2 y dx 2 a 2 x 2 dx x
a
a/ 2 a/ 2 2
Y’
x 2 2 a2 x
a Fig. 11.11
2 a x sin 1
2 2 a a / 2
a a2 a a a2 a2 a
2 a 2 a 2 sin 1 a 2 sin 1
2 2 a 2 2 2 2 a 2
a 2 a2 a 2
2 o . .
2 2 4 2 4
a2 a2 a 2 a 2 a 2 a2 a2
2 2 8 4 4 2
4 4 8
a2
2 sq. units
4
x2 y2
Example 8. Find the area of the smaller part of the ellipse 2 2 1 , cut by line y c , when c b .
a b
Solution : According to figure the area bounded between ellipse and line is shaded.
required area = area BQPRB
= 2 × area BQPRB
[ 326 ]
b
Y
2 x dy B
c
y=b
Q dy R y=c
b
a 2 P
2 b y 2 dy
c b X’ X
O
b
ay 2 b2 y
2 b y 2 sin 1
b 2 2 b c
2a b 2 1 c 2 2 b2 c Y’
0 sin (1) a c sin 1 sq. units Fig. 11.12
b 2 2 2 b
Example 9. Find the area bounded by line 2 x y 4, x-axis and ordinates x 0 and x = 3.
Solution : According to figure, line 2 x y 4, meets x-axis at x 2 and y-axis at y 4 . When x is from 0
to 2, then the graph is above x-axis and when x is from 2 and 3, then graph is below x-axis.
So, required area = area OABO + area ALMA Y
2 3 2x + y = 4
y dx y dx
0 2
B(0, 4)
4 2 x dx 4 2 x dx
2 3
0 2
2 3
4 x x 2 4 x x 2 A(2, 0)
X
0 2
O dx x = 2 L
8 4 0 0 12 9 8 4
dx
M
x=0
x=3
4 3 4 4 1 5 Fig. 11.13
Exercise 11.1
1. Find the area enclosed by parabola y 2 4 ax and its latus rectum.
2. Find the area bounded by circle x 2 y 2 4 , y-axis and x = 1.
3. Find the area enclosed by y sin x and x-axis, when 0 x 2 .
4. Find the area enclosed by y 2 x and between x 0, x 1.
5. Find the area enclosed by y | x |, x 3, x 1 and x-axis.
6. Find the area enclosed by x 2 4ay , x-axis and line x = 2.
x2 y 2
7. Find the area enclosed by ellipse 1 above x –axis.
4 9
x2 y2
8. Find the total area of ellipse 1.
a 2 b2
x y
9. Find the area enclosed by line 2 and both axes.
a b
[ 327 ]
10. Find the area bounded by lines x 2 y 8, x 2, x 4 and x-axis.
11. Find the area bounded by y x 2 , x-axis and ordinates x 1, x 2 .
12. Find the area bounded by y 4 x 2 (in first quadrant), x 0, y 1 and y 4 .
11.05 Area between two Curves
Y
Theorem : The area between two curves y = f (x) and y = g (x)
dx
Proof : In the figure the shaded region represents the area between x=a x= b
X’ X
b b
f ( x ) dx g ( x) dx
O A B
a a
Y’
Fig. 11.14
f ( x ) g ( x) dx
b
Y
a
y= d
b b
or a ( y f ( x ))
y dx
a ( y g ( x ))
y dx
dx
x = g(y) x = f (y)
Remark : The area between two curves x = f (y) and x = g (y)
and lines y = c and y = d is y= c
f y g y dy
b X’ X
O
a Fig. 11.15
Y’
Special Cases :
Case-I : If two curves intersect each other at two points then area fo common region is
f x g x dx
b
dx
A (c, 0)
required area f x dx g x dx
c b x=c
a c x=a x=b
Y’
Fig. 11.17
[ 328 ]
[where both curves intersect each other at A(C, O)]
Case-III: If two curves, intersect each other at more than two points.
In the interval [a, b], two curves y = f (x) and y = g (x), intersect each other at A, B and C. Clearly
in [a, c] f (x) > g (x) and g (x) > f (x) in [c, d].
required area = area APBQA + area BECDB
f x g x dx g x f x dx
c b
a c
Y
y = f (x) y = g (x)
B
A C
Q E
y = g (x) y = f (x)
x=a x=c x=b
X’ X
O
Y’
Fig. 11.18
Illustrative Examples
Example 10. Find the area bounded by parabola y 2 4ax and line y x in first qudrant.
Solution : On solving the equations of parabola and line
y 2 4ax or x x 4a 0 x 0, 4a y 0, 4a
So, the line cuts the parabola at 0 (0, 0) and A(4a, 4a) so the area between parabola and lines is
4a 4a
y dx y dx
0( y from parabola) 0( y from line)
Y y= x
4a 4a 4a 4a
4ax dx x dx 2 a x dx x dx
0 0 0 0
A (4a, 4a)
x=0
4a
2 4a x2 x = 4a
2 a x3/ 2 dx
3 2 0
0
X’ X
O
4 a (4a ) 2
4a 0
3/ 2
0
3 2
Q
32a 2 8a 2
8a
2
Sq. units.
3 3 Y’ Fig. 11.19
[ 329 ]
Example 11. Find the area bounded by circle x 2 y 2 a 2 and curve y | x | .
Solution : The lines represented by curve y | x | are y x and y x . They intersect the circle at points
A and B whose coordinates are ( a / 2, a / 2) and ( a / 2, a / 2) . Required area is shaded in Fig.
Y
required area = area AOBCA y = –x y = +x
= 2 × area AOCA C
B A a
a a a
a/ 2 , ,
2 ( a x x ) dx
2 2
2 2 2 2
0
dx
where f (x) in taken from circle and g (x) is taken from line y = x X’ X
O
a/ 2
x a2 x x2
2 a 2 x 2 sin 1
2 2 a 2 0
Y’
a a2 a2 a a2 Fig. 11.20
2 a2 sin 1 2 0 0 0
2 2 2 2 a 2 2 2
a a a2 a2 a 2 a2 a2
2 2
2 2 2 2 4 4 4 8 4
a2
sq. units.
4
Example 12. Find the area between the parabolas y 2 4ax and x 2 4by .
Solution : The equations of given paraboals are
y 2 4ax and x 2 4by
On solving both the equations Y
x / 4b 4ax or x 4 64 ab 2 x
2 2
or x( x3 64ab 2 ) 0 x 0, 4( ab 2 )1/ 3 dx
A
C
x = 4 (ab2)1 /3
So both the curves will intersect x-axis at x = 0 and x 4(ab 2 )1/ 3
On tracing the curves we get the fig. 11.21 B
X’ X
Hence the area between the curves is OCABO O
4 ( ab 2 )1 / 3 4 ( ab 2 )1 / 3
y ( F rom ; y 2 4 ax )
y dx y ( F rom ; x 2 4 by )
y dx
Q
4( ab2 )1/ 3 4( ab 2 )1/ 3 x2
4ax dx dx Y’
0 0 4b Fig. 11.21
2 1/ 3
4( ab )
2 ab2 )1/ 3 1 x3
2 a . [ x 3/ 2 ]4(
0
3 4b 3 0
[ 330 ]
4
a 4(ab 2 )1/ 3 0
1
4( ab 2 )1/ 3 0
3/ 2 3
3
12b
4 1
a 8( ab 2 )1/ 2 [64 ab 2 ]
3 12b
32 a 1
a b 64 ab 2
3 12b
32 16 ab 16 ab
ab Sq. units.
3 3 3
x2 y2 x y
Example 13. Find the area of smaller region bounded by the ellipse 2
2 1 and line 1 .
a b a b
Solution : As per diagram, the smaller region between the ellipse and line is represented by shaded region.
Clearly the line cuts the ellipse at A(a, 0) and B(0, b). So required area ACBDA
Y
y dx
a a
y dx
0 ( y from ellipse) 0( y from line)
B (0, b)
C
b 2 b
a x 2 dx a x dx
a a
Q
o a o a D dx A(a, 0)
a a X’ X
b x 2 a x b 2
x 2
O
a x 2 sin 1 ax
a 2 2 a o a 2 o x=0
x=a
b a2 b 2 a 2
o o o a o o
a 2 2 a 2 Y’
ab ab ab Fig. 11.22
2 sq. units.
4 2 4
Example 14. Find the area between the parabola x 2 4 y and line x 4 y 2 .
Solution : On solving the equations of parabola and straight line
x x 2 2 or x x 2 0 x 2 x 1 0 x 2, 1
2
2 x2 2 x
2
dx dx
1 4 1 4
dx A
B x=2
2 2
1 x2 x3 X’ X
2x x = –1 O
4 2 1 12 1
1 4 1 8 1 Y’
4 2
4 2 2 12 12
Fig. 11.23
[ 331 ]
1 3 9 1 15 9 15 3 9
6 sq. units.
4 2 12 4 2 12 8 4 8
2 x dx 2 x 2 dx
1 2
x 2
0 1
B
Q
2 x x
2
2 1
1
2 x 3/ 2 2 x 2
sin Y’
3 0
2 2 2 1 Fig. 11.24
2 1 1
2
2 1 0 0 sin 1 1 sin 1
2
3
2 1 1 1
2 2 sq. units
3 2 2 4 6 4 3 2
Example 16. Using integration, find the area of region bounded by the triangle whose vertices are (–1, 1),
Y
(0, 5) and (3, 2).
Soluton : Let A(–1, 1), B(0, 5) and C(3, 2) are vertices of triangle. B (0, 5)
5
Equation of line AB
5 1
x+
4
y 1 x 1
0
y–
+5=
5=
0 1
0
3
4x – y
or y 1 4x 4
2 C (3, 2)
or 4x y 5 0 (1) A (–1, 1) + 5=0
1 x – 4y
equation of line BC
25 D E
y5 x 0 X’
x = –1 O x =3
X
3 0
Y’ Fig. 11.25
[ 332 ]
or 3 y 15 3 x
or x y 5 0 (2)
equation of line CA
2 1
y 1 x 1
3 1
or 4y 4 x 1
or x 4y 5 0 (3)
So, area of ABC = area of trapezium ABOD + area of trapezium BOEC – area of trapezium ACED
0 3 3
y dx y dx y dx
1(from line AB) 0(from line BC) 1(from line CA)
x5
4 x 5 dx 0 5 x dx 1
0 3 3
dx
1 4
3 3
0 x2 1 x 2
2 x 5 x 1 5 x 5 x
2
2 0 4 2 1
1
0 0 2 5 15 9 / 2 0 0 9 / 2 15 1/ 2 5
4
1
3 21/ 2 39 / 2 9 / 2
4
21 21 15
3 6 3 sq. units.
2 2 2
Exercise 11.3
1. Find the area between parabola y 2 2 x and circle x 2 y 2 8 .
2. Find the area between parabola 4 y 3 x 2 and line 3x 2 y 12 0 .
4. Find the the area between circle x 2 y 2 16 and line y x in first quadrant.
5. Find the common area between parabolas y 2 4 x and x 2 4 y .
[ 333 ]
Miscellaneous Examples
Example 17. Find the area in first quadrant bounded by curves x 2 y 2 2 and y sin x .
Solution : The area bounded by x 2 y 2 2 and y sin x in first qudrant is shaded in figure.
Required area = OCABO Y
y dx y dx B
0( y from circle) 0( y from y sin x ) dx
2 x 2 dx sin x dx C
0 0
A
X’ X
O
x 2 1 x
cos x 0
2 x2 sin x=0
2 2 0 x=
2
0 sin 1 (1) {0 0} cos cos 0
2 Y’
Fig. 11.26
2 3 3 8
1 1 2 sq. units
2 2 4 4
x x 1 0
2 2
B
1 3
,
2
2
or x x 2x 1 0
2 2
Y’
2 y dx
1/ 2 1
y dx
0 ( y ,from circle (2)) 1/ 2( y , from circle (1))
2 1 x 2 dx
1/ 2 1
1 ( x 1) 2 dx
0 1/ 2
[ 334 ]
1/ 2 1
x 1 1 x 1
1 x 1 sin 1 x 1 2 1 x 2 sin 1 x
2
2
2 2 0 2 2 1/ 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
2 1 sin 1 0 sin 1 1
4 4 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1 1
2 0 sin 1 1 1 sin 1
2 4 4 2 2
3 1 1 1 3 1
2 2
8 2 6 2 2 2 2 8 2 6
3 3 2 3
sq. units
4 6 2 2 4 6 3 2
Example 19. Find the area between the curves y sin x, y cos x, y-axis and o x / 2 .
Solution : On solving y sin x and y cos x , sin x cos x tan x 1
Y
x /4
Hence both intersect at x / 4
A
y = cos x B y = sin x
So at B x / 4 hence
dx
required area = area of AOBA
X’ X
O E C D
= area ABEO – area OBEO x = /4 x = /2 x=
/4 /4
y dx y dx Y’
0 ( y , From y cos x ) 0 ( y , from y sin x )
Fig. 11.28
/4 /4
cos x dx sin x dx
0 0
sin x 0 cos x 0
/4 /4
sin 0 cos cos 0
4 4
1 1 2
1 1 ( 2 1) sq. units.
2 2 2
[ 335 ]
Curve (1) is upward parabola and line y x passes through origin. The region between parabola and lines
has been shaded. On solving equ. (1) and (2). Y
x 2 x x x 1 0 x2 = y
x
y=
x 0,1 A
y 0, 1 x=1
Hence parabola and line intersect each other at (0, 0) and (1, 1) x=0
C
Required area = area OCABO B
1 1 dx
y dx y dx X’ X
0( y from line) 0( y from parabola )
O
1 1
x dx x 2 dx
0 0
1 1
x 2 / 2 x 3 / 3 Y’
0 0
Fig. 11.29
1/ 2 0 1/ 3 0 1/ 6 sq. units
x 3 / 3 2 x x 2 / 2
3 3
0 0
Y’
27 / 3 6 0 0 9 / 2 0 Fig. 11.30
[ 336 ]
3. The area (in sq. units) bounded by parabola x 2 4 y and its latus rectum is
(a) 5 / 3 (b) 2 / 3 (c) 4 / 3 (d) 8 / 3
3
4. The area (in sq. units) bounded by y sin x, x and x-axis is
2 2
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 1 / 2 (d) 4
The area (in sq. units) bounded by y 2 x and circle x 2 y 2 8 is
2
5.
(a) 2 4 / 3 (b) 2 / 3 (c) 4 4 / 3 (d) 4 / 3
IMPORTANT POINTS
1. The area bounded by curve y = f (x), x-axis and ordinates x = a and x = b is given by definite integral
f x dx y dx i.e. area f x dx y dx .
b b b b
a
or
a a a
2. The area of the region bounded by the curve x y , y-axis and the lines y = c, y = d is given by the
formula : Area ( y ) dy x dy .
d d
c c
3. If the curve is symmetrical about any principal axis or any straight line, then the total area may be
calculated by multiplying the area of one symmetrical part by number of symmetrical parts.
4. Quadrature is always considered as positive. So if some portion of area is above x-axis and some portion
is below x-axis then calculate the required area as a sum of individual parts of both areas.
5. The area of the region enclosed between two curves y = f (x) and y = g (x) and the lines x = a and
x = b is given by the formula.
f ( x) g ( x) dx , where
b
Area f ( x) g ( x) in [a, b]
a
[ 337 ]
6. The area of the region enclosed between two curves x ( y ) and x ( y ) and y = c and y = d is
ANSWERS
Exercise 11.1
1. 8 / 3 a2 sq. units 2. ( 3 2 / 3) sq. units 3. 4 sq. units
4. 4 / 3 sq. units 5. 5 sq. units 6. 2 / 3a sq. units 7. 3p sq. units
8. ab sq. units 9. 2ab sq. units 10. 5 sq. units 11. 7 / 3 sq. units
12. 7 / 3 sq. units
Exercise 11.2
1. (2 4 / 3) sq. units 2. 27 sq. units 3. / 3 sq. units
4. 2 sq. units 5. 16 / 3 sq. units 6. – 2 /4 sq. units 7. 2 a2 / 3 sq. units
8. 9 / 2 sq. units 9. 7 sq. units 10. 4 sq. units
Miscellaneous Exercise – 11
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5 (a)
6. 9 / 2 sq. units 7. a 2 / 4 2 / 3 sq. units 8. 1 / 3 sq. units
[ 338 ]
12
Differential Equations
12.01 Introduction
Most of the problems in science and engineering are solved by finding how one quantitiy is related
or depends upon one or more quantities. In many problems, it is easier to find a relation between the
rate of changes in the variables than between the variables themselves. The study of this relationship gives
rise to differential equations. Therefore, an equation involving dependent variable, independent variable
and derivative of the dependent variable with respect to independent variable is called a differential equation.
Differential equations which involve only one independant variable are called ordinary differential
equations. If the differential equation involves more than one independents variable, then it is called a
partial different equations. Here we shall confine ourselves to the study of ordinary differential equations
only. Now onward, we will use the term 'differential equation' for ordinary differential equation.
dy d2y dy
For example : x 2 y, 2
5 6 y sin x ,
dx dx dx
Where x is independent variable and y is dependent variable.
12.02 Order and Degree of a Differential Equation
Order of differential equation: Order of a differential equation is defined as the order of the
highest order derivative of the dependent variable with respect to the independent variable involved into
the given differential equation.
For example :
dy
(i) Differential equation e x is the order one because in this equation the dependent variable y
dx
has maximum one differentiation.
d2y dy
(ii) Differential equation x 2 2
x 2 y sin , because in this equation the dependent variable y
dx dx
has maximum two times differentiation.
3
dy dy
(iii) Differential equation 3 y 0 the of order one because the dependent variable y has
dx dx
maximum one differentiation.
Degree of a Differential Equation :
The degree of a differential equation is the degree of the highest order derivatives, when differential
cofficients are made free from redicals and fractions.
2
d 3 y dy d3y
(i) The degree of 3 3 y 0 is two because the highest order derivative is whose
dx dx dx 3
power is 2.
[ 339 ]
2/ 3
d 2 y dy
2
(ii) The degree of
1 0 is three, because on rationalization it becomes
dx 2 dx
2
dy 2
3
d2y
2 1 and the power of highest derivative is 3.
dx dx
dy x 2 y 2
(iii) The degree of differential equation is one.
dx xy
Remark : Order and degree (if defined) of a differential equation are always positive integrals.
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Find the order and degree of following differential equations.
4
dy d 2 y dy d2y dy
(i) cos x 0 (ii) y ex (iii) x cos x
dx
2 2
dx dx dx dx
dy a2 d4y d3y
(iv) y x (v) sin 3 0
dx dy / dx dx 4 dx
Solution :
dy
(i) The highest order derivative of y in this differential equation is so its order is 1 and the highest
dx
dy
power of is 1, so its degree is 1.
dx
d2y
(ii) The highest order derivative of y in the given differential equation is so its order is 2 and the
dx 2
d2y
highest power of is 1, so its degree is 1.
dx 2
d2y
(iii) The highest order derivative of y in the given differential equation is , so its order is 2 and the
dx 2
d2y
highest power of is one, so its degree is 1.
dx 2
2
dy dy
(iv) On simplification we see that the given differential equation is x a 2 y , hence order is
dx dx
1 and degree is 2.
d4y
(v) The highest derivative of y in the given differential equation is , so its order is 4, also the given
dx 4
differential equation is not a polynomial in context with diffrential coefficients. So the degree of
equation is not defined.
[ 340 ]
Exercise 12.1
Find the order and degree of following differential equations.
dy d2y
1. sin 2 x cos 2 x 2. sin x cos x
dx dx 2
2
d 2 y dy dy
3
1
3. 2 0 4. 2
dx dx dx dy / dx
3/ 2
d 2 y dy
2
5. a 2 1 6. xdx ydy 0
dx dx
3
d2y
2
dy dy
3
y2
7. 2 y y 5 0 8. x
dx dx dx dy / dx
[ 341 ]
Example 3. Find the differential equation of family of y ae 2x be x
Solution : y ae 2 x be x (1)
Differentiating eq. (1) with respect to x
dy
2ae 2 x be x (2)
dx
Again differentiating
d2y
2
4ae 2 x be x (3)
dx
From (2) and (3)
d 2 y dy
2ae 2 x 2be x 2 ae 2 x be x
dx 2 dx
d 2 y dy
2 y. (From eq. (1))
dx 2 dx
This is the required differential equation.
Example 4. Find the differential equation of family of curves for y e x A sin x B cos x
dy
e x [ A sin x B cos x ] e x [ A cos x B sin x]
dx
dy
y e x [ A cos x B sin x] (2)
dx
d 2 y dy x
e A cos x B sin x e x A sin x B cos x
dx 2 dx
d 2 y dy dy
y y (From (2))
dx 2 dx dx
d2y dy
or 2
2 2y 0 -
dx dx
This is the required differential equation.
Exercise 12.2
b
1. Find the differential equation of family of curves for y ax .
x
2. Find the differential equation of family of curves for x 2 y 2 a 2 .
3. Find the differential equation of family of curves for y Ae3 x Be5 x .
[ 342 ]
4. Find the differential equation of family of curves for y e x A cos x B sin x .
5. Find the differential equation of family of curves for y a cos x b , where a and b are arbitrary
variables.
12.04 Solution of a Differential Equation
The solution to the differential equation used in the equation refers to a relationship in the independent
and dependent variables which does not contain any differential coefficient and the given differential equation
is satisfied for derivative obtained.
The solution of a differential equation is also called its primitive because the differential equation is
a relation derived from it.
General, particular and singular solution
(i) General solution : In the solution of a differential equation if number of arbitrary constant are
equal to the order of it then that solution is called general solution. This is also called total solution
or total integral or total primitive.
d2y
For Example : y A cos x B sin x is a general solution of differential equation y 0 because
dx 2
arbitrary variables present in the solution are equal to the order 2 of the equation.
(ii) Particular solution : The solution of a differential equation obtained by assigning particular values
of the arbitrary constants in the general solution is called 'particular solution'.
d2y
For Example : y 3cos x 2 sin x is a particular solution of differential equation y0
dx 2
(iii) Singular solution : Singular solutions of a differential equation are those where arbitrary constants
are not present and fails to have a particular solution of general solution.
Remark : Singular solution is not there in syllabus. Hence we will not discuss it here in detail.
Illustrative Examples
a dy a
Example 5: Prove that y cx is a solution of differential equation y x .
c dx dy / dx
Solution : Given equation is y cx (a / c) . (1)
differentiating with respect to x
dy
c (2)
dx
On eliminating c from (1) and (2)
dy a
y x
dx dy / dx
[ 343 ]
d2y
Example 6. Prove that y a sin 2 x is solution of given differential equation 4y 0 .
dx 2
Solution : Given equation is y a sin 2 x . (1)
differentiating with respect to x
dy
2a cos 2 x (2)
dx
again differentiating with respect to x
d2y
4a sin 2 x (3)
dx 2
d2y
4a sin 2 x 0
dx 2
d2y
and 4y 0 [From Eq. (1)]
dx 2
Hence y a sin 2 x is a solution of given differential equation.
Example 7. Prove that y x 1 0 is solution of differential equation ( y x) dy ( y 2 x 2 ) dx 0 .
Solution : Given equation is
y x 1 0
y x 1 dy dx (1)
LHS of given differential equation
y x dy y 2 x 2 dx
y x 1 x y dx
0
= RHS
Hence y x 1 0 is a solution of differential equation.
Exercise 12.3
dy
2
2x d 2 y dy
Prove that y ae be is a solution of differential equation 2y 0 .
x
2.
dx 2 dx
[ 344 ]
cx
is a solution of differential equation 1 x 2 1 y 2 0 .
dy
3. Prove that y
1 cx dx
d2y dy
Prove that y a cos log x b sin log x is a solution of differential equation x x y 0.
2
4. 2
dx dx
dy y2
5. Prove that xy log y c is a solution of differential equation xy 1 .
dx 1 xy
12.05 Differential Equation of First Order and First Degree
dy
There exists a dependent variable x, an independent variable y and in an differential equation
dx
of first order and first degree. hence the equation may be written as
dy
f x, y , where f x, y is a function of x and y
dx
dy f x, y
or dx g x, y
or f ( x, y ) dx g ( x, y ) dy 0
As it is not possible to integrate every function similarly it is not possible to find solution of every
differential equation. But if the differential equation is in standard form of any one out of below mentioned
then it is possible to have solution of such differential equations.
(A) Differential equation in which variable separation is possible.
(B) Variable separation is possible by substitution.
(C) Homogeneous differential equations.
(D) Differential equation are reducible to homogeneous form.
(E) Linear differential equation.
(F) Differential equation are reducible to linear differential equation.
Remark : Apart from above discussed methods in some situation the solution of differential equation
is possible by finding integral multiple, but as not a part of syllabus, the studies of such cases is not porvided
here.
(A) Variable separable form
In the equation M ( x, y ) dx N ( x, y ) dy 0 on separating the variables and writing in the form of
f ( x) dx g ( y ) dy 0 (1)
here the variables are separated hence on integrating the each term of equation (1) following solution
is obtained.
[ 345 ]
Illustrative Examples
dy
Example 8. Solve e x y .
dx
dy
Solution : Given equation is ex e y
dx
now on separating the variables e x dx e y dy
e dx e
x y
integrating both the sides dy
e x e y C
or e x e y C , where C is integral constant.
This is the required solution.
dy
Example 9. Solve sin x x .
dx
dy
Solution : Given equation is sin x x
dx
on separating the variables, dy sin x x dx
dy x cos 2 y x sec 2 x
or
dx y cos 2 x y sec 2 y
On separating the variables
or y sec 2 y dy x sec 2 x dx
y sec y dy x sec 2 x dx
2
integrating both the sides
on integrating by parts
y tan y log sec y x tan x log sec x C , where C is integral constant.
This is the required solution.
[ 346 ]
dy 1 y2
Example 8. Solve: 0.
dx 1 x2
dy 1 y2
Solution : Given equation is
dx 1 x2
dx dy
Now on separating the variables
1 x2 1 y2
dx dy
integrating both the sides 1 x2
1 y2
sin 1 x 1 y 2 y 1 x 2 sin 1 C
or x 1 y 2 y 1 x2 C
This is the required solution.
Exercise 12.4
Solve the following differential equations.
1. e y
1 cos xdx e y sin xdy 0 2. 1 x dy 1 y dx
2 2
dy
3. x 1 2 xy 4.
dy
e x y x 2e y
dx dx
dy 3e 2 x 3e 4 x
5. sin x cos x dy cos x sin x dx 0 6.
dx
x x
e e
dy x 2 log x 1
7. sec2 x tan ydy sec 2 y tan xdx 0 8.
dx sin y y cos y
[ 347 ]
Illustrative Examples
dy
4 x y 1 .
2
Example 12. Solve
dx
Solution : Let 4x y 1 t
On differentiating with respect to x,
dy dt dy dt
4 4
dx dx dx dx
by substitution in given equation
dt
4 t2
dx
dt
t2 4
dx
1
dt dx (seperation of variables)
t 4
2
1
on integration t 2
2 2
dt dx
1
or tan 1 t / 2 x C , where C is integral cosntant
2
or tan 1 t / 2 2 x 2C
or t 2 tan 2 x C1 , where C1 2C
putting the vlaue of t the desired solution is
4 x y 1 2 tan 2 x C1
dy
Example 13. Solve: x y
2
a2.
dx
Solution : On writing the given equation in the following form
dy a2
(1)
dx x y 2
dy dt
Let x y t 1
dx dx
dt a 2
So from eq. (1) 1
dx t 2
dt a 2 t 2 a2
on simplification 1 2
dx t t2
[ 348 ]
a2
so dx 1 2 2
dt
(t a )
a2
On integration t 2 a 2 dt
dx 1
1 ta
or x t a2 log C , where C is integral constant.
2a ta
putting the value of t the required solution is
a x y a
y log C -
2 x y a
dy
Example 14. Solve: sin x y cos x y -
dx
Solution : Let x y t , on differentiating with respect to x
dy dt
1
dx dx
dy dt
1
dx dx
on substitution in given equation
dt
1 sin t cos t
dx
dt
or 1 sin t cos t
dx
dt
dx
or sin t cos t 1 [separation of variable]
(1/ 2)sec2 (t / 2)
or dt dx
1 tan (t / 2)
(1/ 2) sec 2 (t / 2)
on integration 1 tan(t / 2) dt dx
t
log 1 tan x C , where C is integral constant
2
log 1 tan
x y x C
or - [ on putting t x y ]
2
[ 349 ]
x y a dy x y a
Example 15. Solve
x y b dx x y b
Solution : From the given equation
dy x y a x y b
dx x y a x y b (1)
dy dt
Let x y t 1 (on differentiation)
dx dx
dt t a t b
1
So, dx t a t b
dt 2 t 2 ab
on simplifying
dx t a t b
t b a
or 2dx 1 2 dt
t ab
t (b a)
on integration 2dx 1 t 2
ab
dt
ba
2x t log t 2 ab C , where C is the integral constant
2
on putting the vlaue of t, the requried solution is
ba
log x y ab C -
2
x y
2
Exercise 12.5
Solve the following differential equations.
dy dy 1
1. x y 2 a2 2.
dx dx x y 1
dy
3. cos x y dy dx
x y
4. e 1
dx
dy x y 1
5. x y dx dy dx dy 6.
dx x y
dy dy 1
7. x y sin 1 8. 1
dx dx x y
dy dy x y 3
sec x y 10. dx 2 x y 5
9.
dx
[ 350 ]
(C) Homogeneous differential equation
Differential equation f ( x, y ) dx g ( x, y ) dy 0 is called homogeneous differential equation if it
could be expressed in following form
dy y
F (1)
dx x
i.e. in f ( x, y ) and g ( x, y ) the sum of degrees of x and y in every term always remains same.
Let, y vx (2)
differentiating with respect to x
dy dv
v x (3)
dx dx
Using (2) and (3) in (1)
dv
v x F v
dx
dv
or x F (v ) v
dx
1 dx
or dv [separationof variable]
F (v ) v x
1 1
on integration F v v dv x dx log x C , where C is integral constant.
y
On solving LHS and putting v , gives the required solution of differential equation.
x
dx
Remark : If the homogeneous differential equation is of the form f ( x, y ) , where f ( x, y )
dy
dx dx
is a homogeneous function of degree zero, then put x vy and find and put the value of f ( x, y )
dy dy
and find the general solution of differeneation equation.
Illustrative Examples
dy 3 xy y 2
Example 16. Solve,
dx 3x 2
dy 3 xy y 2
Solution : Given equation (1)
dx 3x 2
Given equation is homogeneous differential equation
so let y vx (2)
dy xdv
v (3)
dx dx
[ 351 ]
using equation (2) and (3) in (1)
dv 3vx 2 v 2 x 2 3v v 2
v x
dx 3x 2 3
dv 3v v 2 v2
or x v
dx 3 3
1 1
or 2
dv dx [on separating the varaibles]
v 3x
1 1
or log x C , where C is integral constant
v 3
x 1 y
or log x C - v x
y 3
this is the required solution.
dy y y
Example 17. Solve : tan -
dx x x
dy y y
Solution : tan (1)
dx x x
This given equation is homogeneous differential equation
So, let y vx
dy dv
v x
dx dx
dv
now from (1) v x v tan v
dx
1
or dx cot v dv [by separating the variables]
x
on integrating log | x | log sin v log C , where log C is integral constant.
or x C sin v
on putting the value of v required solution is
y
x C sin -
x
y dy y
Example 18. Solve x sin y sin x
x dx x
Solution : From the given equation
dy y sin ( y / x ) x
(1)
dx x sin ( y / x)
[ 352 ]
Given equation is homogeneous differential equation
So, let y vx (2)
dy dv
v x (3)
dx dx
dv v sin v 1
so by eq. (1) v x
dx sin v
dv
or v x v cosec v
dx
1
or dx sin vdv [by separating the variables]
x
log ( x / c ) cos v , where C is integral constant
or x Cecos v
on putting the vlaue of v required solution is
x ce cos( y / x )
dy
Example 19. Solve : x y log y log x 1
dx
dy y y
Solution : From given equation log 1 (1)
dx x x
equation (1) is homogeneous equation
So, let y vx (2)
dy dv
v x (3)
dx dx
using equation (2) and (3) in equation (1)
dv
v x v log v 1
dx
dv
or x v log v
dx
1 1
or dv dx [by separating the variables]
v log v x
(1/ v ) 1
on integration log v dv x dx
or log log v log x log C , where log C is integral constant
or log v Cx
[ 353 ]
y
or log
x
Cx v y / x
This is the required solution
Exercise 12.6
Solve the following differential equations.
1. x 2 ydx x 3 y 3 dy 0
dy y y
2. sin
dx x x
dy y 2 y dy y
3. x y 4. x sin y sin x
dx x x dx x
5. xdy ydx x 2 y 2 dx 6. x 2
y 2 dy 2 xydx
x
7. 1 e dx e
x/ y x/ y
1 dy 0 8. 3xy y dx x
2 2
xy dy 0
y
10. x x y dy y x y dx
dy
9. x 2 x 2 xy y 2
dx
(D) Differential Equation Reducible to Homogeneous Form
dy ax by c a b
When differential equation is of the form , where (1)
dx a ' x b ' y c ' a' b'
where c and c' are constants then this may be reduced to a homogeneous eq. by substitution x X h
and y Y k we may get the required solutions
so, let X xh ; Y yk
dx dX ; dy dY
dY a( X h) b(Y k ) c
so by eq. (1)
dX a '( X h) b '(Y k ) c '
dY (aX bY ) (ah bk c)
or (2)
dX (a ' X b ' Y ) (a ' h b ' k c ')
In order to make equation (2) a homogeneous, the constants h and k are selected such that
ah bk c 0
(3)
a ' h b ' k c ' 0
on solving them the values of h and k are found now using equation (3) in equation (2)
dY aX bY
(4)
dX aX bY
which is homogeneous, hence solve (4) by homogeneous method and at last put X x h and
Y y k and get the required solutions.
[ 354 ]
a a'
Remark : The above methods fails when because then the vlaues of h and k will be either
b b'
a b 1
infinite or not defined, in such case let then the equation (1) will be of form.
a' b' m
dy ax by c
dx m ax by c ' (5)
dv vc
a b
dx mv c '
which can be solved by method of separation of variables.
Illustrative Examples
dy 7 x 3 y 7
Example 20. Solve : .
dx 7 y 3 x 3
a b
Solution : Given equation is reducible to homogeneous differential equation because
a b
so put x X h, y Y k
dY 7 X 3Y 7 h 3k 7
(1)
dX 3 X 7Y 7 K 3h 3
Select h and k such that
7h 3k 7 0
and 7 k 3h 3 0
on solving these, h 1 and k 0
dY 7 X 3Y
So, from equation (1) (2)
dX 3 X 7Y
which is homogeneous, so put Y vX
dY dv
v X
dX dX
dv 7 3v
so, from (2) v X
dx 3 7 v
dv 7 3v
X v
dX 3 7v
dX 7v 3
or 7 2 dv [separation of variable]
X v 1
dX 7 2v 3
or 7 2 dv 2 dv
X 2 v 1 v 1
[ 355 ]
v 1
7
3
On integration 7 log X log v 2 1 log
2 2
log C , where log C is integral constant
v 1
(v 2 1)7 / 2 (v 1)3/ 2
log X 7 log log C
(v 1)3/ 2
Y 5
Y 7
2
Y X Y X
5 2
or C
now put X x 1 and Y y
y x 1 y x 1
5 2
C
This is the required solution.
dy x y 1
Example 21. Solve : -
dx x y 1
a b
Solution : The given differential eq. is not reducible to homogeneous form because here
a' b'
So, to solve such equation we will substitute.
x y v
dy dv
or 1
dx dx
dy dv v 1
so 1 [From given eq.]
dx dx v 1
dv 2v
or
dx v 1
2dx
v 1 dv
or
v
1
or 2dx 1 dv
v
1
on integration, 2dx 1 v dv
2 x v log v C , where C is integral constant
[ 356 ]
or, x y log x y C
This is the required solution.
dy x y 1
Example 22. Solve .
dx 2 x 2 y 3
dy x y 1 a b
Solution : Given equation , is of the form
dx 2 x 2 y 3 a ' c '
dy dv
so let x y v 1
dx dx
dv v 1
or 1
dx 2v 3
dv v 1 3v 4
or 1
dx 2v 3 2v 3
2v 3
or dv dx [Separation of variable]
3v 4
2 1 1
on integration 3 3 3v 4 dv dx
2 1
v log 3v 4 x C , where C is integral constant.
3 9
6v log 3v 4 9 x C1 (where, C1 = 9 C)
or 6 y 3x log 3x 3 y 4 C1
This is the required solution.
Exericse 12.7
Solve the following differential equations.
dy 3x 2 y 5 dy x y3
1. 0 2.
dx 2 x 3 y 5 dx 2 x 2 y 5
dy 1 3x 3 y dy 6x 2 y 7
3. 2 x y 1 dx 4 x 2 y 1 dy 0 4.
dx
2 x y
5. dx 2 x 3 y 6
[ 357 ]
Where P and Q are cosntants or functions of x only, is known as first order linear differential equation.
Another form of first order linear differential equation is
dx
p1 x Q1 (2)
dy
where P1 and Q1 are constants or functions of y only..
dy
e Pdx
Pdx
dx Py e Q
d Pdx Pdx
or ye e Q
dx
integrating both the sides
y e Qe
Pdx Pdx
dy C , where C is integral constant.
y e { Qe dx C}
Pdx Pdx
or
Whcih is the required solution of (1).
Remarks:
xe
P1dy
Q1e
P1dy
dy C
Illustrative Examples
Example 23. Solve 1 x 2
dy
xy 1 .
dx
Solution : On writing the given equation in standard form
dy x 1
2
y
dx (1 x ) (1 x 2 )
x 1
P , Q
here
1 x 2 1 x 2
log1 x 2
1 2x
1
So integrating factor (I.F.) e Pdx
e 2 1 x 2
dx
e2 1 x2
[ 358 ]
so, solution will be y (I.F.) (I.F.) Qdx C , where C is integral constant
1
y 1 x2 1 x2 dx
(1 x 2 )
1
dx
1 x2
or y 1 x 2 sin 1 x C -
This is the required solution.
dy
Example 24. Solve : sec x y sin x .
dx
Solution : On writing the given equation in standard form
dy
y cos x sin x cos x ]
dx
here P cos x, Q sin x cos x
I.F. e e
Pdx cos dx
So integrating factor e sin x
e t (1 t ) C [integration by parts]
2
Integrating factor y log x log xdx C , Where C is integral constant
x
log x
2
2 C
2
[ 359 ]
C
or y (log x) .
(log x)
This is the required solution.
Example 26. Solve : 1 y 2 dx tan 1 y x dy .
Solution : From given equation
dx 1 tan 1 y
x ,
dy 1 y 2 1 y2
1 tan 1 y
here P1 , Q
1 y2 1 y2
1
1
2
I.F. e 1 e 1 y
P dy dy 1
so integrating factor e tan y
tan 1 y
e tan
1 1
so, the solution is xe tan y y
2
dy C , where C is integral constant
1 y
te t dt C 1
[where tan y t ]
(t 1) et C
on putting the vlaue of t, the required solution of equation is
1
x (tan 1 y 1) ce tan y
-
Exercise 12.8
Solve the following differential equations.
dy dy
1. 2 y 4x 2. cos 2 x y tan x
dx dx
3. 1 x dy
2
dx
2 yx 4 x 2
4. 2 x 10 y dy
dx
y0
3
5.
dy
dx
y cot x sin x 6. 1 x dx
2dy
2 xy x 1 x2
dy 2 dy
2 y x 2 log x
7. sin 1 y x 8. x
dx x dx
dy
y n Py1n Q (2)
dx
Let y1n v
dy dv
1 n y n
dx dx
dy 1 dv
y n
dx 1 n dx
putting the above value in equation (2)
1 dv
Pv Q
1 n dx
dv
or 1 n Pv 1 n Q
dx
which is a linear differential equation and can be solved by the method discussed in article (E).
Illustrative Examples
dy
Example 27. Solve : x y x3 y 6 .
dx
Solution : On dividing both sides of equation by xy 6
1 dy 1
6
5 x2 (1)
y dx xy
1 5 dy dv
Let 5
v 6
y y dx dx
1 dv 1
so, transformed form of (1) is v x2
5 dx x
dv 5
or v 5 x 2 , which is linear differential equation (2)
dx x
1
I .F . e e x e 5log x 5
Pdx 5 dx 1
so, integrating factor
x
1 1
so, the solution of equation (2) v 5
5 (5 x 2 ) dx C
x x
v 5
or 5
5 x 3 dx C 2 C
x 2x
[ 361 ]
so, putting the value of v, the required solution is
5 3
y 5 x 6 x5 -
2
dy e y 1
Example 28. Solve : .
dx x 2 x
dy 1 e y
Solution : From given equation
dx x x 2
y dy e y 1
dividing by e y e 2 (1)
dx x x
dy dv
Let e y v e y
dx dx
dv 1 1
so, transformed form of (1) is v 2
dx x x
dv 1 1
or v 2 (2)
dx x x
which is linear differential equation.
1
x dx
I .F . e
Pdx 1
so integrating factor e e log x
x
1 1 1
so, the solution of (2) will be v 2 dx
x x x
v 1
or 2 C
x 2x
on putting the vlaue of v the required solution is
2 xe y 1 2 x 2 C -
2 x tan 1 y x3 1 y 2 0 .
dy
Example 29. Solve :
dx
2 x tan 1 y x3 1 y 2 0
dy
Solution : Given equation is
dx
2 x tan 1 y x3
1 dy
or
1 y dx
2
1 dy
2 x tan 1 y x 3
or
1 y dx
2 (1)
1 dy dv
tan 1 y v
Let 1 y dx dx
2
[ 362 ]
dv
so, from eq. (1) 2 xv x 3
dx
which is a linear differential equation, where P 2 x, Q x 3
Integrating factor I .F . e e x
2 xdx 2
v e x x 3e x dx C
2 2
so required solution is
1 2
x 2 x e x dx C
2
2
1
2 te t dt C , [where t x 2 , dt 2 xdx ]
1 t
e t 1 C [Integration by parts]
2
e x x 2 1 C ,
1 2
t x 2
2
again substituting the vlaue of v
tan y e
1 x2
2
e x 1 C
1 x2 2
tan 1 y
1 2
x 1 ce x -
2
2
This is the required solution.
dy
Example 30. Find the particular solution of differential equation 2 y tan x sin x If x / 3 and
dx
y0 .
Solution : Given differential equation is
dy
2 y tan x sin x (1)
dx
Here P 2 tan x, Q sin x
I.F. e
2 tan xdx 2
e 2logsec x e logsec x sec 2 x
General solution of differnetial equation is
y I.F. (I.F.) Qdx
[ 363 ]
when x / 3, y 0 put in eq. (2)
0 sec / 3 C
or C 2
put C 2 in equation (2)
y sec 2 x sec x 2
or y cos x 2 cos 2 x
Which is the required solution.
Exercise 12.9
Solve the following differential equations.
e x y e x e y
dy dy
1. xy x 3 y 3 2.
dx dx
dy dy
3. y tan x y 2 sec x 4. tan x cos y sin y esin x 0
dx dx
dy dy y y
log y 2 log y
2
5. x sin 2 y x 3 cos 2 y 6.
dx dx x x
dy 1
7. (1 x ) 2 xy
2
; where x 1, y 0
dx 1 x2
Miscellaneous Exercise 12
1. Solution of x 2 1 dy 1 is
dx
1
(d) y cos x C
1
(a) y cot 1 x C (b) y tan 1 x C (c) y sin x C
dy
2. Solution of 2 x e3 x is
dx
1 1
(a) y x 2 e3 x C (c) y x e C (d) y x 2 e3x C
2 3x
(b) y x 2 e 3 x C
3 3
dy
3. Solution of cos x tan y 0 is
dx
(a) log sin y sin x C (b) log sin x sin y C
(c) sin y log sin x C (d) sin x sin y C
dy e x e x
4. Solution is
dx e x e x
(a) y log e e C (b) y log e x e x C
x x
[ 364 ]
x y dy
5. Solution of e 1 is
dx
(a) e y e x C (b) e y e x C (c) e y e x C (d) e y e x C
dy 1
6. Solution of y 0 is
dx y
(b) x log 1 y C
1 1
(a) x log 1 y C
2
2 2
(c) x log 1 y C (d) x log 1 y 2 C
dy
7. Solution of cos 2 y is
dx
(a) x tan y C (b) tan y x C (c) sin y x C (d) sin y x C
dy
8. Solution of e y x e y x 2 is
dx
x3 x3 x3 y x3
(a) e e C (b) e x e y C (c) e x y C (d) e e C
x y x
3 3 3 3
dy y y 2
9. By what substitution will the differential equation change in the linear equation
dx x x 2
1 1
(a) y t (b) y 2 t (c) t (d) t
y y2
dy
10. By what substitution will the differential equation xy e x y 3 change in the linear equation
dx
1
(a) v (b) y 2 v (c) y 3 v (d) y 3 v
y
dy
11. Find the general solution of differential equation 2 x e2 x .
dx
dy
12. Find integrating factor of differential equation y tan x sin x .
dx
dy 1
13. Find integrating factor of differential equation y ex .
dx sin x
dy
14. Differential equation cos x y 1 is of which form?
dx
dy
15. Differential equation y tan x e x sec x is of which form?
dx
[ 365 ]
Find general solution of following equations.
dy 4 x 3 y 1 dy y y
16. 17. log 1
dx 3x 2 y 1 dx x x
e x y e y e x
dy dy
18. x y 2 y 2 x2 19.
dx dx
dy
20. x sin 2 y x 3 cos 2 y
dx
IMPORTANT POINTS
1. An equation involving derivatives independent variable, dependent variable and derivative of the
dependent variable with respect to independent variable is known as a differential equation. Differential
equations are of two types:
(i) Ordinary differentaial equation
(ii) Partial differential equation
2. Order of a differential equationis the order of highest order derivative occuring in the differential
equation.
3. Degree of a differential equationis the degree of the highest order derivative, when differential
cofficients are made free from redicals and functions.
4. Solution of differential equation:
The solution to the differential equation used in the equation refers to a relationship in the independent
and dependent variables which does not contain any differential coefficient and the given differential
equatiion is satisifed from derivative obtained.
The solution of a differential equation is also called its primitive because the differential equation
is a relation derived from it.
(i) General or total solution : In the solutioin of a differential equation if there are arbitarary
constants equal tot he order of it then that solution is called general solution. This is also
called total solutiion or total integral or total primitive.
(ii) Particular solution : The solution of a differential equation obtained by assigning particular
values to the arbitrary cosntants in the general solution is called particualr solution.
(iii) Singular solution : The solutions of a differential equation where arbitrary constants are
not present and fail to have a particualr solutiion of general solution.
5. Differential methods to solve differential equation of first order and first degree:
(A) Variable Sepaerable Method : Differential equations with variable separable on wriing
the equation in general form f ( x ) dx g ( y ) dy 0 and then on integrating, the required solution
may be accurid.
(B) Varable separation by substitution : The given differential equation may be reduced to
variable, separable form by suitable substitution and by getting its solution and again substituting
required solution can be obtained.
[ 366 ]
(C) Homogeneous differential equation : If the general form of differential equation may be
dy f1 ( x, y ) ax by
written in the form of where f1 ( x, y ) and f 2 ( x, y ), x are homogeneous
dx f 2 ( x, y ) cx dy
functions of x and y then to reduce in variable separable equation use substitution y vx .
(D) Equation reducible to homogeneous form
dy ax by c a b
(i) form , where
dx ax by c a b
Integrating factor I .F . e
Pdx
dx
(ii) General form P1 x Q1 where P1 and Q1 are constants or function of y
dy
dy
6. Py Qy n ,
Differential equation reducible to linear differential equation (Bernoulli's equation)
dx
where P and Q, are constants or function of x, to reduce it into a linear differential equation
1
divide by y n , then put n
t and solve. At last put t y n to get required solution.
y
[ 367 ]
Answers
Exercise 12.1
1. order 1 degree 1 2. order 2 degree 1 3. order 2 degree 2 4. order 1 degree 4
5. order 2 degree 2 6. order 1 degree 1 7. order 2 degree 3 8. order 1 degree 2
Exercise 12.2
d2y dy dy
x y0 2. x y 0
2
1. x 2
dx dx dx
1 3
4. e e x C 5. e y sin x cos x C 6. y e3x C
y x
7. sin 2 x sin 2 y C
3
x 1 1 3
8. y sin y x 2 log x C 9. y 2 tan xC 10. y sin x C
2 3
Exercise 12.5
y C x y
1. x y a tan 2. x y 2 ce y 3. y tan C 4. x e x y C
a 2
5. x y c log x y 6. 2 y x log 1 2 x 2 y C1
7. x tan x y sec x y C 8. 2 x x y 0
2
x y
9. y tan C 10. 2 x y log x y 2 x c
2
Exercise 12.6
cos y / x
3. x cy y log x
y
4. x Ce
3
/ 3 y3
1. y Ce x 2. tan Cx
2x
5. y x y Cx 6. y C x 2 y 2
2 2 2
7. x ye x / y C 8. x 2 y 2 2 x3 y C
y x
9. tan 1 log x C 10. log xy 0
x y
Exercise 12.7
1. 3 x 2 y 2 4 xy 10 x y 1 C 2. x 2 y log x y 2 C
3. x 2 y log 2 x y 1 C 4. 3 x 2 y C 2log 1 x y 0
[ 368 ]
2
3 3
5. 3 y 1 4 x y 1 6 x C
2
2 2
Exercise 12.8
tan x 4 x3 C
1. y 2 x 1 Ce 2 x 2. y tan x 1 Ce 3. y 4. xy 2 2 y 5 C
3 1 x 1 x 2
2
6. y 1 x 2 C 1 x 2
1 1
5. y sin x x sin 2 x C
2 4
7. x y C 2 x cos x 2 x sin x
2 2
8. 16 x 2 y 4 x 4 log x x 4 C
1 tan 1 y 1
9. xe y tan y C 10. x e Ce tan y
2
Exercise 12.9
1
1. y 2 1 x2 Ce x sin x C cos x 0
2
2. e y e x 1 Ce e
x
3.
y
1 1
4. sin x sin y C esin x 5. tan y
1 2
x 1 Ce x Cx
2
6.
2 log y 2 x
7. y (1 x 2 ) tan 1 x / 4
Miscellaneous Exercise 12
1. (b) 2 (a) 3. (a) 4. (b)
5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (d)
1 2x
11. y x e C
2
9. (c) 10. (b) 12. sec x
2
13. tan x / 2 14. Equation reducible to variable separation 15. Linear equation
y
16. 2 x 3 xy y x y 0 18. y y x Cx
2 2
17. log Cx
2 2 3
x
20. e tan y
1 2
x 1 e x / 2 C
2
19. e y e x 1 Cee
x e
[ 369 ]
13
Vector
13.01 Introduction
As we knows that many useful physical quantities in nature are of two types, scalars and vectors.
Scalars are those quantities which are completely determined by a single real number when the units of
measurement of that quantity are given. Scalars are not related or assigned to any particular direction in
space. For example, mass, volume, temperature, density etc are scalars. Scalars depend only on the
points in space but not on any particular choice of the coordinate system. Vectors are those quantities
which are completely determined if their lengths (also called magnitude) and their directions in space are
given. For example displacement, velocity, acceleration, force, weight, momentum, electric field intensity
etc. are vectors.
In this chapter, we will study basic concepts about vectors, various operations on vectors and their
algebraic and geometric properties.
13.02 Basic Concepts
Let L be any straight line in plane or three dimensional space. This line can be given two directions
by means of arrow heads. A line with one of these directions prescribed is called a directed line. Now
observe that if we restrict the line L to the line segment AB, then a magnitude is prescribed on the line L
with one of the two directions, so that we obtain a directed line segment (Fig). Thus, a directed line
segment has magnitude as well as direction.
L
L L
B
Fig. 13.01
Each directed line segment has following properties:
(i) Length: The length of directed line segment AB is the length of line segment represented by AB
or | AB |
(ii) Support: The base of a directed line segment AB is a line L whose segment is AB
(iii) Sense: the point A from where the vector AB starts is called its initial point, and the point B
where it ends is called its terminal point. A directed line segment BA is from A to B where as
for it is from B to A
[ 370 ]
Note: Although AB and BA have same length and base yet they are different vectors as AB
and BA are opposite senses.
Vector Quantity : A quantity that has magnitude as well as directionis called a vector notice that
directed line segment is a vector, denoted as AB or simply as a , and read as vector AB or vector a
Magnitude of the Vector: The distance between initial and terminal points of a vector is called
the magnitude (or length) of the vector, denoted as | a | or | AB | where a thus the magnitude of vector
| a | a
Note : a 0
13.03 Various Types of Vectors
(1) Unit vector : A vector whose magnitude is unity (i.e. 1 unit) is called a unit vector. The unit vector
in the direction of a given vector â . We denote the unit vector in the direction of vector a, b, c as
aˆ , bˆ, cˆ and it is given by
a ˆ b c
aˆ , b , cˆ
|a| |b | |c |
â is read as a cap.
(2) Zero or Null Vector: A vector whose initial and terminal points coincide, is called a zero vector
(or null vector), and denoted as O . Zero vector can not be assigned a definite direction as it has
zero magnitude. Or alternatively otherwise, it may be regarded as having any direction. The vectors
AA , BB represent the zero vector..
also | a | 0
i.e. if | AB | 0
then A and B coincides.
(3) Like Vectors: If two vectors have same direction or senses then they are called
Like Vectors. D
b
(4) Equal Vectors: Two vectors a and b are said to be equal, if they have the same C F
magnitude and direction regardless of the positions of their initial points, and written c
B E
a
as a, b . A
In the fig : (13.02) the initial and terminal points of vectors AB , CD , EF represented Fig. 13.02
by a, b and c are different but their length is same therefore they are equal vectors.
i.e. AB CD EF
If a and b are equal vectors then we write them as a b .
[ 371 ]
(5) Unlike Vectors: If the direction of the vectors are opposite then they are called unlike vectors.
(6) Negative Vector: A vector whose magnitude is the same as that of a given vector (say, BA is
negative of the vector AB , and written as BA AB
If a AB then BA a
Position Vector
From a rectangular coordinate system consider a point P, having coordinates (x, y) with respect to
the origin O(0, 0). Then the vector OP having O and P as its initial and terminal points, respectively, is
called the position vector of the point P with respect to O. Using distance formula (from Class XI), the
magnitude of OP (or r ) is given by
N
P
OP x y
2 2
km
For Example : Represent graphically a displacement of 40 km, 30o east
40
of North. 30o
Solution : The vector OP , represents the required displacement (Fig: W E
O
13.03) S
13.04 Addition of Vectors Fig. 13.03
(A): Addition of Two Vectors
If there are two vectors AB and CD in a plane whcih are denoted by a and b then we add
the two vectors by two methods.
I. Triangle law of Vector Addition: A vector OE simply means the F
displacement from a point E to the point F. Now consider a situation that a+b
a girl moves from O to E and then from E to F (Fig. 13.04). The net b
displacement made by the girl from point o to the point F is given by the O E
a
vector OF and expressed as Fig. 13.04
OE EF OF
a b OF where OE a and EF b
This is known as the triangle law of vector addition. In general, if we have two vectors a and
b (Fig. 13.04), then to add them, they are positioned so that the initial point of one coincides
with the terminal point of the other. According to this law, "If two vectors in same order represents
the two sides of a triangle then their sum is represented by the third a
B C
side of triangle in opposite order".
b
II. Parallelogram law of Vector Addition: We have two vectors a a+
b = b b
c
and b represented by the two adjacent sides of a parallelogram in
a
magnitude and direction (Fig. 13.05), then their sum a + b is represented O A
a
in magnitude and direction by the diagonal of the parallelogram through
Fig. 13.05
their common point.
[ 372 ]
Let OA a and OB b
Now OACB is a Parallelogram and OC is the digonal of OACB Here! OA BC a and
OB AC b .
In triangle OAC using triangle law of addition OC OA AC a b
So, if two vectors are represented in magnitude and direction by two adjacent sides of a parallelogram,
then their sum is represented by diagonal of parallelogram which is cointial with the given vectors. This
is known as 'parallelogram law of vector addition'.
(B) Addition of more than two Vectors:
For addition of more or more than two vectors the triangle law of addition can be used. This addition
of vectors is known as Polygon law of vector addition.
Example : Suppose we have to add vectors a , b , c , d . Let us take point O in a plane. Draw OA a s,
also draw AB b similarly draw BC c . Now by triangle law of vector addition D d C
+d
we have +
c
a+b+c
b c
a+
OA AB OB a b OB
a+b
O B
OB BC OC a b c OC b
a
and
A
OC CD OD a b c d OD Fig. 13.06
sNow vector OD denotes the sum of vectors a , b , c , d . Polygon OABCD is called as Polygon of
vectors.
Note : If the initial point of first vector and terminal point of last vector coincides then the sum of
the vectors is always zero.
13.05 Properties of Vector Addition:
Vector addition has the following properties:
(i) Commutativity: Addition of vectors follows the commutative law i.e. for any two vectors a and b
a b b a
Proof : Let OA a and AB b
By Triangle law of addition we have
. . . (i)
OB OA AB a b a
C B
Complete the parallelogram OABC, such that
+a
b
CB OA a
b b b
and OC AB b a+
In triangle OCB, O
a
A
. . . (ii)
OB OC CB b a Fig. 13.07
[ 373 ]
From equation (i) and (ii),
a b b a
Thus addition of vectors is commutative.
(ii) Associativity: Addition of vectors obeys the associative law i.e. let a , b and c are three vectors then
ab c a b c
Proof : Let vectors a , b and c are denoted by OA, AB and BC , thus OA a , AB b and
BC c . Using triangle law of vector addition in triangle OAB and OBC
OB OA AB a b
and OC OB BC a b c (1) C
c
)+
c
+b
Similarly triangle law of vector addition in triangles ABC and OAC
b+c
(a
B
=
c)
AC AB BC b c
+
b b
(b
a+
a+
and OC OA AC a b c (2)
O a
A
from equation (1) and (2)
Fig. 13.08
ab c a b c
Thus the addition of vectors is associative.
Note: It is clear from the above rule that addition of vectors a , b , c does not depend in the order
in which they are added. Thus the above addition can be expressed as a b c .
(iii) Identity:
For every vector a , a 0 a 0 a , where 0 is a zero vector is known as identity vector for
addition
Proof : From definition of addition of vectors
OA OA AA a 0
a a 0
similarly a 0 a
(iv) Additive inverse : For every vector a , there corresponds a vector a such that a ( a ) ( a ) a 0
Proof : Let vector a OP then by definition of Negative Vector, a will be denoted by PO
Now a a OP PO OO O O P
a
similarly a a PO OP PP O Fig. 13.10
thus from (1) and (2) a a a a O
[ 374 ]
13.06 Subtraction of Vectors
Let a and b are two vector quantities and let AB a and BC b . Now if we have to find
a b then at point B draw a line BD opposite in direction and equal in length to BC which represents
the directed line segment as BD b C
2a –2a
a
½a –½a
Fig. 13.11
What 1, then a a which is a vector having magnitude equal to the magnitude of a .
The vector a called the negative (or additive inverse) of vector a and we always have
a a a a O .
1
Also, if , provided a 0, i.e. a is not a null vector, then
a
1
a a a 1
a
So, a represents the unit vector in the direction of a
1
aˆ a
a
[ 375 ]
13.08 Components of a Vector
Let us take the points A (1, 0 , 0), B(0, 1, 0) and C (0, 0, 1) on the x-axis, y-axis and z-axis
respectively. Then, clearly
| OA | 1, | OB | 1 and | OC | 1
The vectors OA, OB and OC , each having magnitude 1, are called unit vectors along the axes
OM LQ y ˆj
OQ OL LQ
P(x, y, z)
r
x iˆ y ˆj
k̂
O M
Y
again OP OQ QP ĵ A
iˆ
x iˆ y ˆj z kˆ
L
X Q
x iˆ y ˆj z kˆ Fig. 13.12
Thus with respect to O we get the position vector of P i.e. OP x iˆ y ˆj z kˆ .
This is known as the component form of the vector where x, y and z are the scalar components
of OP and x iˆ, y ˆj and z kˆ are the vector components of OP Some times x, y and z are also termed
as rectangular components.
If OP r x iˆ y ˆj z kˆ then
OP r x 2 y 2 z 2
13.09 Vector joining two points
If P1 x1 , y1 , z1 and P2 x2 , y2 , z2 are any two points, then the vector joining P1 and P2 is the
vector P1 P2 (Fig. 13.12). Joining the points P1 and P2 with the origin O, and applying triangle law, from
Z
the triangle OP 1P2, OP1 P1 P2 OP2 we have P2 (x2, y2, z2)
i.e. P1 P2 x2iˆ y2 ˆj z2 kˆ x2iˆ y1 ˆj z1kˆ Y
i O j
x2 x1 iˆ y2 y1 ˆj z 2 z1 kˆ
X Fig. 13.13
[ 376 ]
The magnitude of vector P1 P2 is given by
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
2 2 2
1 2 |
| PP
iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ 2iˆ 4 ˆj 5kˆ iˆ 6 ˆj 7 kˆ
iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ 2iˆ 4 ˆj 6kˆ iˆ 5 ˆj 7kˆ
0 iˆ 4 ˆj kˆ 4 ˆj kˆ
Example 2. If vectors a x iˆ 2 ˆj z kˆ and b 2 iˆ y ˆj kˆ are equal then find the value of x, y and z.
Solution : Two vectors are equal if their scalar components are equal.
Thus if a and b are equal if x 2, y 2, z 1
Example 3. Let a iˆ 2 ˆj and b 2 iˆ ˆj then is | a || b | ? Are vector a and b equal?
Solution : Here | a | 12 22 5 and | b | 22 12 5
Therefore | a || b | But the given vectors are not equal becase their corresponding components
are not equal.
Example 4. Find the unit vector in the direction of the vector a 2 iˆ 3 ˆj kˆ .
1
Solution : The unit vector along vector a is aˆ a .
|a|
now | a | 22 32 12 14
therefore
1
aˆ
14
2 iˆ 3 ˆj kˆ
2 ˆ
14
i
3 ˆ
14
j
1 ˆ
14
k
Example 5. Find a vector in the direction of vector a iˆ 2 ˆj which has magnitude 7 units.
1 1 ˆ
Solution : The unit vector along vector a is aˆ a
|a| 5
i 2 ˆj
1 ˆ 2 ˆ
5
i
5
j
1 ˆ 2 ˆ 7 ˆ 14 ˆ
therefore the vector along a having magnitude 7 unit 7aˆ 7 i j i j
5 5 5 5
[ 378 ]
Example 6. Find the unit vector in the direction of the vector a 2 iˆ 2 ˆj 5 kˆ , b 2 iˆ ˆj 3 kˆ .
Solution : The sum of the given vectors
a b c (let) c 4 iˆ 3 ˆj 2 kˆ
| c | 42 32 2 29
2
and
Example 7. Find the vector directed from point P to Q joining the points P(2, 3, 0) and Q(–1, –2, –4).
Solution: As P is the initial point and Q is the terminal point, therefore
PQ =Position vector of Q–Position vector of P
PQ i 2 j 4k (2i 3 j )
PQ 1 2 iˆ 2 3 ˆj 4 0 kˆ
PQ 3 iˆ 5 ˆj 4 kˆ
Example 8. Find the position vector of a point R which divides the line joining two points P and Q in
ratio 2 : 1 whose position vectors are OP 3a 2b and OQ a b .
Solution : (i) the position vector of a point R which divides the line joining two points P and Q in the
ratio 2 : 1 internally is
OR
2 a b 3a 2b
5a
3 3
(ii) the position vector of a point R whcih divides the line joining two points P and Q in the ratio 2 : 1
externally is
OR
2 a b 3a 2b
4b a
2 1
Example 9. Show that the points A 2iˆ ˆj kˆ , B iˆ 3 ˆj 5kˆ , C 3iˆ 4 ˆj 4kˆ are the vertices of a
right angled triangle.
Solution : We have AB 1 2 iˆ 3 1 ˆj 5 1 kˆ iˆ 2 ˆj 6kˆ
BC 3 1 iˆ 4 3 ˆj 4 5 kˆ 2iˆ ˆj kˆ
and CA 2 3 iˆ 1 4 ˆj 1 4 kˆ iˆ 3 ˆj 5kˆ
Further, note that | AB |2 41 6 35 | BC |2 | CA |2
Here, the triangle is a right angled triangle.
[ 379 ]
Exercise 13.1
1. Compute the magnitude of the following vectors:
1 ˆ 1 ˆ 1 ˆ
a iˆ ˆj kˆ; b 2iˆ 7 ˆj 3kˆ; c i j k
3 3 3
2. Write two different vectors having same magnitude.
3. Write two different vectors having same direction.
4. Find the vlaues of x and y so that the vectors 2iˆ 3 ˆj and xiˆ yjˆ are equal.
5. Find the scalar and vector components of the vector with initial point (2, 1) and terminal point
(–5, 7)
6. Find the sum of the vectors a iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ; b 2iˆ 4 ˆj 5kˆ and c iˆ 6 ˆj 7 kˆ .
7. Find the unit vector in the direction of the vector c iˆ ˆj 2kˆ .
8. Find the unit vector in the direction of vector PQ where P and Q are the points (1, 2, 3) and
(4, 5, 6), respectively.
9. For given vectors, a 2iˆ ˆj 2kˆ and b iˆ ˆj kˆ , find the unit vector in the direction of the
vector a b .
10. Find a vector in the direction of vector 5iˆ ˆj 2kˆ which has magnitude 8 units.
11. Show that the vectors 2iˆ 3 ˆj 4kˆ and 4iˆ 6 ˆj 8kˆ are collinear..
12. Find the position vector of a point R which divides the line joining two points P and Q whose
position vectors are P iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ
and Q iˆ ˆj kˆ respectively, in the ratio 2 : 1
(i) internally (ii) externally.
13. Find the position vector of the mid point of the vector joining the points P(2, 3, 4) and
Q(4, 1, –2).
14. Show that the points A, B and C with position vectors, a 3iˆ 4 ˆj 4kˆ , b 2iˆ ˆj kˆ and
c iˆ 3 ˆj 5kˆ respectively form the vertices of a right angled triangle.
13.11 Product of Two Vectors
So far we have studied about addition and subtraction of vectors. An other algebraic operation
which we intend to discuss regarding vectors is their product. We may recall that product of two numbers
is a number, product of two matrices is again a matrix. But in case of functions, we may multiplication of
two vectors is also defined in two ways, namely, scalar (or dot) product where the result is a scalar, and
vector (or vectors is also defined in two ways, namely, scalar (or dot) product where the result is a
scalar, and vector (or cross) product where the result is a vector.
(I) Scalar product: In this the product of two vectors is a Scalar.
(II) Vector product: In this the product of two vectors is a vector.
[ 380 ]
13.12 Scalar or dot Product
Definition : If product of two vectors is a scalar quantity then it is called 'scalar or dot-product
of vector'.
The scalar product of two non zero vectors a and b denoted by a b (read as a dot b ) is defined
as:
a b | a | | b | cos ab cos
( | a | a and | b | b are the magnitudes of a and b )
Note: When both the vectors are Unit vectors, i.e. | a |=1, | b |=1
[ 381 ]
Observeations:
(i) When vectors a and b are parallel: In this condition the value of 0o , thus from (1)
a b | a || b | cos 0 | a | | b | ab
(ii) When vectors a and b coincides: In this condition the angle between the two vectors is zero i.e.
0o , thus from (1)
a a | a | | a | cos 0 o | a | | a | aa a 2
(iii) When vectors a and b are linear: In this condition the angle between the two vectors is 180 o
i.e. 180 thus from (1)
a b | a | | b | cos180o ab ( 1) ab
(iv) When vectors a and b are mutually perpendicualr: In this condition the angle between the
two vectors is 90 o i.e. / 2 thus from (1)
a b | a | | b | cos | a | | b | 0 0
2
thus if two vectors are perpendicualr then
a b 0
Converse: If the scalar product of two non-zero vectors a and b is zero then the vectors are
perpendicular let
let a b 0
| a | | b | cos 0
cos 0 | a | 0, | b | 0
/2 a b
So a b 0 a b
Note: In view of the observations, for mutually perpendicualr unit vectors i, j, k we have
iˆ ˆj ˆj kˆ kˆ iˆ 0
and iˆ iˆ ˆj ˆj kˆ kˆ 1
The above result can be expressed in the form of a table also
i j k
i 1 0 0
j 0 1 0
k 0 0 1
[ 382 ]
13.15. Properties of Scalar Product
(i) Commutativity: Thus scalar product of two vector sis commutative.
Proof : We know that
a b ab cos
b a cos ¼ a b b a, ½
ba
(ii) Associativity: If a and b are two vectors then let m be any scalar
( ma ) b a ( mb) m ( a b )
(iii) Distributivity: If a, b and c are three vectors then
a (b c ) a b a c
similarly (b c ) a b a c a
13.16 Scalar Product of Two Vectors in terms of the Components
Let a a1iˆ a2 ˆj a3kˆ and b b1 i b2 j b3 k , are t wo vecto rs
a b a1iˆ a2 ˆj a3kˆ b1iˆ b2 ˆj b3kˆ
a1b1 (iˆ iˆ) a1b2 (iˆ ˆj ) a1b3 (iˆ kˆ) a2b1 ( ˆj iˆ) a2b2 ( ˆj ˆj )
a2b3 ( ˆj kˆ) a3b1 (kˆ iˆ) a3b2 (kˆ ˆj ) a3b3 (kˆ kˆ) (from property (ii) and (iii))
a1b1 a2b2 a3b3 (Article 13.15)
a b a1b1 a2b2 a3b3
Note:
a a a1iˆ a2 ˆj a3kˆ a1iˆ a2 ˆj a3kˆ
a1a1 a2 a2 a3 a3 a12 a2 2 a32 a 2
(a ) 2 a 2
13.17 Angle Between two Vectors:
We know by the definition of scalar product
a b a b cos
a b a b
or cos aˆ bˆ , where aˆ , bˆ are the unit vectors in the direction of a and b
ab a b
again if a a1iˆ a2 ˆj a3kˆ and b b1iˆ b2 ˆj b3kˆ then
a b (a1iˆ a2 ˆj a3kˆ) (b1iˆ b2 ˆj b3kˆ)
a1b1 a2b2 a3b3 (Article 13.16)
[ 383 ]
a b a1b1 a2 b2 a3b3
cos
ab a12 a2 2 a3 2 b12 b2 2 b32
Note: if vectors a and b are mutually perpendicualr then a1b1 a2b2 a3b3 0
13.18 Components of any Vector b along and perpendicular to a Vector a
Let OA a, OB b and BM OA.
by triangle law of addition in OBM b OB OM MB, where OM and MB are t he
perpendicualr vectors of vector b along vector a
Now OM (OM ) aˆ (b cos ) aˆ
a b B
b aˆ (Article 13.17)
ab
b
a b a b
a
aˆ 2 a aˆ a
a a
O A
and MB OB OM a M
a b Fig. 13.17
b 2 a
a
a b
Thus components of vector b in the direction of vector a and perpendicular along a are 2 a
a
a b
and b 2 a
a
Illustrative Examples
Example 10. If a iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ and b 3iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ then find the value of a b .
Solution: a b (iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ) (3iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ)
(1)(3) (2)(2) (3)(1) 3 4 3 10
Thus the value of a b is 10.
Example 11. For what value of are the vectors 2iˆ ˆj 5kˆ and iˆ ˆj kˆ mutually perpendicular?
Solution: the vectors are perpendicular if their product is zero
(2i j 5k ) (i j k ) 0
or (2)( 1) ( )(1) (5)(1) 0
or 2 5 0
or 3
Thus at 3 the vectors are perpendicular to each other..
[ 384 ]
Example 12. Find the angle between the vectors 3i j 3k and 2i 2 j k .
Solution: Let a 3i j 3k and b 2i 2 j k and let be the angle between a and b .
a b ab cos
a b (3i j 3k ) (2i 2 j k )
cos
ab 9 1 9 4 4 1
5
cos 1
3 19
Example 13. Show that-
(i) (a b) a 2 2a b b 2
and (ii) ( a b) ( a b) a 2 b2
Solution: (i) ( a b) 2 (a b) ( a b)
a a a b b a b b
a2 a b a b b2 [ a b b a ]
a 2 2a b b 2
(ii) ( a b) ( a b) a a a b b a b b
a2 a b a b b2
a 2 b2 [ a b b a ]
Example 14. If is the angle between the two vectors â and b̂ then prove that
1
sin / 2 | aˆ bˆ |
2
Solution : | aˆ bˆ |2 (aˆ bˆ) ( aˆ bˆ)
a 1 b
1 2a b 1
2 2(1)(1) cos 2(1 cos )
2 2sin 2
2
[ 385 ]
1
a b 2sin or sin a b
2 2 2
Example 15. (i) If a , b , c are mutually perpendicualr vectors with equal magnitudes, then prove that vector
a b c makes equal angle with vectors a, b and c .
(ii) a , b , c are the vectors of magnitude 3, 4, 5 resp. If every vector is perpendicular on the sum of the
other two then find the magnitude of vector a b c .
Solution: (i) a , b , c are mutually perpendicualr therefore a.b b.c c.a 0
again the magnitude of vectors a , b , c are equal a b c
a b c a b c . a b c
2
and
a a a b a c b a b b b c c a c b c c
a 2 b 2 c 2 3a 2 a b c rFkk a b b c c a = 0 bR;kfn
a b c 3a
(a b c ) a a a b a c a a 2
Let 1 be the angle between a b c and a
(a b c ) a | a b c | | a | cos 1
a 2 ( 3a)(a ) cos 1
1
cos 1
3
1
1 cos 1
3
Similarly if vector a b c makes angle 2 and 3 with b and c then it can be proved that
1 1
2 cos 1 and 3 cos 1 .
3 3
i.e. vector a b c makes equal angle with the vectors a, b and c
(ii)
a b c 0, b a c 0 and c a b 0
adding all the three 2 a b b c c a 0
and a a a 2 9, b 2 16, c 2 25
[ 386 ]
a b c a b c a a b b c c 2a b b c c a
| a b c |2 9 16 25 0 50
a b c 50 5 2 units
Exercise 13.2
1. If the magnitude of two vectors is 4 and 5 units then find their scalar product if the angle between
the two vectors is
(i) 60o (ii) 90o (iii) 30o
2. Find the value of a.b if a and b respectively are
(i) 2i 5 j; 3i 2 j (ii) 4iˆ 3kˆ; i j k (iii) 5i j 2k ; 2i 3 j
3. Prove that ( a b) 2 | a |2 | b |2
4. If the coordinates of P and Q are (3, 4) and (12, 9) respectively. Find the value of POQ where
O is the origin.
5. For what value of are the vectors a and b mutually perpendicular..
(i) a 2i j k ; b 4i 2 j 2k (ii) a 2i 3 j 4k ; b 3i 2 j k
9. If the coordinates of the points A, B, C and D are (3, 2, 4), (4, 5, 1), (6, 3, 2) and (2, 1, 0) respectively
Then prove that lines AB and CD are mutually perpendicular.
10. For any vector a prove that a (a i)iˆ (a j ) j (a kˆ)kˆ
11. Using the vector method Prove that sum of the diagonals of the parallelogram is equal to the sum
of square of its sides.
13.19 Vector or Cross Product of two Vectors
Definition : The vector product of two non zero vectors a and b is denoted by a b and defined
as
a b | a | | b | sin n , (1)
If the angle between a and b is 0 and n̂ is a unit vector perpendicular to both a and
b such that a, b and n̂ form a right handed screw system i.e., the right handed screw system rotated from
a to b moves in the direction of n̂ .
[ 387 ]
In terms of vector product, the angle between two vectors a and b may be given as
| ab |
| a b | | a || b | sin sin (2)
| a || b |
a b a b
from (1) nˆ
| a || b | sin | a b |
ab
thus the unit vector perpendicualr to vector a and b is (3)
| ab |
13.20 Geometrical Interpretation of Vector Product
Let OA a, OB b are two non parallel and non-zero vectors, the angle between them is and
n is the unit vector perpendicular to vectors a and b then,
a b a b sin
[ 388 ]
Proof : If a and b are two perpendicualr vectors then 90 .
a b ab sin 90 n
ab n
a b ab
Magnitude of vectors a b = (magnitude of a ) (magnitude of b u)] Here n , is a unit vector along
a and b and obeys the left hand rule.
Special Condition : i
j
i j (1)(1)sin 90 k k
similarly j k i and k i j
k
again j i k (opposite to i j )
Fig. 13.19
similarly k j i and i k j
This can be understood by the fig. 13.19.
13.22 Algebraic Properties of Vector Product
(i) Commutativity: Vector product is not commutative i.e.
ab ba
(ii) Associativity: Vector product is associative with respect to any scalar m i.e.
m( a b ) ( ma ) b a ( mb )
(iii) Distributivity: Vector product obyes the distributive law:
a (b c ) a b a c
13.23 Vector Product of two Vectors in Terms of Components
If a a1 i a2 j a3 k and b b1 i b2 j b3 k are two vectors then
a b (a1 i a2 j a3 k ) (b1 i b2 j b3 k )
a1b1 (i i ) a1b2 (i j ) a1b3 (i k ) a2b1 ( j i )
i j k
a b a1 a2 a3
b1 b2 b3
which is a determinant form of a b .
[ 389 ]
13.24 Angle between two Vectors
If is the angle between a and b
a b ab sin n
| a b | | ab sin | | n | ab | sin | | n |
| a b |2
sin 2 2
2
(a )(b )
1
ba ca
2
O A
1
a
b c b a a c a a Fig. 13.20
2
1
b c a b c a a a O
2
1
a b b c c a
2
[ 390 ]
13.26 Condition of Collinearity of Three points
If points A, B and C are collinear then the Area of triangle will be zero. c
C
Let the position vectors of ABC are a , b and c , therefore area fo ABC = 0
1
2
ab bc c a 0
a b b c c a 0 (c ) A B (b )
i j k
Solution : (2i 3 j 4k ) (3i 4 j 4k ) 2 3 4
3 4 4
i j k
again (3i j 2k ) (2i 2 j 2k ) 3 1 2
2 2 2
2 4 i 4 6 j 6 2 k
6i 2 j 8k
6i 2 j 8k
nˆ
6i 2 j 8k
[ 391 ]
3i j 4k
, which is the required so lution
26
1
Thus the required perpendicular unit vector is (3i j 4k ) .
26
Example 18. If a b c d and a c b d , then Prove that a d and b c are parallel.
Solution : ( a d ) (b c ) ( a b a c ) ( d b d c )
a b a c b d ( c ) d
( a b c d ) (b d a c )
OO O
a d and b c are parallel vectors
Example 19. If a b c b then Prove that a c b , where is a scalar
Solution: ab c b
a b c b 0
(a c ) b 0
a c and b are parallel therefore a c b , where is a scalar
Note: (i) If a c and b are in the same direction then is positive
(ii) If a c and b are opposite then is negative
Example 20. If A 1, 2, 2 , B 2, 1, 1 and C 1, 2, 3 are any three points in a plane then find a vector
perpendicualr to the plane ABC whose magnitude is 5 units.
Solution : AB (position vector of B) – (position vector of A)
2i j k i 2 j 2k
i 3 j k
and AC (position vector of C) – (position vector of A)
i 2 j 3k i 2 j 2k
2i 4 j k
AB and AC both are in plane ABC thus vectors AB AC is perpendicualr to the plane
therefore
AB AC i 3 j k 2i 4 j k
[ 392 ]
i j k
1 3 1
2 4 1
7i j 10k
Unit vector perpendicualr to the plane ABC
7i j 10k
n
49 1 100
1
150
7i j 10k
magnitude of the vector with 5 in the direction perpendicualr to it is
1
5
150
1
7i j 10k
6
7i j 10k
1
Example 21. Prove that the Area of rectangle ABCD is AC BD where AC and BD are the diagonals.
2
Solution: Area of rectangle ABCD = Area of ACD + Area of ABC
1 1
AC AD AB AC
2 2
D C
1
AC AD AC AB
2
A B
1 1
2 2
AC AD AB AC BD Fig. 13.22
1
Thus Area of Rectangle AC BD
2
Exercise 13.3
1. Find the vector product of 3i j k and 2i 3 j k .
2. Find the unit vector perpendicualr to the vectors i 2 j k and 2i j 3k .
2 a.a
a.b
3. For vectors a and b Prove that a b
a.b b.b
4.
Prove that a b c b c a c a b 0 .
5. If a , b , c are the unit vectors such that a b a c 0 and the angle between b and c is / 6 then
prove that a 2 b c .
[ 393 ]
6. Find the value of a b if a 10, b 2 and a b 12 .
7. Find the vector with magnitude 9 units whcih is perpendicular to the vectors 4i j 3k and 2i j 2k .
8.
Show that a b a b 2 a b . Also explain geometrically..
2 2
For any vector a prove that a i a j a k 2 a .
2 2
9.
10. If the two sides of the triangle are given by i 2 j 2k and 3i 2 j k then find the area of the triangle.
13.27 Product of Three Vectors
The product of three vectors can have the following six conditions:
(i) a b c
(ii) a b c (iii) a b c
(iv) a b c (v) a b c (vi) a b c
By observation the following facts are to be considered
(i)
a b c is meaningless, because b c is a scalar quantity, thus here a is a vector whose magnitude
is a product of b c , but this condition does not specify the product of three vectors.
(ii)
a b c is meaningless, because b c is a scalar whereas to find the scalar product with a a vector
term is required.
(iii)
a b . c is meaningless, because b c is a scalar and to get the vector product with a , a vector
term is required.
(iv)
a b c is meaningless, because b c is a vector term and a is also a vector, but there is no sign
[ 394 ]
If a, b, c are any three vectors then a b c is known as scalar triple product of vectors a, b, c
and is also written as [ a b c] , also [ a b c] a (b c ) and [b a c] b ( a c ) A
Note: It is also known as Box Product, it is to be noted that the terms inside the box should not
be seperated by comma.
13.29 Geometrical Interpretation of Scalar Triple Product
Let OA a, OB b and OC c . Draw a rectangular parallelopiped with concurrent edges a, b, c
Now the vector area of parallelogram OBDC b c
a b c | a || b c | cos , where is the angle between a and b c Z
A R
b×c
| b c | | a | cos P a Q
[ 395 ]
a (b c ) a (c b )
[ a b c] [ a c b]
(iii) In scalar triple product if two vectors are parallel then the product is zero.
Let a, b, c are three vectors and b and c are parallel then b c, where is a scalar,,
a b c a b c a c c a 0 0 c c 0
Note: If two vectors are same then also the result is zero.
13.31 Volume of a Tetrahedron
Let in tetrahedron OABC, O be the origin and A a , B b and C c are other vertices.
C
1
Volume of Tetrahedron V (area of base) × (height) c
3
1 1 1
B
b
ab c 6 a b c O
a
A
3 2 Fig. 13.24
Thus Volume fo Tetrahedron = (1 / 6) (Volume of rectangular parallelopipped whose three concurrent
edges are a, b, c )
Note: If the four vertices of a tetrahedron are A a , B b , C c and D d then the volume is
1
[a b a c a d]
6
13.32 Necessary and sufficient condition for the three non-parallel and non-zero
vector a, b, c to be coplanar is a b c 0
Necessary Condition : Let a, b and c are three non-zero non-parallel coplaner vectors then b c
is a vector perpendicular to the plane i.e. a b c 0
¼ a is in a plane and b c N is perpendicular to the plane and scalar product of two vectors is
always zero)
a b c 0
Sufficient condition : Let
a b c 0
a
bc 0
a b c, But b c, is perpendicular to vectors b and c i.e. vector a lies in the plane of
vector b and c therefore a, b and c are coplaner..
[ 396 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 22. Prove that i j k j k i k i j 3.
Solution : i j k i j k i i 1
i j k j k i k i j
i j k j k i k i j 1 1 1 3
Example 23. If a i 2 j k , b i j k and c i 2 j k then find the value of a b c and a b c ,
also show that a b c a b c
1 2 1
Solution :
a b c 1 1 1 0
( first and third columns are same)
1 2 1
1 2 1
a b c c a b 1 2 1 0
( first and third columns are same)
1 1 1
a b c ab c
Example 24. Prove that a b b c c a 2 a b c
Solution : since b c c a b c a c c a
(distributive law)
b c b a c c c a (distributive law)
b c b a c a (1)
a b b c c a a b .
bc ca
ab . b c b a c a (from (1))
(distributive law)
ab . bc ab . ba ab . ca
a. b c b. b c a. b a b. b a a. c a b. c a
a b c 0 0 0 0 b c a ( property of triple product)
[ 397 ]
2 a b c
Example 25. For what value of are the vectors a 2i j k , b i 2 j 3k and c 3i j 5k
coplaner.
Solution : Condition of three vectors a, b and c to be coplaner is a b c 0
2 1 1 5
3
i.e. 1 2 3 0 or 2 1 1 0
3 5 1 2 3
3 3 2 1 6 5 4 1 0 3 7 25 0
4
thus for 4 the three vectolrs a, b and c are coplaner..
Example 26. Prove that the points A 4, 8, 12 , B 2, 4, 6 , C 3, 5, 4 , D 5, 8, 5 are coplaner..
Solution : If the points BA, BC , BD are coplaner, again by the codnition BA BC BD 0
now BA 4i 8 j 12k 2i 4 j 6k 2i 4 j 6k
BC 3i 5 j 4k 2i 4 j 6k i j 2k
BD 5i 8 j 5k 2i 4 j 6 k 3i 4 j k
2 4 6
BA BC BD 1 1 2 2 7 4 5 6 1 0
3 4 1
Thus the four points are coplaner.
Example 27. If four points A a , B b , C c and D d are copaner, then prove that
a b c b c d c a d a b d
Solution : Four points are coplaner thus vectors AB, AC and AD are are coplaner..
AB AC AD 0
ba ca d a 0
ba ca d a 0
b a c d c a a d a a 0
[ 398 ]
b cd b ca b a d a c d 0
a b c b c d c a d a b d
Example 28. Find the volume of the rectangular parallelopipped whose concurrent edges are
2 3 4
1 2 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 12 20 26 unit
2 1 2
C 1, 1, 2 .
Solution : Here O 0, 0, 0 is the origin and the position vector are a i 2 j k , b 2i j 3k and
c i j 2k .
1 2 1
1 1
volume of tetrahedron a b c 2 1 3
6 6
1 1 2
1
1 1 2 7 1 3 2 unit
6
Since the volume is positive thus the result is 2 units.
Exercise 13.4
1. Prove that
3. Prove that the vectors 2i 2 j 4k , 2i 4 j 2k and 4i 2 j 2k are coplaner..
4. For what value of are the vectors copalner
(i) a 2i j k , b i 2 j 3k and c 3i j 5k
(ii) a i j k , b 2i j k and c i j k
5. Prove that the following four points are coplaner
(i) A 1, 4, 3 , B 3, 2, 5 , C 3, 8, 5 , D 3, 2,1
[ 399 ]
(ii) A 0, 1, 0 , B 2, 1, 1 , C 1, 1, 1 , D 3, 3, 0
6. Prove that a 2i j k , b i 3 j 5k and c 3i 4 j 4k are the vector sides of a right angle
triangle.
7. Find the volume of the rectangular parallelopipped whose three concurrent edges are given by the
vectors:
(i) a 4i 3 j k , b 3i 2 j k and c 3i j 2k
(ii) a 2i 3 j k , b i j 2k and c 2i j k
13.33 Vector Triple Product
Definition : The product of vector with the vector product of two vectors is known as vector triple
product.
If a, b , c are three vectors then their vector product will be a b c , b c a, a b c etc.
Geometrical Proof:
Here a b c , is perpendicular to vector a and vector b c
a b c b c where and are scalar
Note: It is clear from the vector triple product a b c a b c, it is not associative.
13.34 For vectors a, b, c Prove that
a b c a c b a b c
Let a a1 i a2 j a3 k , b b1 i b2 j b3 k and c c1 i c2 j c3 k
i j k
now a b c a1i a2 j a3 k b1 b2 b3
c1 c2 c3
a1 i a2 j a3 k b2 c3 b3c2 i b3c1 b1c3 j b1c2 b2c1 k
a2 b1c2 b2 c1 a3 b3c1 b1c3 i
b1 a2 c2 a3c3 c1 a2 b2 a3b3 i
a1c1 a2 c2 a3c3 b1 a1b1 a2 b2 a3b3 c1 i (adding and subtracting a, b, c)
a c b1 a b c1 i a c b a b c
a b c a c b a b c
[ 400 ]
similarly a b c c a b c b a c a b c a b c b a
Illustrative Examples
Example 30. If a 3i 2 j k , b i 2 j 2k and c 2i j k then find the value of a (b c )
Solution :
a b c a c b a b c
a c 3i 2 j k 2i j k
3 2 21 1 1 7
a b 3i 2 j k i 2 j 2k
31 2 2 1 2 1
a b c a c b a b c
7 i 2 j 2k 1 2i j k 5i 15 j 15k
Example 31. Prove that a b c a b c , if and only if c a b O
Solution : Let a b c a b c
a c b b c a a c b a b c
b c
b c a a
b c a b a c O
c a b O
Example 32. Prove that the vectors a b c , b c a and c a b are coplaner..
Solution : Let P a b c , Q b c a and R c a b , then
PQ R a c b a b c b a c b c a c b a c a b O
P 1 Q 1 R
P , Q and R are in one plane
P , Q , R are coplaner
[ 401 ]
b c c a a b c
2
Example 33. Prove that a b
Solution : ab
bc ca
ab bc c a
(Let d a b )
d bc ca ,
d c b d b c c a
a b c b a b b c c a
d c a b
c a b c and d b a b b a b b 0
a b c c a 0
c b c a
2
a b c b c a a b c b c a a b c
Exercise 13.5
1. Find the value of a b c it
(i) a 3i j k , b i 3 j k and c i j 3k
(ii) a 2i j 3k , b i 2 j k and c i j 4k
2.
Prove that a b c a b c it
(i) a 2i 5j 7k , b 3i 4 j k , c i 2 j 3k
(ii) a 2i 3j 5k , b i j 2 k , c 4i 2 j 3k
3.
Verify the formula a b c a c b a b c where
(i) a i j 2k , b 2i j k , c i 3 j k
(ii) a i 2 j k , b 2i j k , c 3i 5 j 2k
4. For any vector a prove that
i a i j a j k a k 2a
5. Prove that
a b c b c a c a b 0
6. Prove that a, b, c are coplaner if and only if a b, b c, c a are coplaner
[ 402 ]
7. Prove that
a b c d a b c c a c d d
8. If the magnitude of two vectors a and b are 3 and 2 and a b 6 then find the angle between
vector a and b .
i 1 0 0
a b j 0 1 0
cos
ab
k 0 0 1
2. If a a1 i a2 j a3 k and b b1 i b2 j b3 k then a.b a1b1 a2b2 a3b3
3. a b ab sin n
X iˆ ˆj kˆ
ab ab
sin and n iˆ 0 kˆ ˆj
ab ab ˆj kˆ 0 iˆ
i j k , j k i, k i j kˆ ˆj iˆ 0
[ 403 ]
j i k , k j i, i k j
i i O j j k k
ab O a b aOb
i j k
4.
a a1 i a2 j a3 k and b b1 i b2 j b3 k and a b a1 a2 a3
b1 b2 b3
5. Area of Parallelogram of two vectors is a b, where a and b are the adjacent sides of the
parallelogram.
1
6. Area of ABC =Qy a b b c c a , where a, b, c , are position vectors of vertices of triangle.
2
7. The collinearity of three vectors a , b and c is given by a b b c c a O
1
8. Area of parallelogram whose diagonals are a and b a b
2
9. We represent the scalar or dot product of three vectors a, b, c is a b c and a b c .
10. If a a1 i a2 j a3 k , b b1i b2 j b3 k ,
a1 a2 a3
c c1 i c2 j c3 k , then a b c b1 b2 b3
c1 c2 c3
11. Volume of rectangular parallelopipped a b c , (where a, b, c denoted its concurrent edges).
1
12. Volume of Tetrahedron a b c where a, b, c are its concurrent edges.
6
13. The triangular product of three vectors a, b, c is a b c a c b a b c.
14. In vectors, vector product does not follows associative property i.e. a b c a b c
[ 404 ]
Answers
Exericse 13.1
(1) | a | 3; | b | 62; | c | 1 (2) any two vectors (3) any two vectors (4) x 2, y 3
iˆ kˆ 8(5iˆ ˆj 2kˆ)
(9) (10) (11) 4iˆ 6 ˆj 8kˆ 2 (2iˆ 3 ˆj 4kˆ)
2 30
1 4ˆ 1 ˆ iˆ 4 ˆj kˆ
(12) (i ) iˆ, j, k (ii) 3iˆ 3kˆ (13) 3iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ (14) , 3iˆ 3kˆ
3 3 3 3
(15) (3, 2, 1)
Exercise 13.2
72
(1) (i) 10 ; (ii) 0 ; (iii) 10 3 (2) (i) –4 ; (ii) 7 ; (iii) 7 (4) cos 1
75
2
(5) (i) 3 ; (ii) 3 (6) (7) 5i 15 j 7k
7
Exercise 13.3
i j k 5 5
(1) 4i 5 j 7k (2) (6) 16 (7) 3i 6 j 6k (10)
3 2
Exercise 13.4
(2) –7 (5) (i) –4 ; (ii) 1 (8) (i) 30 ; (ii) 14
Exercise 13.5
(1) (i) 2i 2 j 4k ; (ii) 8i 19 j k
1 5 60
(8) (9) cos (10) 0 (11) (12) 6 | a |2 11a b 35 | b |2
4 7 114
3 1 10
(13) | a | 1, | b | 1 (14) 13 (15) _ 4 (16) (17) cos
2 102
[ 405 ]
14
, m, n respectively R
cos , m cos , n cos - X
Note: Fig. 14.01
1. Direction cosines never be written in bracket.
2. BA makes angle and with co-ordinate axes OX, OY and OZ respectively. Therefore,
directions cosines of BA will be cos( ), cos( ), cos( ) i.e. , m , n .
So, if , m, n are direction cosines of any line, then , m , n are also its direction cosines just
because AB and BA have a common support line L.
3. Direction cosines of X-axis : 1, 0, 0
Direction cosines of Y-axis : 0, 1, 0
Direction cosines fo Z-axis : 0, 0, 1
14.03 Relation among the Direction Cosines of a Line
Consider a vector AB with direction cosines , m, n with base line L. Through the origin, draw a line
parallel to the given line and take a point P (x, y, z) on this line, such that OP || AB . From P, draw a
perpendicular PQ on the Y-axis (Fig. 14.01)
y
If OP r , then cos
r
y r cos mr . Similarly,, z nr and x r
Again, OP r
[ 406 ]
OP
2
r2
x2 y2 z 2 r 2
r 2 2 m2 n2 r 2
2 m2 n2 1
14.04 Direction ratios of a line
Definition : The direction ratios of a line are proportional to the direction cosines of the vector whose
support is the line.
Let a, b, c be direction ratios of a line and let , m, n be the direction cosines of the vector whose
support is give line. Then
m n
a b c
Direction ratios of any line be the direction ratio of that vector whose support is the given line.
Notes:
1. If a, b, c are direction ratios of a line, then ka, kb, kc, where k 0 are also a set of direction ratios.
So, any two sets of direction ratios of a line are also proportional. Also, for any line there are infinitely
many sets of direction ratios.
2. For direction cosine , m, n , we have 2 m 2 n 2 1 but for direction ratios a, b, c, we have
a 2 b 2 c 2 1 till a, b, c become direction cosines.
l m n
3. k (let)
a b c
ak , m bk , n ck
but 2 m2 n2 1
k 2 a2 b2 c 2 1
1
k
a 2 b2 c2
a b c
;m ; n
a b c
2 2 2
a b c
2 2 2
a b2 c 2
2
4. Let r aiˆ bjˆ ckˆ
r a b c
ˆr i j k
| r | a 2 b2 c 2 a 2 b2 c2 a b c
2 2 2
Thus in vector r , coefficient of iˆ, ˆj , kˆ are the direction ratios of that vector..
[ 407 ]
14.05 Direction cosines of a line passing through Two Points
Let L be the line passing through the points P x1 , y1 , z1 and Q x2 , y2 , z2 .
PQ (position vector of Q) & (position vector of P)
x2 iˆ y2 ˆj z2 kˆ x1iˆ y1 ˆj z1kˆ
x2 x1 i y2 y1 j z2 z1 k
d.r's (direction ratios) of PQ are x2 x1 , y2 y1 , z 2 z1 and its d.c's (direction cosines) are
x2 x1 y2 y1 z 2 z1
, , ]
| PQ | | PQ | | PQ |
where, PQ x2 x1 2 y2 y1 2 z2 z1 2
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. A line makes an angle of 30o and 60o with the positive direction of X and Y-axis. Find the angle
formed by the line with the positive direction of Z&axis.
Solution : Let the line makes an angle with the positive direction of Z-axis. Thus it makes angle 30o, 60o and
with the three axes.
3 1
the d.c's of line are cos 30o , cos 60o , cos i.e. , , cos
2 2
We know that, 2 m2 n2 1
2
3 / 2 1/ 2 cos 1
2 2
or cos 2 1 1
cos 2 0
cos 0
or, 90o
Thus the line makes an angle of 90o with the Z-axis.
Example 2. If the vector makes an angle of , and with OX, OY and OZ axes respectively, then Prove
that sin 2 sin 2 sin 2 2
Solution : Let the d.c's of the given vector be , m, n
then, cos , cos m , cos n
we know that 2 m2 n2 1
cos 2 cos 2 cos 2 1
[ 408 ]
Example 3. Find the direction cosines of a line joining the points (1, 0, 0) and (0, 1, 1).
Solution : The direction ratios of the line joining (1, 0, 0) and (0, 1, 1) are
0 –1, 1 –0, 1 – 0 = –1, 1, 1
Thus, the direction cosine will be
1 1 1
, ,
3 3 3
Example 4. Show that the points A(2, 3, 4), B(–1, 2, –3) and C(–4, 1, –10) are collinear.
Solution : The direction ratios of the line joining the points A and B thus it is clear that direction ratios of AB
and BC are proportional therefore
AB || BC
But in AB and BC B is common
A, B and C are colinear.
Example 5. If a line makes an angle 90o, 135o and 45o with the X, Y and Z-axes respectively then find the
direction cosine of the line.
Solution : Direction angles are 90o , 135o , 45o
direction cosines are
1 1
cos90o 0, m cos135o , n cos 45o
2 2
thus, the d.c's of the given line are
1 1
0, , .
2 2
Exercise 14.1
1. Find the direction cosines of a line whcih makes equal angles with the coordinate axes.
2. Find the direction cosines of the line passing through two points (4, 2, 3) and (4, 5, 7).
3. If the direction ratios of the line are 2, –1, –2, then find the direction cosines.
4. A vector r , makes angle of 45o, 60o, 120o with the X, Y and Z-axes respectively and the magnitude of
r is 2 units, then find r .
14.6 Equation of a line in Space
We shall now study the vector and cartesian equations of a line in space. A line is uniquely determined if
(i) it passes through a given point and has given direction, or
(ii) it passes through two given points. m P(r ) L
(i) Equation of a line through a given point A ( a) and A(a )
parallel to a given vector m
Let the line be L whose equation is to be determined. Let
the line is parallel to the vector m and passes through the point
A whose position vector is a . Let O be the origin, therefore
Fig. 14.02
OA a . O
[ 409 ]
Let P be any point on the line L whose position vector is r ,
then OP r
clearly AP m
AP m
(position vector P) & (position vector of A) m
OP OA m
r a m
r a m
for each value of the parameter , this equation gives the position vector of a point P on the line. Hence,
the vector equation of the line is given by
r a m (1)
Cartesian Form
Let A x1 , y1 , z1 be the given point and the direction ratios of the line be a, b, c. Consider the coordinates
xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ x1iˆ y1 ˆj z1kˆ aiˆ bjˆ ckˆ
xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ x1 a i y1 b j z1 c
x x1 a; y y1 b; z z1 c
x x1 y y1 z z1
a b c
equation of line passing through A x1 , y1 , z1 with direction ratios a, b, c is
x x1 y y1 z z1
a b c
(ii) Equation of a line passing through two given points
Vector form
Let a line L passes through the two points A and B whose position vectors are a1 and a2 . If O is the
origin, then OA a1 and OB a2
[ 410 ]
AB (position vector of B) & (position vector of A)
a2 a1
Let there be point P on the line L whose position vector is r , then OP r
B L
AP r a1
P
since AP and AB are collinear vectors, then A r
a2
AP AB , R
a1
r a1 a2 a1
O
r a1 a2 a1 Fig. 14.03
The vector equation of line L passing through the points A(a1 ) and B (a2 ) is
r a1 a2 a1 (2)
Cartesian Form:
Let the line L, passes through the points A x1 , y1 , z1 and B x2 , y2 , z2 . Let the coordinates of any
x x1 iˆ y y1 ˆj z z1 kˆ x2 x1 iˆ y2 y1 ˆj z2 z1 kˆ
x x1 x2 x1 ; y y1 y2 y1 ; z z1 z 2 z1
x x1 y y1 z z1
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
which is the required equation of line.
Illustrative Examples
Example 6. Find the vector and cartesian equation of the line passing through the point (5, 2, –4) and parallel
to the vector 3iˆ 2 ˆj 8kˆ .
Solution :
Let a 5iˆ 2 ˆj 4kˆ and b 3iˆ 2 ˆj 8kˆ
The vector equation of the line is r a m
xiˆ y ˆj zkˆ 5iˆ 2 ˆj 4k 3iˆ 2 ˆj 8kˆ
or, xiˆ y ˆj zkˆ 53 iˆ 22 ˆj 48 kˆ
or, x5 = 3x, y2=2x, z+4=8x
[ 411 ]
x5 y 2 z 4
or,
3 2 8
x5 y2 z 4
Thus, equation in cartesian form will be
3 2 8
Example 7. Find the vector equation of the line passign through the points (–1, 0, 2) and (3, 4, 6).
Solution : Let the position vector of points A(–1, 0, 2) and B (3, 4, 6) be a and b respectively..
then, a iˆ 2kˆ
and b 3iˆ 4 ˆj 6kˆ
b a 4iˆ 4 ˆj 4kˆ
Let the position vector of any point P be r , then the vector equation of the line is-
r iˆ 2kˆ 4iˆ 4 ˆj 4kˆ
Example 8. Find the vector equation of a line passing through point A (2, –1, 1) and parallel to the line joining
the points B (–1, 4, 1) and C (1, 2, 2). Also find its the cartesian equation.
Solution : For the vector equation
position vector of B iˆ 4 ˆj kˆ
iˆ 2 ˆj 2kˆ iˆ 4 ˆj kˆ 2iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ
position vector of A, r1 2iˆ ˆj kˆ
Vector equation of the line
r r1 ( BC )
r 2iˆ ˆj kˆ 2iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ (1)
Certesian equation of the line,
[ 412 ]
Example 9. The cartesian equation of a line 6 x 2 3 y 1 2 z 2 . Find
(a) direction ratios of the line.
(b) the vector and cartesian equation of a line passing through (2, –1, –1) and parallel to the given line.
Solution : Equation of a line
6x 2 3 y 1 2z 2
x 1/ 3 y 1/ 3 z 1
1/ 6 1/ 3 1/ 2
x 1/ 3 y 1/ 3 z 1
1 2 3
(a) Therefore, the d.r's of the given line are 1, 2, 3.
(b) Equation of a line passing through (2, –1, –1) and parallel to the given line.
x 2 y 1 z 1
1 2 3
New vector equation of a line passing through A (2, –1, –1) and i.e. a 2iˆ ˆj kˆ parallel to
m iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ is
r a m
or,
r 2iˆ ˆj kˆ iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ
Exercise 14.2
1. Find the equation of the line passing through the point (5, 7, 9) and parallel to the following given axis:
(i) X&axis (ii) Y&axis (iii) Z&axis
2. Find the equation of the line in vector and in cartesian form that passes through the point with position
vector 2 iˆ 3 ˆj 4 kˆ and is parallel to the vector 3 iˆ 4 ˆj 5 kˆ .
3. Find the equation of the line which passes through the point (5, –2, 4) and is parallel to the vector
2 iˆ ˆj 3 kˆ
4. Find the eqation of the line whcih passes through the point (2, –1, 1) and is parallel to the line
x 3 y 1 z 2
.
2 7 3
5. Find the vector equation of the line whose cartesian equation is
x5 y4 z 6
3 7 2
6. Find the cartesian equation of the line whcih passes through the point (1, 2, 3) and is parallel to the line
x 2 y 3 2z 6
.
1 7 3
[ 413 ]
7. The coordinates of the three vertices of a parallelogram ABCD are A (4, 5, 10), B (2, 3, 4) and
C (1, 2, –1). Find the vector and cartesian equation of AB and BC. Also find the coordinates of D.
8. The cartesian equation of a line is 3 x 1 6 y 2 1 z . Find the point through which it passes and
also find the direction ratios and vector equation.
9. Find the equation of the line whcih passes through the point (1, 2, 3) and is parallel to the vector
ˆ ˆ ˆ.
3i+2j-2k
10. Find the vector and cartesian equation of a line passing through the point whose position vector is
2iˆ ˆj 4kˆ and in the direction of the vector iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ .
11. Find the cartesian equation of the line which passes through the point (–2, 4, –5) and is parallel to the
x 3 y 4 z 8
line .
3 5 6
x5 y4 z 6
12. The cartesian equation of a line is . Find its vector equation.
3 7 2
13. Find the vector and cartesian equation of a line passing through the origin and the point (5, –2, 3).
14. Find the vector and cartesian equation of a line passing through the point (3, –2, –5) and (3, –2, 6).
14.07 Angle between Two Lines
Vector form:
Let the vector equation of two lines be
r a1 m1 , R and r a2 m2 , R
If the angle between them is , then it is clear from figure 14.04 that, the angle between vector m1 and
m1 m2
vector m2 is also . Thus cos .
| m1 || m2 |
Cartesian form: m1
Let the cartesian equation of two lines be
x x1 y y1 z z1 x x2 y y2 z z 2
a1 b1 c1 and a b2 c2
2
m1 a1iˆ b1 ˆj c1kˆ and m2 a2iˆ b2 ˆj c2 kˆ m2
Fig. 14.04
m1 m2
but cos
| m1 || m2 |
a1a2 b1b2 c1c2
cos
a b12 c12 a2 2 b2 2 c22
1
2
Note:
1. If the direction cosines of two lines are 1 , m1 , n1 and 2 , m2 , n2 and the angle between them is , then
cos 1 2 m1m2 n1n2 .
[ 414 ]
2. If the two lines are perpendicualr, then a1a2 b1b2 c1c2 0 or 1 2 m1m2 n1n2 0 .
a1 b1 c1 m n
3. If the two lines are parallel, then or 1 1 1 .
a2 b2 c2 2 m2 n2
Illustrative Examples
5 x y 3 z 7 x 1 y z 6
Example 10. Find the angle between the lines and .
3 4 0 1 2 2
Solution : Given lines are
x5 y3 z 7
(1)
3 4 0
x y 1 z 6
(2)
1 2 2
Let the vectors parallel to line (1) and (2) be m1 and m2 respectively, then m1 3iˆ 4 ˆj 0k and
m2 iˆ 2 ˆj 2kˆ . Let the angle between m1 and m2 be , then
m1 m2
cos
| m1 || m2 |
cos
(3) 1 (4) (2) 0 2
1
(3)2 (4)2 02 1 (2) 2
2 2 2 3
cos 1 (1/ 3) -
Example 11. Find the angle betwene the lines
r 3iˆ 2 ˆj 4kˆ iˆ 2 ˆj 2kˆ and r 5iˆ 2 ˆj 3iˆ 2 ˆj 6kˆ .
Solution : Let the angle between the lines which are parallel to b1 iˆ 2 ˆj 2kˆ and b2 3iˆ 2 ˆj 6kˆ
respectively be , therefore
b1 b 2
cos
iˆ 2 ˆj 2kˆ 3iˆ 2 ˆj 6kˆ
| b1 || b2 | 1 4 4 9 4 36
3 4 12 19
3 7 21
[ 415 ]
Solution : Let < a, b, c > be the d.r's of the required line. Since this required line is are perpendicular to the
given lines, then
a 2b 3c 0 (1)
and 3a 2b 5c 0 (2)
By cross-multiplication method in (1) and (2), we get
a b c
4 14 8
a b c
or k (Let)
2 7 4
The line passes through (–1, 3, –2), with d.r's < 2, –7, 4 > be given by
x 1 y 3 z 2
2 7 4
Exercise 14.3
1. Find the angle between the lines-
r 2iˆ 5 ˆj kˆ 3iˆ 2 ˆj 6kˆ and r 7iˆ 6 ˆj iˆ 2 ˆj 2kˆ
2. Find the angle between the lines-
x y z x5 y2 z 3
and
2 2 1 4 1 8
3. Show that the line passing through the points (1, –1, 2) and (3, 4, –2) is perpendicular to the line passing
through the points (0, 3, 2) and (3, 5, 6).
x 1 y 2 z 3 x 1 y 1 z 6
4. If the lines and are mutually perpendicular, then find the value
3 2k 2 3k 1 5
of k.
5. Find the vector equation of the line passing through the point (1, 2, –4) and perpendicular to the lines
x 8 y 19 z 10 x 15 y 29 z 5
and .
3 16 7 3 8 5
6. Find the cartesian equation of the line passing through (–2, 4, –5) and parallel to the line
x3 y4 z 8
.
3 5 6
14.08 Intersection of Two Lines
If two lines intersect in a plane, then there is one common point between them so that the distance between
them is zero. The following methods are used to find the point of intersection of two lines.
(1) Equation of lines in vector form:
Let two lines be r (a1iˆ a2 ˆj a3kˆ) (m1iˆ m2 ˆj m3kˆ) (1)
and r (a '1 iˆ a '2 ˆj a '3 kˆ) (m '1 iˆ m '2 ˆj m '3 kˆ) (2)
(i) Lines intersect, therefore
(a1i a2 j a3k ) (m1iˆ m2 ˆj m3kˆ) r (a '1 iˆ a '2 ˆj a '3 kˆ) (m '1 iˆ m '2 ˆj m '3 kˆ)
[ 416 ]
On comparing, we get
a1 m1 a '1 m '1 ; a2 m2 a '2 m '2 ; a3 m3 a '3 m '3
(ii) On solving the two equations, we get the value of and µ. If these values satisfy the third equation, then
the lines are intersecting otherwise not.
(iii) To get the position vector of intersecting point, put the value of , µ in (1) and (2).
(2) Equation of lines in cartesian form
x x1 y y1 z z1
lines r1 (let) (1)
a1 b1 c1
x x2 y y2 z z 2
and r2 (let) (2)
a2 b2 c2
(i) Point on line (1) and (2) are
(a1r1 x1 , b1r1 y1 , c1r1 z1 ) and (a2 r2 x2 , b2 r2 y2 , c2 r2 z2 )
Lines intersect, therefore
a1r1 x1 a2 r2 x2 ; b1r1 y1 b2 r2 y2 and c1r1 z1 c2 r2 z 2
(ii) Find the value of r1 and r2 by solving any two of the equations. If the values of r1 and r2 satisfy the
third equation, then the lines intersect otherwise not.
(iii) Substituting the values of r1 and r2 in the general point, we get the point of intersection.
Illustrative Examples
Example 13. Prove that the lines
x 4 y 3 z 1 x 1 y 1 z 10
and
1 4 7 2 3 8
intersect each other. Find the coordinates of their intersecting points.
x 4 y 3 z 1
Solution : Let the coordinates of any point on r1 (let)
1 4 7
be r1 4, 4r1 3, 7r1 1 . Similarly,,
x 1 y 1 z 10
r2 the coordinates of the point be 2r2 1, 3r2 1, 8r2 10 on the line.
2 3 8
These lines will intersect each other, if they have a common point between them i.e.
r1 4 2r2 1 (1)
4r1 3 3r2 1 (2)
7r1 1 8r2 10 . (3)
Solving equation (1) and (2), we have r1 1, r2 2, which satisfies equation (3) also. Thus, the two lines
intersect each other at the point (5, –7, 6).
[ 417 ]
Example 14. Prove that the lines
r i j k 3i j and r 4i k 2i 3k
intersect each other and find the point of intrsection.
Solution : Let the position vector of the points of intersection be r .
i j k 3i j 4i k 2i 3k
1 3 4 2 3 2 3 (1)
1 0 1 (2)
1 1 3 0 (3)
(on comparing the coefficients of i, j, k)
Fro m (2) and (3), 1, 0 , which satisfie (1). Also put ting 1 in the equation
r i j k 3i j , we have
r 4i 0 j k
thus, the coordinates of point of intersection are (4, 0, –1).
Example 15. Show that the lines,
x 1 y 1 z 1 x 2 y 1 z 1
and
3 2 5 4 3 2
do not intersect each other.
Solution : Given lines are
x 1 y 1 z 1
(1)
3 2 5
x 2 y 1 z 1
(2)
4 3 2
Let P (3 1, 2 1, 5 1) be any point on (1) and Q (4 2, 3 1, 2 1) be any
point on (2). If the lines (1) and (2) intersect, then
3 1 4 2 ; 2 1 3 1 ; 5 1 2 1
3 4 1 (3)
2 3 2 (4)
5 2 2 (5)
Solving (3) and (4), we have 5 and 4 .
But the value of and µ , do not satisfy (5) Therefore, these two lines do not intersect each other.
14.09 Perpendicular distance of a point from a line
Vector form:
Let the foot of perpendicular drawn from point P ( ) on the line be L
r is any arbitrary point on the line. Therefore, the position vector of point L will be a b
[ 418 ]
PL Position vector of L– position vector of P
a b
(a ) b
vector PL is perpendicular to the line parallel to b therefore
PL b 0
(a ) b b 0
( a ) b | b |2 0
Fig. 14.05
(a ) b
| b |
Now position vector of L ab
(a ) b
a 2 b
| b |
( a ) b
Equation of PL r a 2 b
| b |
(a ) b
( a ) 2 b
|b |
Magnitude of PL is length of PL
Cartesian Form : To find the length of perpendicular drawn from P ( , , ) on the line
x x1 y y1 z z1
.
a b c
x x1 y y1 z z1
Let the foot of perpendicular drawn from point P ( , , ) to the line =
a b c
P (, , )
Let the coordinates of L be ( x1 a , y1 b , z1 c )
direction ratios of PL be x1 a , y1 b and z1 c
d.r's of line AB be a, b, c
PL and AB are mutually perpendicular. Therefore,
( x1 a )a ( y1 b )b ( z1 c )c 0
a ( x1 ) b ( y1 ) c z1 A B
L
a 2 b2 c2 Fig. 14.06
By putting the value of in the coordinates of L, we get the actual coordinates of L. We can find the
distance of PL by using distance formula.
[ 419 ]
Illustrative Examples
x6 y7 z 7
Example 16. Find the length of perpendicular drawn from point the (1, 2, 3) on the line .
3 2 2
Solution : Let the foot of perpendicular from point P (1, 2, 3) on the line be L.
Coordinates of L are 3 6, 2 7, 2 7 (1)
d.r's of PL
3 6 1, 2 7 2, 2 7 3
i.e. 3 5, 2 5, 2 4
d.r's of line are 3, 2, –2. Since PL is perpendicular to the given line. Therefore,
3 3 5 2 2 5 2 2 4 0
1
Putting the value of 1 in (1), the coordiantes of L are (3, 5, 9)
3 1 5 2 9 3
2 2 2
PL
= 7 units
Required length of perpendicular is 7 units.
Exercise 14.4
x 1 y 2 z 3 x 4 y 1
1. Show that the lines and z are mutually intersecting. Find the point
2 3 4 5 2
of intersection.
2. Examine that the lines r (iˆ ˆj ) (2iˆ kˆ ) and r (2iˆ ˆj ) (iˆ ˆj kˆ ) are intersecting or not.
4 x y 1 z
3. Find the foot of perpendicular from the point (2, 3, 4) to the line . Also find the
2 6 3
perpendicular distance of the line from the point.
4. Find the vector equation of the line passing through the point (2, 3, 2) and parallel to the line
r ( 2iˆ 3 ˆj ) (2iˆ 3 ˆj 6kˆ) . Also find the distance between them.
14.10 Skew Lines and Shortest Distance between Two Skew Lines
If two lines in space intersect at a point, then the shortest distance between them is zero. Also, if two
lines in space are parallel, then the shortest distance between them will be the perpendicular distance, i.e. the
length of the perpendicular drawn from a point on one line onto the other line. Further, in a space, there are
lines whcih are neither intersecting nor parallel. In fact, such pair of lines are non coplanar and are called skew
lines.
By the shortest distance between two lines, we mean the join of a point in one line with one point on the
other line so that the length of the segment so obtained is the smallest. For skew lines, the line of the shortest
distance will be perpendicular to both the lines.
Note: If two lines intersect at a point, then the shortest distance between them is zero.
[ 420 ]
14.11 To find the Shortest Distance between Two Skew Lines
Vector form
We now determine the shortest distance between two skew lines in the following way:
Let L1 and L2 be two skew lines with equations
L1 : r a1 b1
L2 : r a2 b2
( a2 )
Q
B L2
Take any point A on L1 with position vector A(a1 ) and B on L2, with position
vector B (a2 ) . Then, the magnitude of the shortest distance vector will be equal
to that of the projection of AB along the direction of the line of shortest distance.
If PQ is the shortest distance vector between L1 and L2 , then it is being
P L1
(a1 ) A
perpendicular to both b1 and b2 . Thus, unit vector n̂ along PQ will be Fig. 14.07
b1 b2
nˆ
b1 b2
PQ PQ nˆ dnˆ, where PQ d (Shortest Distance)
Let be the angle between AB and PQ , then
PQ AB cos (1)
AB.PQ
But, cos (2)
AB PQ
a a dnˆ ,
cos 2 1
AB a2 a1
AB d
a a nˆ
2 1
AB
a a nˆ
PQ AB 2 1
From (1),
AB
a2 a1 nˆ
a2 a1 b1 b2
| b1 b2 |
[ 421 ]
a2 a1 b1 b2
Required shortest distance d PQ
| b1 b2 |
Note: If two lines mutually intersect, then the shortest distance distance between them is zero.
a2 a1 b1 b2
i.e. 0
| b1 b2 |
a2 a1 b1 b2 0
a2 a1 b1 b2 0
Cartesian Form:
x x1 y y1 z z1 x x2 y y2 z z2
The shortest distance between lines L1 : a b c and L2 :
1 1 1 a2 b2 c2
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
d
b1c2 b2c1 c1a2 c2 a1 a1b2 a2b1
2 2 2
[ 422 ]
b a2 a1
BC
|b |
Thus, the distance between the two given parallel lines,
b a2 a1
d BC
|b |
Illustrative Examples
Example 17. Find the shortest distance between the lines whose vector equations are
r (iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ) (iˆ 3 ˆj 2kˆ) and r (4iˆ 5 ˆj 6kˆ) (2iˆ 3 ˆj kˆ)
Solution : r a1 b1 and r a2 b2
We see that a1 iˆ 2 ˆj 3kˆ, a2 4iˆ 5 ˆj 6kˆ
b1 iˆ 3 ˆj 2kˆ and b2 2iˆ 3 ˆj kˆ
iˆ ˆj kˆ
and
b1 b2 1 3 2
2 3 1
iˆ 3 6 ˆj 4 1 kˆ 3 6 9iˆ 3 ˆj 9kˆ
| b1 b2 | 81 9 81 171
( a a )
S.D. 2 1 1 b2 ) |
| ( b
| b1 b2 |
| 27 9 27 | 9 9 3
171 171 3 19 19
Example 18. Find the shortest distance between two lines whose equations are
x 3 y 4 z 1 x 1 y 3 z 1
and .
2 1 3 1 3 2
Solution : The given equations are
x 3 y 4 z 1
(1)
2 1 3
[ 423 ]
x 1 y 3 z 1
(2)
1 3 2
From (1) line passes through (3, 4, –1) and its d.r's are 2, 1, –3.
Its the vector equation is r a1 b1 , where a1 3iˆ 4 ˆj kˆ, b1 2iˆ ˆj 3kˆ
Similarly from line (2),
a2 iˆ 3 ˆj kˆ, b2 iˆ 3 ˆj 2kˆ
Now,
a2 a1 iˆ 3 ˆj kˆ 3iˆ 4 ˆj kˆ 2iˆ ˆj 2kˆ
iˆ ˆj kˆ
and b1 b2 2 1 3 11iˆ ˆj 7 kˆ
1 3 2
| b1 b2 | |11iˆ ˆj 7 kˆ | 121 1 49 171 3 19
(a2 a1 ) (b1 b2 )
Shortest distance
| b1 b2 |
Example 19. Find the shortest distance between the lines L1 and L2 whose vector equations are
r iˆ 2 ˆj 4kˆ 2iˆ 3 ˆj 6kˆ
and r 3iˆ 3 ˆj 5kˆ 2iˆ 3 ˆj 6kˆ
Solution : The given lines are parallel. Comparing with r a1 b and r a2 b , we have
a1 iˆ 2 ˆj 4kˆ, a2 3iˆ 3 ˆj 5kˆ
and b 2iˆ 3 ˆj 6kˆ
Hence, the distance between the lines
iˆ ˆj kˆ
2 3 6
d
b a 2 a1
2 1 1 9iˆ 14 ˆj 4kˆ 293 293
|b | 4 9 36 49 49 7
[ 424 ]
Exercise 14.5
1. Find the shortest distance between the lines whose vector equations are r (iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ ) (iˆ ˆj kˆ )
m x m1 x2 m2 y1 m1 y2 m2 z1 m1 z2
or a 2 1 b c d 0
m 1 m2 m1 m2 m1 m2
[ 425 ]
The point dividing the points P and Q in the ratio m1 : m2 is given by
m x m1 x2 m2 y1 m1 y2 m2 z1 m1 z 2
R 2 1 , ,
m1 m2 m1 m2 m1 m2
for every value of m1 , m2 (except m1 m2 ), point R satisfies equation (1)
Here, we have shown that P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) lie on (1) and the point R joining the point
P and Q also lies on (1) i.e. line lies in the plane given by (1).
Thus, equation (1) denotes a plane in General form. Therefore, a linear equation with variables x, y, z
always denotes an equation of plane.
Corollary : One Point Form:
To prove that, the equation of a plane passing through the point ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) is
a( x x1 ) b( y y1 ) c( z z1 ) 0,
Let equation of plane be
ax by cz d 0, (1)
since, it passes through ( x1 , y1 , z1 )
ax1 by1 cz1 d 0. (2)
subtracting (2) from (1),
a( x x1 ) b( y y1 ) c( z z1 ) 0, (3)
whcih is the required equation of plane.
Special cases: In the general equation of plane ax by cz d 0 ,
If Form of Plane Conclusion
1. d 0 ax by cz 0 Plane passes through the origin
2. (i) a 0 by cz d 0 Plane parallel to X - axis
(ii) b 0 ax cz d 0 Plane parallel to Y - axis
(iii) c 0 ax by d 0 Plane parallel to Z - axis
3. (i) a 0, d 0 by cz 0 Plane passes through X - axis
(ii) b 0, d 0 ax cz 0 Plane passes through Y - axis
(iii) c 0, d 0 ax by 0 Plane passes through Z - axis
4. (i) b 0, c 0 ax d 0 Plane perpendicular to X - aixs
(ii) a 0, c 0 by d 0 Plane perpendicular to Y - axis
(iii) a 0, b 0 cz d 0 Plane perpendicular to Z - axis
5- (i) a b d 0 cz 0 Plane coincides to with XY - plane
(ii) b c d 0 ax 0 Plane coincides to with YZ - plane
(iii) a c d 0 by 0 Plane coincides to with ZX - plane
Note: Since there are three independent constants in the equation of plane, hence to get the complete equation
of plane, we must find the vlaues of the three constants.
[ 426 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 20. Find the ratio in which the line joining the points P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) is divided by
the plane ax by cz d 0 .
Solution : Let the line joining the points P and Q is divided by the plane ax by cz d 0 in the ratio
: 1.
Let the intersecting point of the line and Plane be R. Thus, R lies on PQ whcih divides PQ in the ratio
x x y2 y1 z2 z1
: 1 . Therefore, the coordinates of R will be 2 1 , ,
1
.
1 1
Since the point R lies on the plane, therefore it will satisfy the equation of the plane
x x y y z z
a 2 1 b 2 1 c 2 1 d 0
1 1 1
or, a x2 x1 b y2 y1 c z2 z1 d 1 0
or, ax2 by2 cz2 d ax1 by1 cz1 d
ax1 by1 cz1 d
or,
ax2 by2 cz2 d
This is the required ratio.
Example 21. Find the ratio in whcih the line joining the points P (–2, 4, 7) and Q (3, –5, 8) is cut by the
co-ordinate planes.
Solution : The coordinates of point R on the line joining the points P (–2, 4, 7) and Q (3, –5, 8) and
3 2 5 4 8 7
dividing in the ratio : 1 be , , .
1 1 1
3 2 2
(i) If R, lies on YZ plane i.e. at x = 0, then 0 or i..e the required ratio is 2 : 3.
1 3
5 4 4
(ii) If R, lies on ZX plane i.e. at y = 0, then 0 or i.e. the required ratio is 4 : 5.
1 5
8 7 7
(iii) If R, lies on XY plane i.e. at z = 0, then 0 or i.e. the required ratio is –7 : 5.
1 8
14.15 Intercept Form of a Plane
In this section, we shall deduce the equation of a plane in terms of the intercepts a, b and made by the
plane on the coordinate axes. i.e. on X, Y and Z-axes resectively as -
x y z
1
a b c
Let the equation of the plane be
Ax By Cz D 0 (1)
[ 427 ]
Let the plane makes intercepts a, b, c on X Y and Z axes respectively, such that
Z
OP = a, OQ = b and OR = c
Thus, the coordinates P, Q and R be (a, 0, 0), (0, b, 0) and (0, 0, c).
Since, point P (a, 0, 0) lies on plane (1),
R(0, 0, c)
D
Aa B0 C 0 D 0 A
a
Similarly, plane (1) passes through point Q and R. Therefore,
B D / b and C D / c O
Y
Substituting the vlaues of A, B, C in (1), we have Q(0, b, 0)
D D D x y z P(a, 0, 0)
x y z D 0 or 1
a b c a b c X Fig. 14.09
This is the required equation of plane in intercept form.
Note: By converting general equation of plane in intercept from, we obtain the intercepts made by plane on
axes.
Illustrative Examples
Example 22. Convert the equation of plane 3 x 4 y 2 z 12 in the intercept form and find the intercepts
made on the coordinate axes.
Solution : Given equation is 3 x 4 y 2 z 12,
3x 4 y 2 z
1
12 12 12
x y z
1
4 (3) 6
x y z
On comparing with the intercept form 1 , we have the intercepts made on X, Y and Z axes
a b c
are 4, –3 and 6 respectively.
Example 23. A plane meets the coordinate axes at points A, B and C such that the coordinates of the centroid
x y z
of the triangle ABC so formed is K (p, q, r). Show that the required equation of the plane is 3.
p q r
x y z
Solution : Let the equation of plane be 1 . Thus, the coordinates of A, B and C are (a, 0, 0),
a b c
(0, b, 0) and (0, 0, c). Therefore, the coordinates of the centroid will be K (a / 3, b / 3, c / 3). But it is given
that the centroid is K (p, q, r),
a b c
p, q, r
3 3 3
a 3 p, b 3q, c 3r.
Substituting the values of a, b and c in, we get the required equation
x y z x y z
1, i.e. 3,
3 p 3q 3r p q r
[ 428 ]
Example 24. A variable plane moves in a space in such a way that the sum of reciprocals of the intercepts
made by it on the coordinate axes is a constant. Prove that the plane passes through the fixed point.
x y z
Solution : Let the equation of the plane be 1, (1)
a b c
The intercpets made by the plane on the coordinate axes are a, b and c respectively.
1 1 1 1
According to the question, constant (let)
a b c
or, 1 (2)
a b c
Equation (2) shows that, (, , ) satisfies equation (1). Thats means, plane (1) passes through the fixed
point (, , )
14.16 Equation of a Plane in Normal Form
Vector form : Consider a plane whose perpendicualr distance from the origin is þ and n̂ is the unit
normal vector. Now, we have to find the equation of this plane.
Let O be the origin.
Let O N þ , length of perpendicular from the origin to the plane
Let n̂ is the unit normal vector along ON whose direction from O to N is positive
ON þnˆ (1) Z
Let the position vector of any point P be r then NP ON .
NP ON 0 (2) C
but NP r þnˆ (3) P
or r þnˆ nˆ 0 þ 0 A
X Fig. 14.10
or r nˆ þnˆ nˆ 0
or r nˆ þ nˆ nˆ 1
Cartesian Form : Let ABC is any plane and ON is perpendicular from the origin, where N is the foot
of perpendicular. If the length of perpendicular from the origin to ON is þ and direction cosines are l, m, n, then
equation of plane will be in terms of l, m, n and þ.
Clearly the coordinates of point N are (lþ, mþ, nþ). Let P (x, y, z) be any point on the line lying in a
x lþ y mþ z nþ
plane. Then, the d.c's of PN are , , . Now since ON is perpendicualr on the plane, thus
PN PN PN
it is perpendicular to every line lying in the plane. Therefore, ON and PN are mutually perpendicular.
x lþ y mþ z nþ
l m 0
PN PN PN
[ 429 ]
lx my nz þ l 2 m 2 n 2
lx my nz p l 2 m 2 n 2 1
This is the required eqation of a plane in Normal form.
Note: Let n be any vector in the direction of n, then n nnˆ.
From (4), r n / n þ r n nþ
or, r n q , where (5)
q nþ (6)
This is the vector equation of the plane.
2. When origin lies on the plane, then þ = 0, therefore, equation of plane passing through the origin and
perpendicular to the vector n is r n 0 .
3. In the normal form of a plane, the direction of vector n is from origine to the plane and þ is positive.
4. If the intercepts made by the plane r n q are x1 , y1 , z1 , respectively such that OA=x1, OB=y1 and
OC=z1 then the position vector of these points are x1i, y1 j and z1k . Since the point lies on the plane,
therefore.
x1i n q x1 j n q, z1k n q
q q q
x1 , y1 , z1 .
i n jn k n
5. Vector equation of a plane is an equation which have the position vector of any arbitrary point lying in
the plane.
Illustrative Examples
Example 25. Find the equation of plane whcih is at a distance of 4 units from the origin and perpendicular to
the vector i 2 j 2k .
Solution : Vector form : Here þ = 4 and n i 2 j 2k
n i 2 j 2k 1 2 2
nˆ i j k
|n| (1 4 4) 3 3 3
1 2 2
thus, the required equation of plane is r i k 4
3 3 3
or, r i 2 j 2k 12
This is the required equation of plane.
Cartesian form : Substituting r xi yj zk in the above equation, we have
equation xi yj zk i 2 j 2k 12
i.e. x 2 y 2 z 12,
[ 430 ]
Example 26. Reduce the equation of plane r i 2 j 2k 12 into the Normal form and find the
perpendicular distance from the origin.
Solution : Vector form : Given equation of plane is r i 2 j 2k 12
i.e. r n 12,
where, n i 2 j 2 k . | n | (1 4 4) 3 1
Thus, the given equation is not in the nromal form.
Dividing both the sides by | n | 3
1 2 2
( r n ) / 3 12 / 3 r i j k 4
3 3 3
This equation represents the equation of plane in normal form and the distance from the origin is 4 units.
Cartesian form: Cartesian form of the equation is
x 2 y 2 z 12
Thus, the direction cosines of the normal be 12 /13, 3 /13, 4 /13 { (12)2 (3)2 (4)2 13} }
Thus, the equation of plane is,
12 3 4
13
x y z 2,
13 13
From x my nz p
or, 12 x 3 y 4 z 26,
which is the required equation of the plane.
Vector form : Let n be the vector perpendicular to the plane and the d.r's of n are 12, –3, 4
n 12i 3 j 4k | n | (12) 2
(3) 2 (4) 2 13 1
n 12 3 4
nˆ i j k
| n | 13 13 13
[ 431 ]
The required plane is at a distance of 2 units from the origin. Therefore, the equation will be
r nˆ 2
12 3 4
or, r i j k2
13 13 13
This is the required equation of the plane in vector form.
Example 28. Find the direction cosines of the perpendicular dropped from the origin to the plane
r 6i 2 j 3k 7 0 .
Solution : Cartesian form : The given equation of the plane can be written as
xi yj zk 6i 2 j 3k 7 0
or, 6 x 2 y 3z 7 0
or, 6 x 2 y 3 z 7 (1)
On dividing by 7, we have
6 2 3
x y z 1, (2)
7 7 7
Comparing the equation (2) with x my nz p , we get the required direction cosines as
6 / 7, 2 / 7, 3 / 7
Vector form : To find the direction cosines of the perpendicular we need to convert the given plane into
normal form
Equation of plane r 6i 2 j 3k 7 0,
i.e. r 6i 2 j 3k 7
r 6i 2 j 3k 7
r n 7, where n ( 6i 2 j 3k )
now | n | (6) 2
(2)2 (3)2 7 1 -
On dividing by | n | 7 in (1), we have
r n 7
7 7
6 2 3
or r i j k 1
7 7 7
6 2 3
Therefore the d.c's of the perpendicular dropped from origin to the plaen are , , .
7 7 7
[ 432 ]
Exercise 14.6
1. Find the equation of plane passing through the point (2, –1, 3) and perpendicular to the X-axis.
2. Find the equation of plane passing through the point (3, 2, 4) and X-axis.
3. A variable plane passes through the point (p, q, r) and meets the coordinate axes in point A, B and C
respectively. Show that the locus of the common points of the planes parallel to the coordinate axes and
passing through A, B and C is
p q r
1
x y z
4. Find the vector equation of the plane which is at a distance of 7 units from the origin and iˆ is the unit
normal vector to it.
5. Find the vector equation of the plane whcih is at a distance of 7 units from the origin and normal to the
vector 6i 3 j 2k .
6. Write the equation of plane r 3i 4 j 12k 5 in normal form and find the perpendicular distance
from the origin, Also find the d.c's of the normal so obtained.
or
Write the equation of plane 3 x 4 y 12 z 5 in normal form and find the perpendicular distance from
the origin. Also find the d.c's of the normal so obtained.
7. Find the vector equation of the plane whcih is at a distance fo 4 units from the origin and the direction
ratios of the normal are 2, –1, 2.
8. Find the normal form of the equation of the plane 2 x 3 y 6 z 14 0 .
9. Find the equation of plane, if the length of perpendicular drawn from origin is 13 units and the direction
ratios of the perpendicular are 4, –3, 12.
10. Find the unit normal vector of the plane x y z 3 0 .
14.17 Angle Between Two Planes
The angle between two planes is defined as the angle between their normals
Vector form: Let the equation of the plane be
r n1 d1 and r n2 d 2
where n1 and n2 are the perpendicular vectors. Observe that if is an angle between the two planes,
then angle between their normals is also
n1 n2 n1 n2
cos or cos
1
| n1 || n2 |
| n1 || n2 |
Note: (i) Two planes are perpendicular if n1 n2 0 -
(ii) Two planes are parallel if n1 n2 , where is a constant.
Cartesian form: Let t he angle bet ween the two planes a1 x b1 y c1 z d1 0 and
a2 x b2 y c2 z d 2 0 be . Let n1 and n2 are normal vectors to the plane.
[ 433 ]
n1 a1i b1 j c1k
and n2 a2i b2 j c2 k
n1 n2 a1a2 b1b2 c1c2
cos
| n1 || n2 | ( a12 b12 c12 ) ( a22 b22 c22 )
Note: (i) Two planes are mutually perpendicular, if a1a2 b1b2 c1c2 0 .
a1 b1 c1
(ii) Two planes are parallel, if .
a2 b2 c2
14.18 Angle Between a Plane and a Line
The angle between a plane and a line is the complement of the angle between the line and normal to the
plane
Vector form: Let the equation of the line is r a b and the equation of the plane is r n d ,
where n is normal vector of plane. If is angle between plane and lien, then angle between line and normal
to the plane will be .
2
b n b n
cos or sin
2 | b || n | | b || n |
n̂
Note: (i) line is perpendicualr to the plane, if b n O or b n.
straight line
2
(ii) line is parallel to the plane, if b n 0.
Cartesian form: Let the equation of the plane be
ax by cz d 0 (1)
and equation of line be Plane
x x1 y y1 z z1
(2) Fig. 14.11
m n
The d.c's of (1) are a, b, c and the d.r's of the line (2) are l, m, n. If the angle between the line and the
plane is , then the angle between the normal and the line will be .
2
al bm cn
cos
2 ( a b c 2 ) (l 2 m 2 n 2 )
2 2
al bm cn
or sin
( a b c 2 ) (l 2 m 2 n 2 )
2 2
[ 434 ]
a b c
Note: (i) line is perpendicualr to the plane, if .
m n
(ii) line is parallel to the plane, if a bm cn 0.
Illustrative Examples
Example 29. Find the angle between the planes r (2i 3 j 4k ) 1 and r ( i j ) 4 .
Solution : We know that the angle between the planes r n1 d1 and r n2 d 2 is
n1 n2
cos
| n1 || n2 |
Here, n1 2i 3 j 4k and n2 i j 0k
2 3 0 5
cos
4 9 16 1 1 29 2
5
cos 1
58
Example 30. Prove that the planes 2 x 6 y 6 z 7 and 3 x 4 y 5 z 8 are mutually perpendicular..
Solution : We know that the planes
2x 6 y 6z 7
and 3x 4 y 5 z 8
are mutually perpendicular, if their normals are mutually perpendicular
i.e., 2 3 6 4 6(5) 0
or, 6 24 30 0 , which is true.
Hence, the planes are mutually perpendicular.
Example 31. If the planes r (i 2 j 3k ) 7 and r ( i 2 j 7 k ) 26 are mutually perpendicular then
find the vlaue of .
Solution : The planes r n1 d1 and r n2 d 2 are mutually perpendicualr if
n1 n2 0
Here, n1 (i 2 j 3k ) and n2 ( i 2 j 7 k ), therefore
(i 2 j 3k ) ( i 2 j 7 k ) 0
4 21 0 or 17
Example 32. Find the angle between the line r (2i 2 j 9k ) (2i 3 j 4k ) and plane r (i j k ) 5 .
Solution : If the angle between the line r a b and plane r n d is , then
b n
sin
| b || n |
[ 435 ]
On comparing with the standard equation, we have
b 2i 3 j 4k and n i jk
(2i 3 j 4k ) (i j k ) 9
sin
4 9 16 1 1 1 87
9 3 3
sin 1 or sin 1
87 29
x 1 y 2 z 1
Example 33. Find the angle between the line and the plane 2 x y z 4 .
1 1 1
Solution : The perpendicular vector to the plane 2x y z 4 (1)
x 1 y 2 z 1
is n 2i j k and the parallel vector to the line is b i j k
1 1 1
If the angle between the line adn the plane is then
(i j k ) (2i j k ) 2 1 1
sin 0 0
1 1 1 4 1 1 3 6
Example 34. If the line r (i 2 j k ) (2i j 2k ), is parallel to the plane r (3i 2 j mk ) 4 , then
find the vlaue of m.
Solution : Given line is parallel to the vector b 2i j 2k and normal vector to the plane is
n 3i 2 j mk . Since the given line is parallel to the plane,
b n.
b n 0
(2i j 2k ) (3i 2 j mk ) 0
6 2 2m 0 m 2
14.19 Distance of a Point From a Plane
Consider a point P with position vector a and a plane whose equation is r n q We have to find the
length of perpendicular from a point to the given plane.
Let be the given plane and the position vector of point P is a . Let the length of perpendicualr drawn
from point P on plane be PM.
line PM, passes through P a and the unit normal vector n is parallel to the plane
the vector equation of the line PM is r a n , where is a sacalr.. (1)
Again point M, is the intersecting point of line PM and plane , therefore point M will satisfy the equation
of plane
a n n q
a n n n q
[ 436 ]
a n | n |2 q
q a n
| n |2
substituting the value of in (1), the position vector of M will be
q a n
r a 2 n P(a )
|n|
M
PM (position vector M) – (position vector of P) - lery
Plane
q a n q a nn Fig. 14.12
a 2 na
|n| | n |2
| q a n n | | q a n || n | | q a n |
PM | PM |
| n |2 | n |2 |n|
| q a n | | an q |
Thus, the required length is or
|n| |n|
| an q |
Note: (i) PM ( PM ) nˆ nˆ
|n|
| an q | n | an q | n
|n| |n| | n |2
(ii) length of perpendicular drawn from origin to the plane r n q is
q
[here a 0 ]
|n|
Cartesian form: To find the length of perpendicualr drawn from point P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) to the plane
ax by cz d 0 .
Let the foot of perpendicualr drawn from point P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) to the plane ax by cz d 0 is M.
Therefore, the equation of the line PM is
x x1 y y1 z z1
(1)
a b c
( The direction ratios a, b, c of normal to the plane will also be the direction ratios of the line PM)
Now, the coordinates of any point on the line are ( x1 ar , y1 br , z1 cr ) , where r is real number. If
these are the coordinates of point M, then they will satisfy the equation of plane
a( x1 ar ) b( y1 br ) c ( z1 cr ) d 0
[ 437 ]
Now, PM ( x ar x )
1 1
2
( y1 br y1 )2 ( z1 cr z1 ) 2
| r | (a 2 b 2 c 2 )
Example 36. Show that the points A(1, 1,3) and B (3,3,3) are at equal distance from the plane
r (5i 2 j 7 k ) 9 0 .
Solution : Position vector of point A is i j 3k .
perpendicular distance of point A from the plane is
| (i j 3k ) (5i 2 j 7 k ) 9 | 9
(1)
(25 4 49) 78
[ 438 ]
2. Find the angle between the planes:
(i) x y 2 z 9 and 2 x y z 15
(ii) 2 x y z 4 and x y 2 z 3
(iii) x y 2 z 3 and 2 x 2 y z 5
3. Prove that the following planes are mutually perpendicular:
(i) x 2 y 4 z 10 and 18 x 17 y 4 z 49
(ii) r (2i j k ) 4 and r ( i j k ) 3
4. If the following planes are mutually perpendicualr, then find the vlaue of :
(i) r (2i j k ) 5 and r (3i 2 j 2k ) 4
(ii) 2 x 4 y 3z 5 and x 2 y z 5
x 1 y 1 z 2
5. Find the angle between the line and plane 2 x y 3z 4 0 .
3 2 4
x 2 y 1 z 3
6. Find the angle between the line and plane 3 x 4 y z 5 0 .
3 1 2
7. Find the angle between the line r (iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ ) (iˆ ˆj kˆ ) and plane r (2iˆ ˆj kˆ ) 4 .
8. Find the angle between the line r (2i 3 j k ) (i 2 j k ) and plane r (2i j k ) 4 .
9. If the line r (iˆ 2 ˆj kˆ ) (2iˆ ˆj 2kˆ ) is parallel to the plane r (3iˆ 2 ˆj mkˆ ) 3 , then find the
vlaue of m.
10. If the line r i (2i mj 3k ) is parallel to the plane r ( mi 3 j k ) 4 , then find the vlaue of m.
Miscellaneous Exercise 14
1. Whcih of the following group is not the direction cosines of a line:
(A) 1, 1, 1 (B) 0, 0, –1 (C) –1, 0, 0 (D) 0, –1, 0
2. Point P is such that OP = 6 and vector OP makes an angle 45o and 60o with OX-axis and OY-axis
respectively, then the position vector of P will be
(A) 3i 3 j 3 2 k (B) 6i 6 2 j 6 k (C) 3 2i 3 j 3 k (D) 3i 3 2 j 3 k
3. The angle between the two diagonals of the cube will be
1 1
(A) 30o (B) 45o (C) cos (1/ 3) (D) cos (1/ 3)
4. The direction cosines of vector 3i are:
(A) 3, 0, 0 (B) 1, 0, 0 (C) –1, 0, 0 (D) –3, 0, 0
x 3 y 4 x 7
5. The vector form of the line is
2 5 13
(A) (3i 4 j 7k ) ( 2i 5 j 13k ) (B) ( 2i 5 j 13k ) (3i 4 j 7 k )
(C) ( 3i 4 j 7 k ) ( 2i 5 j 13k ) (D) none of these
[ 439 ]
x 1 y 2 z 1 x 1 y 1 z 1
6. If lines and are mutually perpendicular, then the value of is
1 1 2 1
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) –1 (d) 2
7. The sho rtest distance between t he lines r (5i 7 j 3k ) (5i 16 j 7k ) and
r (9i 13 j 15k ) (3i 8 j 5k ) is
(A) 10 units (B) 12 units (C) 14 units (D) 7 units
8. The angle between the line r (2i j k ) (i j k ) and the plane r (3i 2 j k ) 4 is
(A) sin 1 (2 / 42) (B) sin 1 (2 / 42) (C) cos 1 ( 2 / 42) (D) cos 1 (2 / 42)
9. If the equation lx my nz þ is the normal form of the plane then which of the following is true or
false
(A) l, m, n are the d.c's of the normal to the plane
(B) þ is the perpendicualr distance from the origin to the plane
(C) for every vlaue of þ, the plane passes through the origin
(D) 2 m 2 n 2 1
10. A plane meets the coordinate axes at the points A, B and C respectively such that the centroid of the
triangle ABC is (1, 2, 3), then the equation of the plane is
x y z x y z 1 x 1 y 2 z 3 x y z
(A) 1 (B) (C) 1 (D) 1
1 2 3 1 2 3 6 1 2 3 3 6 9
11. If two points are P (2i j 3k ) and Q ( 4i 2 j k ) , then the equation of the plane passing through
point Q and perpendicualr to PQ is
(A) r (6i 3 j 2k ) 28 (B) r (6i 3 j 2k ) 32
(C) r (6i 3 j 2k ) 28 0 (D) r (6i 3 j 2k ) 32 0
12. The direction cosines of two lines are expressed with the following given relations, find them
l 5m 3n 0 and 7l 2 5m 2 3n2 0
13. The projection of the line segment on the axes are –3, 4, –12 respectively. Find the length and direction
cosines of the line segment.
14. Prove that the line joining the points (a, b, c) and (a', b', c') passes through the origin, If
aa ' bb ' cc ' þþ ', þ and þ' are the distances from the origin.
15. Find the equation of plane passing through P ( 2, 1, 2) and parallel to the vectors a i 2 j 3k
and b 5i j k .
[ 440 ]
IMPORTANT POINTS
1. Any line OP (Vector OP ) makes angle , , with positive direction of co-ordinate axes, then
cos , cos , cos are direction cosines of line OP (Vector OP ), whcih are generally denoted by
l , m, n . Hence, 0 , , .
(i) Vector PO makes angle , , with axes OX, OY, OZ respectively, then direction
cosines of PO are cos( ), cos , cos( ) i.e. l , m, n .
Therefore, if l , m, n are direction cosines of any line, then l , m, n are also direction cosines of
the same line.
(ii) Direction cosines of X, Y and Z axes are respectively 1, 0, 0; 0, 1, 0 and 0, 0, 1.
2. Projection of any vector on co-ordinate axes : If r is given position vector and l , m, n are its
direction cosines, then its projection on X, Y, Z axes are lr, mr, nr respectively.
3. Co-ordinates of a point in the form of direction cosines: If P ( x, y, z ) is a point, then its co-ordinates
will be (lr , mr , nr ) , where l, m, n are direction cosines of OP and OP = r.
4. To represent a unit vector r̂ in the form of direction cosines:
rˆ (unit vector in direction of r ) liˆ mjˆ nkˆ,
where l , m, n are direction cosines of r .
5. l 2 m 2 n 2 1, where l, m, n are direction cosines.
6. Direction ratios of a line : A set of three numbers for r , which are proportional to the direction
cosines l, m, n are called direction ratios.
7. Conversion of direction ratios into direction cosines : Let r ai bj ck is a vector having direction
ratios a, b, c, then its direction cosines l, m, n are given as follows:
a b c
l , m , n
a 2
b2 c2 a 2
b2 c2 a 2
b2 c2
8. Direction ratio and direction cosines of a line joining two points: Let two points P ( x1 , y1 , z1 )
and Q ( x2 , y2 , z2 ) , then x2 x1 , y2 y1 and z2 z1 are direction ratio of line PQ and direction cosines
x2 x1 y2 y1 z 2 z1
are , , ,
PQ PQ PQ
where PQ x x
2 1
2
y2 y1 z 2 z1
2 2
9. Equation of a line whcih passes through point P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) and parallel to line having direction cosines
x x1 y y1 z z1
l, m, n is .
l m n
[ 441 ]
10. Co-ordinates of a point lying on line, which is at a distance r from a point P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) on same line
are (lr x1 , mr y1 , nr z1 ) , where r is a parameter..
11. If direction ratios a, b, c are given then the equation of line is
x x1 y y1 z z1
k (let)
a / a 2 b2 c 2 b / a2 b2 c 2 c / a 2 b2 c 2
x x1 y y1 z z1 k
or, R , where R
a b c a 2 b2 c 2
12. A point has co-ordinates (ar x1 , br y1 , cr z1 ) , then at this position, it is not at a distance r from
point P ( x1 , y1 , z1 ) .
13. Equation of line passes through a point having position vector a and parallel to a vector b is r a b ,
where is a real number.
14. If above line passes through origin, then r b .
15. Non coplanar lines (skew lines) : Non parallel and non-intersecting lines which doesn't lie on same
plane are called 'Non coplanar or Skew lines'.
16. Shortest distance : Distance between two skew lines, which is perpendicular to both, is called "Shortest
Distance".
17. Shortest distance : Shortest distance between two skew lines
x x1 y y1 z z1 x x2 y y2 z z2
and
l1 m1 n1 l2 m2 n2 is
x2 x1 y2 y1 z2 z1
l1 m1 n1 m n m n
1 2 2 1
2
l2 m2 n2
18. If shortest distance becomes zero, then lines are coplanar with the following condition.
x2 x1 y 2 y1 z 2 z1
l1 m1 n1 0
l2 m2 n2
19. Shortet Distance : Shortest distance between two skew lines
r a1 b1 and r a2 b2
d
b b a
1 2 2 a1
| b1 b2 |
[ 442 ]
20. If is an angle between two planes r n1 d1 and r n2 d 2 , Then
n n n1 n2
cos 1 2 or cos
1
| n1 || n2 | | n1 || n2 |
(i) If planes are mutually perpendicular, then n1 n2 0.
(ii) If planes are parallel, then n1 n2 , where is constant
21. If is an angle between two planes
a1 x b1 y c1 z d1 0 and a2 x b2 y c2 z d 2 0 , then
a1 b1 c1
(ii) Planes are parallel, if .
a2 b2 c2
22. If is an angle between two lines r a1 b1 and r a2 b2 , then
b1 b2 b1 b2
cos or cos
1
| b1 || b2 | | b1 || b2 |
(i) Lines are perpendicular, if b1 b2 0.
(ii) Lines are parallel, if b1 b2 , where is cosntant.
23. If is an angle between two lines
x x1 y y1 z z1 x x2 y y2 z z2
and
a1 b1 c1 a2 b2 c2 , then
a1 b1 c1
(ii) Lines are parallel, if a b c .
2 2 2
24. Angle between a line and a plane is complement of angle between normal of plane and given line. Let
equation of plane is r n d and equation of line is r a b and is angle between them, then
b n
sin
| b || n |
[ 443 ]
(i) Line is perpendicular to plane, if bn 0 , or b n.
(ii) Line is parallel to plane, if b n 0.
25. General equation of plane :
ax by cz d 0,
where a, b, c, d are scalar quantity or constant and all a, b, c are not zero.
(a) Every first degree equation in x, y, z represetns a plane.
(b) There is only three independent constant in plane.
26. Equation of plane passing through a point ( x1 , y1 , z1 )
a( x x1 ) b( y y1 ) c( z z1 ) 0,
where a, b, c are constant.
27. Equation of plane in intercpet form:
x y z
1
a b c
where a, b, c are respectively intercepts on X, Y, Z axes respectively.
28. Equation of plane in normal form:
r nˆ þ,
Here þ is perpendicualr distance from origin to the plane and n̂ is unti vector of normal of plane.
Note : Equation of plane in normal form may also be written as
r n q
Here q | n | þ.
29. Distance of a point from plane :
| an q |
d ,
|n|
where a is position vector of point and r n q is equation of plane.
[ 444 ]
Answers
Exercise 14.1
1 1 1 1 4 2 1 2
1. , , 2. 0, , 3. , , 4. 2iˆ ˆj kˆ
3 3 3 5 5 3 3 3
Exercise 14.2
x 5 y 7 z 9 x 5 y 7 z 9 x 5 y 7 z 9
1. (i) ; (ii) ; (iii)
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
x2 y3 z 4
2. r 2iˆ 3 ˆj 4kˆ 3iˆ 4 ˆj 5kˆ ;
3
4
5
3. r 5iˆ 2 ˆj 4kˆ 2iˆ ˆj 3kˆ
4. r 2iˆ ˆj kˆ 2iˆ 7 ˆj 3kˆ
5. r 5iˆ 4 ˆj 6kˆ 3iˆ 7 ˆj 2kˆ
x 1 y 2 z 3
6.
2 14 3
7. (i) Equation of AB : r 4iˆ 5 ˆj 10kˆ iˆ ˆj 3kˆ ;
1
1
x 4 z 5 z 10
3
(ii) Equation of BC : r 2iˆ 3 ˆj 4kˆ iˆ ˆj 5kˆ ;
1
1
x2 y3 z 4
5
;
x y4 z 5
5. r iˆ 2 ˆj 4kˆ 2iˆ 3 ˆj 6kˆ ;
x 1 y 2 z 4
2
3
6
6.
3
5
6
[ 445 ]
Exercise 14.4
170 78 10 3
1. (–1, –1, –1) 2. No 3. , , ; 101
49 49 49 7
4. r 2iˆ 3 ˆj 2kˆ 2iˆ 3 ˆj 6kˆ ; 580
7
Exercise 14.5
3 2 3 8 3 59 x 253 59 y 232 592 97
1. 2. 2 29 3. 4. 5. ;
2 19 29 59 1 3 7
Exercise 14.6
1. x 2 0 2. 2 y z 0 4. r i 7
6 3 2
5. r i j k 7 ;k r 6i 3 j 2k 49
7 7 7
3 4 12 5 5 3 4 12 3 4 12 5 5 3 4 12
6. r i j k ; ; , , or x y z ; ; , ,
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
2 1 4 3 12
7. r i j k 4
2 3 6 1
2
8. x y z 2 9.
13
x y z 13
13 13
10. i j k
3 3 3 7 7 7 3
Exercise 14.7
1 4 16 1 5
1. (i) cos ; (ii) cos 1 ; (iii) cos
21 21 3 6
1 2
2. (i) ; (ii) ; (iii) cos
3 3 3 6
1 4 7
4. (i) 2 ; (ii) 2 5. sin 6. sin 1
406 52
1 2 2
1
7. sin 8. sin 1 9. m 2 10. m 3
3 6
Miscellaneous Exercise 14
1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (B) 5. (C) 6. (B) 7. (A)
8. (A) 9. (C) 10. (D) 11. (C)
1 1 2 1 2 3 3 4 12
12. , , ; , , 13. 13; , ,
6 6 6 14 14 14 13 13 13
1 1 3
14. , , ; x 2 y z 0 15. x 14 y 9 z 30
2 2 2
[ 446 ]
15
Linear Programming
15.01 Introduction
A large number of decision problems faced by a business manager involve allocations to various activities,
with the objective of increasing profits or decreasing costs, or both. The manager has to take a decision as to
how best to allocate the resources among the various activities. The decision problems can be formulated, and
solved, as mathematical programming problems. Mathematical programming involves optimisation of a certain
function, called objective function, subject to certain constraints.
Definition : Linear programming deal with the optimization of a linear function of a number of variables
subject to a number of conditions on the variables in the form of linear inequation or equations in variables
involved.
15.02 Linear programming problem and its mathematical formulation
Let us understand the linear programming and its mathematical formulation with the help of following
example:
Example : A developer produced two product P1 and P2 with the help of two machines M1 and M2. To
make a unit of P1, M1 takes one hour and M2 takes 3 hours and to make a unit of P2, each take two hours.
Profit on per unit of P1 and P2 be 60 and 50 respectively and M1 and M2 can work for 40 hrs. and 60 hrs.
respectively in a week, then how much unit it can produce for maximum proft. It is clear from this example that,
(i) Developer can produce only P1 or P2 or both. Thus he gains maximum profit from different additive
incorporate.
(ii) There are certain over riding conditions or constraints like M1 and M2 can work only 40 and 60 hrs
respectively in a week.
Let developer only wants to produce P1, then only 10 unit can produce and net profit =60 × 20 = 1200
Let developer only wants to produce P2, then only 20 unit can produce and net profit =50 × 20 = 1000
There are too many possibilities. So, we have to know that how developer gain maximum profit from
different method. Now, there is a problem, how developer can gain maximum profit from different method of
Production. To find the answer, we have to formulate it mathematically.
15.03 Mathematical formulation of the problem
Let, x and y is number of desirable units of product P1 and P2 for favourable solution. Now, represent
the problem in form of following table :
[ 447 ]
Per unit profit on product P1 and P2 are 60 and 50 respectively. So, total profit on x unit of P1 and
y unit of P2.
Z 60 x 50 y
So, we can relate the total profit with variable x and y linearly. Developer try to maximize that profit.
Z 60 x 50 y
Constraint for machines M1 and M2 : We know that, for production of P1 and P2, M1 occupy for 1
and 2 hours.
So, occupation of M, for production of x unit of P1 and y unit of P2 will be x 2 y but availability of M,
is 40 hrs. per week then
x 2 y 40
Similarly for M2 3 x 2 y 60
Non-negative constraint : Since x and y is number of developing unit whcih never be negative.
So, x0, y0
Maximize : Z 60 x 50 y
Constraint : x 2 y 40
3 x 2 y 60
and x 0, y 0
Now, we have define some terms whcih is used in linear programming problems.
Objective Function :
If c1 , c2 ,..., cn are const ants and x1 , x2 ,..., xn are variables then linear functio ns
Z c1 x1 c2 x2 ... cn xn which has to be maximize or minimise, is called objective function.
Constraints : Restriction on the variables of a linear programming problem are called constraints. These
are represented in form of linear equation or inequalities.
In above example x 2 y 40 and 3 x 2 y 60 are constraints x 0 and y 0 are non-negative
constraints.
Solution : The set of all values which satisfy the constraints of linear programming problems is called
'Solution'.
Feasible solution : Set of values of variables which satisfy the all constraints with non-negative con-
straints also, called feasible solution.
Optimal solution : Optimal solutions of linear programming problem is a feasible solution for which
objective fucntion has maximum or minimum value.
Note : Optimal solution is actual solution of linear programming problem.
15.04 Graphical method to solve linear programming problems :
Graphical method is easiest method to solve linear programming problem. Graphical method is possible
only if there is only two variable in linear programming problem.
[ 448 ]
Corner point method :
This method is based on 'Fundamental Extreme point Theorem', which states that, "If any linear pro-
gramming problems attains an optimal solution, then one of the corner points (vertices) of the convex polygon
at all feasible solution gives the optimal solution",.
Following algorithm can be used to solve a linear programming problem in two variables graphically by
using corner-point method:
1. Formulate the given linear programming problem in mathematical form if it is not given in mathematical
form.
2. Convert all inequalities (constraints) into equations and drawn their graphs. To draw graph of a linear
equation, but y = 0 in it and obtain a point on x-axis similarly by putting x = 0. Obtain a point on y-axis.
Join these points to obtaine graph of the equation.
3. Determine the region represented by each inequation. To determine the region represented by an inequation
replace x and y both by zero, if the inequation reduces to as valid statement, then the region containing
the origin is the region represented by the given inequation. Otherwise, the region not containing the ori-
gin is the region represented by the given inequation.
4. Obtain the region in xy-plane containing all points that simultaneously satisfy all constraints including non-
negativity restrictions. The polygonal region so obtained is the feasible region and is known as the con-
vex polygon of the set of all feasible solutions of linear programming problem.
5. Determine the co-ordinates of vertices (corner points) of the convex polygon obtained in setp 2.
6. Obtain the values of the objective function at each vertices of convex polygon. The point where objec-
tive function attains its optimum (maximum or minimum) value is the optimal solution of the given linear
programming problem.
Now we have to solve the example of 15.03 by graphical method when problem is given following:
Maximize Z 60 x 50 y
Constraints x 2 y 40
3 x 2 y 60
and x 0, y 0
Firstly we have to convert the constraints into equations;
x + 2y = 40 (1)
3 x 2 y 60 (2)
So, there are two points A (40, 0) and B (0, 20). Just like that putting x = 0 in equation (2) then y = 30
and for y = 0, x = 20, then we have two point C (0, 30) and D (20, 0). After joining A, B, C and D we have
obtained the graph of line (1) and (2).
x 2 y 40 3x 2 y 60
x 40 0 x 0 20
y 0 20 y 30 0
A(40, 0); B (0, 20) C (0, 30); D(20, 0)
[ 449 ]
To determine the region of enequality x 2 y 40 , we have Y
x0
to put value of x and y equal to zero, inequality (0) 2(0) 40 sat-
C (0, 30)
isfied. So, feasible region of inequality is toward origin. Just like
that we have investigate the inequality 3 x 2 y 60 by putting x
= 0, y = 0 which satisfied the inequality. So, feasible region of given B (0, 20) E (10, 15)
no any solution beyond this region. next step is to find a solution 3 x + 2 y < 60 x + 2 y < 40
v kÑ f r 1 5 -0 1
from feasible solution of region ODEB by which we can obtain the Y’
optimal solution.
After inspecting the feasible solutions we have find that optimal solution will be on border line of ODEP.
Now we have to tabulate the objective function on corner points O, D, E, B of feasible region ODEB.
From the above table, it is clear that objective function has its maximum value at E(10, 15), so, solution
given by E is optional solution.
Note :
(1) If feasible solution of any linear programming problem gives a convex polygon then any corner point of
polygon attain maximum value of objective fucntion and any other corner point attain minimum value of
objective function.
(2) Sometimes the feasible region of linear programming problem is not a bounded convex polygon. That is,
it extends indefenetely in any direction. In such case, we say that the feasible region is unbounded. Above
algorithm is applicable when the feasible region is bounded. If the feasible region is unbounded, then we
find the values of the objective function Z ax by M by at each corner point of the feasible region.
Let M and m respectively denote the largest and smallest values of Z at there points. In order to check
whether Z has maximum and minimum values at M and m respectively, we proceed as follows:
(i) Draw the line ax by M and find the open half plane ax by M . If the open half plane
represented by ax by M has no point common with the unbounded feasible region, then M is
the maximum value of Z otherwise Z has no maximum value.
(ii) Draw the line Z ax by m and find the half plane ax by m . If the half plane ax by m
has no point common with the unbounded feasible region, then m is the minimum value of z.
Otherwise, Z has no minimum value.
[ 450 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. Solve the following LPP graphically
Maximize Z 5x 3 y
Constraints 3x 5 y 15
5 x 2 y 10
and x 0, y 0
Solution : Converting the given inequalities into equations, we obtain the following equation :
3x 5 y 15 (1)
5 x 2 y 10 (2)
Region represented by 3x 5 y 15 : The line 3x 5 y 15 meets the coordinate axes at A (5, 0) and B (0,
3). Join these points to obtain the line 3x 5 y 15 . Clearly (0, 0) satisfies the inequality 3x 5 y 15 . So the
region containing the origin represents the solution set of inequation 3x 5 y 15 .
3x + 5y = 15
x 5 0
y 0 3
A(5, 0), B (0, 3)
Region represented by 5 x 2 y 10 . The line 5 x 2 y 10 meets the coordinate axes at C (2,0) and
D (0,5) respectively.
5 x 2 y 10
x 2 0
y 0 5
+5
y<
y0
y<
15
10
Y’
Fig. 15.02
[ 451 ]
The values of objective function at these points are given in the following table.
Points x-co-ordiante y-co-ordinate Objective function Z = 5x + 3y
O 0 0 Z0 = 5(0) + 3(0) = 0
C 2 0 ZC = 5(2) + 3(0) = 10
E 20 / 19 45 / 19 Z E 5(20 /19) 3(45 /19) 235 /19
B 0 3 Z B 5(0) 3(3) 9
Clearly Z is maximum at E (20 /19, 45 /19) . Hence x 20 /19, y 45 /19 is the optimal solution of the
given LPP. The optimal value of Z is 235 / 19.
Example 2. Solve the following linear programming problem graphically.
Minimize Z 200 x 500 y
Subject to the constraints x 2 y 10
3 x 4 y 24
and x 0, y 0
Solution : The inequalities in the form of equations are
x 2 y 10 (1)
3 x 4 y 24 (2)
Area shown by the inequality x + 2y > 10
Line x + 2y = 10 meets the coordinate axes at points A (10, 0) and B (0,5).
x + 2y = 10
x 10 0
y 0 5
A (10, 0) ; B (0, 5)
Area shown by the inequality 3x + 4y < 24
Line 3 x 4 y 24 meets the coordinate axes at points C(8, 0) and D (0, 6).
3x + 4y = 2y
Y
x 8 0
x0
y 0 6
C (8, 0) ; D (0, 6) D (0, 6)
Y’
Fig. 15.03
[ 452 ]
Now we evaluate Z at each corner point.
Points x-co-ordinate y co-ordinate Objective function Z = 200x + 500y
B 0 5 ZB = 200(0) + 500 (5) = 2500
E 4 3 ZE = 200 (4) + 500 (3) = 2300
D 0 6 ZD = 200 (0) + 500 (6) = 3000
Hence the minimum value at point E (4, 3) is 2300.
Example 3. Solve the following linear programming problem graphically.
3
Maximize Z y x
4
subject to the constraints x–y>0
x / 2 y 1
and x 0, y 0
Solution : The inequalities in the form of equations are
x–y=0 (1)
x / 2 y 1 (2)
Area shown by the inequality x y 0
Line x y 0 x y meets at points O (0, 0) ; A (1, 1).
x=y
x 0 1
y 0 1
x –2 0
y 0 1
B(–2, 0) ; C(0, 1)
We draw the graph of the equations. The shaded Y
region in fig 15.04 is the feasible region determined by the x0
system of constraints. We observe that the feasible region
is unbounded. So, We can see that there is no point
C (2, 3 )
satisfying all the constraints simultaneosuly. Thus the
C (0, 1)
problem is having no feasible region and hence no feasible A (1, 1 )
solution. B y0
(–2, 0)
X’ O
X
Y’
Fig. 15.04
[ 453 ]
Example 4. Solve the following linear programming problem graphically:
Maximize Z 3x 4 y
Subject to constraint x y 3
2 x 2 y 12
and x 0, y 0
Solution : The inequalities in the form of equations are
x y 3 (1)
2 x 2 y 12 (2)
Area shown by the inequality x + y < 3 :
Line x y 3 meets the coordinate axes at points A (3, 0) and B (0, 3).
x + y= 3
x 3 0
y 0 3
A (3, 0) ; B (0, 3)
Area shown by the inequality 2x + 2y > 12 :
Line 2 x 2 y 12 meets the coordinate axes at points C(6, 0) and D(0, 6)
2x + 2y = 12
x 6 0
y 0 6
C (6, 0) ; D (0, 6)
We draw the graph of the equations. The shaded region in fig. Y
15.05 is the feasible region determined by the system of constraints. We x0
observe that the feasible region is unbounded. So, we can see that there D (0, 6)
is no point satisfying all the constraints simultanesouly. Thus, the problem
is having no feasible region and hence no feasible solution.
Example 5. Solve the following linear programming problem graphically:
B (0, 3)
Maximize Z 2x 3 y y0
4 x 6 y 60
C (6, 0)
Subject to constraints X’ X
O A (3, 0)
2 x y 20
and x 0, y 0 Y’
Fig. 15.05
Solution : The inequalities in the form of equations are
4 x 6 y 60 (1)
2 x y 20 (2)
[ 454 ]
Area shown by the inequality 4x + 6y < 60 :
Line 4 x 6 y 60 meets the coordinate axes at points A (15, 0) and B(0,10).
4x + 6y = 60
x 15 0
y 0 10
A(15, 0) ; B (0, 10)
Area shown by the inequality 2x + y < 20 :
Line 2 x y 20 meets the coordiante axes at points C(10, 0) and D(0, 20).
2x + y = 20
x 10 0
y 0 20
C (10, 0) ; D (0, 20)
Y
x0
D (0, 20)
B (0, 10)
E (15/2, 5)
y0
X’ O
X
C A
(10, 0) (15, 0)
Y’
Fig. 15.06
[ 455 ]
The shaded region in Fig. 15.06 is the feasible region determined by the system of constraints. We observe
that the feasible region OCEB is bounded. So, we now use corner point method to determine the maximum value
of Z. The coordinates of the corner points O, C, E and B are O(0, 0), C (10, 0), E (15 / 2, 5) and B (0, 10).
Now we evaluate Z at each corner point.
Points x-coordinate y-coordiante Objective function Z = 2x + 3y
O 0 0 ZO = 2(0) + 3(0) = 0
C 10 0 ZC = 2(10) + 3(0) = 20
E 15 / 2 5 Z E 2(15 / 2) 3(5) 30
B 0 10 ZB = 2 (0) + 3(10) = 30
Hence the maximum value at point E (15 / 2, 5) and B(0, 10) is the maximum value is obtained at points
E and B.
Note: The reason for the inifinte solution is the objective function Z 2 x 3 y which is parallel to the line
4 x 6 y 60 .
Exercise 15.1
Solve the following linear Programming problems graphically:-
1. Minimize Z 3 x 4 y
Subject to the constraints x 2 y 8
3 x 2 y 12
and x 0, y 0
2. Maximize Z 3x 4 y
Subject to the constraints x y 4
and x 0, y 0
3. Minimize Z 50 x 20 y
Subject to the constraints 2 x y 5
3x y 3
2 x 3 y 12
and x 0, y 0
4. Minimize Z 3x 5 y
Subject to the constraints x 3 y 3
x y 2
and x 0, y 0
[ 456 ]
5. Find the maximum and minimum value of Z 3x 9 y
Subject to the constraints x 3 y 60
x y 10
and x 0, y 0
6. Minimize Z x 2y
Subject to the constraints 2x y 3
x 2y 6
and x 0, y 0
7. Find the maximum and minimum value of Z 5 x 10 y
Subject to the constraints x 2 y 120
x y 60
x 2y 0
and x 0, y 0
8. Maximize Z x y
Subject to the constraints x y 1
x y 0
and x 0, y 0
9. Maximize Z 3x 2 y
Subject to the constraints x y 8
3x 5 y 15
and x 0, y 0
10. Maximize Z x 2 y
Subject to the constraints x3
x y 5
x 2y 6
and x 0, y 0
15.05 Different types of linear programming problems
In this section, we will discuss about some important linear programming problem like diet related problem,
manufacturing related problem and transportation related problem.
Diet related problem:
In these problems, we determine the amount of different kind of constituents / nutrients which should be
included in a diet so as to minimize the cost of the desired diet such that it contains a certain minimum amount
of each constituent / nutrients.
[ 457 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 6. A human requires definite amount of two type of vitamin (Vitamin A and Vitamin B) for balanced
food. These vitamins find in two different food product (F1 and F2). Vitamin contained in one unit of each food
product, minimum requirement for balanced food and prices of per unit food product is given in table.
How much unit of both produce its used os that the minimum requirement for balanced food is fullfilled?
Solution : Let x unit of F1 and y unit of F2 is required for minimum necesstiy. Then price of x unit of F1 will
be 3x and y unit of F2 will be 2.54. Total price will be 3x + 2.5 y, we have to calculate minimum value.
Objective function is Z 3x 2.5 y
Subject to constraint for vitamin A :
2 x 4 y 40
Subject to constraint for vitamin B :
3 x 2 y 50
Since units of required food product may not be negative, so, non-negative constraint
x 0, y 0
So, mathematical formulation of given LPP
Minimize Z 3x 2.5 y
Constraint 2 x 4 y 40
3 x 2 y 50
and x 0, y 0
Region represented by indequation 2 x 4 y 40 :
Line 2 x 4 y 40 meets the coordiante axes at A(20, 0) and B(0, 10) respectively..
2x + 4y = 40
x 20 0
y 0 10
Join these points to obtain line 2x 4y = 40, But (0, 0) doesn't satisfy the inequation 2(0) 4(0) 0 40 ,
So, the region opposite to the origin represents the solution set of this inequation.
Region represented by 3 x 2 y 50
Line 3 x 2 y 50 meets the coordiante axes at point C (50 / 3, 0) and D (0, 25).
3x + 2y = 50
x 50/3 0
y 0 25
[ 458 ]
Join these points to obtain line 3x + 2y = 50. But (0, 0) doesn't satisfy the in equation 3x + 2y > 50, so,
the region opposite the origin represents the solution set of inequations.
Region represented by x 0 and y 0 .
Since every point in first quadrant satisfies, the both inequation. So, the region represented by inequations
x 0 and y 0 in first quadrant.
Y
x0
D (0, 25)
B (0, 10)
E (15, 5/2)
y0
A (20, 0)
X’ O
X
C (50/3, 0)
Y’
Fig. 15.07
The coordinates of vertices (corner points) of shaded region are A (20, 0) ; E (15, 5 / 2) and D (0, 25).
Where E is intersection point of line 2 x 4 y 40 and 3 x 2 y 50 .
The values of objective function at these points are given in following table:
Points x co-ordinate y co-ordinate Objective function Z = 3x + 2.5y
A 20 0 ZA = 3(20) + 2.5(0) = 60
E 15 5/2 ZE = 3(15) + 2.5 (5/2) = 51.25
D 0 25 ZD = 3(0) + 2.5 (25) = 62.5
Clearly Z is minimum at point E 15, 5 / 2 . Since feasible region is unbounded. So, we have to draw
graph of 3 x 2.5 y 51.25 . Resultant open half plane represented by in equation 3 x 2.5 y 51.25 doesn't
have any common point with feasible region. So, minimum value of LPP is 51.25, Rs. 50, for optimal solution
we have 15 unit of F1 and 5/2 unit of F2.
Manufacturing problems:
In these prloblems, we determine the number of units of different products which should be produced
and sold by a firm when each product requires a fixed manpower, maching hours, labour hour per unit of product,
warehouse space per unit of output etc., in order to make maximum profit.
[ 459 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 7. A firm manufacturing two types of electric items, A and B. Can make a profit of 20 per unit of
A and 30 per unit of B. Each unit of A requires 3 motors and 2 transformers and each unit of B requires 12
motors and 4 transformers. The total supply of these per month is restricted to 210 motors and 300 transformers.
Type B is an expert model requiring a voltage stabilzer which has a supply restricted to 65 units per month.
Formulate the LPP for maximum profit and solve it graphically.
Solution : Left firm manufactures x and y unit respectively of A and B to get maximum profit. Profit per unit of
A and B is 20 and 30 respectively. So, profit from x and y unit of A and B is,
Z is objective function. Z 20 x 30 y
Constraint for motor
For manufacturing x unit of A and y unit of B we have need of 3x and 2y motors and total supply of
motor per month is 210 only. So,
3 x 2 y 210
Constraint for transformer.
For manufacturing of x unit of A and y unit of B we have need of 2x and 4y transformers and total
supply at transformer per month is 300 only, So,
2 x 4 y 300
Voltage stabilizer is used in only B and its supply per month is only 65, 50
y 65
Manufactured unit may not be negative. So,
x 0, y 0
So, mathematical formulation of LPP is given below,
Maximize Z 20 x 30 y
constraint 3 x 2 y 210
2 x 4 y 300
y 65
and x 0, y 0
Convert all the inequations into equation,
3 x 2 y 210 (1)
2 x 4 y 300 (2)
y 65 (3)
Region represented by 3x + 2y < 210 :
Line 3x + 2y = 210 meets the coordinate axes at point A(70, 0) and B(0, 105).
3x + 2y = 210
x 70 0
y 0 105
Join A and B to obtain the line 3(0) 2(0) 0 210 . (0, 0) satisifes the inequation, So the region
containing the origin represents the solution set of inequation.
[ 460 ]
Region represented by 2x + 4y < 300:
Line 2 x 4 y 300 meets the co-ordinate axes at C(150, 0) and D(0, 75) respectively..
2x + 4y = 300
x 150 0
y 0 75
Join C and D to obtain the line 2(0) 4(0) 0 300 . (0, 0) satisifes the inequation, so, region containing
the origin represents the solution set of inequation.
Region represented y < 65 :
Line 0 x y 65 meets at point E (5, 65) an F(10, 65).
0x + y = 65
x 5 10
y 65 65
Join E and F to obtain line 0x + y = 65. (0, 0) satisifes the inequation, so, region containing the origin
represent the solution set of inequation.
Y
x0
B (0, 105)
y0
C (150, 0)
X’ O A (70, 0)
X
Y’
Fig. 15.08
Region represented by x > 0 and y > 0 :
Since points on first quadrant satisfy the both inequation. So, region represented by x > 0 and y > 0 is
first quadrant.
Shaded region OAGHI represents the common region of above inequations. This region is feasible region
of given LPP. Vertices of shaded feasible region are O(0,0), A (70,0), G(30, 60), H (20, 65) and I(0, 65).
Where G and H are intersection points of 2 x 4 y 300 and 3 x 2 y 210 and y 65 . Values of objective
function is given in following table at these points.
[ 461 ]
Points x-co-ordinate y-co-ordinate Objective function Z = 20x + 30y
O 0 0 ZO = 20(0) + 30(0) = 0
A 70 0 ZA = 20(70) + 30(0) = 1400
G 30 60 ZG = 20(30) + 30(60) = 2400
H 20 65 ZH = 20(20) + 30(65) = 2350
I 0 65 ZI = 20(0) + 30(65) = 1950
Clearly, it is clear from table that objective function has its maximum value at point G(30, 60). So, for
maximum profit, firm will manufacture 30 unit of A and 60 unit of B from which it gain maximum profit of 2400.
Transportation problems :
In this type of problems, we have transport diffrent objects from diefferent factories and different-different
places according to demands on market. This type of transport according to supply from factories to the market
so that cost of transportation is minimum.
Illustrative Examples
Example 8. There are two factories located one at place P and the other at place Q. From these locations, a
certain commodity is to be delivered to each of the three depots situated at A, B and C. The weekly requirements
of the depots are respectively 5, 5 and 4 units of the commodity while the production capacity of the factories
at P and Q are respectively 8 and 6 units. The cost of transportation per unit is given below:
From Cost (In )
To A B C
P 16 10 15
Q 10 12 10
How many units should be transported from each factory to each depot in order that the transportation
cost is minimum. What will be the minimum transportation cost?
Solution : The problem can be explained diagrammatically as follows : Let x units and y units of the commodity
be transported from the factory at P to the depots at A and B respectively. Then (8 – x – y) units will be
transported to depot at C.
Depot A
5 units
(5
1 0 uni
–x
it s
16
un
x
ts
i ts
8
10 4) 5 –
un
–(
y– +
15 y ) u
x+
+ x
(x –
= – (5
n
its
Depot C
4 units
Fig. 15.09
[ 462 ]
Hence, we have x 0, y 0 and 8 x y 0
x 0, y 0 and x y 8
Now, the weekly requirement of the depot at A is 5 units of the commodity. Since x units are transported
from the factory at P, the remaining (5 x) units need to be transported from the factory at Q. Obviously x < 5
Similarly, y < 5 and x + y > 4
Total transportation cost Z is given by
Z 16 x 10 y 15(8 x y ) 10(5 x ) 12(5 y ) 10( x y 4)
Z x 7 y 190
Therefore, the problem reduces to
Minimize Z ( x 7 y 190)
subject to the constraints x > 0, y > 0
y5
x5
x y4
Y
x0 x5
B (0, 8)
D (0, 4) I (5, 3)
y5
y0
A (8, 0)
L (5, 0)
X’ X
O C (4, 0)
Y’
Fig. 15.10
The shaded region CLIJKD represented by the constraints above
Observe that the feasible region is bounded. The coordinates of the corner points of the feasible region are (0,
4), (0, 5), (3, 5), (5, 3), (5, 0) and (4, 0). Let us evaluate Z at these points.
Corner Point Z = 10 (x – 7y + 190)
(4, 0) 162
(5, 0) 155
(5, 3) 158
(3, 5) 174
(0, 5) 195
(0, 4) 194
From the table, we see that the minimum vlaue of Z is 155 at the point (5, 0)
[ 463 ]
Hence, the optimal transportation strategy will be to deliver 0, 5 and 3 units from the factory at P and 5, 0 and
1 units from the factory at Q to the depots at A, B and C respectively. Corresponding to this strategy, the
transportation cost would be minimum, i.e., 155.
Exercise 15.2
1. A dietician wishes to mix two type sof foods in such a way that the vitamin content of the mixture contains
atleast 8 units of vitamin A and 10 units of vitamin C. Food 1 contains 2 units / kg of vitamin A and 1 unit
/ kg of vitamin C. Food II contains 1 unit / kg of vitamin A and 2 units / kg of vitamin C. It costs Rs. 50
/ kg to purchase Food I and Rs. 70 / kg to purchase Food II. Formulate a linear programming problem
to minimise the cost of the mixture.
2. A dietician wishes to mix together two kinds of food X and Y in such a way that the mixture cotnains
atleast 10 uns if vitamin A, 12 units of vitamin B and 8 units of vitamin C the vitmain contents of one kg
food is given below:
Vitamin A Vitamin B Vitamin C
Food X 1 2 3
Food Y 2 2 1
One kg of food X costs 16 and one kg of food Y costs 20. Find the least cost of the mixture which
will produce the required diet?
3. One kind of cake requires 300 grams of flour and 15 grams of fat and another kind of cake requires 150
grams of flour and 30 grams of fat. Find the maximum number of cake which can be made from 7.5 kg
of flour and 600 grams of fat assuming that their is no shortage of other ingredients in making the cake.
4. A manufacturer produces nuts and bolts. It takes 1 hour of work on machine A and 3 hours on machine
B to produce a package of nuts. It takes 3 hours on machine A and 1 hour on machine B to produce a
package of bolts. He earns a profit of 17.50 per package nuts and 7 pr package on bolts. How
many packages of each should be produced each day so as to maximize his profit, if he operates his
machines for at the most 12 hours a day?
5. A furniture dealer deals in tables and chairs. He has 5760 to invest and has a storage space of atmost
20 pieces. A table cost 360 and a chair cost 240. He estimates that from the sale of one table he
can make a profit of 22 and by selling one chair. He makes a profit of 18. He wants to know how
many tables and chairs he should buy from the available money, so as to maximize his profit, assuming
that he can sell all the items which he buys. Solve the following optimising problem graphically.
6. A factory manufactures two types of screws A and B. Each type of screw requires the use of two machines
automatic and a hand operated. It takes 4 minutes on automatic and 6 minutes on hand operated machines
to manufacture a package of screws A while it takes 6 minutes on automatic and 3 minutes on hand
operated machine to manufacture a package of screws B. Each machine is available for at the most 4
hours on any day. The manufactuer can sell a package of screws A at a profit to 70 paise and screw B at
a profit of 1. Assuming that he sells all the screws he manufactures, how many packages of each type
should the factory owner produce in a day in order to maximize his profit? Determine the maximum profit.
7. A company manufactures two types of novelty sourvenirs made of plywood. Sourvenirs of type A require
5 minutes each for cutting and 10 minutes each for assembling. Souvenirs of type B require 8 minutes
each for cutting and 8 minutes for assembling. There are 3 hours and 20 minutes available for cuttign and
4 hours for assembling. The profit is Rs 5 each for type A and 6 each for type B sourvenirs. How
many sourvenirs of each type should the company manufacture in order to maximize the profit?
[ 464 ]
8. There are two types of fertilisers F1 and F2. F1 consists of 10% nitrogen and 6% phosphoric acid and F2
consists of 5% nitrogen and 10% phosphoric acid. After testing the soil conditions, a farmer finds that he
needs atleast 14 kg of nitrogen and 14 kg of phosphoric acid for his corporation. If F1 costs 6 / kg
and F2 costs 5 / kg, determine how much of each type of fertiliser should be used so that nutrient
requirements are met at a minimum cost. What is the minimum cost?
9. A merchant plans to sell two types of personal computers - desktop model and a portable model that
will cost 25,000 and 40,000 respectively he estimates that total monthly demand of computer will
not exceed 250 units. Determine the number of units of each type of computers which the merchant should
stock to get maximum profit if he does not want to invest more than 70 lakhs.
10. Two godowns A and B have grain capacity of 100 quintals and 50 quintals resp. They supply to three
ration shops D, E and F whose requirements are 60, 50 and 40 quintals respectively. The cost of
transportantion per quintal from the godwon to the shops are given in the following table:-
Transportation cost per quintal (in )
From / To A B
D 6 4
E 3 2
F 2.50 3
How should the supplies be transported in order that the transportation cost is minimum? What is the
minimum cost?
Miscellaneous Examples
Example 9. A company produces two types of leather belts, say type A and B. Belt A is a superior quality and
belt B is of lower quality. Profits on each type of belt are 2 and 1.50 per belt respectively. Each belt of
type A requires twice as much time as required by a blet of type B. If all belts were of type B, the company
could produce 1000 belts per day,. But the supply of leather is sufficient only for 800 belts per day (Both A
and B comined). Belt A requires a fancy buckle and only 400 fancy buckles are available for this per day. For
belt B, only 700 buckles are available per day.
Solution : Let company produces x unit of A and y unit of B. Profit from A and B are 2 and 1.50 respec-
tively. So, objective function is.
Maximize Z 2 x 1.50 y
If all belts be of type B then company produces 1000 belts per day. Time taken to produce y unit of B
y
type belt
1000
Since, time taken to produce A-type belt is twice with respect to B. So, time taken to produce A type
x
belt
500
x y
1
500 1000
2 x y 1000
Supply of leather is limited produce only 800 belt. So,
x y 800
[ 465 ]
Since 400 buckles are available for A-type belt and 700 buckle for B-type belt.
x 400 , y 700
No. of belt never be negative. So,
x0, y0
Mathematical formulation of given LPP is
Maximize Z 2 x 1.50 y
Constraint 2 x y 1000
x y 800
x 400
y 700
and x, y 0
Convert the inequations in equations,
2 x y 1000 (1)
x y 800 (2)
x 400 (3)
y 700 (4)
Region represented by 2x + y < 1000:
Line 2 x y 1000 meets the co-ordinate axes at A (500, 0) and B(0, 1000).
2x + y = 1000
x 500 0
y 0 1000
Join A and B to obtain line 2(0) (0) 0 1000 . (0, 0) satisfies the inequation. So, region containing
the origin represents the solution set of inequation.
Region represented by x + y < 800
Line x + y = 800 meets the coordinate axes at point C(800, 0) and D (0, 800).
x + y = 800
x 800 0
y 0 800
Join C and D to obtain line x y 8 0 0 . (0, 0) satisfies the inequlaity. So, region containg the origin
represents the solution set of inequation.
Region represented by x < 400:
Line x 0 y 400 meets at the point E(400, 10) and F(400, 20).
x + 0y = 400
x 400 400
y 10 20
[ 466 ]
Join E and F to obtain the line x 0 y 400 . (0, 0) satisfies the inequation x 400 . So, region contain-
ing the origin represents the solution set of inequation.
Y
x0 x 400
B (0, 1000)
J (400, 200)
y0
X’ X
O I (400, 0) A (500, 0) C (800, 0)
Y’
Fig. 15.11
Region represented by x > 0 and y > 0
Since, every point in first quadrant satisfy the both inequalities, So, region represented by x > 0, y > 0 is
in first quadrant.
Shaded region of IKLM is common region of all inequation. That is feasible region of given LPP. Verti-
ces of this region are O (0, 0), I (400, 0) J (400, 200), K (200, 600), L (100, 700), M (0, 700). Where J, K,
L are intersection points of lines x = 400 and 2 x y 1000 ; 2 x y 1000 and x y 800 ; y 700 and
x y 800 .
Values of objective function at these points are–
Points x Co-ordinate y Co-ordinate Objective functions Z = 2x + 1.50y
O 0 0 ZO = (2) (0) + (1.50) (0) = 0
I 400 0 ZI = (2) (400) + (1.50) (0) = 800
J 400 200 ZJ = (2) (400) + (1.50) (200) = 1100
K 200 600 ZK = (2) (200) + (1.50) (600) = 1300
L 100 700 ZL = 2(100) + (1.50) (700) = 1250
M 0 700 ZM = (2) (0) + (1.50) (700) = 1050
It is clear from table, objective function is maximum at K(200, 600). So, company produces 200 unit of
A and 600 unit of B for maximum profit.
Example 10. The old hen can be purchased at 2 per hen whereas the price of new hen is 5 Rs. per hen.
Old hense give 3 eggs and new hens give 5 eggs per week. Price of one egg is 30 paise. Investment on food
of a hen per week is 1. How many hens of both type a man buy if he has only 80 and he earned profit
more than 6. If than person can not keep more than 20 hens the solve the LPP by graphical method.
[ 467 ]
Solution: Let he purchases x new hens and y old hens. Since, a new hen gives 5 eggs per week, So, he earns
1.50 earn per week. After deducting food investment, gross profit is 50 paise.
Similarly, profit from old hen = (0.30 × 3 – 1) = (–0.10). So, objective function is
Z (.50) x (.10) y . Price of old hen is 2 per hen and price of new hen is 5 per hen. Also, the
person has only 80. So, 5 x 2 y 80 .
Again, that person can not keep more 20 hens in his house.
So, x y 20 . Person wants to get profit more than 6, 0.5 x 0.1 y 6 .
Purchased hens never be negative.
So, x 0, y 0
Mathematical formulation of given LPP is,
Maximize Z (50) x (10) y
Constraints 5 x 2 y 80
x y 20
0 5 x 0 1 y 6
and x 0, y 0
Since the person wants to get profit more than 6. Therefore, it is not necessary to consider
0.5 x 0.1 y 6 .
The LPP is maximize Z (50) x (10) y
Such that 5 x 2 y 80 , x y 20 and x 0, y 0
On converting the inequation into the equation, we get
5 x 2 y 80 (1)
x y 20 (2)
Region represented by 5x + 2y < 80:
Line 5 x 2 y 80 meets the coordinate axes at A (16, 0) and B (0, 40).
5x + 2y = 80
Y
x 16 0
x0
y 0 40
Join A and B to obtain line 5(0) 2(0) 0 80 . (0, 0). Satisfy the B (0, 40)
inequation. So, region containing the origin gives the solution set of inequation.
Region represented by x + y < 20:
Line x y 20 meets the coordinate axes at C(20, 0) and D(0, 20).
D (0, 20)
x + y = 20 E
x 20 0 (40/3, 20/3) y0
y 0 20
X’ O C (20, 0) X
A (16, 0)
Join C and D to obtain line x y 20 , (0, 0) satisfy the inequation.
So, region containing the origin represent the solution set of inequation. Y’ Fig. 15.12
[ 468 ]
Region represented by x > 0 and y > 0:
Since every point of first quadrant satisfy both the inequation. So, region represented by x > 0 and y >
0 is in first quadrant.
Shaded region OAED represents the common region of inequations. That is the feasible region. Vertices
(corner points) of this region are 0(0, 0), A (16, 0), E (40 / 3, 20 / 3) and D (0, 20) and E is intersection point
of x y 20 and 5 x 2 y 80 .
So, value of objective function on these point given in table.
Points x-co-ordinate y-co-ordinate Objective function Z = (.50) x – (.10) y
0 0 0 Z = (.50) (0) – (.10) (0) = 0
O
It is clear from above table that objective function is maximum at corner point (16, 0). So, for maximum
profit the purchase 16 new hens to get profit of 8.
Miscellaneous Exercise – 15
Solve the following Linear Programming Problems graphically:
1. Maximize Z 4x y
constraints x y 50
3 x y 90
and x 0, y 0
2. Maximize Z 3x 2 y
constraints x y 8
3x 5 y 15
and x 0, y 15
3. Maximize and Minimize Z x 2y
constraints x 2 y 100
2x y 0
2 x y 200
and x 0, y 0
4. Maximize Z 3x 2 y
constraints x 2 y 10
3x y 15
and x 0, y 0
5. Food for pateint must include a mixture of atleast 4000 units of vitamin 50 units mineral and 1400 units
[ 469 ]
calories. Two food products A and B are available at the cost of 3 and 4 per unit. Food product A
constains 200 units of vitmain, 1 unit of mineral and 40 calories and food B contains 100 units of vitamin,
2 units mineral and 40 calories. What should be the mixture of food so that the cost is minimum.
6. A diet is to contain atleast 80 units of vitamin A and 100 units of minerals. Two foods F1 and F2 are
available. Food F1 costs 4 per unit food and F2 costs 6 per unit. One unit of food F1 contains 3
units of minerals. Formulate this as a linear programming problem. Find the minimum cost for diet that
consist of mixture of these two foods and also meets the minimal nutritional requriements.
7. A furniture manufacturer makes table and chairs. These are made on two machines A and B. Machine A
takes 2 hours and machine B takes 6 hours to make a chair, whereas machine A taskes 4 hours and
machine B takes 2 hours to make a table. Machine A and B are used for 16 hours and 30 hours
respectively. The manufacturer earns a profit of 3 and 5 on selling one chair and one table. Find the
number of chairs and tables to be manufactured per day so as to get the maximum profit.
8. A firm manufactures two types of pills for headache size A and size B. Size A pill contains 2 grams aspirin,
5 grams bicorbonate and 1 gram sulphur whereas size B pill contains 1 gram aspirin, 8 grams bicorbonate
and 66 grams sulphur. It is been found that for quick relief atleast 12 grams aspirin, 7.4 grams bicorbonate
and 24 grams sulphur is required. For quick relief from pain what should be the minimum number of pill
a patient should take.
9. A brick manufacturer has tow depots A and B with a storage capacity of 30,000 and 20,000 bricks. He
takes the order from three builder P, Q and R of 15,000, 20,000 and 15,000 number of bricks. The
cost of transportation to deliver 1000 bricks is given below in the table.
From/To P Q R
A 40 20 30
B 20 60 40
keeping the transportation cost minimum how would the manufacturer send the bricks.
10. Constraints x y 3
y6
and x, y 0
The area bounded by the above inequalities
(A) unbounded in first quadrant (B) unbounded in first and second quadrant
(C) bounded in first quadrant (D) None of these
IMPORTANT POINTS
1. Linear programming is mathematical method which is used to distribute the limited resources in optimized
manner in competitive activities, while all used variables have linear relationship.
2. Set of values of variable which satisfied the all constraint of LPP is called a solution LPP.
3. Solution of LPP which satisifed the non-negative constraint is feasible solution and set of all feasible solution
is called feasible region.
4. A feasible solution which gives optimal solution of LPP is called optimal solution.
5. Graphical method is applicable in LPP when there is only two variable in problem.
6. Graphical method maninly depends upont he extreme point theorem which states that 'An optimal solution
[ 470 ]
of a LPP, if it exists, occurs at one of the extrem (corner) points of the convex polygon of the set of all
feasible solutions'.
7. Following algorithm can be used to solve a LPP in two variables graphically by using corner point method:
(i) Formulate the given LPP in mathematical form it is not given in mathematical form.
(ii) Convert all inequations into equations and draw their graphs. To draw the graph of a linear equation,
puty y =0 and obtain the point on x-axis. Simiarly by putting x = 0 obtain a point on y-axis. Join
these points to obtain the graph of the equation.
(iii) Determine the region represented by each inequation. To determine the region represented by an
inequation replace x and y both by zero, if the inequation reduces to a valid statement, then the
region containing the origin is the region represented by the given inequation. Otherwise, the region
not containing the origin is the region represented by the given inequation.
(iv) Obtain the region in xy- plane containing all points that simultaneosuly satisfy all constraint including
non-negative restrictions. The polygonal region is so obtained is the feasible region and is known
as the convex polygon of the set of all feasible solutions of LPP.
(v) Determine the coordinates of the vertices (corner points) of the convex polygon obtained in step
II. There vertices are known as extreme points of the set of all feasible solutions of LPP.
(vi) Obtain the values of the objective functions to each of vertices of the convex polygon. The point
where the objective function attains its optimum (maximum or minimum) value is the optimal solutions
of given LPP.
8. If the feasible region of LPP is bounded, i.e., it is a convex polygon. Then, the objective function
Z = ax + by has both maximum value M and minimum value m and each of these values is the optimal
solution of given LPP.
9. Sometimes the feasible region of a LPP is not a bounded convex polygon. That is, it extends indefinitely
in any direction. In such cases, we say that the feasible region is unbounded. The above algorithm is
applicable when the feasible region is bounded. If the feasible region is unbounded, then we find values
of objective function Z = ax + by at each corner points of feasible region. Let M and m respectively
largest and smallest values of Z at these points. In order to check whether Z has maximum and minimum
values at M and m respectively.
We proced as follows:
(i) Draw the line ax by M and find the open half plane ax by M . if the open half plane represented
by ax by M has no point common with the unbounded feasible region, then M is maximum value of
Z has no maximum value.
(ii) Draw the line ax by m and find the open half plane represented by ax by m . If the half-plane
ax by m has no point common with the unbounded feasible region, then m is the minimum value of
Z, otherwise Z has no minimum value.
Answers
Exericse 15.1
1. point (4, 0), minimum Z 12 2. point (0, 4), maximum Z 16
3. For the given constraints no minimum value exists. 4. point (3 / 2, 1 / 2), minimum Z = 7
5. point (5, 5) minimum Z = 60 and points (15, 15) and (0, 20), maximum z = 120
6. points (6, 0) and (0, 3), minimum Z = 6
7. point (60, 0), minimum Z = 300 points (120, 0) and (60, 30) maximum Z = 600
[ 471 ]
8. For the given constraints no maximum valeu exists.
9. For the given constraints no feasible solution exists.
10. For the given constraints no maximum value of objective function exists.
Exercise 15.2
1. Minimum Z 5x 7 y
constraints 2x y 8
x 2 y 10
x 0, y 0
For food I, 2 kg and for food II. 4 kg mixture is requried whose minimum value is 38
2. Minimum Z 6 x 10 y
constraints x 2 y 10
2 x 2 y 12
3x y 8
x 0, y 0
For food I, 2 kg and for food II, 4 kg mixture is requried whose minimum valeu is 52.
3. 20, 10
4. Maximize Z 2.50 x y
constraints x 3 y 12
3x y 12
x 0, y 0
3 and 4 packets of nuts and bolts everday with a profit of 10.50
5. Maximize Z 22 x 18 y
constraints x y 20
360 x 240 y 5760
x 0, y 0
the dealer would buy 8 fans and 12 sweing macnine sto get the profit of 392
6. Maximize Z 0.7 x y
constraints 4 x 6 y 240
6 x 3 y 240
and x 0, y 0
the dealer would make 30 packets of bolts A and 20 packets of bolt B to get the maximum profit of 41.
7- Maximize Z 5x 6 y
constraints 5 x 8 y 200
10 x 8 y 240
and x 0, y 0
Firm should make 8 mementos of type A and s 20 memntos of type B to get the maximum profit of 160
[ 472 ]
8. Minimize Z (.60) x (.40) y
10 x 5 y
constraints 14
100 100
6 x 10 y
14
100 100
and x 0, y 0
1000 kg of fertiliser F1 and 80 kg of fertiliser F2 should be used
minimum vlaue = 92
9. Maximize Z 4500 x 5000 y
Constraints 25000 x 40000 y 7000000
x y 250
and x 0, y 0
The dealer will store 200 desktop and 50 portable computers so that to get the maximum profit of
1150000
10. Let depot A, provide x and y quintals of food to D and E
Minimize Z 6 x 3 y 5 / 2(100 x y ) 4(60 x) 2(50 y ) 3( x y 60)
Constraints x y 100
x 60
y 50
x y 60
and x 0, y 0
10, 50 and 40 Quintals for depot A to D, E and F
50, 0 and 0 Quintals for depot B to D, E and F
Miscellaneous Exercise - 15
1. At point (30, 0) Maximum is Z = 120 2. There is no feasible solution
3. At points (0, 50) and (20, 40) Minimum Z = 100 at (0, 200) and maximum Z = 400
4. At point (4, 3), Maximum Z = 18
5. 5 units of food material A and 30 units of food material B
6. Let x and y denotes the units of food material F1 and F2
Minimize Z 4x 6 y
constraints 3 x 6 y 80
4 x 3 y 100
and x 0, y 0
Minimum value = 104
7. 22 / 5 Chairs and 9 / 5 tables, maximum profit = 22.2
8. 2 tablest of size A and 8 tablets of size B
9. From depot A, the builders P, Q and R should be supplied 0, 20000, 10000 number of bricks and
from depot B, the builders P, Q and R should be supplied, 15000, 0, 5000 number of bricks
10- (C)
[ 473 ]
16
Probability and Probability Distribution
16.01 Introduction
We often make statements about probability. For example, a weather forecaster may predict that there
is an 80% chance of rain tomorrow. A health news reporter may state that a smoker has a much greater chance
of getting cancer than a non smoker does.
In earlier classes, we have studied the probability as a measure of uncertainty of an event in a random
experiment. We have also established a relationship between the exiomatic theory and the classical theory of
probability in case of equally likely outcomes. On the basis of this relationship, we obtain probabilities of events
associated with discrete sample space. In this chapter, we shall discuss the important concept of conditional
probability, multiplication rule of probalility and independence of events, the Baye's theorem, random variable
and its probability distribution, the mean and variance of a probability distribution.
16.02 Conditional Probability
If we have two events form the same sample space, Does the information about the occurance of one
of the events affect the probability of the other event ? Let us try to answer this question by taking up a random
experiment in which the outcomes are equally likely to occur. Consider the experiment of tossing two fair coins.
The sample space of the experiment is
S HH , HT , TH , TT ] H = Head, T = Tail
Since the coins are fair, we can assign the probability 1/4 to each sample point. Let A be the event at
least one head appears and B be the event "first coin shows tail". Then
A HT , TH , HH , B TH , TT
1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 2
also A B TH
P A B P TH 1/ 4
Now, we have to find the probability of A, when event B has already occured with the information of
occurence of B, we are sure that the case in which first coin does not result into a tail, should not be considered
while finding the probability of A. This information reduces our sample space form the set S to its subset B for
the event A
Thus sample point of event A which is favourable to event B is {TH}
Thus , Probability of A considering B as the sample space = 1/2
or, Probability of A given that the event B has occured = 1/2
[ 474 ]
This probability of the event A is called the conditional probability of A given that B has already
occured, and is denoted by P(A/B)
A 1
i.e. P
B 2
Thus, we can also write the conditional probability of A given that B has occured as P ( A / B )
n A B
n B
Dividing the numerator and the denominator by total number of elementary events of the sample space,
we see that
P ( A / B ) can also be written as
n A B
A n( S ) P A B
P
B n( B ) P B
n( S )
A P A B
P ; P B 0
B P B
Similarly the conditional probability of the event B given that A has occured is given by
B P A B
P ; P A 0
A P A
16.03 Properties of conditional probability
Let A and B be events of a sample space S of an experiment, then we have
S B
(i) P P 1
B B
S P S B P B
We know that, P 1
B P B P B
B P B B P B
P 1
again
B P B P B
[ 475 ]
S B
thus P P 1
B B
A A
(ii) P 1 P
B B
S
using property (i) P 1
B
A A
P 1 S A A
B
A A
P P 1 [ A and A are disjoint events]
B B
A A
P 1 P .
B B
(iii) If A and B are any two events of a sample space S and F is an event of S such that
P F 0 then
A B A B AB
(a) P P P P
F F F F
In particular, if A and B are disjoint events, then
A B A B
(b) P P P
F F F
We have
A B P A B F
P PF
F
P A F B F
PF
P A F PB F P A B F
PF
P A F P B F P A B F
PF PF PF
A B A B
P P P .
F F F
[ 476 ]
A B
Special Condition : When A and B are disjoint events, then P 0
F
A B A B
P P P .
F F F
Illustrative Examples
Example 1. If P ( A) 6 /11, P ( B ) 5 /11 and P A B 7 /11 then find
P A B P A P B P A B
6 5 7 4
11 11 11 11
A P A B 4 /11 4
P
(ii)
B P B 5 /11 5
B P A B 4 /11 2
P
(iii)
A P A 6 /11 3
Example 2. An instructor has a question bank consisting of 300 easy true / false questions, 200 difficult true/
false questions, 500 easy multiple choice questions. If a question is selected at random from the question bank,
what is the probabiliy that it will be an easy question given that it is a multiple choice question ?
Solution : Let event A 'it is an easy question' and event B 'It is a multiple choice question' and we have to find
P A / B
n A B 500
A P A B
P
required probability
B P B
n A B 500 5
.
n B 900 9
Example 3. Determine P A / B in each case when a coin is tossed three times, where
(i) A : head on third toss B : heads on first two tosses
(ii) A : at least two heads, B : at most two heads
(iii) A : at most two tails, B : at least one tail
[ 477 ]
Solution : The sample space when a coin is tossed three times is as follows
S HHH , HHT , HTH , THH , HTT , THT , TTH , TTT
then A B HHH
n A 4, n B 2, n A B 1
A n A B 1
P .
B nB 2
(ii) A HHH , HHT , HTH , THH , B HHT , HTH , THH , HTT , THT , TTH , TTT
n A 4, n B 7, n A B 3
A n A B 3
P .
B nB 7
A n A B 6
P .
B nB 7
Example 4. A black and a red die are thrwon, then
(a) Find the conditional probability of obtaining a sum greater than 9, giving that the black die resulted
in a 5.
(b) Find the conditional probabilility of obtaining the sum 8, given that the red die resulted in a number
less than 4.
Solution : (i) Let event A denotes 'sum greater then 9' and event B denotes 'black dice resulted in a 5' now we
have to find P A / B
A 5, 5 , 6, 4 , 4, 6 , 6, 5 , 5, 6 , 6, 6 , B 5, 1 , 5, 2 , 5, 3 , 5, 4 , 5, 5 , 5, 6
A B 5, 5 , 5, 6
n A 6, n B 6, n A B 2
A n A B 2 1
P .
thus required probability
B nB 6 3
[ 478 ]
(ii) Let event A denotes 'sum greater than 9' and event B denotes' red die resulted in a number less than 4'
now we have to find P A / B
then A 2, 6 , 3, 5 , 4, 4 , 5, 3 , 6, 2
B 6, 1 , 6, 2 , 6, 3 , 5, 1 , 5, 2 , 5, 3 , 4, 1 , 4, 2 , 4, 3 ,
n A 5, n B 18, n A B 2
A n A B 2 1
thus required probability P .
B n B 18 9
Example 5. A die is thrown three times, then event A and B defined as follows :
A : 4 appears on the third throw,
B : 6 and 5 appears respectively on first two tosses
determine P A / B .
Solution : When a coin is tossed three times the sample space S contains 6 6 6 216 equally likely
outcomes.
then A 1, 1, 4 , 1, 2, 4 , 1, 3, 4 , 1, 4, 4 , 1, 5, 4 , 1, 6, 4
2, 1, 4 , 2, 2, 4 , 2, 3, 4 , 2, 4, 4 , 2, 5, 4 , 2, 6, 4
3, 1, 4 , 3, 2, 4 , 3, 3, 4 , 3, 4, 4 , 3, 5, 4 , 3, 6, 4
4, 1, 4 , 4, 2, 4 , 4, 3, 4 , 4, 4, 4 , 4, 5, 4 , 4, 6, 4
5, 1, 4 , 5, 2, 4 , 5, 3, 4 , 5, 4, 4 , 5, 5, 4 , 5, 6, 4
6, 1, 4 , 6, 2, 4 , 6, 3, 4 , 6, 4, 4 , 6, 5, 4 , 6, 6, 4
B 6, 5, 1 , 6, 5, 2 , 6, 5, 3 , 6, 5, 4 , 6, 5, 5 , 6, 5, 6
A B 6, 5, 4
n A 36, n B 6, n A B 1
A n A B 1
Thus required probability P .
B nB 6
Example 6. Consider the experiment of throwing a die, if a multiple of 3 or 3 comes up, throw the die again
and if any other number comes, toss a coin. Find the conditional probability of the event' the coin shows a tail',
given that' at least one die shows a 3'.
Solution : The results of the experiments can be shown as
[ 479 ]
1
2
3
3 4
5
6
3 or multiple of 3
1
2
3
6 4
5
6
1 H
T
number which is H
2
other than 3 or T
multiple of 3. 4 H
T
5 H
T
Fig. 16.01
6, 5 , 6, 6 , 1, H , 1, T , 2, H , 2, T , 4, H , 4, T , 5, H , 5, T
Let event A denotes ' tail on the coin' and event B denotes 'at least one die show a 3'.
then A 1, T , 2, T , 4, T , 5, T ; B 3, 1 , 3, 2 , 3, 3 , 3, 4 , 3, 5 , 3, 6 , 6, 3
A B
n A 4, n B 7, n A B
A n A B 0
Required probability P 0
B nB 7
Exercise 16.1
1. If P A 7 /13, P B 9 /13 and P A B 4 /13 then find P A / B .
A 2
3. If 2 P A P B 5 /13 and P then find P A B .
B 5
[ 480 ]
B
If P A 0.6, P B 0.3 and P A B 0.2 then find P and P .
A
4.
B A
B
5. If P A 0.8, P B 0.5 and P 0.4 then find that
A
A
(i) P A B (ii) P (iii) P A B
B
6. Assune that each born child equally likely to be a boy or a girl. If a family has two children, it is given
that if atleast one of them is a boy than find the probability that both the children to be a boy.
7. Two coins are tossed once then find P ( A / B )
(i) A : tail appear on one coin, B : one coin shows head
(ii) A : no tail appears, B : no head appears
8. Mother, father and son line up at random for a family picture. If A and B are two event as follows then
find P ( A / B )
A : son on one end
B : father in middle
9. A fair die is rolled. Consider events A 1, 3, 5 ] B 2, 3 and C 2, 3, 4, 5 then find
A B A C A B A B
(i) P and P (ii) P and P (iii) P and P
B A C A C C
10. Given that the two numbers apperaring on throwing two dice are different. Find the probability of the
event 'the sum of numbers on the dice is 4'.
11. Ten cards numbered 1 to 10 are placed in box, mixed up throughly and then one card is drawn randomly.
If it is known that the number on the drawn card is more than 3, what is the probability that it is an even
number ?
12. In a school, there are 1000 students, out ot which 430 are girls. It is known that 10% girls out of 430
study in class XII. What is the probability that a student chosen randomly studies in class XII if given that
the chosen student is a girl ?
13. A die is thrown twice and the sum of the numbers appearing is observed to be 6. What is the conditional
probability that the number 4 has appeared at least once ?
14. Consider the experiment of tossing a coin. If the coin shows head, toss it again but if it shows tail, then
throw a die. Find the conditional probability of the event that 'the die shows a number greater than 4' if
given that 'there is at least one tail'.
16.04 Multiplication theorem on probability
Let A and B be two events associated with a sample space S. Clearly, the set A denotes the event that
both A and B have occured. In other words A B denotes the simultaneous occurence of the events A and B.
The event A B is also written as AB
We know that the conditional probability of event A given that B has occurred is
A P A B
P ; P B 0
B P B
[ 481 ]
A
P A B P B P (i)
B
B P B A
P ; P A 0
again
A P A
B P A B
or P
A P A B A A B
B
P A B P A P (ii)
A
B A
from (i) and (ii) P A B P A P P B P ,where P A 0 and P B 0
A B
The above result is known as the multiplication rule of probability.
Note : Let A, B and C be any events of sample space then
B C
P A B C P A P P
A A B
B C
P A P P
A AB
Thus the above expression denotes the multiplication rule of probability for more than two events
Illustrative Examples
Example 7. An urn contains 10 white and 15 black balls. Two balls are drawn from the urn one after the other
without replacement. What is the probability that first ball is white and second is black.
Solution : Let A and B denote respectively the events that ball drawn is white and second ball drawn is black
then we have to find A B
10
C1 10
Now P A P (white ball in first draw) 25
C1 25
Also given that the first ball drawn is white, i.e. event A has occured, now there are 9 white balls and fifteen
black balls left in the urn. Therefore, the probability that the second ball drawn is black, given that the ball in
the first draw is white, is nothing but the conditional probability of B given that A has occured. i.e.
B
15
C 15
P 24 1
A C1 24
By multiplication rule of probability, we have
B 10 15 1
P A B P A P .
A 25 24 4
Example 8. Three cards are drawn successively, without replacement form a pack of 52 well shuffled cards.
What is the probability that first two cards are kings and the third card drawn is a queen ?
Solution : Let K denotes the event that the card drawn is king and Q be the event that the card drawn is a
queen.
Clearly, we have to find P KKQ
[ 482 ]
Now P K P (card drawn is a king) 4 / 52
Now there are three kings in (52-1) = 51 cards.
K
P P (the probability of second king with the condition that one king has already been
K
3
drawn)
51
Now there are four queens left in 50 cards.
Q
P P (the probability of third drawn card to be a queen, with the condition that two kings have
KK
4
already been drawn
50
By multiplication rule of probability, we have
K Q
P KKQ P K P P
K KK
4 3 4 2
.
52 51 50 5525
16.05 Independent Events
If A and B are two events such that the probability of occurence of one of them is not affected by
occurence of the other. Such events are called independent events
Two events A and B are said to be independent, if
A
P P A when P B 0
B
B
and P P B when P A 0
A
Now, by the multiplication rule of probability, we have
B
P A B P A P
A
If A and B are independent, then
P A B P A P B
Note : Three events A, B and C are said to be mutually independent, if
P A B P A P B
P B C P B P C
P A C P A P C
[ 483 ]
and P A B C P A P B P C
If at least one of the above is not true for three given events, we say that the events are not independent
Example : An unbaised die is thrown twice. Let the event A be 'odd number on the first throw' and B the
event' odd number on the second throw'. Check the independence of the events A and B.
The sample space in tossing two coins is
n S 36
Also getting an odd number on the first throw we have
n A 18
18 1
P A
36 2
18 1
similarly P B
36 2
9 1
and P A B P (getting odd number on both the throws)
36 4
{(1, 1), (1, 3), (1, 5), (3, 1), (3, 3), (3, 5), (5, 1), (5, 3), (5, 5)} [be the sample points w.r. to
event A and event B.]
clearly P A B 1/ 4 1/ 2 1/ 2 P A P B
Thus A and B are independent events.
Illustrative Examples
Example 9. Events A and B are such that P A 1/ 2, P B 7 /12 and P(A – not or B – not) 1/ 4 then
are A and B independent events ?
, P B , P A B
1 7 1
Solution : Given P A
2 12 4
PA B
1
4
P A B 1
4
P A B P A B
1 P A B
1
4
P A B 1 P A B
[ 484 ]
P A B 1 1/ 4 3 / 4
also P A P B 1/ 2 7 /12 7 / 24
P A B P A P B
therefore A and B are not independent events.
Example 10. A fair coin and an unbaised die are tossed. Let A be the event 'head appears on the coin' and B
be the event '3 on the die'. Check whether A and B are independent events or not.
Solution : The sample space related to the experiment is -
S H , 1 , H , 2 , H , 3 , H , 4 , H , 5 , H , 6 , T , 1 , T , 2 , T , 3 , T , 4 , T , 5 , T , 6
and A H , 1 , H , 2 , H , 3 , H , 4 , H , 5 , H , 6 , B H , 3 , T , 3
A B H , 3
6 1 2 1 1
P A , P B , P A B
12 2 12 6 12
1 1 1
clearly P A B P A P B
2 6 12
Therefore A and B are independent events.
Example 11. A die marked 1, 2, 3 in red and 4, 5, 6 in green is tossed. Let A be the event, 'the numeber is
even,' and B be the event,'the number is red'. Are A and B independent ?
Solution : The sample space in rolling a die once is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
3 1 3 1 1
P A , P B , P A B
6 2 6 2 6
1
clearly P A B
P A .P B .
6
Therefore A and B are not independent events.
Example 12. A die is thrown. If A is the event 'the number apperaring is a multiple of 3' and B be the event
' the number appearing is even' then find whether A and B are independent ?
Solution : The sample space in rolling a die once is 1, 2,3, 4, 5, 6
2 1 3 1 1
P A , P B , P A B
6 3 6 2 6
1 1 1
clearly P A B
P A P B
6 2 3
Thus events A and B are independent events.
[ 485 ]
Example 13. Events A and B are such that P A 1/ 2, P A B 3/ 5 and P B r then find r if ,
(i) the events are mutually exculsively
(ii) the events are independent
Solution : (i) If events A and B are mutually exclusively then
P A B P A P B
3 / 5 1/ 2 r r 1/10
(ii) If events A and B are independent events
P A B P A P B 1/ 2 r
Given P A B 3 / 5
P A P B P A B 3 / 5
1/ 2 r P A B 3/ 5
1/ 2 r (1/ 2) r 3 / 5
1/ 2 (1/ 2) r 3 / 5
r / 2 3/ 5 1/ 2
r 1/ 5
Example 14. Three coins are tossed simultaneously. Consider the event A 'three heads or three tails', B' at
least two heads' and C' at most two heads'. Of the pairs (A,B), (A,C) and (B,C), which are independent ?
which are dependent ?
Solution : The sample space of tossing three coins is
S HHH , HHT , HTH , THH , HTT , THT , TTH , TTT
P A 2 / 8 1/ 4 ] P B 4 / 8 1/ 2 ] P C 7 / 8
Clearly P A B P A P B 1/ 4 1/ 2 1/ 8
similarly P A C P A P C
and P B C P B P C
Thus A and B are independent events and A and C, and B and C are dependent.
[ 486 ]
Example 15. If in a random experiment A and B are independent events then prove that
(i) A and B are dependent events. A B S
P A B P B P A B
P B P A P B P A B P A P B
P B 1 P A
P B P A
P A P B
(ii) It is clear form the venn diagram that A B and A B are mutually exclusive events such that
A B A B A
By addition theroem of probability
P A P A B P A B
P A B P A P A B
P A P A P B
P A 1 P B
P A P B
(iii)
P A B P A B
1 P A B
[ 487 ]
P A B 1 P A P B P A B
1 P A P B P A P B
1 P A P B P A P B
1 P A P B 1 P A
1 P A 1 P B
P A P B
P A P B P A B
indepndent] P A P B 1 P A
P A P B P A P A P A 1
1 P A P B P A
1 P A 1 P B
1 P A P B
Exercise 16.2
1. If A and B are two events such that P A 1/ 4, P B 1/ 2 and P A B 1/ 8 , then find
PA B
2. If P A 0.4, P B p and P A B 0.6 and A and B are independent events then find the value
of p.
3. If A and B are independent events and P A 0.3 and P B 0.4 then find
A B
(i) P A B (ii) P A B (iii) P (iv) P
B A
[ 488 ]
4. If A and B are independent events and P A 0.3, P B 0.6 then find
[ 489 ]
16.07 Theorem on Total Probability
Statement : Let {E1 , E2 ,..., En } be a partition of the sample space S, and suppose that each of the
events E1 , E2 ,..., En has non zero probability of occurence. Let A be any event associated with S, then
A A A
P( A) P( E1 ) P P( E2 ) P ... P( En ) P
E1 E2 En
n A
P( E j ) P
E
j 1 j
Statement : Given that E1 , E2 ,..., En is a partition of the sample space S. Therefore
S E1 E2 ... En (1)
and Ei E j i j , i, j 1, 2,..., n
for any event A
A A S
A ( E1 E2 ... En )
A E1 A E2 ... A En
A Ei and A E j are the subsets of set Ei and E j which are also disjoin for i j
P ( A) P A E1 A E2 ... A En
P A E1 P A E2 ... P A En
A
now P A Ei P Ei P , P Ei 0 i 1, 2,..., n
Ei
Now, by multiplication rule of probability, we have
A A A
P A P E1 P P E2 P ... P En P
E1 E2 En
A
P A P E j P
n
E .
j 1 j
Illustrative Examples
Example 17. In a class two- third of the students are boys and remainig are girls. Probability of a girl securing
first division is 0.25 whereas probability of a boy securing first division is 0.28. A student is selected at random,
find the probability that he or she gets first division.
[ 490 ]
Solution : Let event E1 denotes ' a boy is selected' and event E2 deontes ' a girl is selected' and let event A
represent ' a student gets first divisions '.
then P( E1 ) 2 / 3, P E2 1/ 3
A A
and P 0.28, P 0.25
E1 E2
using theroem of total probability
A A 2 1
P A P E1 P P E2 P 0.28 0.25 0.27
E1 E2 3 3
A
P Ei P
E Ei
P i , i 1, 2,3,..., n
A n A
P E j P
j 1 Ej
A
P Ei P
E P A Ej Ei
P i (by multiplication rule of probability)
A P A P A
A
P Ei P
Ei
A
P E j P
n
(by the result of theorem of total probability)
E
j 1 j
Illustrative Examples
Example 18. In a factory which manufactures bolts, machines A, B and C maufacture respectively 25%,
35%, and 40% of the bolts. Of their outputs 5, 4, and 2 percent are respectively defective bolts. A bolt is
drawn at random form the product and is found to be defective. What is the probability that it is manufactured
by the machine B ?
[ 491 ]
Solution : Let events B1 , B2 and B3 be the following :
B1 : the bolt is manufactured by machine A
B2 : the bolt is manufactured by machine B
B3 : the bolt is manufactured by machine C
Clearly B1 , B2 , B3 are mutually exclusive and exhaustive events and hence, they represent a partition of the sample
space. Let the event E be 'the bolt is defective'.
The event E occurs with B1 or with B2 or with B3 . Given that
25
P B1 25% 0 25
100
35
P B2 35% 0 35
100
40
and P B3 4% 0 40
100
E
Again P Probability that the bolt drawn is defective given that it is manufactured by machine A
B1
= 5% = 0.05
Similarly,
E E
P 0 04, P 0 02
B2 B3
Hence, by Baye's Theorem, we have
E
P B2 P
B B2
P 2
E E E E
P B1 P P B2 P P E3 P
B1 B2 B3
0 35 0 04
0 25 0 05 0 35 0 04 0 40 0 02
0 0140 28
0 0345 69
Example 19. Given three identical boxex I, II, and III each containing two coins. In box I, both coins are gold
coins, in box II, both are silver coins and in the box III, there is one gold and one silver coin. A person chooses
a box at random and takes out a coin. If the coin is of gold, what is the probability that the other coin in the
box is also of gold.
[ 492 ]
Solution : Let E1 , E2 , E3 be the events that boxes I, II, and III are chosen, respectively
1
Then P E1 P E2 P E3
3
Also, let A be the event that ' the coin drawn is of gold'
A 2
P (a gold coin form bag I) = P E 2 1
1
A
P (a gold coin form bag II) P 0
E2
A 1
P(a gold coin from bag III) P
E3 2
Now, the probability that the other coin in the box is of gold = the probability that gold coin is drawn
form the box I.
E
P 1
A
By Bayes' theroem, we know that
A
P E1 P
E E1
P 1
A A A A
P E1 P P E2 P P E3 P
E1 E2 E3
1/ 3 1
1/ 3 1 1/ 3 1/ 2
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1 6 2
1/ 3 1/ 6 2 1/ 6 3 / 6 3 3 3
Example 20. A man is know to speak truth 3 out of 4 times. He throws a die and reports that it is a six. Find
the probability that it is actually a six.
Solution : Let E be the event that the man reports that six occurs in the throwing of the die and let S 1 be the
event that six occurs and S 2 be the event that six does not occur Then
1
Probability that six occurs = P S1
6
5
Probability that six does not occur = P S2
6
[ 493 ]
Probability that the man reports that six occurs when six has actually occured on the die = Probability
that the man speaks the truth =
E
P 3
S1 4
Probability that the man reports that six occurs when six has not actually occured on the die = Probability
that the man does not speak the truth
E
P 1 3 1
S2 4 4
Thus, by Baye's theroem, we get
Probability that the report of the man that six has occured is actually a six
E
P S1 P
S S1
P 1
E E E
P S1 P P S 2 P
S1 S2
1/ 6 3 / 4 3 / 24 3 / 24
1/ 6 3 / 4 5 / 6 1/ 4 3 / 24 5 / 24 8 / 24
3 24 3
24 8 8
Hence, the required probability is 3/8
Example 21. Suppose that the reliability of a HIV test is specified as follows: Of perople having HIV, 90 %
of the test detect the disease but 10% go undetected. Of people free of HIV, 99% of the test are judged HIV
-ive but 1% are diagnosed as showing HIV +ive. From a large population of which only 0.1% have HIV, one
person is selected at random, given the HIV test, and the pathologist reports him/her as HIV +ive. What is the
probability that the person actually has HIV ?
Solution : Let E denotes the event that the person selected is actually having HIV and A the event that the
E
person's HIV test is diagnosed as +ive. We need to find P
A
Also E' denotes the event that the person selected is actually not having HIV. Clearly , {E,E'} is a partition
of the sample space of all people in the population. We are given that
0 1
P E 0 1% 0 001
100
P E 1 P E 1 0 001 0 999
P(Person tested as HIV +ive given that he/she is actually having HIV)
A 9
P 90% 0 9
E 10
[ 494 ]
P(Person tested as HIV+ive given that he/she is actually not having HIV)
A 1
P 1% 0 01
E 100
Now, by Baye's theorem
A
PE P
E E
P
A P E P A P E P A
E E
E 0 001 0 9
P
A 0 001 0 9 0 999 0 01
90
0 083 approx.
1089
Thus, the probability that a person selected at random is actually having HIV given that he/she is tested
HIV +ive is 0.083.
Exercise 16.3
1. Bag I contain 3 red and 4 black balls while another Bag II contains 5 red and 6 black balls. One ball is
drawn at random form one of the bags and it is found to be red. Find the probability that it was drawn
form Bag II.
2. A doctor is to visit a patient. From the past experience, it is known that the probabilites that he will come
3 1 1 2
by train, bus, scooter or by other means of transport are respectively , , and The probabili-
10 5 10 5
1 1 1
ties that he will be late are , and , if he comes by train, bus and scooter respectively, but if he
4 3 12
comes by he comes by train ?
3. Bag I contains 3 Red and 4 black balls while Bag II contains 4 Red and 5 black balls. One ball is
transfered from Bag I to Bag II and then a ball is drawn form Bag II and it was found to be Red. Find
the probability that the transfered ball is black.
4. A bag contains 3 Red and 4 black balls, another bag contains 2 red and 6 black balls. One of the two
bags is selected at random and a ball is drawn from the bag which is found to be red. Find the probabil-
ity that the ball is drawn from the first bag.
5. There are three coins. One is a two headed coin (having head on both faces), another is a baised coin
that comes up heads 75% of the time and third is an unbaised coin. One of the three coins is chosen at
random and tossed, it shows heads, what is the probability that it was the two headed coin ?
6. A laboratory blood test is 99% effective in detecting a certain disease when it is in fact, present. How-
ever, the test also yields a false positive result for 0.5% of the healthy person tested (i.e. if a healthy
person is tested, then, with probability 0.005, the test will imply he has the disease). If 0.1 percent of the
population actually has the disease, what is the probability that a person has the disease given that his
test result is positive ?
[ 495 ]
7. Students in a college, it is known that 60% reside in hostel and 40% are day scholar (not residing in
hostel). Previous year results report that 30% of all students who reside in hostel attain A grade and
20% if day scholar attain A grade in their annual examination. At the end of the year, one student is cho-
sen at random from the college and he has an A grade, what is the probabilioty that the student is a
hostlier ?
8. An insurance company insured 2000 scooter drivers, 4000 car drivers and 6000 truck drivers. The
probabilioty of accidents are 0.01, 0.03 and 0.15 respectively. One of the insured persons meet with an
accident, What is the probability that he is a scooter driver ?
9. In answering a question on a multiple choice test, a student either knows the answer or gusses. Let 3/4
be the probability that he knows the answer and 1/4 be the probability that he gusses. Assuming that a
student who guesses at the answer will be correct with probability 1/4 What is the probability that the
student know the answer given that he answered it correctly ?
10. Suppose that 5% of men and 0.25% of women have grey hair. A grey haired person is selected at ran-
dom. What is the probability of this person being male ? Assume that there are equal number of males
and females.
11. Two groups are competing for the position on the Board of directors of corporation. The probabilities
that the first and the second groups will win are 0.6 and 0.4 respectively. Further, if the first group wins,
the probability of introducing a new product is 0.7 and the corresponding probability is 0.3 if the second
group wins . Find the probability that the new product introduced was by the second group.
12. Suppose a girl throws a die. If she gets a 5 or 6, she tosses a coin three times and notes the number of
heads. If she gets 1, 2, 3 or 4, she tosses a coin three times and notes whether a head or tail is obtained.
If she obtained exactly one head, what is the probability that she threw 1, 2, 3, or 4 with the die ?
13. A card form a pack of 52 cards is lost. From the remaining cards of the pack, two cards are drawn and
are found to be both diamonds. Find the probability of the lost card being a diamond.
14. A bag contains 3 Red and 7 Black balls. Two balls are selected at random without replacement. If the
second drawn ball is Red then what is the probability that the first ball drawn is also Red ?
16.09 Random variable and its Probability Distribution
We have already learnt about random experiments and formation of sample spaces. Sample spaces are
set of all possible results of any random experiment. The result of any random experiments may be numerical
or non-numerical. In most of these experiments, we were not only interested in the particular outcome that
occurs but rather in some number associated with that outcomes as shown in following example / experiments.
(i) In tossing two dice, we may be interested in the sum of the number on the two dice.
(ii) In tossing a coin 50 times, we may be interested in the sum of the number of heads obtained.
(iii) In the experiment of taking out four articles (one after the other) at random from a lot of 20
articles in which 6 are defective, we want to know the number of defective in the sample of four and not in the
particular sequence of defective and non defective articles. In all of the above experiments, we have a rule
which assigns to each outcome of the experiment a single real number. This single real number may vary with
different outcome of a random experiment and hence, is called random variable. A random variable is usually
denoted by X. If you recall the defination of a function, you will realise that the random variable X is really
speaking a function whose domain is the set of outcomes(or sample space) of a random experiment. A ran-
dom variable can take any real value, therefore, its co-domain is the set of real numbers. Hence, a random
variable can be defined as follows :
[ 496 ]
Definition : A random variable is a real valued function whose domain is the sample space of a random ex-
periment
Random variables are generally expresses as X, Y, Z
For example, let us consider the experiment of tossing a coin three times in succession.
S {HHH , HHT , HTH , THH , HTT , THT , TTH , TTT }
If X denotes the number of heads obtained, then X is a random variable and for each outcome, its
value is as given below :
X HHH 3, X HHT 2 X HTH X THH ,
P X : p1 p2 p3 ... pn
n
where pi 0 and p
i 1
i 1; i 1, 2,..., n
The real numbers x1, x2, x3, ..., xn are the possible values of the random variable X with possible prob-
abilities p1, p2, p3, ..., pn etc.
For example, let us consider the experiment of tossing a coin two times in succession. The sample space
of the experiment is
S {HH , HT , TH , TT }
If X denotes the number of heads obtained, then X is a random variable and for each outcome, its
value is as given below :
X HH 2, X HT 1 X TH , X TT 0
[ 497 ]
Here X tales the values 0, 1 and 2 whose corresponding probabilities are 1 / 4, 2 / 4 and 1 / 4, thus
the proabbility distribution is
X x : 0 1 2
P X : 1/ 4 2/ 4 1/ 4
1 2 1
where pi 0 and p i 1,
4 4 4
Illustrative Examples
Example 22. The probability distribution of a random variable X is given below :
X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P X 0 k 2k 2k 3k k2 2k 2 7k k
2
Find
(i) k (ii) P X 6 (iii) P X 6 (iv) P 0 X 5
Solution : (i) The sum of probabilities in a probability distribution is always 1. Therefore
P X 0 P X 1 P X 2 P X 3 P X 4 P X 5 P X 6 P ( X 7) 1
0 k 2 k 2 k 3k k 2 2 k 2 7 k 2 k 1
10k 2 9k 1 0
or 10k 1 k 1 0
or 10k 1 0 k 0
1
k
10
(ii) P X 6 P X 0 P X 1 P X 2 P X 3 P X 4 P X 5
0 k 2k 2k 3k k 2
k 2 8k
81
1/10 8 1/10
2
100
(iii) P X 6 P X 6 P X 7
2k 2 7 k 2 k
9k 2 k
19
9 1/10 1/10
2
100
(iv) P 0 X 5 P X 1 P X 2 P X 3 P X 4
k 2k 2k 3k 8k
8 /10 4 / 5
[ 498 ]
Example 23. Three cards are drawn succesively with replacement form a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards.
Find the probability distribution of the number of aces.
Solution : The number of aces is a random variable. Let it be denoted by X. Clearly, X can take the values
0, 1, 2 or 3.
48
c3 4324
P X 0 P (non-ace and non-ace) 52
c3 5525
4
c1 48 c2 1128
P X 1 P (ace and two non-ace) 52
c3 5525
c2 48 c1
4
72
P X 2 P (two ace and one non-ace) 52
c3 5525
4
c3 1
P X 3 P (ace and ace and ace) 52
c3 5525
Thus, the required probability distribution is
X 0 1 2 3
4324 1128 72 1
PX
5525 5525 5525 5525
Example 24. Let X denote the number of hours you study during a randonly selected school day. The prob-
ability that X can take the values x, has the following form, where k is some unkonwn constant.
0 1 ; If x 0
kx ; If x 1 or 2
P X x
k (5 x ) ; If x 3 or 4
0 ; otherwise
3p p 1
or p 1/ 4
3 1
PH and P T
4 4
Let X denote the number of tails in tossing a coin twice then X will take values 0, 1 and 2
P X 0 P (not getting Tail)
= P (getting both Heads)
= P(HH)
= P(H) P(H) { both are independent}
3 3 9
4 4 16
P X 1 P (getting one Tail and one Head) = P(HT) + P(TH)
= P(H) P(T) + P(T) P(H)
3 1 1 3 3
4 4 4 4 8
P X 2 P( getting both Tails)
1 1 1
= P(TT) = P(T) P(T) =
4 4 16
[ 500 ]
Now the probability distribution of X
X : 0 1 2
9 3 1
PX :
16 8 16
x1 p1 x2 p2 ... xn pn
n
possible values of X, each being weighted by its probability with which it occurs.
Let a dice be thrown and the random variable X be the number that appears on the dice. Find the
mean or expectation of X.
The sample space is {1, 2,3, 4,5, 6}
Now the probability distribution with random variable X&
X x : 1 2 3 4 5 6
P x : 1/ 6 1/ 6 1/ 6 1/ 6 1/ 6 1/ 6
E X xi pi
x1 p1 x2 p2 x3 p3 x4 p4 x5 p5 x6 p6
11/ 6 2 1/ 6 3 1/ 6 4 1/ 6 5 1/ 6 6 1/ 6
21/ 6 7 / 2
NOTE : This does not mean at all that in the experiment of tossing a coin we get the number 7/2. This number
indicates that if the coin is tossed for longer period then the number we get in average tossing is 7/2
Illustrative Examples
Example 26. Three coins are tossed, If X denotes the number of Heads then find the mean or expectations of
X
Solution : Here X takes the values 0, 1, 2, and 3
1
P X 0 P TTT
8
[ 501 ]
3
P X 1 P (HTT ;k TTH ;k THT)
8
3
P X 2 P(HHT ;k THH ;k HTH)
8
1
and P X 3 P HHH
8
Probability distribution of variable X is&
X x 0 1 2 3
P x 1/ 8 3/ 8 3/ 8 1/ 8
Mean of X X E X xi pi
0 1/ 8 1 3/ 8 2 3 / 8 3 1/ 8 12 / 8 3/ 2
Example 27. Two cards are drawn simultaneously (or successively with replacement) from a well shuffled
pack of 52 cards. Find the mean and probability of the number of aces.
Solution : Let X denote the number of aces.
Variable X take the values 0, 1 and 2
P(X = 0) = P (not getting an ace)
= P (no ace and no ace) =P (no ace) . P (no ace)
48 / 52 48 / 52 144 /169
P(X = 1) = P (getting an ace)
= P(ace and no ace or no ace and ace)
= P(ace) P(no ace) + P(no ace) P(ace)
4 / 52 48 / 52 48 / 52 4 / 52 24 /169
P(X = 2) = P( gettting both the aces ace )
=P(ace and ace)
=P(ace) P(ace)
4 / 52 4 / 52 1/169
Probability distribution of variable X-
X : 0 1 2
P X : 144 /169 24 /169 1/169
Mean X E X xi pi
0 144 /169 1 24 /169 2 1/169 26 /169.
16.12 Variance of a random variable
Let X be a random whose possible values x1 , x2 ,..., xn occur with probabilities p1 , p2 ,..., pn
respectively then variance of X is given by var(X) or X2
n
X2 var X E X xi pi
2 2
i 1
[ 502 ]
The positive square root of variance as " var X " is called as standard deviation
n
X var X x
2
i pi
i 1
i 1
xi 2 2 2 xi pi
n
i 1
n n n
xi2 pi 2 pi 2 xi pi
i 1 i 1 i 1
n n n
xi 2 pi 2 pi 2 xi pi
i 1 i 1 i 1
n
xi 2 pi 2 1 2
i 1
n
xi 2 pi 2
i 1
2
n
n
xi pi xi pi
2
i 1 i 1
var X E X 2 E X Where E X 2 xi 2 pi
2 n
i 1
For Example : Find the Variance of head in three tosses of a fair coin.
Solution : We have to find the variance of head in three tosses of a fair coin
The sample space S={HHH, HHT, HTH, THH, HTT, THT, TTH, TTT}
Here X can take the values 0] 1] 2 and 3 whose probabilities are 1 / 8, 3 / 8, 3 / 8 ; 1 / 8
The probability distribution of X is -
X x : 0 1 2 3
P X : 1/ 8 3 / 8 3 / 8 1/ 8
where E ( X ) xi pi x1 p1 x2 p2 x3 p3 x4 p4
i 1
0 1/ 8 1 3/ 8 2 3 / 8 3 1/ 8 3 / 2
[ 503 ]
n
n
E ( X ) xi pi 0 25 / 36 1 10 / 36 2 1/ 36 12 / 36 1/ 3
i 1
n
E ( X 2 ) xi2 pi (0) 2 25 / 36 (1) 2 10 / 36 (2) 2 1/ 36 14 / 36 7 /18
i 1
2
7 1
var X E X {E X } .
5
2 2
18 3 18
Example 29. Two numbers are selected at random (without replacement) from the first six positive integers.
Let X denote the larger of the two numbers obtained. Find the variance
Solution : X takes the value 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
[ 504 ]
P X 2 P (getting a number greater than 2)
= P (getting 1 and then 2) or (getting 2 and then 1)
1/ 6 1/ 5 1/ 6 1/ 5 2 / 30 1/15
P X 3 P (getting a number greater than 3)
= P (getting a number lesser than 3 and than 3) (getting 3 or a number lesser than 3)
2 / 6 1/ 5 1/ 6 2 / 5 4 / 30 2 /15
similarly P X 4 3/ 6 1/ 5 1/ 6 3/ 5 6 / 30 1/ 5
also P X 6 5 / 6 1/ 5 1/ 6 5 / 5 10 / 30 1/ 3
Thus the probability distribution of X -
X : 2 3 4 5 6
P X : 1/15 2 /15 1/ 5 4 /15 1/ 3
70 / 3 14 / 3 70 / 3 196 / 9 14 / 9.
2
Example 30. A class has 15 students whose ages are 14, 17, 15, 14, 21, 17, 19, 20, 16, 18, 20, 17, 16, 19
and 20 years. One student in such a manner that each has the same chance of being chosen and the age X of
the selected student is recorded. What is the proabability distribution of the random variable X? Find mean,
variance and standard deviation of X.
Solution : X can take values 14, 15, 16, 17,18, 19, 20 and 21
P X 14 2 /15, P X 15 1/15, P X 16 2 /15, P X 17 3/15,
Mean of X E X xi pi
14 2 /15 15 1/15 16 2 /15 17 3/15 18 1/15 19 2 /15 20 3/15 211/15
263/15 17.53
E X 2 xi2 pi
[ 505 ]
(14)2 (2/15) (15)2 (1/15) (16)2 (2/15) (17)2 (3/15) (18)2 (1/15) (19)2 (2/15) (20)2 (3/15) (21)2 (1/15)
var X E X 2 {E X }2
1076
Standard Deviation 2.186
225
Exercise 16.4
1. State which of the following are not the probability distribution of a random variable. Give reasons for
your answer.
(i) X : 0 1 2 (ii) X : 0 1 2
P X : 0.4 0.4 0.2 P X : 0.6 0.1 0.2
(iii) X : 0 1 2 3 4
P X : 0.1 0.5 0.2 .01 0.3
2. Find the probability distribution of number of heads in two tosses of a coin.
3. Four rotten oranges by mistake are mixed with 16 good oranges. Two oranges are drawn and found to
be rotten, find the probability distribution.
4. An urn contains 4 white and 3 red balls. Three balls are drawn at random and found to be red, find the
probability distribution.
5. From a lot of 10 object which includes 6 defective, a sample of 4 objects is drawn at random. If the
random variable of defective objects is denoted as X, then find-
(i) Probability distribution of X (ii) P X 1 (iii) P X 1
(iv) P 0 X 2 .
6. A die is rolled so that getting an even number is twice as likely to occur odd number. If a die is rolled
twice then considering the random variable X as the square of the number , find the probability distribution.
7. An urn contains 4 white and 6 red balls. Four balls are drawn at random, find the probability distribution
of number of white balls.
8. Find the probability distribution of getting a doublet in rolling two dice three times.
9. A pair of dice is rolled. Let X, the sum of the numbers on the dice. Find the mean of X.
10. Find the variance of the number obtained on a throw of an unbiased die.
11. In a meeting, 70% of the members favour and 30% oppose a certain proposal. A member is selected at
random and we take X = 0 if he opposed, and X = 1 if he is in favour. Find E(X) and Var (X).
12. Two cards are drawn simultaneously (or successively without replacement) from a well shuffled pack of
52 cards. Find the mean, variance and standard deviation of the number of kings.
[ 506 ]
16.13 Bernoulli Trials
Each time we toss a coin or roll a die or perform any other experiments, we call it a trial. If a coin is
tossed, say, 4 times, the number of trials is 4, each having exactly two outcomes, namely, success or faliure.
The outcome of any trial is independent of the outcome of any other trial. In each of such trials, the probability
of success or failure remains constant. Such independent trials which have only two outcomes usually referred
as 'success' or 'failure' are called Bernoulli trials
(i) There should be a finite number of trials.
(ii) The trials should be independent.
(iii) Each trial has exactly two outcomes : success or failure.
(iv) The probability of success remains the same in each trial.
For example, throwing a die 50 times is a case of 50 Bernoulli trials, in which each trial results is success
(say an even number) or failure (an odd number) and the probability of success (p) is same for all 50 throws.
Obviously, the successive throws of the die are independent experiments.
16.14 Binomial Distribution
Let an experiments is repeated n times. Therefore it is an experiments of n-Bernoulli trials where every
experiments is independent and let S and F denote respectively success and failure in each trial.
Let the probability of getting a success in an experiments is (p) and failure be ( q 1 p ) ]
let in n- Bernoulli's trials experiment, the probability for r successes and (n - r) failure
P X r P r success .P n r failure
P(SSS
...S
FFF
...
F )
rtimes (nr )
times
P S P S P S ...P S P F P F P F ...P F
ppp.... p qqq...q
P X r p r q n r
This result shows r success and (n – r) failure in an experiments but in n experiments r success can
r n r
be found through ncr procedures and probabilities of every procedure remains p q
Thus Probability of r success in n-Bernoulli's experiments is
P X r ncr p r q n r ;
r 0,1, 2,...., n and q 1 p
The distribution of number of successes X in n-Bernouli's experiments is given by-
X 0 1 2 ... r ... n
PX n 0
C0 p q n 0
C0 q
n n n
c1 p1q n 1 n
c2 p 2 q n 2 ... n
cr p r q n r ... n n
cn p q n n
n cn p n
The above probability distribution is known as binomial distribution with parameters n and p, because
for given values of n and p, we can find the complete probability distribution.
A binomial distribution with n-Bernoulli trial and probability of success in each trial as p, is denote by
B(n,p).
n n
NOTE : P X r n Cr p r q n r
r0 r o
n C0 p o q n n C1 p1q n 1 ... n Cn p n q n n q p 1.
n
[ 507 ]
Illustrative Examples
Example 31. A die is thrown 7 times. If 'getting a sum 7' is a success, what is the probability of (i) no success
? (ii) 6 successes? (iii) at least 6 successes? (iv) at most 6 successes?
Solution : Let the probability of getting a sum 7 be p then p = 6/36 = 1/6
[ there are six ways of getting a sum 7 on the dice]
1, 6 , 2, 5 , 3, 4 , 4, 3 , 5, 2 , 6,1
q 1 p 1 1/ 6 5 / 6
Let the number of successes be X then
Let the number of successes be X then
P X r 7 cr 1/ 6 5 / 6
7 r
r 0,1, 2,3, 4,5, 6, 7
r
;
(ii) P (6 successes) P X 6
6 7 6
1 5 35
C6
7
6 6 67
(iii) P (atleast 6 successes) P X 6
P X 6 P X 7
6 7 6 7 7 7
1 5 1 5
C6
7
C7
7
[ 508 ]
Required probability = P (getting two 6 in first 5 throws). P (getting 6 in the sixth throw)
2 3
C2 p q
5 2 5 2
p C2 16 56 16
5
10 125 625
6
.
6 23328
Example 33. A fair coin is tossed 5 times. Find the probability of getting atleast 3 Heads.
Solution : Let the probability be p then p 1/ 2, q 1/ 2 Let X denote getting a number 5 then n = 5
and p 1/ 2 such that
5 r r 5
1 1 5 1
P X r 5 Cr C r ; where r 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
2 2 2
Required probability = P (atleast 3 Heads)
P X 3
P X 3 X 4 X 5
5 5 5
1 1 1
C3 5C4 5C5
5
2 2 2
1 10 5 1 1
5
5
C3 C4 C5
5 5
2 32 2
Example 34. A die is rolled 6 times. If getting an even number is a success than find the following probabilities
-
(i) exactly 5 successes (ii) atleast 5 successes (iii) almost 5 successes
Solution : Let the probability be p then p 3 / 6 1/ 2 and q 1 p 1 1/ 2 1/ 2
and let n = 6 and p 1/ 2 then -
6r r 6
1 1 6 1
P X r Cr 6
Cr ; where r 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
2 2 2
6
1 3
(i) P (exactly 5 successes) P X 5 C5 . 6
2 32
6 1 7
.
64 64 64
[ 509 ]
(iii) P (atmost 5 successes) P X 5
P X 0 P X 1 P X 2 P X 3 P X 4 P X 5
1 P X 5
1 P X 6
6
1 1 63
1 C6 1
6
.
2 64 64
Example 35. The probability of a shooter hitting a target is 1/4 How many minimum number of times must he/
she fire so that the probability of hitting the target at least once is more than 2/3 ?
Solution : Let a person hit the target n times
as per the question p 1/ 4 and q 1 p 1 1/ 4 3 / 4 then
r n r
1 3
P X r Cr ; where r 0, 1, 2,..., n
n
4 4
Given P ( hitting the target atleast once ) > 2 / 3
P X 1 2 / 3
1 P X 0 2 / 3
0 n 0
1 3 2
1 nC0
4 4 3
n
3 2
1
4 3
n
3 1
4 3
1 2 3 4 5
n 4, 5, 6,... 3 1 , 3 1 , 3 1 but 3 1 , 3 1 ,...
4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
The person should hit the target atleast 4 times.
Example 36. A man takes a step forward with probability 0-4 and backwards with probability 0.6. Find the
probability that at the end of eleven steps he is just one step away from the starting point.
Solution : Let p denote the probability that the man takes a step forward. Then p 0.4,
q 1 p 1 0.4 0.6
Let X denote the number of steps taken in the forward direction. Since the steps are independent of each
other, therefore X is a binomial variate with parameters n 11 and p 0.4 such that
P X r 11Cr 0.4 0.6
11 r
; r 0, 1, 2, .....,11
r
Since the man is one step away from the initial point, he is either one step forward or one step backward
from the initial point at the end of eleven steps. If he is one step forward, then he must have taken six steps forward
[ 510 ]
and five steps backward and if he is one step backward, then he must have taken five steps forward and six steps
backward. Thus, either X 6 or X 5
required probability P [ X 5 or X 6 ]
Exercise 16.5
1. If a fair coin is tossed 10 times, find the probability of
(i) exactly six heads (ii) at least six heads (iii) at most six heads
2. An urn contains 5 white, 7 red and 8 black balls. If four balls are drawn with replacement then what is
the probability that
(i) all balls are white (ii) only three balls are white
(iii) none of the balls is white (iv) alleast three balls are white
3. In a hurdle race, a player has to cross 10 hurdless. The probability that he will clear each hurdle is 5 / 6.
What is the probability that he will knock down fewer that 2 hurdle.
4. Five dice are thrown at once. If getting an even number is a success then find the probability of three
successes.
5. Ten eggs are drawn successively with replacement form a lot conatining 10% defective eggs. Find the
probability that there is at least one defective egg.
6. A person buys a lottery ticket in 50 lotteries, in each of which his chance of winning a prize is 1 / 100.
What is the probability that he will win a prize.
(i) at least once (ii) exactly once (iii) at least twice?
7. The probability that a bulb produced by a factory will fuse after 150 days of use is 0.05. Find the
probability that out of 5 such bulbs
(i) none (ii) not more than one (iii) more than one (iv) at least one
will fuse after 150 days of use.
8. In a multiple choice examination with three possible answers for each of the five questions, what is the
probability that a candidate would get four or more correct answers just by guessing?
9. In an examination, 20 questions of true-false type are asked. Suppose a student tosses a fair coin to
determine his answer to each question. If the coin falls heads, he answers 'true'; if it falls tails, he answers
'false'. Find the probability that he answers at least 12 questions correctly.
10. A bag consists of 10 balls each marked with one of the digits 0 to 9. If four balls are drawn successively
with replacement from the bag, what is the probability that none is marked with the digit 0?
11. Five cards are drawn successively with replacement from a well-shuffled deck of 52 cards,. What is the
probability that
(i) all the five cards are spades ? (ii) only 3 cards are spades ?
(iii) none is a spade ?
12. Suppose X has a binomial B 6, 1/ 2 Show that X = 3 is the most likely outcome.
13. A pair of dice is thrown 4 times. If getting a doublet is considered a success, find the probability of two
successes.
[ 511 ]
Miscellaneous Examples
Example 37. A and B throw two dice alternatively. If A throws 6 before B throws 7 then A wins and if B
throws 7 before A throws 6 then B wins. If A starts playing then find the probability that A wins.
Solution : We can get 6 in five ways
{ 1, 5 2, 4 3, 3 4, 2 5,1 } 5 / 36
and Probability of not getting 6 1 5 / 36 31/ 36
similarly we can get 7 in six different ways
{1, 6 2, 5 3, 4 4, 3 5, 2 6, 1}
probability of getting 7 6 / 36 1/ 6
and probability of not getting 7 1 1/ 6 5 / 6
Let two events A and B are defined such that
A 'getting 6 in one throw'
B 'getting 7 in one throw'
then P A
5
36
, P A
31
36
and P B
1
6
o P B
5
6
A AW AL BL AW AL BL AL BL AW ...
B AL BW AL BL AL BW AL BL AL BL AL BW ...
where AWW and AL are of winning and losing of events A, Similarly BW and BL are winning are losing
of events B
If A starts playing then the probability of winning A
P AW P AL BL AW AL BL AL BL AW ...
P A P A P B P A ...
5 31 5 5
...
36 36 6 36
5 31 5
1 ...
36 36 6
5 1 a
[ S ]
36 31 5 1 r
1 36 6
5 36 6 30
.
36 216 155 61
[ 512 ]
Example 38. If each element of a second order determinant is either zero or one, what is the probability that the
value of the determinant is positive? (Assuming that the individual entries of the determinant are chosen
independently, each value being assumed with probability 1/2).
a11 a12
Solution : Let the given determinant be ,
a21 a22
where aij 0 or 1 ; i, j 1, 2
It is clear that 0 if a11 0 or a22 0 neither a11 0 nor a22 0 a11 1 a22 when
a11 a22 1 then 0 if a12 a21 1 so a12 1 ] a21 1 following are three posibility of values of .
a11 a22 1, a12 1, a21 0
a11 a22 1, a12 0, a21 1
a11 a22 1, a12 0, a21 0
Retired probability P a11 a22 1, a12 1, a21 0 P a11 a22 1, a12 0, a21 1
X: 0 1 2 3 4
4 0 0 4 1 1 4 2 2 4 3 3 4 4 4
4 2 1 4 2 1 4 2 1 4 2 1 4 2 1
C0 C1 C2 C3 C4
P xi : 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
16 32 24 8 1
81 81 81 81 81
Mean E X xi pi
16 32 24 8 1
0 1 2 3 4
81 81 81 81 81
32 48 24 4 108 4
81 81 3
[ 513 ]
Miscellaneous Exercise 16
1. Two events A and B are mutually independent if -
(A) P A P B (B) P A P B 1
A
(A) P P A
A
(B) P P A
A
(C) P P
B (D) None of these
B B B A
4. Two cards are drawn from the well shuffled pack of 52 cards Let X denote the number of aces, then
find X -
(A) 5 / 13 (B) 1 / 13 (C) 37 / 221 (D) 2 / 13
5. Let X takes the value 0, 1, 2, 3. The mean of X is 1.3. If P X 3 2 P X 1 and P X 2 0.3
then find P X 0 .
(A) 0.2 (B) 0.4 (C) 0.3 (D) 0.1
6. The probability of a girl being a racer is 4 / 5. Find the probability of 4 girls being a racer out of 5 girls.
1 4
4 4 4
4 1 5 5 4 1
(A) (B) C1 (C) C4 (D) None of these
5 5 5 5 5 5
7. A box contains 100 objects out of which 10 are defective. The probability of the given 5 objects , find
the probability that none of them are defective-
5 5
1 9 9
(A) (B) 10 1 (C) (D)
2 10 10
8. A couple has two children, find the probability -
(i) that both are males if it is known that the elder one is a male
(ii) that both children are female, if it is known that the elder child is a female
(iii) that both children are males, if it is known that at least one of the children is male
9. Two integers are chosen form the numbers 1 to 11. Find the probability that both the numbers are odd
if it is known that the sum of both is an even number.
10. An electronic assembly consists of two sub system, say, A and B. Form previous testing procedures, the
following probabilities are assumed to be known :
P ( A fails) = 0.2
P (B fails alone) = 0.15
P (A and B fail) = 0.15
Evaluate the following probabilities
(i) P(A fails B has failed)
(ii) P(A fails alone)
[ 514 ]
11. Let A and B be two independent events. The probability that both occur together is 1 / 8 and probability
that both do not occur is 3 / 8. Determine P(A) and P(B).
12. Anil speaks truth in 60 % of the cases and Anand speaks truth in 90 % of the cases. Find the probability
that both of them contradicts on a statement.
13. Three people A, B and C toss a coin one by one. A person wins if he gets Heads first. Assuming that the
game continues , if A starts the game, find the probability that A wins.
14. The probability of a person remains alive for the next 25 years is 4 / 5 and the probability that his wife
remain alive for the same 25 yeas is 3 / 4, Find the probabilities that -
(i) both are alive for the 25 years
(ii) atleast one of them remain alive for the next 25 years.
(iii) Only wife remain alive for the next 25 years.
15. In a group of children there are 3 girls and 1 boy, 2 girls and 2 boys and 1 girl and 3 boys. One child
is selected at random form each group. Find the probability that the out of the three children selected
there is 1 girl and 2 boys.
16. Bag 1 contains 3 black and 4 white balls and Bag II contains 4 black and 3 white balls. A die is thrown.
If it shows 1 or 3 then a ball is drawn form Bag I and if some other number appear a ball is drawn from
Bag II. Find the probability the drawn ball is black.
17. A person has under taken a construction job. The probabilities are 0.65 that there will be strike , 0.80
that the construction job will be completed on time if there is no strike and 0.32 that the construction job
will be completed on time.
18. Bag I contains 8 white and 4 black balls and Bag II contains 5 white and 4 black balls. One ball is
transferred from Bag I to Bag II and then a ball is drawn from Bag II. Find the probability that the drawn
ball is white in colour.
19. On a multiple choice examination with four choices a student either guesses or knowns or cheat the answer.
Find the probability of guessing or cheating the answer if it is known that he answers the question correctly.
20. A letter comes form the two cities TATANAGAR or CALCUTTA. Only alphabets TA is visible on the
envelope. Find the probability that the letter comes from the city.
(i) CALCUTTA
(ii) TATANAGAR,
21. A manufacturer has three machine operators A, B and C. The first operator A produces 1 %, whereas
the other two opeartors B and C produce 5% and 7% defective items resp. A is on the job for 50 %
of the time, B is on the job for 30 % of the time and C is on the job for 20 % of the time. A defective
item is produced, what is the probability that it was produced by A ?
22. A random variable X has a probability distribution P (X) of the following form where K is some number:
k if x 0
2k if x 1
P( X x )
3k if x 2
0, otherwise
[ 515 ]
proportional to where 0 1 then find P X 0
r
2 P X x1 3P X x2 P X x3 5P X x4
Find the probability distribution of X
25. A fair coin is tossed to get one head or five tails. if X denotes the number of tosses then find the mean
of X.
26. Three cards are drawn from the well shuffled deck of 52 cards. Find the probability distribution of number
of red cards drawn. Also find the mean of the distribution.
IMPORTANT POINTS
1. If any random experiment if A and B are two events related to sample space then the conditional probability
of event A, given the occuence of the event B is given by
A P A B
P ; P B 0.
B P B
B P A B
P ; P A 0
P A
similarly A
A A A
2. 0 P 1, P 1 P
B B B
3. If S is a sample space and A and B are two events then event F is such that P ( F ) 0 then
A B A B A B
P P P P
F F F F
4. Multiplication Rule of Probability
B A
P A B P A P ; P A 0 ;k P A B P B P ; P B 0
A B
5. If A and B are independent, then
A B
P P A , P B 0; P P B , P A 0
B A
and P A B P A P B
6. Therorem of total probability
Let A1 , A2 , A3 ,...., An be 'n' partition of a sample spaces let A be any event associated with S, i.e. then
P A j 0; j 1, 2,..., n
E E E n E
P E P A1 P P A2 P ... P An P P A j P
A
A1 A2 An j 1 j
[ 516 ]
7. Baye's Theorem -
E
P Ai P
A Ai
P i
E n E
P A j P
Aj
j 1
8. A random variable is a real valued function whose domain is the sample space of a random experiment.
9. The probability distribution of a random variable X is the system of numbers
X x : x1 x2 x3 ...xn n
P x : p1 p2 p3 ... pn
; where pi 0, p
i 1
i 1; i 1, 2,..., n
10. Let X be a random variable whose possible values x1 , x2 ,..., xn occur with probabilities
n
(a) The mean of a random variable X is also called the expectation of X, denoted by E (X).
(b) Varience of X
n
var X x 2 E X xi pi
2 2
i 1
11. Trials of a random experiments are called Bernoulli trials, if they satisfy the following conditions :
(i) There should be a finite number of trials.
(ii) The trials should be independent.
(iii) Each trial has exactly two outcomes : success or failure.
(iv) The probability of success remains the same in each trial.
12. Probability of r successes in binomial distribution is B n, p
P X r n Cr p r q n r ; r 0,1, 2,..., n where q 1 p.
ANSWERS
Exercise 16.1
A 2 B 1
1. 4 / 9 2. 16 / 25 3. 11 / 26 4. P , P 5. (i) 0.32 ; (ii) 0.64 ; (iii) 0.98
B 3 A 3
A A
8. P 1
A
6. 1/ 3 7. (i) P 1 (ii) P 0
B B B
A 1 B 1 A 1 C 2 A B 3 A B 1
9. (i) P , P ; (ii) P , P ; (iii) P , P
B 2 A 3 C 2 A 3 C 4 C 4
[ 517 ]
10. 1 / 15 11. 4 / 7 12. 0.1 13. 2 / 5 14. 2 / 9
Exercise 16.2
1. 3 / 8 2. 1 / 3 3. (i) 0.12 ; (ii) 0.58 ; (iii) 0.3; (iv) 0.4 4. (i) 0.18 ; (ii) 0.12 ; (iii) 0.72 ; (iv) 0.28
5. 1 / 969 6. 7 / 8 7. 25 / 102 8. 1 / 3 9. (i) 1 / 5; (ii) 1 / 3 ; (iii) 1 / 2
10. 0.97 11. 3 / 4 12. 1 / 7 13. (i) 2 / 3 ; (ii) 1 / 2
Exercise 16.3
1. 35 / 68 2. 1 / 2 3. 16 / 31 4. 2 / 3 5. 4 / 9 6. 22 / 133 7. 9 / 13
8. 1 / 52 9. 12 / 13 10. 20 / 21 11. 2 / 9 12. 8 / 11 13. 11 / 50 14. 2 / 9
Exercise 16.4
1. (i) 2. X x : 0 1 2 3. X x : 0 1 2
P ( x ) : 1/ 4 1/ 2 1/ 4 P ( x) : 12 /19 32 / 95 3 / 95
4. X x : 0 1 2 3
P ( x) : 4 / 35 18 / 35 12 / 35 1/ 35
6. X x : 0 1 2 7. X x : 0 1 2 3 4
P ( x) : 4 / 9 4 / 9 1/ 9 P x : 1/14 8 / 21 6 /14 4 / 35 1/ 210
34 6800
12. , , 0.37
221 2212
Exercise 16.5
4 3 4
1
ii 3 iii
1 3 13
1. (i) 105 / 512 ; (ii) 193 / 512 ; (iii) 53 / 64 2. i iv
4 4 4 44
510 13 910 50 49 49
3. 4. 5. 1 6. i 1 99 ii
1 99
iiii 1
149 99
2 69 16 1010
100 2 100 100 100
19 5 6 19 4 6 19 4
5
7. i iv 1
19 11
ii iii 1 8.
20 5 20 5 20 20 243
[ 518 ]
4
20
C12 20C13 ... 20C20 9 1 45 243
9. 10. 11. (i) ; (ii) ; (iii)
220 10 1024 512 1024
25
13.
216
Miscellaneous Exercise - 16
1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (D) 5. (B) 6. (C) 7. (D)
8. (i) 1 / 2 ; (ii) 1 / 2; (iii) 1 / 3 9. 3 / 5 10. (i) 1 / 2 ; (ii) 0.05
1 1 1 1
11. P A , P B ;k P A , P B 12. 0.42 13. 4 / 7, 2 / 7, 1 / 7
2 4 4 2
3 19 3 13 11 83 24
14. (i) ; (ii) ; (iii) 15. 16. 17. 0.488 18. 19.
5 20 20 32 21 150 29
4 7 5 1 1 1
20. (i) ; (ii) 21. 22.(i) ; (ii) P X 2 , P X 2 1, P X 2
11 11 34 6 2 2
[ 519 ]